Appendix I-Sa Äratama Ä-Hybrid Sanskrit-Tibetan Edition PDF

Defining Wisdom:
Ratnākaraśānti’s Sāratamā
Appendix I
Aryāṣṭasāhasrikāyāḥ Prajñāpāramitāyāḥ
Sāratamānāmni Pañjikāyāṃ
Ratnākaraśāntiviracitāyāṃ
Prathamaḥ Parivartaḥ
Hybrid Sanskrit-Tibetan Critical Edition
Gregory Max Seton

Wolfson College
Oriental Studies
DPhil Dissertation
Trinity Term
8th of October 2015
1
CONTENTS 2
Contents
1 Conventions, Abbreviations, and Sigla 6
1.1 Conventions in the Main Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2 Conventions in the Apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.3 Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.3.1 Sanskrit Manuscripts and Editions . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.3.2 Tibetan Block Prints and Editions . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.3.3 Other Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.4 Sigla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2 Sarvākārajñatācaryāparivartaḥ 12
2.1 Maṅgalācaraṇam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2 Pratijñā . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.3 Prajñāpāramitāyāḥ Prayojanam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.4 Abhisamayālaṃkārasya Padārthāḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.4.1 Aṣṭārthāḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.4.2 Ṣaḍ arthāḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.4.3 Trayo ’rthāḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.4.4 Ekārthaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.5 Aṣṭasāhasrikāprajñāpāramitāsūtrasyākārāḥ . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.5.0.1 FIRST BACKTRANSLATION BEGINS . . 20
2.5.1 Nidānam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.5.2 Avasaraḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
2.5.3 Upanayanam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
2.5.4 Sūtraśarīroddeśaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3 Sūtraśarīranirdeśaḥ 41
3.1 Cittotpādaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.1.1 Aśītiś cittotpādāḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.1.2 Cittotpādābhidhānavikalpaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.1.2.1 FIRST SKT. BACKTRANSLATION ENDS 49
3.2 Avavādaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.2.1 Catuḥsatyāvavādaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.2.1.1 Duḥkhasatyam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.2.1.2 Samudayasatyam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.2.1.3 Nirodhasatyam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.2.1.4 Mārgasatyam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.2.2 Ratnatrayāvavādaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.2.2.1 Buddharatnam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.2.2.2 Dharmaratnam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
CONTENTS 3
3.2.2.3 Saṅgharatnam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.2.3 Anabhiniveśāvavādaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.2.4 Apariśrāntāvavādaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.2.5 Asamparigrahāvavādaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.2.6 Pañcacakṣuravavādaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.2.7 Ṣaḍabhijñāvavādaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.2.8 Darśanamārgāvavādaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.2.9 Bhāvanāmārgāvavādaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.3 Caturnirvedhabhāgīyāni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.3.1 Dvādaśālambanākāraviśeṣāvasaraḥ . . . . . . . . . . . 62
3.3.1.1 SECOND SKT. BACKTRANSLATION BE-
GINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
3.3.1.2 SECOND SKT. BACKTRANSLATION ENDS 67
3.3.2 Dvādaśa Hetutvaviśeśāḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
3.3.2.1 Mṛdūṣmagatam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
3.3.2.2 Madhyam Ūṣmagatam . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.3.2.3 Adhimātram Ūṣmagatam . . . . . . . . . . . 70
3.3.2.4 Mṛdu Mūrdhagatam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.3.2.5 Madyaṃ Mūrdhagatam . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
3.3.2.6 Adhimātraṃ Mūrdhagatam . . . . . . . . . . 77
3.3.2.7 Mṛdvī Kṣāntiḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
3.3.2.8 Madhyā Kṣāntiḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
3.3.2.9 Adhimātrā Kṣāntiḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
3.3.2.10 Mṛdavo ’gradharmāḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.3.2.11 Madhyā Agradharmāḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
3.3.2.12 Adhimātrā Agradharmāḥ . . . . . . . . . . . 82
3.3.3 Grāhyavikalpaḥ Pratipakṣavastvadhiṣṭhāno Dvividhaḥ 84
3.3.3.1 Grāhyavikalpo Vastvadhiṣṭhāno Navavidhaḥ . 86
3.3.3.2 Grāhyavikalpāḥ Pratipakṣādhiṣṭhānaḥ Navavid-
haḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
3.3.4 Grāhakavikalpo Dravyaprajñaptisatpuruṣādhiṣṭhāno Dvivid-
haḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
3.3.4.1 Grāhakavikalpo Dravyasatpuruṣādhiṣṭhāno Navavid-
haḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
3.3.4.2 Grāhakavikalpaḥ Prajñaptisatpuruṣādhiṣṭhāno
Navavidhaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
3.3.5 Kalyāṇamitram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
3.4 Ādhāraḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
3.5 Ālambanam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
3.6 Samuddeśaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
3.7 Saṃnāhapratipattiḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
CONTENTS 4
3.8 Prasthānapratipattiḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

3.8.1 Dhyānārūpyaprasthānam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
3.8.1.1 Caturdhyānāni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
3.8.1.2 Caturārūpyāḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
3.8.2 Pāramitāprasthānaṃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
3.8.3 Mārgaprasthānaṃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
3.8.4 Apramāṇaprasthānaṃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
3.8.5 Anupalambhayogaprasthānaṃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
3.8.6 Trimaṇḍalaviśuddhiprasthānaṃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
3.8.7 Uddeśaprasthānaṃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
3.8.8 Abhijñāprasthānaṃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
3.8.9 Sarvākārajñatāprasthānaṃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
3.9 Sambhārapratipattiḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
3.9.1 Maitryādisambhāraḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.9.2 Dānādisambhāraḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.9.3 Śamathavipaśyanāyuganaddhasambhāraḥ . . . . . . . 117
3.9.4 Upāyakauśalādisambhāraḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.9.5 Jñānasambhāraḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.9.5.1 Śūnyatā Viṃśatividhā . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.9.6 Samādhisambhāraḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
3.9.7 Mārgasambhāraḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
3.9.7.1 Saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣā Dharmāḥ . . . . . . 120
3.9.8 Dhāraṇīsambhāraḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
3.9.8.1 SANSKRIT EDITION BEGINS AGAIN . . . 129
3.9.9 Bhūmisambhāraḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
3.9.9.1 Daśa Bhūmayaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
3.9.9.2 Daśa pāramitāḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
3.9.9.3 Daśabhūmīnām Parikarmāṇi . . . . . . . . . 132
3.9.9.3.1 Prathamabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi . . . 132
3.9.9.3.2 Dvitiyabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi . . . . 133
3.9.9.3.3 Tṛtīyabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi . . . . . 133
3.9.9.3.4 Caturthabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi . . . 134
3.9.9.3.5 Pañcamabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi . . . 135
3.9.9.3.6 Ṣaṣṭhabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi . . . . . 135
3.9.9.3.7 Saptamabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi . . . . 136
3.9.9.3.8 Aṣṭamabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi . . . . 138
3.9.9.3.9 Navamabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi . . . . 139
3.9.9.3.10 Daśamabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi . . . . 139
3.9.10 Pratipakṣasaṃbhāraḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
3.9.10.1 Vikalpāḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
3.9.10.2 Pratipakṣāḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
CONTENTS 5
3.10 Niryāṇam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

3.10.1 Uddeśaniryāṇam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
3.10.2 Samatāniryāṇam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
3.10.3 Sattvārthaniryāṇam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
3.10.4 Anābhoganiryāṇam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
3.10.5 Atyantaniryāṇam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.10.6 Prāptilakṣananiryāṇam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.10.7 Sarvākārajñatāniryāṇam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
3.10.7.1 Sarvadharmavikalpapratiṣedhaḥ . . . . . . . 162
3.10.8 Mārganiryāṇam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
4 Appendix A 171
4.0.1 Adhikāra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
4.0.2 Svaparārthakriyā . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
4.0.3 Kṛpā . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
4.0.4 Pariṣkāraḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
4.0.5 Paripākabalaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
4.0.6 Nirdeśabalaprāptiḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
4.0.7 Tadupāyajñānam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
4.0.8 Saṃbhāramārgaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
4.0.9 Prayogamārgaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
4.0.10 Darśanamārgaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
4.0.11 Bhāvanāmārgaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
4.0.12 Tatprayogaḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
4.0.13 Vyākaraṇaprāptiḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
4.0.14 Tatprāptivyavasthāpanā . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
4.0.15 Pratyekabodhiḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
4.0.16 Dharmacakrapravartanam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
5 MS Reproductions 173
6
1 Conventions, Abbreviations, and Sigla

1.1 Conventions in the Main Text
In order to make the structure of the Sāratamā more clear and easy to fol-
low, I have added chapter titles, section titles, divisions, headings, number-
ing, formatting, and various punctuations, based on information and termi-
nology found in the Sāratamā itself. Since the root text of the Aṣṭasāhās-
rikāprajñāpāramitāsūtra (henceforth, Aṣṭa) in its entirety is quoted in the
Sāratamā through various lemmas only, I have also inserted into my edition
the full text of the Aṣṭa in various chunks corresponding to the Sāratamā’s
lemmas. These inserted Aṣṭa quotations–which are derived from my own
edition of the Aṣṭa whose variant readings are recorded in the apparatus–are
presented in small print so that they can be distinguished from the other
prose quotations that actually appear within the Sāratamā itself. In my edi-
tion of the Aṣṭa, I have applied sandhi consistently without footnoting it and
without avagraha-s to mark coalescence of final ”a/ā” with initial ”a/ā.” In
the main text of the Sāratamā, I have changed sandhi without notice, when
adding or removing punctuation. But when a lack of sandhi that appears in
the MS diverges from the scribe’s usual practice, I have applied sandhi and
noted it as a ”correction.”
In the Sāratamā itself, the Abhisamayālaṃkāra (henceforth, AA) verses
are quoted in extenso and utilized as a sort of table of contents for its running
commentary upon the Aṣṭa. I have numbered these AA verses according to
Amano’s AAv edition (2000) without indication in the footnotes.
The other verses and passages quoted within the Sāratamā are numbered
with chapter number and verse number separated by a period according to
the numbering of the editions which I cite in the apparatus. When the
Sāratamā quotes only a partial verse, I have added the letters a,b,c or d in
accordance with which verse quarters were quoted and I have also placed
elipses at the start or end of that verse to mark whether the first or later
part was elided.
In the main text of the commentary, the boldface indicates a word from
the root text being glossed or explained. When the Sāratamā glosses or
explains the same word more than once, I have adopted the convention of
making it boldface within the explanation more than once, even though that
word may appear within the root text only once. Folio numbers are marked
within the main text by an asterisk * but placed within brackets in the
margin at the end of the line. When two or more asterisks fall within one
line, the folio numbers corresponding to the latter asterisk is printed on the
line below.
1.2 Conventions in the Apparatus 7
1.2 Conventions in the Apparatus

Testimonia, parallels, and indirectly related passages for cross reference are
provided in the upper level of the apparatus. Variant and other readings are
recorded positively in the lower level of the apparatus marked by pagewise
line numbers. I have systematically checked Jaini’s Sanskrit edition of the
Sāratamā and the dPe sdur ma edition of sNying po mchog, but have only
listed their readings and emendations, when those differ from my own read-
ings of the MSS or block prints. Occasionally, supporting evidence or rea-
sons for an emendation or selected reading are placed in parenthesis next
to the reading itself. The reporting of folio/changes and line numbers in
the margin and in the apparatus lists the information in the following order:
MS/Block print abbreviation, folio number, side ”r” (for recto) or ”v” (for
verso):line number, eg. B1v:2.
1.3 Abbreviations
The abbreviations in the following lists include only those block prints, MSS
and editions which appear in the lower level apparatus and those which ap-
pear in the margin to mark folio/line changes. For abbreviations of the other
text names occasionally contained in the footnotes or parallels, please see
the list of abbreviations and bibliography in the thesis. For more informa-
tion about the MSS and photographs, please see my introduction to the edi-
tion in the thesis and my entry for ”Sāratamā by Ratnākaraśānti” in the the-
sis bibliography. Note that my apparatus for variants records the page num-
bers only of Ed.W . I have included these numbers, since the Aṣṭa quo-
tations in it are separated by commentary and hence more difficult to lo-
cate.
1.3 Abbreviations 8
1.3.1 Sanskrit Manuscripts and Editions
A Sāratamā MS A
Aac A ante-correction
Apc A post-correction
AṣṭaA MS Add. 866, Bendall collection, Cambridge Univ. Library
AṣṭaB MS Add.1464, Bendall collection, Cambridge Univ. Library
AṣṭaC MS Add. 1163, Bendall collection, Cambridge Univ. Library
AṣṭaD MS Add. 1428, Bendall collection, Cambridge Univ. Library
AṣṭaE MS Add. 1544, Bendall collection, Cambridge Univ. Library
AṣṭaF MS Add. 1643, Bendall collection, Cambridge Univ. Library
AṣṭaG MS Add. 1693, Bendall collection, Cambridge Univ. Library
B Sāratamā MS B
Bac B ante-correction
Bpc B post-correction
Ed.D Dutt’s edition of the Pañca
Ed.J Jaini’s editio princeps of the Sāratamā
Ed.K Kimura’s edition of the Pañca
Ed.M Mitra’s edition of the Aṣṭa
Ed.V Vaidya’s edition of the Aṣṭa
Ed.W Wogihara’s edition of AAĀ with Aṣṭa

1.3 Abbreviations 9
1.3.2 Tibetan Block Prints and Editions

All Tibetan readings recorded in this hybrid edition have been cut and pasted
over from my Tibetan edition and interspersed with the corresponding San-
skrit root texts, backtranslations and quotations for the convenience of San-
skritists. Between my two editions, the Tibetan edition should be authorita-
tive for Tibetan readings.
Ed.C Cheng du edition (dPe sdur ma)
Ed.Cd The Ed.C reading of TibD
Ed.Cp The Ed.C reading of TibP
Ed.Cn The Ed.C reading of TibN
Ed.Cco The Ed.C reading of Cone block print
Tib My Tibetan edition’s accepted reading.
TibD Derge block print of Snying po mchog
TibN Narthang block print of Snying po mchog
Tibac
N TibN ante-correction
Tibpc
N TibN post-correction
TibP Peking block print of Snying po mchog

1.3 Abbreviations 10
1.3.3 Other Abbreviations
aks. akṣara-s
cf. confer, compare to another source
corr. correction of minor errors
[D ] folio number of TibD in margin.
em. my emendation of the Tib. text
lac. ... aks. lacuna of a specified number of akṣara-s
loc. cit. ’loco citato’, i.e. in the corresponding passage cited
[N ] folio number of TibN in margin.
om. omitted
[P ] folio number of TibP in margin.
part. leg. partially legible.
recon. ’reconstruction’, a backtranslation based on strong evidence of Sanskrit.
Skt. The Sanskrit text in any given context
tent. tentative, based on less certain evidence
v.l. ’vario lectio’, i.e. variant reading

1.4 Sigla 11
1.4 Sigla
(no comma) no separation of MSS or block print readings that agree, eg. TibDN , Ed.C
, separates MSS or block prints from editions with the same reading
; separates distinct readings or conjectures
˚ stands for the unaffected part before or after a partial word
+ one blotted, damaged, illegible or partially legible akṣara
? end of question
(?) conjecture in Ed.J
... continuation in prior or subsequent quote or verse block
< |> editorial daṇḍa insertion
« text » my insertions of missing text
[« text »] my insertions of text for reference purposes
text italicized text is backtranslated from Tibetan into Sanskrit

12
2 Sarvākārajñatācaryāparivartaḥ
[D1v]
* * namaḥ sarvabuddhabodhisattvebhyaḥ| [B1v]
2.1 Maṅgalācaraṇam
[S1] bhavati bahutarārke kevalaṃ yasya loke
dinam udayasamṛddhyā rātrir astaṅgamena|
5 prativiṣayavisārī śuddhimān astasaṅgaḥ
sa guruguṇanidhir vo jāyatāṃ buddhabodhaḥ|| 1 || 1
[S2] yā dhanyā yais tanayair ye ca jananyā yayā vikatthante|

sā prajñāpāramitā* me śaraṇaṃ daśabalās te ca|| 2 || [B1v2]
[S3] yasyāḥ katipaye varṇā dhṛtāḥ karṇapuṭair api|

10 bodher bhavanti bījāni jinamātā jayaty asau|| 3 ||
2.2 Pratijñā
[S4] maitreyasya vibhor alaṃkṛtimayaḥ poto yadarthārṇave
nirṇītaṃ bahuvistarākṛtisamair yasyā nijāṃśair api|
vyācaṣṭe vacasā sphuṭena laghunā mando ’pi *ratnākaraḥ* [D2r]
15 prajñāpāramitāṃ matena mahatā tām aṣṭasāhasrikām|| 4|| [B1v3]
1
This mention provides evidence that RĀŚ’s commentary Dag ldan (*Śuddhimatī) on
the AA was written earlier.
13 Cf. (AA 1.27 ākṛtiḥ=ākāraḥ): ālambanam anityādi satyādhāraṃ tadākṛtiḥ.
3 bahutarārke ] Bpc , Ed.J ; bahutarkaḥ Bac 3 keva ] recon., Ed.J ; ++ (blocked in

scan) B; ji srid du Tib 5 astasaṅgaḥ ] em.; astasvaṅgaḥ (unmetric) B; astu vaṃśaḥ
(?) Ed.J ; thogs med pa Tib 6 °nidhir ] B; ˚nidher em.; (silent) Ed.J ; gter Tib
6 jāyatāṃ ] Bpc , Ed.J ; jāyajanma (erased?) Bac ; rgyal gyur cig Tib 7 yā dhanyā yais
tanayair ye ca jananyā yayā vikatthante ] Bac ; (canceled) Bpc ; om. Ed.J ,Tib 8 sā pra-
jñāpāramitā ] Bac ; ++++++ Bpc ; om. Ed.J ,Tib 8 me śaraṇaṃ daśabalās te ca ] Bac ;
(canceled) Bpc ; om. Ed.J ,Tib 13 °ākṛti°� ] B, Ed.J ; om. Tib 13 nijāṃśair ] B;
nijāṃśer Ed.J ; rang gi yan lag dag gis Tib 15 prajñāpāramitāṃ matena ma-
hatā tām ] em.; prajñāpāramitāmaṣṭatena mahatā tām dam. B; prajñāpāramitāṃ na
maha<tīṃ> tām Ed.J ; shes rab pha rol tu phyin pa’i gzhung lugs chen po gang yin
pa de TibP , TibDN
2.3 Prajñāpāramitāyāḥ Prayojanam 13
2.3 Prajñāpāramitāyāḥ Prayojanam

[S5] kasmād iyaṃ vyākhyāyate? bhagavataḥ pravacane sūtraratnatvāt. [S6]
dvādaśāṅgāni pravacanasya—
(1)
sūtram, (2) geyam, (3) vyākaraṇam, (4) gāthā, (5) udānam,
(6)
5 nidānam, (7) avadānam, (8) itivṛttakam,(9) jātakam, (10) vai-
pulyam, (11) adbhutā dharmāḥ (12) upadeśāś ceti.
tatra–
1. sūtraṃ katamat? yad gadyair arthasūcanam.2
2. geyaṃ katamat? yat sūtrāṇā*m eva madhyāntayor gāthābhir gītam [B1v4]
10 yac ca neyārthaṃ sūtraṃ tad api geyaṃ gamyatvāt.
3. vyākaraṇaṃ katamat? yatra śrāvako ’bhyatītaḥ kālagata upapattau

vyākriyate. yac ca nītārthaṃ sūtraṃ tena vivṛtyābhisandher ākhyānāt.
2
The KAgsn reading suggests: yad gadyair gambhīrārthasucanam, but I have not
emended the text.
3 Cf. (Eg., AS 78): katamāni dvādaśāṅgāni? 6 Cf. (AS 78; Pañca 31:05; AAĀ 30):
sūtraṃ geyaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ nidānam avadānam itivṛtakaṃ (sic!) jātakaṃ
vaipulyam adbhutadharmaḥ upadeśaś ca 6 Cf. (DS 332): navāṅgapravacanāni tadyathā
- sūtram, geyam, vyākaraṇam, gāthā, udānam, jātakam, vaipulyam, adbhutadharmaḥ,
upadeśaś ceti. 6 Cf. (ŚBh 687): tac caitad dvādaśāṅgavacogatam asti sūtram, asti
vinayaḥ, asty abhidharmaḥ. tatra yat tāvad āha– sūtraṃ geyaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ gāthodānā-
vadānavṛttakajātakavaipulyādbhutadharmā iti. idaṃ tāvat sūtram. yat punar āha– nidā-
nam ity ayam ucyate. vinayaḥ, yat punar āha– upadeśā ity ayam ucyate. abhidhar-
maḥ, tac caitad dvādaśāṃgaṃ śrutaṃ piṭakatrayasaṃgṛhītam. 8 Cf. (KAgsn C1328):
ghzan yang gsung rab yan lag bcu gnyis kyi nang nas ’di gang yin zhe na| ’di ni zab
mo’i don mdor ston pas na mdo’i sde yin no| 8 Cf. (AS 78): yad abhipretārthaṃ sū-
canākāreṇa gadyabhāṣitam. 10 Cf. (AS 78): sūtrāṇāṃ madhye vā ante vā gāthayā yad
gīyate. sūtreṣu anirūpito ’rtho vā yad vyākhyāyate. ato geyam ity ucyate. 10 Cf. (ŚBh
663): geyaṃ katamat? yasyānte paryavasāne gāthā abhigītā, yac ca sūtraṃ neyārtham
idam ucyate geyam.
2 bhagavataḥ pravacane sūtraratnatvāt ] B; om. Ed.J ; bcom ldan ’das kyi gsung rab
kyi nang na, mdo sde rin po che nyid yin pa’i phyir teTib 3 dvādaśāṅgāni prava-
canasya ] recon.; ++++++++++ (blocked in scan) Bpc ; om.Bac ,Ed.J ; de’i phyir gsung
rab ni bcu gnyis te Tib 5 nidānam ] em.,Ed.J ; nidāna B; gleng gzhi Tib 8 yad gadyair
arthasūcanam ] B; yatra <gambhīra>padair arthasūcanam Ed.J ; gang tshig rkyang pas
zab pa’i don ston pa’o Tib 9 yat sūtrāṇām ] Bpc ; sūtram Bac , Ed.J ; mdo sde gang yin pa
Tib 9 madhyāntayor gāthābhir gītam ] em.; madhyāntayor ggāthābhigītam B; <yadgī-
yate> (om.9 akṣ.) Ed.J ; bar dang tha mar tshigs su bcad pa rjod pa Tib 11 katamat?
yatra ] Ed.J ; kā+++tra B; gang zhe na gang du Tib 12 vivṛtyābhisandher ] Bpc ; vṛt-
yābhisandher Bac ; hi <sphuṭābhiprāyeṇa> (om. 5 akṣ.) Ed.J ; gsal bar dgongs pas Tib
2.3 Prajñāpāramitāyāḥ Prayojanam 14
4. [S7] gāthā katamā? yat padyabhāṣitam. * yā dvipadā tripadā catuṣpadā [D2v]
pañcapa*dā ṣaṭpadā ca. [B1v5]
5. udānaṃ katamat? yad āttamanaskenodāhṛtam.
5 6. nidānaṃ katamat? yat pudgalam uddiśya bhāṣitaṃ sotpattikaśikṣāpra-

jñaptibhāṣitaṃ vā.
7. avadānaṃ katamat? sadṛṣṭāntakabhāṣitam.
8. itivṛttakaṃ katamat? pūrvayogapratisaṃyuktam.
9. jātakaṃ katamat? bodhisattvacaryāpratisaṃyuktam.
10 10. vaipulyaṃ katama*t? yad bodhisattvapiṭakapratisaṃyuktam, sarvasatt- [B1v6]
vahitasukhādhiṣṭhānatvāt.
1 Cf. (ŚBh 665): vyākaraṇaṃ katamat? yasmiñ chrāvakebhyo ’bhyatītakālagato
(tau)upapattau vyākriyate. yac ca sūtraṃ nītārtham idam ucyate vyākaraṇam. 2 Cf.
(AS 78): sūtreṣu pādayogena deśyate. 3 Cf. (ŚBh 667): gāthā katamā? yā na gadyena
bhāṣitā | api tu pādopanibandhena dvipadā vā, tripadā vā, catuṣpadā vā, pañcapadā vā,
ṣaṭpadā vā iyam ucyate gāthā. 4 Cf. (AS 78): udānaṃ katamat? sūtreṣu kadācit
tathāgatena āttamanaskena yad udāhṛtam. 6 Cf. (ASbh:65): nidānaṃ yat kiṃcid eva
pudgalam uddiśya bhāṣitaṃ sotpattikaśikṣāprajñaptikabhāṣitaṃ vā, tadyathāsmin nidāne
’smin prakaraṇa iti vistaraḥ. 6 Cf. (AS 78): pṛṣṭena yad bhāṣitam | sotpattikaṃ śikṣāpra-
jñāptikaṃ vā. ato ’pi nidānam. 6 Cf. (ŚBh 138): nidānaṃ katamat? yat pudgalasya
nāma gotram parikīrtayitvā uddiśya bhāṣitam. yac ca vinayapratisaṃyuktaṃ sotpattikaṃ
sanidānaṃ prātimokṣasūtram idam ucyate nidānam. 8 Cf. (AS 78): yad āryaśrāvakāṇāṃ
pūrvalaukikaṃ vṛttaṃ deśayati. 9 Cf. (ŚBh 678): jātakaṃ katamat? yad atītam ad-
hvānam upādāya tatra tatra bhagavataḥ cyutyupapādeṣu bodhisattvacaryā duṣkaracaryā.
ākhyātā–idam ucyate jātakam.
2 yat padyabhāṣitam ] B; om. Ed.J , Tib 2–3 dvipadā tripadā catuṣpadā pañcapadā
ṣaṭpa° ] Ed.J ; yā+++++++++++++dā vā (part legible) B; gang tshig rkang gnyis
dang | tshig rkang gsum dang | tshig rkang bzhi dang| tshig rkang lnga dang | tshig rkang
drug go Tib 4 āttamanaskenodāhṛtam ] em.; āttamanaskodāhṛtam B; om. Ed.J ; gang
yi rang ba nas brjod pa TibD ; gang yi rangs ba nas brjod pa TibP N 5 nidānaṃ
katamat ] B; om. Ed.J ; gleng gzhi gang zhe na? Tib 5 pudgalam ] em.; om. B,
Ed.J , Tib 5 sotpattika° ] Bac , Ed.J ; sopapattika˚ Bpc ; byung ba dang bcas pa’i
Tib 9 bodhisattvacaryāpratisaṃyuktam ] (recon.), Ed.J ; +++++++++++(damage)
B; byang chub sems dpa’i spyod pa dang ldan pa’o Tib 10 vaipulyaṃ katama*t ] (recon.),
Ed.J ; ++++++ B; shin tu rgyas pa gang zhe na Tib
2.4 Abhisamayālaṃkārasya Padārthāḥ 15
11. adbhutā dharmāḥ katame? yatra śrāvakabodhisattvabuddhānām āś-

caryādbhutā dharmā deśyante.
12. upadeśāḥ katame? yatrāviparītaṃ dharmalakṣaṇam upadiśyate.
eṣv iyaṃ bhagavatī prajñāpāramitā sūtraratnaṃ upadeśeṣv antargatā,* para- [B2r]
5 mapuruṣārthasādhanasya paramagambhīrasya dharmasya ca sarvair ākāraiḥ

sūcanāt.3
2.4 Abhisamayālaṃkārasya Padārthāḥ

[S8] athaiṣā katibhiḥ padārthair abhidheyair deśitā? katame ca ta iti praśne
śāstram—
10 2.4.1 Aṣṭārthāḥ
[S9] prajñāpāramitāṣṭābhiḥ padārthaiḥ samudīritā|
sarvākārajñatā mārgajñatā sarvajñatā tataḥ||AA 1.3||
sarvā*kārābhisambodho mūrdhaprāpto ’nupūrvikaḥ| [B2r2]
ekakṣaṇābhisambodho dharmakāyaś ca te ’ṣṭadhā||AA 1.4||

3
for tathāgatenānubaddhāni Amano (6:2a7) reads: tathāgatenāvabuddhāni.
2 Cf. (AS 79): upadeśaḥ katamaḥ? yatra śrāvakabodhisattvatathāgatānāṃ paramād-

bhutāścaryadharmāṇāṃ deśanā. 2 Cf. (ŚBh 680): adbhutādharmāḥ katame? yatra
buddhānāñ ca, buddhaśrāvakāṇāṃ ca, bhikṣūṇāñ ca, bhikṣuṇīnāñ ca, śikṣamāṇānām,
śrāmaṇe krīṇām upāsikānām, sādhāraṇāsādhāraṇāś ca tadanyaprativiśiṣṭāś cāścaryādb-
hutasammatā guṇaviśeṣā ākhyātā ime ucyante adbhutā dharmāḥ. 3 Cf. (AS 79): sar-
vagambhīragūḍhadharmalakṣaṇānām aviparītaṃ vyākhyānam. 6 Cf. (ŚBh 139): upadeśāḥ
katame? sarvamātṛkā abhidharmaḥ sūtrāntaniṣkarṣaḥ. sūtrāntavyākhyānam upadeśa ity
ucyate. 6 Cf. (Pañca (5:124)): bhagavān āha: yāvantaḥ subhūte ākārā liṅgāni nimit-
tāni yair ākārair yair liṅgair yair nimittais te dharmāḥ sūcyante, te ākārās tāni liṅgāni
tāni nimittāni tathāgatenānubaddhāni tenocyate tathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya
sarvākārajñatā. 14 Cf. (Å(8)): sarvākārābhisambodho.
4 eṣv iyaṃ bhagavatī prajñāpāramitā sūtraratnaṃ upadeśeṣv antargatā ] (part. recon.);

˚ratna˚ Bpc ; eṣv iyaṃ bhagavatī prajñāpāramitā sūtra++++++++ (part legible) Bac ;
<tatropadeśe ’ntargateyaṃ bhagavatī sūtraratnam> Ed.J (Note: Jaini misreports emen-
dation in footnote 12); de ltar bstan pa de dag gi nang na ’di ni bcom ldan ’das kyi
mdo sde rin po che Tib 5 ca ] em.; om. B, Ed.J ; dang Tib 5–6 ākāraiḥ sūcanāt ] Bac ,
Ed.J ; ākāraiḥ dhātusūcanāt Bpc ; ston pa’i phyir Tib 8 deśitā ] B; darśitā Ed.J ; om.Tib
8 katame ca ta iti praśne ] B; katame vata it praśne Ed.J ; de gang yin zhes bya ba ni dri
ba’o Tib 13 sarvā° ] (recon.) Ed.J ; ++ B; kun Tib
[S10] iti. svārthe dhāpratyayaḥ. ime te ’ṣṭāv ity arthaḥ. bodhyabhimukhaḥ

samyagbodho ’bhisambodhaḥ. ata evābhisamayaḥ, iṇo bodhārthatvāt.
katham ayam abhisamayaḥ?** abhisamīyate saptabhiḥ prāpyate yataḥ. mūr- [B2r3]
dhā prakarṣaḥ. taṃ prāpto mūrdhaprāptaḥ. anupūrvam anukramaḥ. [D3r]
5 tadyogād anupūrvikaḥ. ubhayatrāpi abhisambodha iti vartate.
2.4.2 Ṣaḍ arthāḥ

[S11] punaḥ śāstram–
lakṣaṇaṃ tatprayogas tatprakarṣas tadanukramaḥ|

tanniṣṭhā tadvipākaś cety anyaḥ ṣoḍhā*rthasaṃgrahaḥ||AA9.1|| [B2r4]
10 athavā saṃkṣepato ’syāḥ ṣaḍ arthāḥ. yata ādau trividhā sarvajñatā talla-
kṣaṇaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāḥ. tataś catvāro ’syāḥ prayogaḥ prayogaprakar-
ṣaḥ prayogānukramaḥ prayoganiṣṭhā ca. tato dharmakāyaḥ sakāritraḥ sa
tadvipākaḥ pradhānaphalam ity arthaḥ*. [B2r5]
3 Cf. (AKBh VI.2, (328:12)): abhisamaya iti ko ’rthaḥ. abhisaṃbodhaḥ, iṇo bo-
dhanārthatvāt. kasmād anāsrava eva na sāsravaḥ. sa hi nirvāṇābhimukhaḥ samyakbo-
dhaḥ. samyag iti tattvena. 3 Cf. (Sār Ed.J ): abhisamayaḥ samayaḥ ity uktaḥ. ayo
bodhaḥ. saṃśabdaḥ saṃmukhārthaḥ. 3 Cf. (PhD 674:4): |gser gling shānti rnam gnyis
kyis | |mngon rtogs bdag nyid bdun yang ste| |shes rab pha rol phyin bdag ’dod| |’bras
bu chos sku mdzad pa yin | 5 Cf. (Śud C195): rnam pa kun gyi mngon par rtogs
pa ni... 13 Cf. (Sār Ed.J Ch.29): athavā ṣaḍarthāḥ sūtrasya. sarvākārajñatā mār-
gajñatā sarvajñatā ceti trayam etal lakṣaṇaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāḥ. yatas trividhaiva sā.
caturthaḥ sarvākārābhisambodhiḥ. so ’syāṃ prayogaḥ, caryety arthaḥ. pañcamo mūr-
dhābhisamayaḥ. so ’syāṃ prayogaprakarṣaḥ. ṣaṣṭho ’nupūrvābhisamayaḥ so ’syāṃ prayo-
gānukramaḥ, anupūrvaprayoga ity arthaḥ. saptama ekakṣaṇābhisamayaḥ. so ’syāṃ prayo-
ganiṣṭhāḥ. aṣṭamo dharmakāyaḥ. so ’syāṃ vipākaḥ, pradhānaphalam ity arthaḥ.
2 samyagbodho ] Bpc , Ed.J ; bodhaneti? (part. erase) Bac ; om. Tib 2 evābhisamayaḥ,
iṇo bodhārthatvāt ] recon.; evābhi+++ iṇo bodhā++ (part legible) B; de nyid kyi phyir
mngon par rtogs pa ste| de dag gis ni rtogs pa’i don nyid kyi phyir ro Tib; evā (om.
10 akṣ) Ed.J 3 katham ayam abhisamayaḥ? ] (recon.); +++++++++ B; (om.) Ed.J ;
ji ltar ’di mngon par rtogs pa yin zhe na? Tib 3 abhisamīyate saptabhiḥ prāpyate
yataḥ ] B, Ed.J ; gang gi phyir rnam pa bdun gyis tha mi dad par ’gro zhing thob pa’i
phyir ro (v.l.) tha mi dad par ’gro suggesting *abhinnam samīyateTib 5 abhisambodha
iti vartate ] em. (loc. cit. abhisambodhaḥ); sambodha iti vartate B, Ed.J ; mngon par
rtogs pa zhe bya ba rjes su brang ngo Tib 8–9 tadanukramaḥ |tanniṣṭhā tadvipākaś
cety anyaḥ ṣoḍhā ] (recon.) Ed.J , Å, 118; +++++++++++++++++ B; de yi go
rims dang | de’i mtha’ de yi rnam smin ni | don bsdus gzhan te rnam pa drug TibP N
10 saṃkṣepato ’syāḥ ] B; om. Ed.J ; di’i bsdus pa’don Tib 12 ca ] B; ceti Ed.J ; dang
Tib 12 tato dharmakāyaḥ ] (recon.); tato++++ (part legible) B; om. Ed.J ; de nas
chos sku Tib 12–13 sakāritraḥ sa tadvipākaḥ pradhānaphalam ity arthaḥ ] (recon.);
+++++++++++++++++ B; om. Ed.J ; mdzad pa dang bcas pa de ni ’di’i rnam par
smin pa ste gtso bo’i bras bu zhes bya ba’i don to TibD ˚’di rnam par smin pa˚TibP N
2.4.3 Trayo ’rthāḥ

[S12] punaḥ śāstram–
viṣayas tritayo hetuḥ prayogaś caturātmakaḥ.
dharmakāyaḥ phalam karmety anyas tredhārthasaṃgrahaḥ||AA9.2||
5 athavātisaṃkṣepato ’syāḥ trayo ’rthāḥ. tathā hi trividhaḥ prayogaviṣayaḥ
sarvajñatātrayaṃ. sa hetuḥ. viṣayī prayogaś caturātmakaḥ sarvākārā*- [B2r6]
bhisambodhādiḥ. tasya hetoḥ phalaṃ dharmakāyas tatkarma ca.
[S13] tad evam aṣṭau ṣaṭ trayo vā ’sya sūtrasyārthāḥ sākalyena.4
10 2.4.4 Ekārthaḥ
[S14] prādhānyena punar eka evārthaḥ. anyathā ekavākyatāpi na syāt, daśa-
dāḍimādipadasamūhavat, avayavārthaiḥ parasparābhisa*mbaddhair ekārthān [B2v]
upasaṃhārāt. tasmāt sambandhavatī cānuguṇopāyā ca samyaksambodhir

4
Tib. reads thams cad as part of the subsequent sentence. In other words, Tib’s
translator took the daṇḍa to precede sākalyena
7 Cf. (Sār Ed.J ch.29): athavā trayorthāḥ sutrasya hetuḥ prayogaḥ phalaṃ ca.
tatra trividhaḥ prayogaviṣayo hetuḥ sarvākārajñatā mārgajñatā sarvajñatā ca. catvāro
’rthāḥ prayogaḥ prayogasāmānyāt. sarvākārābhisambodho mūrdhābhisamayo ’nupūrvā-
bhisamaya ekakṣaṇābhisambodhaś ceti. phalaṃ dharmakāyaḥ karma ca. vināpi
tenārthagateḥ. 9 Cf. (Sār Ed.J ch.29): arthasaṃgrahaḥ sakalasūtrārthasya saṃkṣepaḥ.
tatra prathamo ’ṣṭadhā, dvitīyaḥ ṣoḍhā, tṛtīyas tredhā. 13 Cf. (PV 3.214 p.363):
sambaddhānuguṇopāyaṃ puruṣārthābhidhāyakam| parīkṣādhikṛtaṃ vākyam ato ’nadhikṛ-
tam param|| (v.l. sambandha/sambaddha) 13 Cf. (PVs 3.214 p.108): sambad-
dho vākyānām ekārthopasaṃhāropakāraḥ| na daśadāḍimādivākyānām ivānupasaṃhāra
eva | anyathā vaktur vaiguṇyam udbhāvayet| 13 Cf. (TS:160:40): sambad-
dham vākyānām ekārthopasaṃhāreṇa parasparaṃ saṅgatam na tu daśadāḍimādivākya-
vat parasparasaṅgatam. 13 Cf. (TSP:3343): sambaddhānuguṇopāyaṃ puruṣārthābhi-
dhāyakam | dṛṣṭe ’py arthe pramāṇābhyām īṣad apy aprabādhitam.
4 karmety anyas ] corr., Ed.J ; karmety anyaḥ B; phrin las...gzhan Tib 5 ’syāḥ ] B;
’syām Ed.J ; ’di’i Tib 6 sarvajñatātrayaṃ ] B; sarvajñatātrayaś ca Ed.J ; thams cad
mkhyen pa nyid rnam pa gsum Tib 6 sa hetuḥ. viṣayī ] B; <tadhetuḥ> viṣayaḥ Ed.J ;
de’i rgyu’o | yul can Tib 9 sākalyena ] B, Ed.J ; tham cad Tib 11 evārthaḥ ] B;
eva vārthaḥ Ed.J ; don gcig nyid Tib 11–12 daśadāḍimādi° ] B, Ed.J ; se’u bcu la
sogs pa TibP N ; le’u bcu la sogs pa TibD 12–13 parasparābhisambaddhair ekārthān
upasaṃhārāt ] em. (Isaacson); parasparābhisambaddhena ekārthād upasaṃhā+t B;
parasparoparaktasya svārthena (?) ekatvād upasaṃhārāt Ed.J ; phan tshun yan lag gi
don gyis mngon par rtog pa gcig don du nye bar sbyor ba’i phyir te (v.l.) Tib, sug-
gesting *parasparāṅgārthenaikābhisambodhasyārthopasaṃhāratvāt 13 sambandhavatī
cānuguṇopāyā ca ] Bpc ; sambandha cānuguṇopāyāc+ Bac ; sambaddhāna(nu)guṇopayāt
Ed.J ; ’brel pa dang ldan pa dang | rjes su mthun pa’i thabs dang ldan pas TibP N ; ’grel
pa˚ TibD
atra prādhānyenocyata ity eke.
[S15] tad asat. yataḥ samyaksambodhiḥ śrāvakapiṭake ’py atipratītatvād

ajijñāsitā. [S16] prajñāpāramitā tu tatrāviditatvāj jijñāsiteti* saiva prā*- [D3v]
5 dhānyenā abhidhīyate| [S17]duradhimocā ceyam atigambhīratvāt. bhaga- [B2v2]
vatas tu vacanād adhimucyeta tato ’pīyaṃ prādhānyena bhagavatā vaktavyā.

yathā yathā ceyam adhimucyate tathā tathā bodhir āsannībhavati. [S18] tato
’pīyaṃ prādhānyena vacanīyā. aṣṭāsu cābhisamayeṣu yathāvasaram iyaṃ* [B2v3]
vistareṇocyamānā kathaṃ prādhānyena nocyate? prajñāpāramitaiva mārgaḥ

10 sambodheḥ. śeṣāṇām api tayaiva mārgīkaraṇāt. ity evam iyam ucyamānā
sutarāṃ prādhānyenocyate. ity alam ativistareṇa. ata eva prādhānena [S19]
1 Cf. (DBA:372:10): |ye shes la sogs pa’i che ba’i bdag nyid yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs
rgyas ni gtsug tor gyi nor bu yin pas gtso bo’o| 1 Cf. (DBA:373:15): thams cad mkhyen pa
nyid gsum gyis bsdus pas yang dag par rdzogs pa<’i byang chub>(em.) nyid yin pa. 5 Cf.
(Aṣṭa/AAĀ 405): duradhimocā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā... 5 Cf. (AAĀ 405): duradhi-
mocā duradhimokṣeti yāvat. 5 Cf. (BHSD 15): duradhimocā q.v. duradhimokṣa 7 Cf.
(Aṣṭa/AAĀ 313): yathā yathā hi tvaṃ kulaputra prajñāpāramitāyāṃ śikṣiṣyase, tathā tathā
tvam anupūrveṇa buddhadharmāṇāṃ lābhībhaviṣyasi, āsannaś ca bhaviṣyasy anuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ. 8 Cf. (Aṣṭā/AAĀ 439): api tu khalu punaḥ subhūte bahavo ’ntarāyā
bhaviṣyanti asyā gambhīrāyāḥ prajñāpāramitāyāḥ... tat kasya hetoḥ? tathā hi subhūte
bahupratyarthikāni mahāratnāni bhavanti | yathāsāraṃ ca gurutarapratyarthikāni bhavanti.
anuttaraṃ cedaṃ subhūte mahāratnaṃ lokasya yaduta prajñāpāramitā. 8 Cf. (Aṣṭā/AAĀ
440): yena prakāreṇottarottarasāratā tathā pratyarthikabahutvety arthaḥ. 8 Cf. (AAĀ
23): tathā cāhācāryadignāgaḥ. prajñāpāramitā jñānam advayam, sā tathāgataḥ. sādh-
yā tādarthyayogena. tācchabdyaṃ grantha-mārgayoḥ || iti. atas trividhām api tat-
sambandhinīṃ prativarṇikopadeśarahitāṃ prajñāpāramitām eva prādhānyād adhikṛtyety
avadhāraṇam. na tu teṣām eveti. bodhitraye ’syā nāntarīyakatvenādhikārāt. tathā hy
atraiva vakṣyati: śrāvakabhūmāv api śikṣitukāmeneyam eva prajñāpāramitā śrotavyetyādi.
sarvākāraparamapuruṣārthopayuktādhigamakramasya pratipādyamānatvāt. tatra ca bodhi-
cittaṃ kulaputra bījabhūtaṃ tad eva ca phalabhūtaṃ sāraṃ sarvabuddhadharmāṇām ity
āryagaṇḍavyūhādinirdeśād. 10 Cf. (DBA:375:11): thams cad mkhyen pa nyid gsum po
dag gis mngon par rtogs pa mtha’ dag bsdus pa ni ’tshang rgya ba nyid mngon sum du
byed pa thams cad kyis rgyur smos pa yin. 10 Cf. (DBA:375:17): mtshan nyid kyi bstan
bcos su mdor bsdus nas yang dag par bstan pa yin pa’i phyir thams cad mkhyan pa gsum
po nyid du yum gtsor mtshon te | yum gyi don ma lus pa ni de’i khongs su ’dus pa nyid
yin pa’i phyir ro|
1 ity eke ] em., Ed.J ; iti eke B; kha cig Tib 4–5 saiva prādhānyenā ] B; saiva <śāstre
prādhānyena> Ed.J ; de nyid gtso bor Tib 5 duradhimocā ceyam atigambhīratvāt ]
(blocked in scan) B; <duradhimokṣā> gambhīratvāt (om.2 akṣ.) Ed.J ; mos par dka’
ba ste thob pa yin pa’i phyir Tib 6 vacanād adhimucyeta ] B; vacanāt <pratilab-
dhād> adhimucyate... Ed.J ; bka’ la yang mos par byed pa yin Tib 7 bodhir ] B; bod-
her Ed.J ; byang chub la Tib 8 yathāvasaram iyaṃ ] conj.; yathāvasa+am iyaṃ B;
<sāraṃ tatheyam> Ed.J ; snying po ji lta ba bzhin du Tib 10 tayaiva ] B; tathaiva
Ed.J ; de nyid Tib 11 sutarāṃ ] B, Ed.J ; shin tu yang Tib 11 prādhānyenocyate ] B,
Ed.J (Note: I have inserted the daṇḍa and changed sandhi.); gtso bor brjod pa ma yin
Tib 11 prādhānena ] B; prādhānyena Ed.J ; gtsor Tib
2.5 Aṣṭasāhasrikāprajñāpāramitāsūtrasyākārāḥ 19
vyapadeśād etat sūtraṃ prajñāpāramiteti. na samyaksambodhi*r[S20] iti. [B2v4]
tasmāt prajñāpāramitaiva saphalā saprayogā ca pradhānabhūto ’sya sūtrarat-

nasyārtha iti tathā tan niṣṭhitam. yac coktaṃ vārtike puruṣārthābhidhāyakam
iti tatrāpy abhidhāyakam ity uktaṃ na tu prādhānyenābhidhāyakam.
5 2.5 Aṣṭasāhasrikāprajñāpāramitāsūtrasyākārāḥ
*evaṃ mayā śrutaṃ ... [AṣṭaA 2r1]
evaṃ mayetyādi. atha kasyedaṃ vacanam? saṃgītikārasya, saṃgītatvena

loke sampratyayārtham. tat kiṃ tasyaiṣa prakṣepaḥ? naivam. bhagavadājña-
yaiva tena pāṭhāt. uktaṃ hi bhagavatā dharmasaṃgītisūtre—5
10 evaṃ mayā śrutam iti kṛtvā bhikṣavo mama dharmaḥ saṃgāta*vyaḥ [B2v5]
iti. athātra kaḥ saṅgītikāraḥ? aḍakavatīnivāsī vajrapāṇir mahābodhisattvaḥ.

sa hi bhādrakalpikānāṃ tathāgatānāṃ* rūpakāyasya dharmakāyasya ca ra- [D4r]
5
See Chos yang dag par sdud pa’i mdo Toh no. 238 (T17:761); Ed.C (605-650).
3 Cf. (DBA 376:3): |don dang gzhung gi mdor bsdus nas gsungs pa’i thams cad mkhyen
pa nyid gsum nye bar bstan nas | de’i rgyu dang ’bras bu bstan pa ni | 4 Cf. (PV 3.214
/ DBA:379): |’brel pa dang ni rjes mthun thabs| skyes bu’i don ni rjod byed pa| yongs
brtags dbang du byas pa’i tshig | |de las gzhan pa dbang byas min | zhes smos pa| 4 Cf.
(DBA:374ff): |de bsgoms pas gcig nas gcig tu brgyud pas kyang gzhi gang yang thob par mi
’gyur ba’i phyir skyes bu’i don dgos pa med pas brjod pa med pa’i nyes pa yod do| thams
cad mkhyen pa nyid gsum gyis ma bsdus pa’i nyes pa ni phyogs gsum car la yang shes par
bya’o | 4 Cf. (DBA:374ff): |de ltar na mtshan nyid kyi bstan bcos mdzad pa’i dgos ’di
dag kho nas skyes pa’i don ’grub pa thams cad rdzogs par ’gyur ba yin pas na thug pa med
pa ma yin no | 10 Cf. (AAĀ 5, see also Fn.12): mayā śrutam iti kṛtvā bhikṣavo mama
dharmaḥ saṃgātavya iti. 10 Cf. (MAhp 2): mayā śrutam iti bhikṣavo mama dharmaḥ
saṃgātavya iti.
1 prajñāpāramiteti ] (recon.); prajñāpāramite+ (part legible) B; prajñāpāramitā Ed.J ;

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ni Tib 1 na samyaksambodhir ] dam., Ed.J ; ++++++
B; yang dag par rdzog pa’i byang chub ni ma yin no Tib 2–3 yogā ca pradhānabhūto ’sya
sūtraratnasyārtha ] Bpc ; (om.) Bac , Ed.J ; ’bras bu dang bcas pas sbyor ba dang bcas pa
gtso bor gyur pa ’di mdo sde rin po che’i don te TibP N 3 iti tathā tan niṣṭhitam ] Bpc ; om.
Ed.J ; ’di ni de ltar nges par gnas pa yin no Tib 3 yac coktaṃ vārtike ] B; om. Ed.J ; gang
yang tshe ma rnam ’grel lasTib 3–4 puruṣārthābhidhāyakam iti tatrāpy abhidhāyakam
ity uktaṃ na tu prādhānyenābhidhāyakam. ] Bpc ; om. (32 akṣ.) Bac , Ed.J ; skyes bu’i don
ni thob par byed pa yin te | de bas na der yang mngon par thob par byed pa zhes brjod kyi
gtsor rjod par byed pa ni ma yin no zhes smos so| Tib 7 saṃgītikārasya ] (blot) recon. B,
Ed.J ; saṃgītikāra+ B; sdud pa po’i Tib 7 saṃgītatvena ] B; sdud pa po nyid kyis TibP ,
; sdud dang po nyid kyis TibD 8 tasyaiṣa ] corr.; tasyeṣa B; om. Ed.J ; de ci’i phyir Tib
10 evaṃ mayā śrutam iti kṛtvā bhikṣavo mama dharmaḥ saṃgātavyaḥ ] recon.; evaṃ
++++++++++++++++++ vya B(dam.); <śrutaṃ mayā> (om. 25 akṣ.) Ed.J ; ge
slong dag ’di skad bdag gis thos pa zhes gyis la nga’i dam pa’i chos bsdu ba bya’o Tib
11 athātra kaḥ ] B; om. Ed.J ; cis te ’dir...gang Tib
kṣādhikṛtaḥ pṛṣṭhato ’nugata ucyate. pratyarpitaśāsanaś ca vajrapāṇyā-

bhiṣekasūtre.6
2.5.0.1 FIRST BACKTRANSLATION BEGINS

5
āryānande ’pi tat pratyarpitam, śrāvakaloke pratiṣṭhāpanāya, na tu saṃgīt-

yartham. yathā ca bhagavato nityaparicārikasthitatvenāśeṣaśravaṇaprāpter
āryānandaḥ śrāvakapiṭakasaṃgītikāraḥ, tathā vajrapāṇir bodhisattvapiṭakasya
saṃgītikāraḥ. ity alam ativistareṇa.7
10 svayam abhisaṃbuddho dharmo deśyate, daiśikāc chrutaḥ saṅgīyate. ataḥ
śrutam ity anena saṅgītiṃ sūcayati.8 nanu mayety anuktam <api> sid-
dham, asākṣācchrutasya dharmasya vaktum aśakyatvāt. ataḥ siddham apy
ucyate, niścayārtham. mayaiva bhagavataḥ śrutam, na ca gurvādeḥ śrutam.
6
Here begins a large lacuna in the extant Skt. MSS (ca. 25 folios B = 19 folios A)
corresponding to Ed.C (pp.716-809). I have translated two sections of the extant Tibetan
back into Sanskrit as a sample for how the Tibetan translation might be understood to
have been representing Sanskrit ambiguities.
7
I have just discovered that RĀŚ’s KSgsn (C1331:10-1335) has many overlaps with
this nidānavākya section from evaṃ mayā śrutam up to through six sampad and ekasmin
samaye. Due to time limitations, I will not cite all these Tib. parallels here, but these
should be incorporated into future revisions.
8
My Sanskrit backtranslation here has followed RĀŚ’s MAhp in general syntax and in
the placement of svayam and use of saṅgītim in place of saṅgītikāram (sdud pa po)
9 Cf. (AAĀ 5): tathāgataguhyanirdeśādhikāreṇa sarvathā bhādrakalpikasarvatathā-

gatānāṃ rūpakāyasaddharmakāyarakṣāyāṃ kṛtādhikāratvād vajrapāṇyabhiṣekādau prat-
yarpitaśāsanatvāc cānyeṣāṃ viśeṣavacanābhāvād aḍakavatīnivāsī daśabhūmīśvaro mahā-
vajradharaḥ sarvalokānugrahāya prajñāpāramitāsūtraratnasaṃgītiṃ pratyadhīṣṭavantam
āryamaitreyādimahābodhisattvagaṇam evam ityādy āheti pūrvācāryāḥ. anye tv atraiva
parīndanāparivarte yatheyam jambūdvīpe prajñāpāramitā pracariṣyatīty ādhinā pratyarpi-
taprajñāpāramitatvād āryānandaḥ saṃgītikāra iti manyante. 11 Cf. (MAhp 21): svayam
abhisaṃbuddho dharmo deśyate. daiśikāc chrutaḥ saṅgīyate. ataḥ śrutam ity anena
saṅgītiṃ sūcayati.
1 ’nugata ucyate ] em.; ’nugataḥ yacate (unclear) B; avagataḥ evaṃ te Ed.J ; rjes su
’brang bar rjod Tib 1–2 vajrapāṇyābhiṣekasūtre ] B; om. Ed.J ; phyag na rdo rje dbang
bskur ba’i mdo sde las Tib
tasmān mayety anena mayaiva sākṣāc chrutam eveti nirdiśyate.9 etena hi

paramparayā śrute pratyayābhāvaśaṅkā nirākriyate. nanu sākṣāc chravaṇe
’pi vikṣepaviparītagrahaṇasambhave bhūyastaram pratyayābhāvaḥ syāt. ata
eva tannirākaraṇāyaivam ity uktam, yathoktam, evaṃ mayā śrutam, nidā-
5 nam avasara upasaṃkṣepaḥ sūtraśārīraṃ ceti anenaivākāreṇety arthaḥ.10
tatra–
(1)
daiśikādīnāṃ samudbhavo nidānam, kvacit sthāne śāstṛśrotṛsaṃnipā-
taḥ. bhagavān ityādi ānandam ity etadantam.
10
(2)
tatra khalv ity evam ukta ityādi cāvasaraḥ.11
(3)
bhagavān evam āmantrayate smetyādy* upasaṃkṣepaḥ.12 [D4v]
(4)
śeṣaḥ sūtraśarīram.
15
9
In translating bdag nyid kyis zhes bya ba ’dis with the phrase mayeti anena mayaiva,
I have avoided the problem with the Tibetan insertion of nyid into a quote (where it does
not belong) by following MAhp.
10
I have been unable to find any mention of RĀŚ’s terms or similar categories anywhere
else except in his KSgsn (C 1332:22ff). In my backtranslation, I have followed KSgsn mdo
nye bar bsdu ba, understanding *upasaṃkṣepaḥ or perhaps *upasaṃhāraḥ, instead of the
reading of Snying po mchog which is *upanayanaṃ (nye bar sbyar ba)
11
I have not translated the Tibetan de la due to sense here and the possibility of an
eye skip.
12
I have bolded evam here, since it may have existed in the MS that RĀŚ had before
him.
1 Cf. (MAhp 2 (Isaacson unpubl.)): tatra mayeti mayaiva daiśikāc chrutam na

śrutiparamparayā mayy āgatam. 1 Cf. (AAĀ 5): mayeti ātmavācakena bhaga-
vataḥ sakāśāt sākṣāc chravaṇaṃ śrutam iti śrotravijñānānubhavavacasā ca tathāgatād
ṛte ’nyasyaivambhūtasamastadharmādhigamasāmarthyavaikalyād adhigamābhāvam (=MS;
adhigamābhāvaḥ T; adhigamābhāvatvaṃ W ). 1 Cf. (Vajracchedikāṭīkā 98): mayā ity
anyavyavacchedena arthasya sākṣācchravaṇaṃ nirdiśyate. ātmanaiva śrutaṃ na śravaṇa-
paramparāyātam ity arthaḥ. śrutam ity adhigamo niṣedhyate. tathāgatād ṛte nānye svatas
tāthābhūtadharmādhigamavanto bhavanti. etenānāptaptvaṃ nirākriyate. 5 Cf. (KSgsn
C1332:22ff): gleng gzhi dang skabs dang mdo nye bar bsdu ba la sogs pa’i ngag. 8 Cf.
(MAhp 2): anurūpe sthāne kādācitko daiśikasya vihāro ’nurūpaś ca pariṣatsannipāto
deśanāyā nidānam tad āha ekasminn ityādi. 8 Cf. (AAĀ 6): ātmāprāmāṇyapratipā-
danāya visarjayan deśa kālaparṣaddaiśikasāmagrī hi deśanāyāḥ kāraṇam iti nidānam āha.
8 Cf. (Sār Ed.J ): taddeśanā nidānam. atha khalu bhagavān ityādinā āmantrayate
smety etad antena saṃgītikāra āha– sākṣīkaraṇam aṣṭame kṣaṇe hīnayānapatanaprati-
pakṣagauravātiśayotpādanāya. See also– tannidānamiti taddhetukam; tatonidānam ut-
pattir asyeti tathoktam; nidānaṃ prastāvaḥ 8 Cf. (Sār Ed.J ): atha khalv ityādinā
pratyekabuddhair ity etadantena.
2.5.1 Nidānam
...ekasmin samaye bhagavān rājagṛhe *viharati sma gṛdhrakūṭe par-
vate mahatā bhikṣusaṃghena sārdham ardhatrayodaśabhir bhikṣuśa- [AṣṭaA 2r2]
taiḥ, sarvair arhadbhiḥ kṣīṇāsravair niṣkleśair vaśībhūtaiḥ suvimuk-

5 tacittaiḥ suvimuktaprajñair ājāneyair mahānāgaiḥ kṛtakṛtyaiḥ kṛtaka-
raṇīyair apahṛtabhārair anuprāptasvakārthaiḥ parikṣīṇa*bhavasaṃyo-
janaiḥ samyagājñāsuvimuktacittaiḥ sarvacetovaśiparamapāramiprāp- [AṣṭaA 2r3]
tair ekaṃ pudgalaṃ sthāpayitvā yadutāyuṣmantam ānandam.
kadā tvayā śrutam iti praśne, ekasmin samaya iti. ekasmin kāla ity arthaḥ.
10 vineyānāṃ dharmagauravotpādanārtham etad.ekadaiva bhagavatā deśitam,
mayaiva ca śrutaṃ dhṛtam evety api sūcitam. yad api sūtre uktam, evaṃ
mayā śrutam iti bhikṣavo mama dharmaḥ saṃgātavya iti, tad vākyaikadeśena
vākyasaṃsūcanam, tad yathā praviśa piṇḍīm iti praviśa gṛham, piṇḍīm bha-
kṣayeti pratipāditam. asati nidāne deśanā na syād ity ato nidānaṃ bha-
15 gavān ityādi ānandam ity etadantam. bhagavān viharati smeti sam-
bandhaḥ. caturmārabhaṅgād bhagavān. prajñayā vā caturmārabhañjikayā
sampanno bhagavān. atha vā tair āśritatvād bhagavān, yasmāt karaṇatve-
na kārakatvaṃ vivakṣitam.
11 Cf. (AAĀ 7): atha vaikasmin kṣaṇe sarvaṃ śrutam ity arthaḥ. 14 Cf. (Mahābhāṣya
Patañjali 1:1.45 p.111): vākyeṣu tāvat vākyaikadeśān: praviśa piṇḍīm, praviśa tarparṇam.
padeṣu padaikadeśān: devadattaḥ dattaḥ, satyabhāmā bhāmā iti. 14 Cf. (MAhp 3): tad
yathā nagare vasaty ādya iti nagarasthe prāsāda ity arthaḥ. 17 Cf. (Nāmamantrārthā-
valokinī p.222): bhagasaṃpannatvād bhagavān caturmārabhaṅgād vā. 17 Cf. (AAĀ):
kleśakarma tathā janma kleśajñeyāvṛtī tathā yena vaipākṣikā bhagnās teneha bhagavān
smṛte, ity ārṣoktyā nairuktavidhānena kleśādhikaṃ bhagnavān iti bhagavān. 18 Cf.
(VM): (PTS 210/Warren 173) bhagī bhaji bhāgi vibhattavā iti akāsi bhaggan ti karūti bhāg-
yavā, pahūhi ñāyehi subhāvitattano bhavantago so bhagavāti vuccatīti. (PTS 211/War-
ren 174) saṃkhepato vā pañca kilesakkhandha abhisaṅkhāra devaputta maccumāre a-
bhañji. tasmā bhaggattā etesaṃ parissa yānaṃ bhaggavāti vattabbe bhagavāti vuccati (PTS
210/Warren 173) yasmā lokiyalokuttarasukhābhinibbattakaṃ dānasīlādi pārappettaṃ bhāg-
yam assa atthi tasmā bhāgyavāti vattabbe bhagavāti vuccatīti ñātabbaṃ (PTS 211/War-
ren 174) bhagehi yuttattāpi bhagā assa santīti iminā atthena bhagavāti vuccati... (PTS
212/Warren 175) lokiyalokuttare uttarimanussadhamme bhaji sevi bahulam akāsi, tasmā
bhattavāti vattabbe bhagavā ti vuccati... tassevaṃ iminā ca iminā ca kāraṇena so bhagavā
araham.
2 ekasmin samaye bhagavān ] Ed.M ; ekasmin samaye bhagavān part. leg. AṣṭaA
2 rājagṛhe ] Ed.M ; ++++ illeg. AṣṭaA 4 niṣkleśair ] AṣṭaA ; niḥkleśair Ed.M
5 ājāneyair ] AṣṭaA , Ed. ; ājñair ājāneyair Ed.V
M
5–6 kṛtakaraṇīyair ] Ed.M ; kṛ-
M
takaraṇaṇīyair A 6 anuprāptasvakārthaiḥ ] Ed. ; anuprāptasvakārthaiḥ part. leg.
AṣṭaA
ke te? aiśvaryādayaḥ ṣaṭ. yathā vyākhyāyuktau ––
aiśvaryasya samagrasya jñānasya yaśasaḥ śriyaḥ|

rūpasyātha prayatnasya ṣaṇṇāṃ bhaga iti smṛtiḥ||
iti. tatra–
5
(1)
aiśvaryabhago bhagavato ’paratantratvena savāsanāvaraṇaprahāṇāt.
(2)
rūpabhago bhagavato niruttarakāyasya lakṣaṇavyañjanavibhūṣitatvāt.
(3)
10 yaśobhago bhagavato digvidikṣu vighuṣṭakīrtitvāt.
(4)
yayā bahubhir bhagair āśritaḥ sā śrīḥ. eṣa bhago bhagavato* laukikalo- [D5r]
kottarabhagānām anukrameṇāśrayatvāt.
1 Cf. (rNam par bshad pa’i rigs D46v7/C41v/N42r/Lee 36): de la bgegs ni bdud sdig can
du ’dod de | de bcom pa dang ldan pa’i phyir bcom ldan ’das zhes bya’o| | ston pa nyid phun
sum tshogs pa ni ji lta ba bzhin du gsung ba nyid dang sgrub pa nyid...dbang phyug dang
ni gzugs bzang dang | |dpal dang grags dang ye shes dang| |brtson ’grus phun sum tshogs
pa ste | |drug po de la ldan | | zhes bya | |gzhang yang bsdus pa’i don ni rgyas pa dang mdor
bstan pa’i yon tan bsngags pa yin te | rgyas pa ni tshig dgu bo dag gis jis skad gsungs pa lta
bu’o | |mdor ni sangs rgyas bcom ldan ’das te shes bya thams cad thugs su chud pa’i phyir
dang| bdud dang phas kyi rgol ba thams cad rab tu ’joms pa’i phyir ro| 4 Cf. (MAh-
p-Isaacson Unpubl)): aiśvaryādayaḥ ṣaṭ samagrā bhagāḥ, yathoktam– aiśvaryasya sam-
agrasya jñānasya yaśasaḥ śriyaḥ| rūpasyāthaprayatnasya ṣaṇṇāṃ bhaga iti smṛtiḥ | | iti,
bhagā asya santīti bhagavān. 4 Cf. (MAhp-Isaacson): aiśvaryādayaś ca te guṇāś ca
akhilā iti samagrāḥ, tathā coktam– aiśvaryasya samagrasya jñānasya yaśasaḥ śriyaḥ | rū-
pasyāthaprayatnasya ṣaṇṇāṃ bhaga iti smṛtaḥ| | iti, etasmin pakṣe bhagā asya santīti vi-
grahaḥ kāryaḥ, uktaṃ paramārthasatyam. 4 Cf. (AAĀ 7): aiśvaryasya samagrasya rū-
pasya yaśasaḥ śriyaḥ| jñānasyātha prayatnasya ṣaṇṇāṃ bhaga iti śrutiḥ. 4 Cf. (VM
PTS 211/Warren 174): yasmā ca loke issariya dhamma yasa siri kāmappayattesu chasu
dhammesu bhagasaddo vattati. 4 Cf. (Bṛhaṭṭīkā-bshad pa): |bcom ldan ’das zhes bya ba
ni bdud bzhi bcom pa dang ldan pa ’am| yang na ’di la legs pa mnga’ bas na bcom ldan ’das
zhes bya ste| legs pa zhes bya ba ni dbang phyug dang| ye shes dang | grags pa dang| dpal
dang| bsod nams dang| brtson ’grus rnams la bya’o sde| |de dag thams cad kyang don dam
par na de bzhin gshegs pa nyid la mnga’ bas na| bcom ldan ’das zhes bya’o | 6 Cf. (MAhp
4): yathā gantavyaṃ tathaiva gatā iti tathāgatāḥ, savāsanasarvāvaraṇaprahāṇāt 6 Cf.
(VM PTS 211/Warren 174): paramaṃ cassa sakacitte issariyam, aṇimā laghimādikaṃ vā
lokiya sammataṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ atthi. 8 Cf. (VM PTS 211/Warren 174): tathā
lokuttaro dhammo. 10 Cf. (Divy 180): bhagavataś cāyam evaṃrūpo digvidikṣūdārakal-
yāṇakīrtiśabdaśloko ’bhyudgata ity api sa bhagavān. 10 Cf. (VM PTS 211/Warren 174):
lokattaya vyāpito yathābhūta guṇādhigato ativiya parisuddho yaso. 13 Cf. (VM PTS
211/Warren 174): rūpakāyadassanavyāvaṭajananayanamanappasādajananasamatthā sab-
bākāra paripūrā sabbaṅgapaccaṅgasiri.
(5)
jñānabhagaḥ sarvajñeyasarvākārajñānasya śuddhāsaktāpratighatvāt.
(6)
prayatnabhagaḥ sarvākāraparārthakriyāṇāṃ nirantarakaraṇāt.
5 viharati smety atra viharatiśabdo vartamānārtho ’pi, smaśabda upa-

pade bhūta ity anuvṛtter bhūtārtho bhavati (’das pa’i don du ’gyur).13 laṭ
sma iti sūtre laṭ ity agre vartamānapratyaye <’pi> sma iti bhūtapratyayapūr-
vatve pradhānapratyayapūrvavidher bhūtārthena sambaddhaḥ.14
sāmānyena viharati sma, kāyavākcittasamāhitatvenety arthaḥ, anyathā
10 hi bhikṣusaṃghena sārdham iti samānaviharaṇeṇa sārdhārtho na syāt.
viśeṣeṇa tu catvāro buddhavihārāḥ, īryāpathavihāro deśanāvihāraḥ samā-
pattivihāraḥ pratisaṃlayanavihāraś ceti. tatra–
(1)
buddhānāṃ sarvaṃ kāyakarma prathamaḥ.
15
(2)
sarvaṃ vākkarma dvitīyaḥ.
(3)
yat prakṛtisamāhitaṃ yac ca samādhisākṣātkārakaṃ manaskarma tad
ubhayaṃ tṛtīyaḥ.
13
This grammatical statement is not clear in Tibetan. In order to make any sense of
it, I am interpreting ’og nas as upapade; ’das pa’i don la as bhūta ity; zhugs pa’i dbang
gis as anuvṛtter; bhūtārtho bhavati (’das pa’i don du ’gyur). See Negi p. 5183:3 zhugs
pa=anuvṛtti in the first example of the third meaning vṛtti.
14
Negi 5575 ’og tu ’byung na=uttarakāle (=pūrva); Negi p.6020:2 yod pa = vidhi. this
is a provisional translation assuming Tib. uses yod pa in two senses. RĀŚ seems to be
explaining why 3.2.118 laṭ sme falls within 3.2.84 bhūte section.
1 Cf. (VM PTS 211/Warren 174): yaṃ yaṃ etena icchitaṃ patthitaṃ atta hitaṃ parahi-
taṃ vā tassa tassa tatheva abhinipphannattā icchita nipphatti saññito kāmo. 3 Cf. (VM
PTS 211/Warren 174): sabbalokagarubhāvappattihetubhūto sammāvāyām asaṅkhāto pa-
yatto ca atthi. 8 Cf. (Kv vol. 2, p. 632): laṭ sme| | PS 3.2.118|| bhūtānadyatana-
parokṣe iti vartate, smaśabde upapade bhūtānadyatanaparokṣe laṭpratyayo bhavati. liṭo
’pavādaḥ, naḍena sma purādhīyate. ūrṇayā sma purādhīyate. 8 Cf. (MBh vol. 2, p.
121): laṭ sme iti atra anadyatane iti etat anuvartiṣyate. 8 Cf. (Kāmadhenu): ’laṭ sme’
iti laṭo vidhānāt, prasaṅgād anyatrāpi bhūtārthe laṭprayogasyopapatim āha–anukarotīti.
10 Cf. (AAĀ 8): tatra viharati sma, kāyavākkarmadharmasattvālambanamanaḥsvabhā-
vair evaṃ vihṛtavān. nanu ca bhūtānadyatanaparokṣe kāle laṭ smaśabdayoge vihitaḥ na
cāt- ra kālaḥ saṃgītikārasya parokṣaḥ. tat kathaṃ viharati smeti prayogaḥ. 12 Cf. (MAhp
3): vijahāra iti buddhavihārair viharati sma. catvāro buddhavihārāḥ īryāpathavihāraḥ
deśanāvihāraḥ samāpattivihāraḥ pratisaṃlayanavihāraś ceti, samāhito hi cāro vihāraḥ.
12 Cf. (AAĀ 8): nānāprakārarddhiprātihāryeṇa lokātikrāntādbhuta- dharmadarśanād
āvarjyādeśanāprātihāryeṇāśayānuśayaparijñānāt paripācyānuśāsanīprātihāryeṇa yānat-
rayavaineyasattvānām viśeṣeṇa smaraṇādikāriṇāṃ mocanād abhimatam arthaṃ kur-
vaṃś caturbhir īryāpathadeśanāsamāpattipratisaṃlayanavihāraiḥ kāyavākkarmadharma-
sattvālambanamanaḥsvabhāvair evaṃ vihṛtavān.
(4)
yad buddhacakṣuṣā sattvāvalokane devat<ādy>upasaṃkramaṇe ca
manaskarma, tad ubhayaṃ caturthaḥ.15
kva vijahāra? rājagṛhe. māgadhanagaraṃ rājagṛhaṃ <yatra> bahubhī
5 rājabhiḥ sevitā rājadhānī (pho brang ’khor).16 kasmin pradeśe? gṛdhrakūṭe
parvate. kasmād rājagṛhe deśanā? etasya sūtrasya mahādharmarājadhānyasū-
canāt.17 kasmād gṛdhrakūṭe parvate deśanā? <yasmāt> śrotṝṇām api du-
radhigameyaṃ deśanā.
mahatā bhikṣusaṃghena sārdham iti. mahateti saṃkhyāguṇama-
10 hattvayogāt. atra bhikṣuḥ prahīnakleśo ’rhan na gṛhītaḥ, āryānandasyāpi
grahaṇaprasaṅgāt. tasmād atropasampannā bhikṣavo gṛhītāḥ. te ’pi atra
dvividhāḥ.18 vācikena caturthena karmāṇā ca pañcakenaihīti kṛtāḥ, akṛtāś
15
I have added ādi here for more accuracy in the meaning, based on the MAhp parallel.
16
I have not translated the unnecessary ces bya ba.
17
My backtranslation here follows Negi 2911 rgyal po’i gnas = rājadhānī +
nyid=rājadhānyam. Alternatively, there is a chance that rgyal po’i gnas could be a trans-
lation for rājasthānīyam, but this translation seems more likely rendered by rgyal po’i lta
bu. Cf. MSA rājasthānīyāni=rgyal po’i lta bu in Tib trans. The Akṣayamati-ṭīkā also
offers an alterative way to understand Buddha’s abiding in Rājagṛha in connection with
the dharmadhātu.
18
I cannot find any exact parallels for this division into two types.
3 Cf. (MAhp 3): nityasamāhitāś ca bhagavanto buddhāḥ. tasmād yatkiñcid buddhānām

bhagavatāṃ kāyakarma sa teṣām īryāpathavihāraḥ. yatkiñcit teṣāṃ vākkarma sa deśanāvi-
hāraḥ. yat teṣāṃ samādhisamāpattau prakṛtisamāhitaṃ vā manaskarma sa samāpattivi-
hāraḥ. yad buddhānām dṛṣṭadharmasukhavihāre devatādyupasaṅkramaṇe ca manaskarma
sa teṣāṃ pratisaṃlayanavihāraḥ. 3 Cf. (Bṛhaṭṭīkā-bshad pa): |bzhugs pa rnam pa bzhi
ste | spyod lam gyis bzhugs pa dang| ’chad pas bzhugs pa dang| snyoms par ’jug pas bzhugs
pa dang | nang du yang dag ’jog gis bzhugs pa’o| | sku’i phrin las su bgrang ba gang ci
yang rung ste | de dag thams cad ni spyod lam gyis bzhugs pa’o| | gsung gi phrin las gang
yin pa de dag ni ’chad pas bzhugs pa’o| | thugs kyi phrin las gang yin pa de ni de dag
las gzhan pa’i bzhugs pa gnyis te| rtag tu mnyam par gzhag pa’i phyir te ting nge ’dzin
dang snyoms par ’jug pa bzhi snyoms par ’jug pas bzhugs pa’o| | thugs rje chen pos ’jig
rten la gzigs pa dang| lha la sogs pa ’ong ba ni nang du yang dag ’jog gis bzhugs pa’o|
8 Cf. (Akṣayamati-ṭīkā): |rgyal po’i khab ces bya ba nas yon tan thams cad kyi tshogs
dpag tu med pa na bźugs źes bya ba’i bar du bcom ldan ’das kyi gnas phun sum tshogs
pa bstan te: de la rgyal po’i khab ces bya ba ni rgyal po’i khab kyi groṅ khyer chen po la
bya’o. yaṅ na rgyal po ni saṅs rgyas bcom ldan ’das chos kyi rgyal po la bya’o, khab ni
chos kyi rgyal po de bźugs pa’i gnas la bya ste, de yaṅ don dam par chos kyi dbyiṅs rnam
par dag pa ñid la bźugs pas chos kyi dbyiṅs ñid la bya’o| 10 Cf. (AAĀ 8): mahateti
saṃkhyāguṇamahattvayogān mahānubhāvena.
ca.(1) ehi bhikṣo cara brahmacaryam iti kṛtās tathāgatena, (2) ehīti cākṛtāḥ,
tathāgatasyābhiprāyamātreṇāvaśyaṃ keśaśmaśrv avatārya, kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy
ācchādya, te praśāntendriyāḥ, śubheryāpathasaṃpannāś ca.
bhikṣusaṃgheneti. saṃgho nikāyaḥ. sa kathaṃ saṃghaḥ? abhin-
5 natvāt saṃghaḥ. tathā ca–
buddhe dharme tathā saṃghe mārakoṭiśatair api|
bhettuṃ na śakyate yasmāt tasmāt saṃgho ’bhidhīyate||
iti. sārdham iti sahārthaḥ. tatra saṃkhyāmahattvam ardhatrayodaśa-
bhiḥ bhikṣuśatair iti pañcāśadadhikair dviśatasahasraiḥ.
10 atra guṇamahattvaṃ pañcadaśabhiḥ padaiḥ sarvair ityādibhir āha–
1 Cf. (AAĀ 8): bhikṣūṇāṃ traivācikena karmaṇā jñapticaturthena anāghātapañcamenāi-
hibhikṣutvenavopasampannānāṃ bhinnakleśānāṃ samūhena... 1 Cf. (SAv 374): eṣām ab-
hyupagamena tasyā upasaṃpat. dūtena dharmadinnāyā... iti. tayā kilāntaḥpura-
gatayaiva pravrajyārthaṃ buddhāya dūtaḥ preṣita iti. vinaya- dharapaṃcamena iti.
catvāro bhikṣavaḥ saṃghaḥ. tatra jñaptivācakena paṃcamenopasaṃpādyate pratyantikeṣu
janapadeṣu. madhyameṣu tu janapadeṣu daśamena jñaptivācakenopasaṃpādyate.
ṣaṣṭibhadravargapūgopasaṃpāditānām iti. bhadro varga eṣām iti bhadravargāṇāṃ
ṣaṣṭiḥ kulaputrāḥ. teṣāṃ pūgena samūhena upasaṃpāditānāṃ. śaraṇagamana-
traivācikena buddhaśaraṇaṃ gacchāma iti trir vacanenopasaṃpat. teṣāṃ nāvaśyaṃ
vijñaptyadhīna iti. teṣāṃ vinayadharāṇām idam mataṃnāvaśyaṃ vijñaptyadhīnaḥ
prātimokṣasaṃvara iti. buddhaprabhṛtīnām avijñaptidhīnatvāt. atha vā teṣām iti
yeṣāṃ vijñaptir nāsty upasaṃpatkriyāyām. 1 Cf. (AKBh 123): dṛṣṭadharmavedanīyam
upapadyavedanīyam aparaparyāyavedanīyaṃ cety etat trividhaṃ karma niyatam ity etac
caturvidhaṃ karma bhavati sahāniyatavedanīyena. 1 Cf. (SN PTS vol. 5, p. 343):
svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ ved-
itabbo viññūhī ti. 3 Cf. (Avadānaśataka): ehi bhikṣo. cara brahmacaryam. saiva ta-
syāyuṣmataḥ pravrajyābhūt sopasaṃpat. sa bhikṣubhāvaḥ. evaṃ pravrajitaḥ sa āyuṣmān
eko vyapakṛṣṭo ’pramatta ātāpī prahitātmā vyahārṣīt. eko vyapakṛṣṭo ’pramatta ātāpī
prahitātmā viharan yadarthaṃ kulaputrāḥ keśaśmaśru avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy āc-
chādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajanti. 3 Cf. (BBh 134): sā triv-
idhā draṣṭavyā. iha bodhisattvasya yā vāksammodanī yayā vācā bodhisattvo vigatab-
hṛkuṭiḥ pūrvābhilāpī uttānamukhavarṇaḥ smitamukhapūrvaṅgamaḥ kṣemasvastyayana-
paripṛcchayā vā dhātusāmyaparipṛcchayā vā sukharātrindivaparipṛcchayā vā ehīti svā-
gata[vādi]tayā vā ityevamādibhir ākāraiḥ sattvān pratisammodayati lokayātrāṃ nāgarak-
abhāvam anuvartamānaḥ. 3 Cf. (BBh 134): īryāpathasaṃpanno bhavati praśānteryā-
pathaḥ saṃpanneryāpathaḥ sarvāṃgapratyaṃgair nirvikāraḥ. 3 Cf. (Mahāvastu 2.157):
purato pravrajito nirmito kāṣāyām aradharo praśāntendriyo īryāpathasaṃpanno yugamā-
traprekṣamāṇo janasahasre kapilarājamārge. 4 Cf. (MAhp 24): nikāyā iti bhikṣusaṃghāḥ.
7 Cf. (AAĀ 8 with em. based on MS per Isaacson): tathā ca buddhe dharme tathā
saṃghe mārakoṭiśatair| api bhettuṃ na śakyate yasmāt tasmāt saṃgho ’bhidhīyate|| 9 Cf.
(SGhASṭ 7): tathā cāha–buddhe dharme tathā saṃghe mārakoṭiśatair api | bhettuṃ na śaky-
ate yasmāt tasmāt saṃgho ’bhidhī(ya)te| | iti. 9 Cf. (TŚS v.33, p.7): buddhadharmau
tathā saṃghe mārakoṭiśatair api| bhettuṃ na śakyate yasmāt tasmāt saṃgho ’bhidhī(ya)te||
iti. 9 Cf. (AAĀ 9): iti saṃghena sārdhaṃ sahitaḥ parivṛto viharati smeti sambandhaḥ.
tatra saṃkhyāmahattvam ardhety ādināha. 10 Cf. (AAĀ 9): guṇamahattvaṃ sarvair
ityādināha.
arayaḥ kleśās tān hatavān ity arhan.19 athavā arohad na punar ro-
(1)
hatīty arhan.20 athavā tathāgatapratipattipūjāsaṃpūjanair arhaṇaṃ karotīty

arhan.21 athavā devamānuṣapūjādakṣīṇārhaṇīya ity arhan.
5
(2)
atas teṣāṃ pūjādakṣīṇārhaṇīyaguṇatvena kṣīṇāsravair iti janmak-
leśānām ākuśalamūlāni sravantīty* āsravāḥ.22 [D6r]
19
I have not translated Tib’s dgra bcom pa nyid ni, because it does not construe here
and is not contained in the later parallel in Sār Ed.J .
20
The English translation of Lamotte’s Mahāprajñāpāramitopadeśa vol. 1, p. 118 shows
a similar nirukti, represented as ”a-rahat.” It is unclear whether rahat is a typo and if not,
how it can mean birth. In the absence of a parallel, given that Dhātupada 334 √ruh =
janana, I have tentatively taken this to be rohat.
21
My backtranslation assumes Tib.’s mchod translates both √pūj and arhaṇam.
22
My backtranslation assumes D’s dge ba’i rtsa ba is missing a negation mi. The
translation ā janmakleśebhyo ’kuśalamūlāni sravantīty āsravāḥ is also possible.
2 Cf. (Sār Ed.J ch. 2, Tib. translation of Skt.): arayaḥ kleśās tān hatavān ity arhan
= nyon mongs pa’i dgra bcom pas na dgra bcom pa’o| 2 Cf. (AAĀ 10): hatāritvād
arhantaḥ. 2 Cf. (VCṭ 106): arīṇāṃ kleśānāṃ vā hantṛtvād arhan. 2 Cf. (MAhp 13):
sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhattvaṃ 3 Cf. (AN PTS vol. IV:145): sakkāyadiṭṭhi ārakā hoti, vi-
cikicchā ārakā hoti, sīlabbataparāmāso ārako hoti, rāgo ārako hoti, doso ārako hoti, moho
ārako hoti, māno ārako hoti. imesaṃ kho bhikkhave sattannaṃ dhammānaṃ ārakattā
arahā hotīti. 4 Cf. (Bṛhaṭṭīkā-bshad pa): |dgra bcom pa zhes bya ba ni (a) dgra rnams
bcom pa ’am | (b) ’khor bar phyir mi skye ba’i chos nyid dam| (c) rang gi don mtha’ dag
yongs su rdzogs pa ’am (d) gzhan dag la rjes su ston par byed par ’os te nus pa dge ’dun
dkon mchog ces bya bar ’os pa ’am| (e) khams gsum gyi gtso bo rnams kyis rnam pa du
mas mchod par ’os pa ’am | (f ) rgyun mi chad par de bzhin gshegs pa la sgrub pa’i mchod
pas mchod cing rjed pas na dgra bcom pa sha stag go| 4 Cf. (BBh 64): sarvaprāp-
tayārthaprāptatvāt anuttarapuṇyakṣetratvāt pūjārhatvāc cārhan. 4 Cf. (PP-c 212): sade-
vamānuṣāsurālokāt pūjārhatvād arhann ity ucyate. 4 Cf. (SAv 573): ata eva sa iti
svārthaparisamāpteḥ sa parārthakaraṇārhatvād arhan parārthakaraṇayogyatvād ity arthaḥ
sārvasarāgapūjā ’rhattvāc ca iti sarāgāḥ pṛthagjanaśaikṣāḥ teṣāṃ sarveṣāṃ pūjām arhatīty
arhan. 4 Cf. (AD 350): sa khalu trayāṇām āsravāṇāṃ niravaśeṣaprahāṇāt tisṛṇāṃ ca
śikṣāṇāṃ pāragamanāt sabrahmakasyāpi lokasya pūjām arhatīty arhan nirucyate. 4 Cf.
(AAĀ 9): sarva evātra pūjādakṣīṇāgaṇaparikarṣādyarhatayārhantaḥ. 4 Cf. (VCṭ 106):
sarvalokābhyarhaṇīyatvāt. 4 Cf. (PP-c 212): paramadakṣīṇārhā uktā bhagavatā. 4 Cf.
(VM PTS p. 198): (5454) arīnaṃ arānaṃ ca hatattā, paccayādīnaṃ arahattā (5524) evam
pi arānaṃ hatattā araham. arā saṃsāracakkassa hatā ñāṇāsinā yato. lokanāthena tenesa
arahanti pavuccati. (5535) ārakattā hatattā ca kilesārīna so muni, hatasaṃsāra cakkāro
paccayādīna cāraho...pūjāvisesaṃ saha paccayehi yasmā ayaṃ arahati lokanātho, attha-
nurūpaṃ arahanti loke tasmā jino arahati nāmam etam. yathāca loke keci paṇḍitamānino
bālā asilokabhayena raho pāpaṃ karonti, evam esa na kadāci karotīti pāpakaraṇe rahābhā-
vatopi araham. 7 Cf. (Bṭ C55:650): |zag pa zad pa zhes bya ba ni chos bzhis mi dge
ba’i rtsa ba rnams zag par byed pa ’am | nyon mongs pa mi gtsang ba zag par byed pas na
zag pa zhes bya ste| 7 Cf. (Nayasamuṭṭhānavāravaṇṇanā Vipassana Institute PDF p.
65): vippaṭisāruppattihetubhāvo kilesānaṃ āsavananti āha ‘‘āsavantī’’ti.
te ’pi caturdhā, (a) kāmāsravaḥ (b) bhavāsravaḥ (c) ’vidyāsravaḥ (d) dṛṣṭyās-
ravaś ceti.23
te ca yathākramam (a) pañca kāmaguṇāḥ, (b) bhavatrayam, (c) parikal-
pitā sahajā cāvidyā, (d) dvāṣaṣṭiś ca dṛṣṭayaḥ. kṣīṇā āsravā eṣām iti kṣīṇās-
5 ravāḥ.24
tatrāpi yathākramam (a) śīlasamādhiskandhau, (b) vimuktiskandhaḥ, (c) vi-
muktijñānadarśanaskandhaḥ, (d) prajñāskandhaś cāsravakṣayasākṣātkārakaḥ.
(a)
samyaksamādhir api (b) kṣayānutpādajñānam, (c) samyagvimuktiḥ, (d)
23
Tib. YBh mentions a fourth āsravaḥ, but Bṛhaṭṭīkā-bshad pa groups them as four.
24
I have speculatively translated the nominative ’di rnams as eṣām.
2 Cf. (YBh 74:1359): |des de ltar bden pa gsum po rnam par dpyad nas ’gog pa’i bden pa
’di thob par byung khru ba’i lam ni gang yin| srang ni gang yin zhig gu snyam du tshol bar
byed de | de snga ma bzhin du sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran pas sngon gyi ’jig rten pa’i yang
dag pa’i lta ba zag pa zad par bya ba’i gdams ngag ston pa dang ’dra ba mngon sum du
mdzad cing de ’di snyam du khyed gongs te| drang srong snga ma rnams kyis bgrod cing rjes
su bgrod pa’i lam snga ma bdag gis rnyed do snyam ste| ’di ni de’i ’jig rten pa’i yid la byed
pa kho nas bden pa bzhi pa dpyad pa yin no | 2 Cf. (Bṭ C55:650): |zag pa zad pa zhes bya
ba ni chos bzhis mi dge ba’i rtsa ba rnams zag par byed pa ’am | nyon mongs pa mi gtsang
ba zag par byed pas na zag pa zhes bya ste| gzugs la sogs pa yul lnga dang | srid pa gsum
dang| lhan cig skyes pa dang kun brtags pa’i ma rig pa dang| lta ba’i rnam pa drug cu rtsa
gnyis po de dag ni ’dod pa’i zag pa dang | srid pa’i zag pa dang | ma rig pa’i zag pa dang | lta
ba’i zag pa zhes bya’o | 2 Cf. (SAv): āsravati gacchaty ebhir anuśayaiḥ santatir vijñānas-
antatir viṣayeṣv ity āsravāḥ karaṇasādhanaṃ mahatābhisaṃskāreṇa kuśalair dharmaiś cit-
tasantānaḥ pratisroto nīyate. 2 Cf. (AAĀ 9): kṣīṇās trayo bhavāgrād āsaṃsāraṃ sravan-
tīti kāmabhavāvidyāsravā yathāyogaṃ tatpratipakṣānāsravaśīlādiskandhalābhena yeṣāṃ te
kṣīṇāsravāḥ. 2 Cf. (Lalitavistara): ayaṃ kāmāśravo ’yaṃ bhavāśravo ’yam avidyāśravo
’yaṃ dṛṣṭyāśravaḥ. 2 Cf. (Vimalaprabhā): evaṃ kāmāśravaṃ bhavāśravam avidyāśravaṃ
dṛṣṭyāśravaṃ tyaktvā. 2 Cf. (AKBh 140): eta evānuśayāḥ sūtre bhagavatā traya āsravā
uktāḥ kāmāsravo bhavāsravo ’vidyāsrava iti. catvāra oghāḥ kāmaugho bhavaugho dṛṣṭyogho
’vidyaughaś ca. catvāro yogā eta eva. 2 Cf. (AKBh 306): atha ya ime bhagavatā traya
āsravā ākhyātāḥ– “kāmāsravo bhavāsravo ’vidyāsravaś ca.” 5 Cf. (Pañcaskandhaka 9):
avidyā katamā? karmaphalasatyaratneṣv ajñānam. sā punaḥ sahajā parikalpitā ca. 5 Cf.
(AKBh 140): tatra kāmāḥ pañca kāmaguṇāḥ. dṛṣṭayo dvāṣaṣṭir yathā brahmajālasūtre.
7 Cf. (Bṭ C55:651): |mi slob pa’i tshul khrims dang | ting nge ’dzin gyi phung pos ni
’dod pa’i zag pa zad do| |mi slob pa’i shes rab kyi phung pos ni lta ba’i zag pa zad do|
|mi slob pa’i rnam par grol ba’i phung pos ni srid pa’i zag pa zad do| |mi slob pa’i
rnam par grol ba’i ye shes mthong ba’i phung pos ni ma rig pa’i zag pa zad do| 7 Cf.
(Aṣṭa/AAĀ 340): yaś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ
prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktijñānadarśanaskandhaḥ 7 Cf. (SBhV vol. I: 118):
āsravakṣayajñānasākṣātkriyāyām.
samyagdṛṣṭiś ca.25
(a)
kāmahetuparijñānam api (b) skandhahetuparijñānam, (c) saṃskāra-
hetuparijñānam, (d) saṃkleśahetuparijñānaṃ ca. (a) duḥkhasatyaparijñānam
api (b) nirodhasatyasākṣātkriyā ca, (c) mārgasatyabhāvanā, (d) duḥkhasamuda-
5 yasatyaprahānaṃ ca.26
(3)
ataḥ kṣīṇāsravatvena viśuddhiguṇam āha niḥkleśair iti, niḥsaṃkleśair
ity arthaḥ. nirgatāḥ saṃkleśāś caturvidhāḥ. <te ca> (a) karmasaṃkleśaḥ, (b)
vipākasaṃkleśaḥ, (b) kleśasaṃkleśaḥ, (c) janmasaṃkleśaś ca, yasmāt saṃkleśa-
10 duḥkhakaraṇam, yat saṃkleśakaraṇam, yasmāt saṃkleśakaraṇam, yaḥ saṃ-
25
RĀŚ differs slightly from Bṭ Chere in substance and order.
26
It seems that RĀŚ does not make reference to the final four correspondences in
Bṛhaṭṭīkā-bshad pa, namely the four māras, probably because they are included in his
etymology of Arhats. See Bṛhaṭṭīkā-bshad pa, where it continues: ’dod pa’i zag pa spangs
pas lha’i bu’i bdud choms so | |srid pa’i zag pa spangs pas ’chi ba’i bdud choms so | |ma rig
pa’i zag pa spangs pas nyon mongs pa’i bdud choms so| |lta ba’i zag pa spangs pas phung
po’i bdud tshoms so| |bdud bzhi las rgyal ba las zag pa zad pa zhes bya’o|
1 Cf. (Bṭ C55:652): |yang na tshul khrims yongs su rdzogs pa’i sa mthong ba’i lam na
yang dag pa’i lta bas ni lta ba’i zag pa zad do| |ting nge ’dzin yongs su rdzogs pa’i sa
phyir mi ’ong ba’i lam na yang dag pa’i ting nge ’dzin gyis ni ’dod pa’i zag pa zad do|
|shes rab yongs su rdzogs pa’i sa dgra bcom pa’i lam na yang dag pa’i shes pa rnam par
grol bas ni ma rig pa’i zag pa zad do | |rnam par grol ba yongs su rdzogs pa’i sar zad
pa dang mi skye ba shes pa gnyis kyis ni srid pa’i zag pa zad do| 5 Cf. (Bṭ C55:652):
|yang na dgra bcom pa’i lam na ’dod pa’i rgyu yongs su shes pas ’dod pa’i zag pa zad
do | |ma rig pa’i rkyen gyis ’du byed rnams zhes ’byung bas na ’du byed kyi rgyu yongs
su shes pas ma rig pa’i zag pa zad do| |nyon mongs pa’i rgyu yongs su shes pas lta
ba’i zag pa zad do| |phung po’i rgyu yongs su shes pas srid pa’i zag pa zad do| |yang
na nye bar len pa’i phung po lnga la dmigs pa las lta ba thams cad ’byung bas sdug
bsngal gyi bden pa yongs su shes pas lta ba’i zag pa zad do| |kun ’byung ba’i bden pa
spangs pas ’dod pa’i zag pa zad do | |’gog pa mngon sum du byas pas srid pa’i zag pa
zad do | |lam gyi bden pa bsgoms pas ma rig pa’i zag pa zad do| 5 Cf. (MAhp 24):
duḥkhetyadinā duḥkhaparijñānaṃ samudayaprahāṇaṃ nirodhasākṣātkriyā mārgabhāvanā
ceti arthaḥ. 5 Cf. (VKNs 222): punar aparaṃ bhadantaśāriputra yo dharmārthikaḥ,
nāsau duḥkhaparijñānārthiko na samudayaprahāṇārthiko na nirodhasākṣātkriyārthiko na
mārgabhāvanārthiko bhavati.
kleśaḥ.27 tatra–
(a)
avidyānirodhāt saṃskāranirodhaḥ, nirgataḥ karmasaṃkleśa iti bhā-
(b)
vaḥ. saṃskāranirodhād vijñānanāmarūpāyatanasparśavedanānirodhaḥ,
nirgato vipākasaṃkleśa iti bhāvaḥ.* (c) vedanānirodhāt tṛṣṇopādānabhavani- [D6v]
5 rodhaḥ, nirgataḥ kleśasaṃkleśa iti bhāvaḥ. (d) bhavanirodhāj jātijarāmaraṇa-

27
The available Sanskrit editions ofYBh mention only three saṃkleśaḥ, but in sections
extant in Tibetan, we find mention of the fourth vipākasaṃkleśaḥ albeit in a different
context.
1 Cf. (YBh 160): te punaḥ katame? kleśasaṃkleśaḥ karmasaṃkleśo janmasaṃkleśaś ca.

1 Cf. (YBh vol.C74-1246): |de de’i tshe tshe ’di’i sgrib pa’i kun nas dkris pa’i sdug bsngal
de las kyang sems shin tu rnam par grol bar ’gyur la de’i bag la nyal gyi lhag ma spangs
pa dang| tshe ’di la ’phags pa’i lam ’bras bu dang bcas pa thob pa’i phyir sngon gyi mtha’
dang phyi ma’i mtha’i las kyi rnam par smin pa’i kun nas nyon mongs pa las kyang rnam
par grol bar ’gyur ro| 1 Cf. (Bṭ C55:652): nyon mongs pa med pa zhes bya ba ni kun nas
nyon mongs pa med do zhes bya ba’i tha tshig go| |nyon mongs par byed pas nyon mongs pa
ste | las kyi kun nas nyon mongs pa’o| |’dis nyon mongs par byed pas na nyon mongs pa’i
kun nas nyon mongs pa’o| |nyon mongs par ’gyur bas nyon mongs pa ste rnam par smin
pa’i phung po’i kun nas nyon mongs pa’o| |rgyu ’di las nyon mongs par ’gyur bas skye ba’i
kun nas nyon mongs pa’o| 1 Cf. (Bṭv C54:655): nyon mongs pa med pa zhes bya ba ni
las kyi kun nas nyon mongs pa dang| nyon mongs pa’i kun nas nyon mongs pa dang| rnam
par smin pa’i phung po’i kun nas nyon mongs pa dang| skye ba’i kun nas nyon mongs pa
rnams spangs shing med pa la bya ste | de la las kyi kun nas nyon mongs pa ni ’du byed
kyi dge ba dang mi dge ba dang lung du ma bstan pa’i las rnams byed pas nyon mongs
pa’o| nyon mongs pa’i kun nas nyon mongs pa ni ’dod chags la sogs pa’i nyon mongs pa
rnams so | rnam par smin pa’i kun nas nyon mongs pa ni sdug bsngal zhin nyon mongs
par ’gyur ba’i gzhi phung po lnga la bya’o| skye ba’i kun nas nyon mongs pa ni ma’i mngal
nas ’byung ba’i tshe sdug bsngal mang po nyams su myong ba ste| de rnams med pa la kun
nas nyon mongs pa med pa zhes bya’o| 1 Cf. (AAĀ 9): nirgataḥ kleśakarmajanmasaṃk-
leśākhyaḥ kleśo yeṣāṃ te niḥkleśāḥ. 1 Cf. (MAVi 21): tredhā saṃkleśaḥ kleśasaṃk-
leśaḥ karmasaṃkleśo janmasaṃkleśaś ca. tatra kleśasaṃkleśo ’vidyātṛṣṇopādānāni, kar-
masaṃkleśaḥ saṃskārā bhavaś ca, janmasaṃkleśaḥ śeṣāṇy aṅgāni. dvedhā saṃkleśaḥ het-
usaṃkleśas phalasaṃkleśaś ca. tatra hetusaṃkleśaḥ kleśakarmasvabhāvair aṅgaiḥ pha-
lasaṃkleśaś ca śeṣaiḥ. 1 Cf. (ŚGhASṭ 1): tatra trividhaḥ saṃkleśaḥ kleśasaṃkleśaḥ
karmasaṃkleśo janmasaṃkleśaś ca. 3 Cf. (SBV vol. I, 127): asya nirodhād idaṃ
nirudhyate; yaduta avidyānirodhāt saṃskāranirodhaḥ saṃskāranirodhād vijñānanirodho...
3 Cf. (Sār Ed.J ): pratilomaḥ pratītyasamutpādo ’vidyānirodhāt saṃskāranirodha ity ata
ārabhya evam asya kevalasya mahato duḥkhaskandhasya nirodho bhavatīti yāvat. 3 Cf.
(ŚBh 227): tatrāvidyānirodhāt saṃskāranirodhaḥ, saṃskāranirodhāj jīvitendriyanirodhaḥ,
jīvitendriyanirodhāt kāyacittanirodhaḥ, kāyacittanirodhād āśvāsapraśvāsanirodhaḥ. 3 Cf.
(YBh 201): tasmād avidyānirodhāt saṁskāranirodho ’nupūrveṇa yāvad vipākasparśaniro-
dhād vipākajavedanānirodho bhavatīty ucyate.
nirodhaḥ, nirgato janmasaṃkleśa iti bhāvaḥ.
(4)
saṃkleśo duḥkham. ata eva saṃkleśābhāvena duḥkhābhāvaguṇā āha
vaśībhūtair iti. <te ca> (a) ṛddhivaśitvam, (b) indriyivaśitvam, (c) samā-
5 dhivaśitvam, (d) prajñāvaśitvaṃ ca. kathaṃ tāni vaśitvānīti cet? yathāsaṃ-
khyaṃ (a) sattvabhājanalokayor viśiṣṭavaśībhūtāḥ, (b) īryāpathavaśiprāptyā
lokapriyatvena tadvaśībhūtāḥ, (c) taccittavaśībhūtāś ca, (d) sarvakleśakar-
mavipākasamucchedena, bandhanād iva muktiḥ, svato vaśiprāptatvaṃ ca.
1 Cf. (Bṭ C55:653): |de la ma rig pa ’gags pas ’du byed rnams ’gag go zhes bya bas ni
las kyi kun nas nyon mongs pa med do| |’du byed rnams ’gags pas rnam par shes pa dang
ming dang gzugs dang| skye mched drug dang| reg pa dang| tshor ba ’gag go zhes bya bas
ni | rnam par smin pa’i kun nas nyon mongs pa med do| |srid pa ’gags pas skye ba dang rga
shi ’gag go zhes bya bas ni skye ba’i kun nas nyon mongs pa med do| |de lta bas na sdug
bsngal bar byed pa gang yin pa dang |gang gis sdug bsngal bar byed pa dang|sdug bsngal ba
gang yin pa dang|sdug bsngal rmya rgyu gang yin pa de dag spangs pa bstan to| |gzhan
yang las kyi kun nas nyon mongs pa spangs pas rdzogs pa’i byang chub kyi bde ba ’thob bo|
|nyon mongs pa’i kun nas nyon mongs pa spangs pas kha na ma tho ba med pa’i bde ba
’thob bo| |rnam par smin pa’i kun nas nyon mongs pa spangs pas nye bar zhi ba’i bde ba
’thob bo| |skye ba’i kun nas nyon mongs pa spangs pas phung po med pa’i bde ba ’thob ste|
bde bar byed pa gang yin pa dang | gang gis bde bar byed pa dang|bde ba gang yin pa dang|
bde ba’i rgyu gang yin pa de dag thob pa ni nyon mongs pa med pa zhes bshad do.|dgra
bcom pa zhes bya bas ni sbyin gnas kyi yon tan bstan to| |zag pa zad ces bya bas ni dag
pa’i yon tan bstan to | |nyon mongs pa med ces bya bas ni sdug bsngal med par bstan te| ’di
ni de gsum gyi bye brag go| 8 Cf. (Bṭ C55:654): |dbang dang ldan par gyur pa zhes bya
bas ni de dag gi dbang du ’jig rten rnams gyur pa ’am| ’jig rten rnams kyi dbang du bdag
gyur te sdug par gyur pa ’am | de dag gi sems dbang du byas pa ’am | dbang rnams thob pa’i
phyir dbang dang ldan par gyur pa zhes bya’o| |dbang ni bzhi ste | rdzu ’phrul la dbang ba
dang| dbang po la dbang ba dang| ting nge ’dzin la dbang ba dang| shes rab la dbang ba’o|
|de la rdzu ’phrul la dbang bas ni sems can gyi ’jig rten dang snod kyi ’jig rten de dag gi
dbang du ’gyur ro| |dbang po la dbang bas ni spyod lam nye bar zhi bas de dag la ’jig rten
dga’ ba skyes so | |ting nge ’dzin la dbang bas ni de dag gi sems dbang du byas so| |shes
rab la dbang bas ni nyon mongs pa dang | las dang | rnam par smin pa thams cad bcad de|
’ching ba las grol ba bzhin du rang dbang du gyur pa’i phyir dbang thob pa’o| 8 Cf. (Bṭv
C54:63): |dbang du gyur pa zhes bya ba ni|dbang bzhi dang ldan pa la bya ste | bzhi gang
zhe na | rdzu ’phrul la dbang ba dang | dbang po la dbang ba dang| ting nge ’dzin la dbang
ba dang | shes rab la dbang ba’o| |de la rdzu ’phrul la dbang bas ni sems can gyi ’jig rten
dang| snod kyi ’jig rten de dag gi dbang du ’gyur ro| |dbang po la dbang bas ni spyod lam
nye bar zhi bas de dag la ’jig rten rnams dga’ ba skye bar byed do| |ting nge ’dzin la dbang
bas ni bdag gi sems dbang du ’gyur ro| |shes rab la dbang bas ni nyon mongs pa dang las
dang rnam par smin pa thams cad med par byed de bcings pa las grol ba bzhin du rang
dbang thob par ’gyur ro| 8 Cf. (AKBh 446): dṛṣṭiprāptasya yady api tīkṣṇendriyatvāt
samādhau vaśitvaṃ na tu niṣkleśaḥ. samayavimukto yady api niḥkleśo natvasya samād-
hau vaśitvam iti. 8 Cf. (AAĀ 9): yathāsaṃkhyaṃ samprāptaśīlasamādhiprajñāvimuk-
tiskandhaparipūribhir duścaritatṛṣṇādurdṛṣṭibhavabandhanād vimuktyā samyagīryāpathāb-
hijñāvikrīḍitadivyāryavihāralābhair yathākramaṃ svayaṃ tallokasya lokaś cittaṃ ca vaśīb-
hūtaṃ yeṣāṃ svayaṃ ca sarvabandhanavigamasvātantryād ye vaśino bhūtāḥ te vaśīb-
hūtāḥ.
(5−6)
suvimuktacittair iti cittavimuktiḥ. suvimuktaprajñair iti pra-
jñāvimuktiḥ. tatra tṛṣṇāpakṣakleśaprahāṇāt samādhisamāpattilābhena cit-
tavimuktiḥ. avidyāpakṣakleśopakleśaprahāṇād arhanmārgajñānalābhena pra-
5 jñāvimuktiḥ.
(7)
ājāneyair ity abhayaiḥ. ājāneyāḥ pañcavidhāḥ. tatra–
(a)
ṛṣabhājāneyo vajrapātādivighātanirbhayatvāt. (b−c) aśvājāneyo gajājā-
neyaś ca raṇanirbhayatvāt. (d) siṃhājāneyaḥ paravighātanirbhayatvāt.(e)
10 arhadājāneyo maraṇanirbhayatvāt. tathā catasro bhayaśaṅkāḥ (a) duḥkhaśaṅ-
kā, (b) bhayaśaṅkā, (c) lokadharmaśaṅkā, (d) ajñānaśaṅkā* ca. tāsāṃ cāb- [D7r]
hāvād yathākramaṃ (a) sukhaprāptiḥ, (b) atrāsaprāptiḥ, (c) abhayaprāptiḥ,(d)

āśvāsaprāptiś cety uktam. tatra–
(a)
śokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyānām abhāvād duḥkhaśaṅkā na bha-
15 vati.
(b)
ātmānuvādaparānuvādadurgatyajīvikādaṇḍāślokamaraṇabhayānām a-
bhāvād bhayaśaṅkā na bhavati.
5 Cf. (Bṭ C55:655): |sems shin tu rnam par grol ba zhes bya bas ni srid pa’i phyogs
kyi kun nas nyon mongs pa’i chos thams cad med par bstan to| |shes rab shin tu rnam
par grol ba zhes bya bas ni ma rig pa’i phyogs rnams med par bstan to| |’di ltar ’dod
chags dang rnam par bral ba’i phyir sems shin tu rnam par grol bas sems shin tu rnam
par grol ba zhes bya’o | |ma rig pa dang rnam par bral ba’i phyir shes rab rnam par
grol bas shes rab shin tu rnam par grol ba zhes bya’o| |de la sred pa’i phyogs kyi nyon
mongs pa dang | nye ba’i nyon mongs pa spangs pas ’thob par bya ba’i ting nge ’dzin
dang snyoms par ’jug pa thob dupa ni sems rnam par grol ba zhes bya’o| |nyon mongs
pa thams cad spangs pas ’thob par bya ba dgra bcom pa’i lam gyi shes pa ni shes rab
rnam par grol ba zhes bya’o | |de la sems rnam par grol ba thob pas ni snyoms par ’jug
pa’i sgrib pa las rnam par grol lo| |shes rab rnam par grol ba thob pas ni nyon mongs
pa’i sgrib pa las rnam par grol lo| |gnyi ga’i cha las rnam par grol ba dag ni sems shin
tu rnam par grol ba dang |shes rab shin tu rnam par grol ba zhes bya’o | 5 Cf. (AAĀ
9): tṛṣṇāvidyāpakṣasarvakleṣopakleśaprahāṇāt samādhisamāpattayaś cetovimuktir arhan-
mārgajñānaṃ prajñāvimuktir iti kṛtvā tṛṣṇāvidyāpakṣāṇāṃ abhā- vena yathākramaṃ rā-
gavirāgād avidyāvirāgāc cetaḥprajñāvimuktiḥ. atas tallābhāt samāpattikleśāvaraṇavimuktyā
sarvathobhayabhāgavimuktāḥ suvimuktacittāḥ suvimuktaprajñāḥ. 13 Cf. (Bṭ C55:656):
|cang shes pa zhes bya ba ni mi ’jigs pa ste| ’jigs pa med pa’i phyir mdo las cang shes lnga
gsungs pa ste | lce ’bab pa la sogs pa’i bag tsha ba ’byung bar dogs pa med pas khyu mchog
cang shes dang | ’thab mo’i ’jigs pa med pas glang po che dang| rta cang shes dang | gzhan
gyi gnod pa byed pa’i ’jigs pa med pas seng ge cang shes dang| ’chi ba’i ’jigs pa med pas
dgra bcom pa cang shes so. mdor na bag tsha ba rnam pa bzhi ste| sdug bsngal gyis bag
tsha ba dang | ’jigs pas bag tsha ba dang | ’jig rten gyi chos kyis bag tsha ba dang| mi shes
pas bag tsha ba’o| |bag tsha ba de rnams med pas bde ba thob pa dang | mi skrag pa thob
pa dang | mi ’jigs pa thob pa dang | dbugs dbyung ba thob pa zhes bya ste | go rims bzhin
no | 13 Cf. (AAĀ 9): śokaparidevādibhayānām ātmānuvādaparānuvādadurgatyajīvikā-
daṇḍāślokamaraṇabhayānāṃ lābhālābhādyaṣṭa lokadharmopalepabhayasya svādhigama-
paripanthībhūtājñānasaṃśayamithyājñānabhayānām cābhāvād yathākramaṃ duḥkhabhaya-
lokadharmājñānāśaṅkāvigamān nirbhayatvenājāneyāḥ.
(c)
lābhālābhayaśo’yaśonindāpraśaṃsā sukhaduḥkhopalepānām abhāvād
lokadharmaśaṅkā na bhavati.
(d)
ajñānasaṃśayamithyājñānānām abhāvād ajñānaśaṅkā na bhavati.
tasmāc chaṅkābhāvād ājāneyāḥ.
5
(8)
mahānāgair iti mahāpradhānaiḥ. kecit traividyāḥ. apare prati-
saṃvitprāptāḥ. anye ṣaḍabhijñāprāptāḥ. anya ājñātavyākaraṇāḥ.28 anya
ekavihāritvaprāptāḥ. iti paramaviśiṣṭadharmādhigamān mahānāgāḥ.
(9−10)
10 kṛtakṛtyaiḥ kṛtakaraṇīyair iti sarvākāraparipūritapratipattibhiḥ.
28
(Mvyut.5150) brda sprod pa / brda’ sprod pa pa = vaiyākaraṇaḥ. See also Negi and
Bṭ C55:656 brda sprod pa dang ldan pa and BHSD vyākaraṇa
3 Cf. (Bṭ C55:656): |de la mya ngan dang |smre sngags ’don pa dang |sdug bsngal ba dang |
yid mi bde ba rnams med pas mya ngan med pa’i phyir sdug bsngal gyi bag tsha ba med do|
|bdag gis smad pa dang | gzhan byis smad pa dang | ngan ’gro dang ’tshe ba med pa dang|
chad pas gcod pa dang | tshigs su bcad pa med pa dang | ’chi bas ’jigs pa rnams med pas
’jigs pa’i bag tsha ba med do| |rnyed pa dang| ma rnyed pa dang | grags pa dang | ma grags
pa dang| bstod pa dang | smad pa dang | bde ba dang | sdug bsngal kyi gos pa med pas ’jig
rten byi chos kyis bag tsha ba med do| |mi shes pas dang | the tshol gyi shes pa dang | log
par shes pa bar du gcod pa rnams med pas mi shes pa’i bag tsha ba med do| |de lta bas na
bag tsha ba med pa’i phyir cang shes pa zhes bya’o| 3 Cf. (YBh 51): anujñāpratiṣedh-
aguṇadoṣalābhālābhayaśo’yaśaḥsukhaduḥkha nindāpraśaṃsāsāravarajñānapramādālasya...
7 Cf. (MN 1): atthi bhikkhave catuppadaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ yassuddiṭṭhassa viññū puriso na
cirasseva paññāyattham ājāneyya. uddisissāmi vo bhikkhave. ājānissatha metanti. ke ca
mayaṃ bhante, ke ca dhammassa aññātāroti. 7 Cf. (AD 293): praśnavyākaraṇānyākhyac
catvāri vadatāṃ varaḥ, śiṣyāṇāṃ vādaśikṣārtha sthitīnāṃ ca catuṣṭayīm, ekāṃśākhyaṃ vi-
bhajyākhyaṃ pṛcchākhyaṃ sthāpyam eva ca. 7 Cf. (AKBh 293): catvārīmāni bhikṣavaḥ
praśnavyākaraṇānīti. katamāni catvāri? asti bhikṣava ekāṃśavyākaraṇīyaḥ praśnaḥ, asti
yāvat sthāpanīyaḥ. 7 Cf. (MVA vol.2.29, p.287): na nāma te pāpīmaṃ etad abhūṣi.
evaṃrūpāḥ satvā pratibhānasaṃpannā bhavanti yaṃ nūnāhaṃ śramaṇe gautame nirvidyā-
pakrameyam. na nāma te pāpīmann etad abhūṣi. evaṃrūpāḥ satvā vyākaraṇasaṃpannā
bhavanti yaṃ nūnāhaṃ śramaṇe gautame nirvidyāpakrameyam. na nāma te pāpīmaṃ
etad abhūṣi. evaṃrūpāḥ satvā dharmadeśanasaṃpannā bhavanti yaṃ nūnāhaṃ śramaṇe
gautame nirvidyāpakrameyam. 8 Cf. (AKBh 183): dvividhā hi pratyekabuddhā var-
gacāriṇaḥ khaḍgaviṣāṇakalpāś ca. tatra...khaḍgaviṣāṇakalpāḥ punar ekavihāriṇaḥ. 8 Cf.
(Bṭ C55:656): |glang po chen po zhes bya ba ni gtso bo chen po zhes bya ba’i tha tshig
ste kha cig ni rigs pa gsum dang ldan pa| kha cig ni so so yang dag par rig pa thob pa|
kha cig ni mngon par shes pa drug thob po| |kha cig ni shes pa brda sprod pa dang ldan
pa| kha cig ni gnas gcig thob pa dag ste| khyad par du ’phags pa thob pa’i chos rnyed pa’i
phyir glang po chen po zhes bya’o | 8 Cf. (AAĀ 9): traividyāditvaviśiṣṭadharmādhiga-
mayogān mahāpradhānabhāvena mahānāgāḥ. 8 Cf. (SAv 658): kathaṃ punar gamyateti
tisra evābhijñās tisro vidyā iti. yasmād evam āha. aśaikṣī pūrve nivāsānusmṛtijñā-
naṣaikṣātkriyā vidyā. aśaikṣy’āsravakṣayajñānasākṣātkriyā vidyeti vidyātrayavyavasthā-
panānusūtrād eva. evaṃ hy āha. tripiṭo bhavati trividya iti. 8 Cf. (Vimalakīrtinird-
eśa): ...traidhātukāsaṃsṛṣṭam, trimalāpagatam, trivimokṣānugatam, trividyānuprāptam,
aprāptaṃ saṃprāptam...
ataḥ śīlasamādhiprajñāparipūryā sarvaduḥkhavimokṣaḥ kṛtyaṃ avaśyakar-

tavyatvāt. alpecchāsaṃtuṣṭidhūtaguṇasampraharṣaṇājīvādayaḥ karaṇīyaṃ
svecchācaritatvāt.29 tasya dvayasya paripūrir yā kṛtakṛtyāḥ kṛtakaraṇīyāś ca.
(11)
5 apahṛtabhārair iti bhārāś caturvidhāḥ, skandhabhāraḥ, saṃkleśa-
bhāraḥ, pratijñābhāraḥ, vīryabhāraś ca.30 te ’pi yathāsaṃkhyaṃ parityak-
29
The Tib sbyangs pa’i yon tan gyi mig does not occur anywhere in the canon. It seems
to be a corruption for sbyangs pa’i yon tan gyis and hence, my translation dhūtaguṇa.
I have also used the saṃpraharṣaṇam, because the term saṃpraharṣita in Sār Ed.J is
translated as yang dag par mgu bar byed pa in the sNying po mchog
30
Both the Bṭ and Akṣayamatinirdeśa are close parallels for RĀŚ’s following explana-
tion, but the way that the Snying po mchog information is organized seems closer to the
Bṛhaṭṭīkā-bshad pa.
3 Cf. (Bṭ C55:657): bya ba byas pa byed pa byas pa zhes bya ba ni kun tu rdzogs pa nyid du
bstan pa ste| bya bar nges pa la ni bya ba zhes bya’o| |shar la bya ba la ni byed pa zhes bya’o |
|de la tshul khrims dang | ting nge ’dzin dang | shes rab yongs su rdzogs pas sdug bsngal thams
cad las rnam par thar pa ni las kyi gtso bo ste| de dag yongs su rdzogs pas bya ba byas pa zhes
bya’o | |’dod pa chung bas ’tsho ba dang | chog shes pas ’tsho ba dang | sbyangs pa’i yan lag gis
’tsho ba dang | yang dag par mgu bar byed pas ’tsho ba la sogs pas ’tsho ba’i bye brag rnams
yongs su rdzogs par bya ba ni rang dga’ dang ’brel pa’i phyir byed pa zhes bya ste| de yongs
su rdzogs pas byed pa byas pa zhes bya’o | |de bas na bya ba byas pa| byed pa byas pa zhes
bya bas ni bsgrub pa’i rnam pa thams cad kun tu rdzogs pa nyid du bstan to| 3 Cf. (AAĀ
9): śīlasamādhiprajñāparipūryā kṛtam avaśyakartavyaṃ sarvaduḥkhapramokṣādi kṛtyam,
kṛtaṃ cānuṣaṃgikaṃ kartavyaṃ svecchāpratibaddhavṛttidhūtaguṇādikaṃ karaṇīyaṃ yaiḥ
te kṛtakṛtyāḥ kṛtakaraṇiyāḥ. 6 Cf. (Bṭ C55:657): |khur ni rnam pa bzhi ste| phung po’i
khur dang | nyon mongs pa’i khur dang | dam bcas pa’i khur dang| brtson pa’i khur rnams
te | khur bor bar bya ba dang | spang bar bya ba dang| bsgrub par bya ba dang | yongs su
rdzogs par bya ba’i phyir khur te| go rims bzhin no | | de la sdug bsngal yongs su shes pas
ni phung po’i khur bor ro| | kun ’byung ba spangs pas ni nyon mongs pa’i khur bor ro| |lam
bsgoms pas ni dam bcas pa’i khur bor ro| |’gog pa mngon sum du byas pas ni brtson ’grus
kyi khur bor ro| de la phung po’i khur ste spangs pas phung po med pa’i bde ba thob po|
|nyon mongs pa’i khyar spangs pas rnam par grol ba’i bde ba thob po| |dam bcas pa’i khur
mthar phyin par byas pas rdzogs pa’i byang chub kyi bde ba ’thob po brtson pa’i khur yongs
su rdzogs par byas pas nye bar zhi ba’i bde ba thob ste| khur bor ba zhes bya bas ni khur bor
ba’i bde ba thob par bstan pa yin no 6 Cf. (AMN C66:136): |khur ni rnam pa bzhi ste |
phung po’i khur dang| nyon mongs pa’i khur dang| dam bcas pa’i khur dang| brtson pa’i
khur rnams te | khur dor bar bya ba dang | spang bar bya ba dang| bsgrub par bya ba dang |
yongs su rdzogs par bya ba’i phyir go rims bzhin no| de la sdug bsngal yongs su shes pas
ni phung po’i khur blangs pa bor te| des phung po med pa’i bde ba thob bo| kun ’byung ba
spangs pas ni nyong mongs pa’i khur blangs pa bor te| des rnam par grol ba’i bde ba thob
po| lam bsgoms pas ni dam bcas pa’i khur blangs pa bor te| des rdzogs pa’i byang chub kyi
bde ba’i thob po| ’gog pa mngon sum du byas pas ni brtson ’grus kyi khur blangs pa bor te
des nye bar zhi ba’i bde ba thob po| de bas na khur blangs pa sgol ba zhes bya ste| sgol ba
ni bor ba’i don to | yang na khur blangs pa ni dam bcas pa la bya ste bla na med pa’i byang
chub sgrub par dam bcas pa bzhin byed pas na sgol ba ste| de’i phyir ma zhum pai’ lhag
pa’i bsam pa zhes bya’o |
taḥ, prahīṇaḥ,* niṣṭḥāgataḥ, paripūriś ca parityāgāt, prahāṇāt, niṣṭḥāgateḥ, [D7v]
paripūrneś ca. teṣām api duḥkhaparijñānāt, samudayaprahāṇāt, mārgabhā-

vanāyāḥ, nirodhasākṣātkārāc ca tadapahṛtya skandhābhāvasukham, vimo-
kṣasukham, saṃbodhisukham, upaśamasukhaṃ ca prāpyate. tasmād bhārā-
5 ṇām apahṛtatvenāpahṛtabhārasukhaguṇaprāptir abhidhīyate.
(12)
anuprāptasvakārthair iti svārthaprāptir dvidhā, ahitaparihāro hi-
taprāptiś ca. tatra ya avidyāprahānāt sarvakleśāvaraṇaparihāraḥ sa pratha-
maḥ. yā ca vidyotpādān nirvāṇaprāptiḥ sā dvitīyā.
10
(13)
parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanair iti nava bhavasaṃyojanāni puruṣas-
ya bhavasaṃyojanād bhavabandhanād dṛṣṭiḥ, parāmarśaḥ, vicikitsā, īrṣyā,
mātsaryam, pratighaḥ, mānaḥ, avidyā, bhavarāgaś ca. dṛṣṭyādayaś ca <tāni>
saṃyojanāni ceti dṛṣṭyādisaṃyojanāni. tāni parikṣīṇāni pranaṣṭāṇi yeṣāṃ
15 te tathoktāḥ.31 tatrādyāni trīṇi anāsravasaṃyagdṛṣṭyā kṣīyante. madhya-
māni trīṇi navamaikadeśaś ca kāmadhātvapekṣā anāsravasamādhisamāpat-
tyā kṣīyante. śiṣṭāni trīṇy arhanmārgajñānena kṣīyante.
31
My backtranslation of the Tibetan here assumes that two sentences were made out
of one compound vigraha.
5 Cf. (’Du byas dang ’dus ma byas rnam par nges pa=Daśabalaśrīmitra’s
Saṃskṛtāsaṃskṛtaviniścayaḥ): |khur ni bzhi ste ’di lta ste phung po’i khur dang | | nyon
mongs pa’i khur dang| khas langs pa’i khur dang| brtson pa’i khur ro. 5 Cf. (Nya
dbon kun dga’ dpal ba’s Yid kyi mun sel): phung po| nyon mongs | dam bca’| brtson
pa’i khur bzhi bor bas khur bor ba ste rim bzhin dor bar| spang bar| bsgrub par| yongs
su rdzogs par byas pa’i phyir ro| 5 Cf. (BBh 18): avyābādhyasukhaṃ punaḥ samāsa-
taś caturākāraṃ veditavyam. naiṣkramyasukhaṃ pravivekasukhaṃ upaśamasukhaṃ saṃ-
bodhisukhaṃ ca. 9 Cf. (Bṭ C55:658): <rang gi> don rjes su thob pa la bdag gi don
rjes su thob pa ni rnam pa gnyis te gnod pa spangs pa dang| don thob pa’o| ma rig pa
spangs pas nyon mongs pa’i sgrib pa thams cad spangs par gyur pa gang yin pa de ni
gnod pa spangs pa zhes bya’o | |rigs pa bskyed pas mya ngan las ’das pa thob pa gang
yin pa de ni don thob pa zhes bya’o| 9 Cf. (AAĀ 10): bhagavataḥ paścād anuprāpto
hitāhitaprāptiparihāralakṣaṇo dvividhaḥ svakārtho vidyāvidyādhigamaprahāṇābhyāṃ yaiḥ
te ’nuprāptasvakārthāḥ. 15 Cf. (Bṭ C55:658): |srid par kun du (sic!) sbyor ba yongs su
zad pa zhes bya ba la | srid par skye bar byed pa’i kun du (sic!) sbyor ba rnams ni srid
par kun tu sbyor ba ste | srid pa dang | mir kun tu sbyor bar byed pa’am| ’ching bar byed
pas srid par kun tu sbyor ba’o| dgu po ’di dag las lta ba’i kun tu sbyor ba dang| mchog tu
’dzin pa’i kun tu sbyor ba dang| the tshom gyi kun tu sbyor ba dang gsum ni zag pa med
pa’i yang dag par lta bas spang gno| | phrag dog gi kun tu sbyor ba dang | ser sna’i kun
du (sic!) sbyor ba dang | khong khro’i kun tu sbyor ba dang| srid pa’i ’dod chags kyi kun
tu sbyor ba’i phyogs gcig ’dod pa’i khams kyi phyogs su gtogs pa dang| ’di rnams ni zag
pa med pa’i ting nge ’dzin la snyoms par ’jug pa thob pas spong ngo| nga rgyal gyi kun du
(sic!) sbyor ba dang| ma rig pa’i kun du (sic!) sbyor ba dang srid pa’i dod chags kyi kun
tu sbyor ba dang | ’di rnams ni dgra bcom pa’i lam gyi shes pas spang ste| de’i phyir srid
par kun tu sbyor ba yongs su zad pa zhes bya ba gsungs so|
(14)
samyagājñāsuvimuktacittair iti samyagājñā samyaksaṃkalpaḥ.
tayā suvimuktacittāḥ samyagadhimuktāḥ. kvādhimuktāḥ? ratnatrayagu-
ṇeṣu, triyānasaṃgṛhītadeśanāsu,* caturṣu satyeṣu, bodhipakṣyadharmeṣu ca. [D8r]
5
(15)
sarvacetovaśiparamapāramiprāptair iti sarvāṇi ca tāni cetāṃsi
ca. <sarveṣu> cetaḥsu samādhiṣu vaśitvaṃ yeṣāṃ te cetovaśinaḥ.32 teṣu
paramaṃ pāraṃ paryantam ir gatiḥ, iṇo gamanārthatvāt. paramaparyan-
tagateḥ paramapāramiḥ. kathaṃ tatprāptāḥ? yatra hīcchanti yadec-
10 chanti yathecchanty anulomapratilomādikrameṇa navasamādhiṣu samādhā-
nasthitivyutthānanirodhe te śaktāḥ.
32
My backtranslation not followed the explanation in Tib. closely, since it helps little
to clarify the Skt. compound and appears to have taken great license. Firstly, the Tib.
explanation of thams cad follows the explanation of cetovaśi in Tib. in order to match the
word order within the Tib. compound. However, the explanation of sarva would likely
have been explained first following the Skt. word order. Secondly, the Tib. genitive seems
to be representing what in Skt. idiom would be expressed with two locatives. Finally,
Tib.’s gang gi probably attempts to replicate a bahuvrīhi construction that does not come
across clearly in Tibetan. Cf. Negi sgyur ba=vaśitā, vaśavartī. According to BHSD vaśin
in cpd. with prāpta should be understood as vaśitā eg. vaśipāramiṃ gatā Mv i.47.4.
I have assumed that RĀŚ used the equivalent neuter form vaśitvam instead, but in the
plural so that the Tib. de dag la in the next sentence makes sense.
4 Cf. (Bṭ C55:659): |yang na rnam par grol ba zhes bya ba ni ’dir mos pa la bya ste| yang
dag par rtogs pas ’di lta ste| dkon mchog gsum gyi yon tan dang theg pa gsum dang ldan
pa’i chos bstan pa rnams dang| ’phags pa’i bden pa bzhi dang | byang chub kyi phyogs dang
mthun pa’i chos rnams la mos pa ni sems shin tu rnam par grol ba zhes bya ba ’am| yang
na rnam par thar pa brgyad kyis sems shin tu rnam par grol ba zhes bya ba’i tha tshig go|
7 Cf. (AKBh 446): niḥkleśatvāt samādhivaśitvāc ca dṛṣṭiprāptasya yady api tīkṣṇendri-
yatvāt samādhau vaśitvaṃ, na tu niṣkleśaḥ samayavimukto yady api niḥkleśo na tv asya
samādhau vaśitvam iti. 7 Cf. (MAViṭ 63): vaśitvaṃ hi sarveṣāṃ cittavaśitvānāṃ prāp-
tir buddhatvam. 8 Cf. (Aṣṭadhyāyi: 2,4.45-8): ...iṇaś ca. 8 Cf. (AS 134): ālaṃbana-
pariśuddhayā dharmavaśavartī bhavati, cittapariśuddhayā samādhivaśavartī, jñānapariśud-
dhayā saddharma dhārayati. 11 Cf. (Bṭ C55:659): |sems thams cad kyi dbang gis
dam pa’i pha rol tu son pa zhes bya ba ni snyoms par ’jug pa thams cad la dbang dam
pa mthar phyin par gyur pa’o| |yang na ’gog pa dang | ting nge ’dzin la snyoms par ’jug
pa dang| gnas pa dang | ldang ba dang | btang snyoms su bzhag pa rnams la dbang thob pa
ste | gang du ’dod pa dang | gang ’dod pa dang | ji srid du ’dod pa dang | lugs dang mthun pa
dang| lugs dang mi mthun pa dang | lugs dang lugs ma yin pa dang | ’gro ba dang| slar ldog
pa dang | yan lag sdud pa dang| dmigs pa sdud pa dang| yan lag dang dmigs pa sdud pa
dang| yan lag zung du byed pa dang| dmigs pa zung du byed pa dang| yan lag dang dmigs
pa zung du byed pa dang | gcig spel ba dang| gnyis ka spel ba dang | gnyis ka mi spel ba la
sogs pa’i rim byis mthar kyis gnas pa’i snyems par ’jug pa dgu po dag la dbang ba’i pha
rol tu son pa la sems can thams cad kyi dbang dam pa’i pha rol tu son pa zhes bya ba’o|
11 Cf. (AAĀ 10): sarvatra cetasi navānupūrvavihārasamāpattilakṣaṇe svāntatryād vaśi-
naḥ, te ca te paramapāramiṃ svagotraprakarṣaparyantagatiṃ prāptāś ceti sarvacetovaśi-
paramapāramitāprāptāḥ.
sarvam ity uktam. tatrāyuṣmān ānando ’pi evaṃguṇayukta iti cet, na,
etad āha ekaṃ pudgalaṃ sthāpayitvetyādinā. ekam sthāpayitvety eva
vaktavye pudgalavacanam saṃghasaṃgrahārtham, aṣṭāryapudgalānāṃ hy
5 anyatamaḥ.33 srotaāpannatvena ca taṃ sthāpayitvā hitvā.34 yad uteti
nipātadvayam utsarge ’pavādārtham.35 apavāda ānandam iti. āyuṣman-
tam iti viśeṣaṇaṃ saṃmodaṇīyārtham, loke hy āyur etad abhilaṣitam. ata
eva tadvān saṃmoditaḥ.36 ataḥ paraṃ śrāvakasaṃgho deśyate prasiddha-
parṣattvāt, niyataparṣattvāt, prasiddhapravrajitatvena, niyataṃ nityaṃ bud-
10 dhasyopasthānasthitatvena ca.37 bodhisattvā na santi, gṛhitvād, daśadig-
lokadhātuṣv* ito gamanāt tebhyaś cehāgamanāt. ato ’tra bodhisattvasaṃgho [D8v]
33
See LC gang yang rung ba= anyatamaḥ and gang yang rung ba dag cig=yāni kānicid.
LC mod kyi=api, eva, sulabha, yadyapi. LC ce na=iti, iti cet, kila
34
Neither Peking’s phyi rol tu gzhag pa nor Derge’s phyi rol du bzhag pa is listed in any
lexica. But later in Sār Ed.J , RĀŚ’s gloss: sthāpayitveti bahiṣkṛtya is untranslated by
Tib. Cf. sthāpayitveti bahiṣkṛtya| pūrvajanmano ’paraparyāyavedanīyaṃ niyatavipākam
akuśalaṃ pūrvakarma for which Tib. reads: ma gtogs zhes bya ba ni skye ba snga ma’i lan
grangs gzhan la myong ba dang| myong bar ma nges pa’i rnam par smin pa’i mi dge ba’i
las ni sngon gyi las so.
35
Negi spyir bstan pa=utsargaḥ, sāmānyena vidhānam. Negi does not have an entry
for khyad par du bstan pa but it is clearly meant to be the opposite of utsarga, so apavāda,
viśeṣaṇa vidhānam.
36
I have still found no exact Sanskrit parallels yet.
37
Perhaps I am just unable to understand the point of the Tib. translation, but to me
it seems corrupt somehow. In any event, my backtranslation of this sentence is extremely
free and takes inspiration from Abhaya’s explanation rather than presenting these phyir
clauses as reasons connected by conjunctions at the same level.
5 Cf. (AAĀ 10): tad uktaṃ: eṣa āyuṣmān āryānando deśanākāle srotāapannatvena
yathoktaguṇavaikalyād enam ekaṃ pudgalaṃ sthāpayitvā parityajyeti. 6 Cf. (AAĀ
10): yadutaśabdo nipāta upadarśanaparaḥ. 8 Cf. (AAĀ 10): ākāṃkṣitāyur bha-
vato ity āyuṣmān hitasukhapūjāvācakaḥ. sarvāgamadhāraṇabuddhopasthānena prāpta-
harṣatvād ānandaḥ. 10 Cf. (MK): |’dir nyan thos kyi dge ’dun bshad pa ni| rjes
la theg pa chen po la ’jug pa la dgongs pa dang| rab tu grags pa’i ’khor kyi phyir
dang| nges pa’i ’khor gyi phyir te| de yang rab tu grags pa ni rab tu byung ba’i
’khor nyid la nges pa ni rang gi rdzogs sangs rgyas kyi drung du rtag par kun tu
gnas pa’i phyir ro| 10 Cf. (AAĀ 11): ...pañcadaśacārikākaraṇavaikalyāt svayaṃ na
kvacid gacchanti. kevalaṃ kṛtajñatādharmagauravādibhir bhagavato ’ntike sadā viharan-
tīti nijatvāt seyaṃ mahāśrāvakaparṣad uktā 10 Cf. (AAĀ 15): yadā bhagavān rā-
jagṛhe mahānagare gṛdhrakūṭe parvate yathoktaparṣadā parivṛto dharmaṃ deśayan vi-
jahāra. tadā bhagavataḥ sakāśāt tatraiva sthāne tayā parṣadā sārdham evaṃ mayā
sūtraratnaṃ śrutam iti. sarvair apy etair lokavyavahārānuvartanāt saṃkīrtitadeśādib-
hiḥ saṃgītikāreṇātmaprāmāṇyapratipādanād vineyānāṃ sādaraśravaṇa- cintanādikam uk-
tam. tathā cāhācāryadignāgaḥ: śraddhāvatāṃ pravṛttyaṅgaṃ śāstā parṣac ca sākṣiṇī
deśakālau ca nirdiṣṭau svaprāmāṇyaprasiddhaye saṃgītikartrā loke hi deśakālādilakṣitaṃ
sasākṣikaṃ vadanavaktā prāmāṇyam adhigacchatīti. 10 Cf. (SAv 137): ...pudgaleṣv iti
vistaraḥ tatra sārdhaṃ viharantīti sārdhavihāriṇaḥ śiṣyāḥ ye pravrajitāḥ guror ante vasan-
tīti antevāsinaḥ...
na saṃgṛhītaḥ saṃkṣepāvaśāt. yata iyam aṣṭasahasrī deśanāpy evaṃsaṃkṣip-

tā, tato saṃkṣipta eva nidānagrantho ’pi. iti nidānam.
2.5.2 Avasaraḥ
tatra khalu bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtiṃ sthaviram āmantrayate
5 sma - pratibhātu te subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ pra-
jñāpāramitām ārabhya yathā bodhisa*ttvā mahāsattvāḥ prajñāpārami-
tāyāṃ niryāyur iti. [AṣṭaA 2r4]
dharmadeśanāvasaram āha tatra khalv ityādinā. tatreti satisaptamī, tas-

min praviṣṭe satīty arthaḥ. atha vādhikaraṇe, tatsaṃghāntargata ity arthaḥ.
10 atha vā nirdhāraṇe, tebhyo bhikṣubhya ity arthaḥ. bhikṣusaṃghaikadeśaḥ
nāmnā nirdhṛtaḥ, subhūtim iti.38 tadyathāpi nāma raṇamadhye bhīmasenā-
nīyatām iti.39
38
Snying po mchog translates nirdhārane ṣaṣṭhī in the Sār Ed.J parallel cited below as
nges par gzung ba’i drug pa
39
I cannot find this example anywhere. I have tried searching for all possible Negi equiv-
alents in all combinations, namely (a) jigs sde = bhīma, bhīmasena, bhīṣma, bhayānaka,
vṛkodara (b) khyer la shog=ānīyatām, ānītaḥ, gṛhyatām, gṛhṇātu, in stems, (c) g.yul=raṇa,
saṃgrāma, sāṃparāya, āji in stem and locative forms. There are many other possible
backtranslations beside the one that I have offered, for instance: yuddhapravṛttau bhīma
gṛhyatām iti.
2 Cf. (MK): |byang chub sems dpa’ ni de lta ma yin te | phal cher khyim pa yin pa’i
phyir dang ’di nas kyang phyogs bcu’i ’jig rten byi khams rnams su ’gro ba’i phyir
dang| de rnams nas kyang ’di ru ’ong bas na de’i phyir byang chub sems dpa’i dge
’dun ni ’dir ma bshad de | de’i theg pa gsungs pa de nyid pas na byang chub sems dpa’i
’khor ni dpag tu med pa yin par gsal ba’i phyir dang yum ’di bsdus pa’i skabs yin pa’i
phyir ro|| 2 Cf. (AAĀ 11): gabhīrāmitasūtrāntaratnaśravaṇatṛṣṇayā lokadhātuṣv anan-
teṣu bhramanti kṛtino yataḥ, tadyānābhāṣaṇād eva bahavas te samāgatāḥ tenaiva cāt-
ra sūtreṣu na paṭhyante jinātmajā ity eke... tasyāś ca sarvārthopasaṃhāreṇodghaṭita-
jñasaṃkṣiptarucisattvahitodayenāryāṣṭasahasrikā bhāṣiteti. atas tad anusāreṇa dṛṣṭadhar-
masaṃkṣiptarucir bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikāparṣat tathā śuddhādhyāśayinaḥ sābhoga-
nimittavihāriṇo ’nābhoganimittavihāriṇo niyatacaryāpratipannāḥ samyagekajātipratibad-
dhāś cety evam aprameya mahābodhisattvaparṣad api jñeyety apare. tathā cāhācāryadignā-
gaḥ: ittham aṣṭasahasrī ’yam anyūnārthair yathoditaiḥ. granthasaṃkṣepa iṣṭo ’tra. ta
evārthā yathoditā iti. 11 Cf. (Kāś 781): athavā samāse iti nirdhāraṇe saptamī. tena
ktvāntaḥ samāsa eva parigṛhyate. 11 Cf. (Sār Ed.J ): ekaṃ kas teṣāṃ sarvabod-
hisattvānām iti nirdhāraṇe ṣaṣṭhī. teṣāṃ madhye ekaikaḥ dānaṃ dadyād iti. tebhya eva
sarvasattvebhyaḥ. 12 Cf. (Mahābhārata v.6.65.13, vol. 7, p. 366): praviśya tu raṇe bhīmo
makaraṃ mukhatas tadā | bhīṣmam āsādya saṃgrāme chādayām āsa sāyakaiḥ| | 12 Cf.
(Mahābhārata vol. 4 p. 144 note 591): raṇamadhye yudhiṣṭhiram bhīmasena uvāca...
6–7 prajñāpāramitāyāṃ ] em.; prajñāpāramitāṃ AṣṭaA , Ed.M V W 22, 23; pra-

jñāpāramitāyāṃ A (repeating this same line below); shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
la Dk 7 niryāyur iti ] Ed.M ; prajñāpāramitāṃ A, Ed.M V W 22, 23; niryāyur iti Ed.M ;
niryāyuḥ AṣṭaA (with illeg. correction)
2.5.3 Upanayanam
āyuṣmantam iti pūrvavat. sthaviram iti pūjārtham, mahānāgatvāt, arhat-
tve ’pi saty araṇāvihāriṇām agratvāt. āmantrayate smeti prayojanārtham.
5 katham? āha pratibhātu ta ityādi. subhūta iti sambodhanam, tasyaivā-
dhyeṣaṇārtham. pratibhātu ta iti tava buddhir abhimukhībhavatu.40 yady
apy guror adhyeṣaṇam, na śiṣyasya, tathāpi <tad>adhyeṣaṇaṃ dharmagau-
ravāyaiva, yasmāt sthaviraḥ subhūtiḥ prajñāpāramitākṛtakṛtyasthale sthita
iti vakṣyate. kim adhikṛtya? āha prajñāpāramitām ārabhyeti. pra-
10 jñāpāramitā dharmakāyaḥ* sakāritraḥ, prajñāpāramitāphalatvāt. tām ā- [D9r]
rabhya puruṣārthāyopeyatvena tām uddiśyety arthaḥ. pratibhānaṃ ki-

martham? āha bodhisattvānām iti, teṣām arthāyety arthaḥ. yasmāt
tadartho nimittanaimittikasambandhaḥ, tasmāt sambandhe ’pi ṣaṣṭhyā vi-
vakṣite, <tad>viśeṣaś caturthyā vivakṣyeta. atha kimātmakaṃ tat pratibhā-
15 nam? āha yathetyādi. yatheti yāvac chrutacintābhāvanāmayīprajñāpāra-
mitāyāṃ sarvajñatāyāṃ trividhāyām, yasmāt sā mārgo mārgaś ca gatyāśra-
yaḥ, niryāyur niḥśeṣaṃ gaccheyuḥ.41 tena gamanena ke bhaviṣyanti? prayo-
gaḥ, prayogaprakarṣaḥ, prayogānukramaḥ, prayoganiṣṭhā ca. te niḥśeṣataḥ
40
I have interpreted gyis shig here as bhavatu like Haribhadra’s gloss, because karotu
begs the question of who the agent is within the Skt. sentence. The sixth bhūmi correlating
to prajñāpāramitā is called ”abhimukhī.”
41
This backtranslation follows RĀŚ’s more usual way of glossing words in the case in
which they are found in the root text. It especially makes sense here, since the locative
case of prajñāpāramitāyāṃ is being explained (to some degree) by the phrase yasmāt
sā mārgo mārgaś ca gatyāśrayaḥ. Following Tib more closely yields a sentence where this
is not as obvious: yatheti yāvat. śrutacintābhāvanāmayīprajñāpāramitā sarvajñatā
trividhā, yasmāt sā mārgo mārgaś ca gatyāśrayaḥ. niryāṇaṃ ca niḥśeṣaṃ gamanaṃ
kartavyam. Note also: The lemma ci nas does not appear in the extant Tib. translations,
but its double usage here suggests an earlier translation yathā; ci nas was being glossed
with yāvat; ci nas. Cf. LC ci nas= (8) yāvat.
6 Cf. (AAĀ 22): pratibhātv ityādi. dharmadeśanādhikārād vidyamānatve ’pi he subhūte

viśiṣṭadharmārthaniruktipratibhānapratisaṃvit sarvathā te tavābhimukhībhavatu. 9 Cf.
(MNS 6.13): saṃsārapārakoṭisthaḥ kṛtakṛtyasthale sthitaḥ. kaivalyajñānaniṣṭhyūtaḥ pra-
jñāśastro vidāraṇaḥ. 14 Cf. (Kāś): ṣaṣṭhī śeṣe ||PS2 , 3.50 | | karmādibhyo ’nyaḥ prāti-
padikārthavyatirekaḥ svasvāmisambhandhādiḥ śeṣaḥ, tatra ṣaṣṭhī vibhaktir bhavati, ra-
jñaḥ puruṣaḥ, paśoḥ pādaḥ, pituḥ putraḥ. 14 Cf. (LSK 318): ṣaṣṭhī śeṣe kārakaprāti-
padikārthavyatiriktaḥ svasvāmibhāvādiḥ saṃbandhaḥ śeṣas tatra ṣaṣṭhī, rājñaḥ puruṣaḥ,
karmādīnāpi saṃbandhamātravivakṣāyāṃ ṣaṣṭhy eva, satāṃ gatam, sarpiṣo jānīte, mātuḥ
smarati, edhodakasyopaskurute, bhaje śambhoś caraṇayoḥ, iti ṣaṣṭhī. 14 Cf. (Kāś 148):
caturthyarthe bahulaṃ chandasi (Aṣṭādhyāyī 2,3.62) chandasi viṣaye caturthyarthe ṣaṣṭhī
vibhaktir bhavati bahulam, puruṣamṛgaś candramasaḥ, puruṣamṛgaś candramase, godhā
kālakā dārvāghāṭas te vanaspatīnām, te vanaspatibhyaḥ. 17 Cf. (AAĀ 23): ...bodhisattvā
mahāsattvās trividhām api prajñāpāramitāṃ niryāyur niścitya prāpnuyur iti.
kartavyāḥ. evaṃ śabdadvayenāṣṭāv abhisamayāḥ prakāśayitavyāḥ. ke niryā-

yuḥ? āha bodhisattvā mahāsattvā iti, utpāditabodhicittā eveti arthaḥ.
2.5.4 Sūtraśarīroddeśaḥ
ataḥ śāstre –
5 cittotpādo ’vavādaś ca nirvedhāṅgaṃ caturvidham|

ādhāraḥ pratipatteś ca dharmadhātusvabhāvakaḥ||AA 1.5|
ālambanaṃ samuddeśaḥ saṃnāhaprasthitikriye|

sambhārāś ca saniryāṇāḥ sarvākārajñatā muneḥ||AA 1.6||
munis tathāgataḥ sarvākārajñatā, tenaiva tasyāḥ sākṣātkaraṇāt. atra

10 prathamaḥ parivarto vaktavyaḥ. 42 tasyāpi daśa vastūni– (1) cittotpā-
daḥ, (2) avavādaḥ, (3) nirvedhabhāgīyāḥ, pratipatter (4) ādhāraḥ, (5)
ālambanam,* (6) samuddeśaḥ, (7−10) pratipattiś ca. pratipattiś ca yat [D9v]
krīyāṇāṃ vastujñānam. sā ca caturvidhā, yasmād dve kriye(7) saṃnāhaḥ,

(8)
prasthitiś ca, dve ’nye (9) sambhāraḥ, (10) niryāṇaṃ ca.43
42
I have tentatively followed Derge’s nominatives here, even though it would be more
natural Sanskrit to read the genitive: munes tathāgatasya sarvākārajñatā. Peking’s
thub pa la ni might be interpreted as suggesting that the Sanskrit lemma was reported
in the genitive case, but its gloss de bzhin gshegs pa suggests a nominative. Hence, I have
not followed Peking. Also, it is not uncommon to find buddha equated with buddhahood
by RĀŚ and others (see parallels).
43
Later in this chapter, RĀŚ says: sgrub pa nyid bshad par bya ste | de yang rnam pa
bzhi ste | go cha’i sgrub pa dang | ’jug pa’i sgrub pa dang | tshogs kyi sgrub pa dang | nges
par ’byung ba’i sgrub pa’o|
2 Cf. (Sār Ed.J ): bodhisattvasyety utpāditabodhicittasya yathoktaviśeṣaviśiṣṭatvān

mahāsattvaḥ, pariṇāmanā vyavasāyo ’syeti mahāsattvasya. 2 Cf. (AAĀ 23): tad
ayaṃ saṃkṣipto vākyārthaḥ: yathā sarvaprakārabodhicittādhigamaprakāreṇa bodhi-
sattvā mahāsattvās trividhām api prajñāpāramitāṃ yathāsambhavaṃ śrutādi-
jñānodayakrameṇa samyak prāpnuyuḥ, tathā teṣāṃ sambandhinīṃ prajñāpāramitām
evārabhya vyāsato bhāṣaṇāya caturvidhā pratisaṃvit te tava subhūte sammukhībha-
vatv ity evam āryasubhūtiṃ sthaviraṃ bhagavān āmantritavān iti. 10 Cf. (Sār
GS 142:30): buddha iti buddhatvaṃ sarvākārajñatety arthaḥ. 10 Cf. (Pañca and
Vimukti’s Vṛtti (loc. cit)): buddha eva sarvākārajñatā sarvākārajñataiva buddhaḥ. 10 Cf.
(Sār Ed.J ): muner iti bhāvapradhānam, buddhatvasyety arthaḥ. 10 Cf. (AAĀ 23):
mukhyā buddho bhagavān māyopamaṃ jñānam advayam. tatprāpty anukūlatvena tu
padavākyasamūho grantho darśanādilakṣaṇo mārgaś ca gauṇī prajñāpāramitā. tathā
cāhācāryadignāgaḥ. prajñāpāramitā jñānam advayam, sā tathāgataḥ. sādhyā tādarthyayo-
gena tāc chabdyaṃ granthamārgayoḥ, iti. 10 Cf. (DBA-unpubl.): prajñetyādi pra-
jñā śrutādimayajñānaṃ tasyāḥ pāramitā prakarṣagatā, jñānam advayan tādarthyāmārggo
granthaś ceti mukhyagauṇabhedāt tridhā prajñāpāramitā.
41
3 Sūtraśarīranirdeśaḥ
3.1 Cittotpādaḥ
ata evādiśabdābhyāṃ bhagavatā cittotpāda uktaḥ. tena hi bodhau samyak-
saṃbodhau viśiṣtāyāṃ sattvaṃ cetanābhiprāyo ’bhilāṣaś ca <yeṣāṃ te>
5 bodhisattvāḥ.44 yaḥ sarvasattvānām agratāṃ kartukāmaḥ sa mahān. ma-
hāntaḥ sattvā mahāsattvāḥ. ataḥ śāstram–
cittotpādaḥ parārthāya samyaksambodhikāmatā||AA 1.18ab||45

cittotpāda iti lakṣyam, śeṣaṃ lakṣaṇam. cittaṃ cetanāhaṃ gantumaneti,
10 yathābhidhīyamānaḥ saṃmanya icchāmi caivaṃ gantum iti.46 tasyotpādaś
cittotpādaḥ. abhimatasyotpādād avyatirekād utpādagrahaṇaṃ viśeṣeṇa
samādānārtham.47 parārthāya samyaksambodhyālambanasya cittasyot-
pādanaṃ cittotpādaḥ. ata etal lakṣaṇam.
parārthāya samyaksambodhikāmateti paratantropadarśanam. at-
15 ra samyaksambodhikāmo bahuvrīhiḥ. tasya bhāvas tattā. seha cittot-
pādo bhagavatātra daśabhyaḥ prathamasya svabhāva evoktaḥ, tanmātraṃ
adhikṛtyādhigamārtham, <tat>prabhedās tv anuktā adhikāravidher adhiga-
mārtham. te ca mahatyor bhagavatyor uktāḥ. tathā ca śāstram–
bhūhemacandrajvalanair nidhiratnākarārṇavaiḥ|
20 vajrācalauṣadhīmitraiś *cintāmaṇyarkagītibhiḥ||AA 1.19|| [D10r]
nṛpagañjamahāmārgayānaprasravaṇodakaiḥ|
ānandoktinadīmeghair dvāviṃśatividhaḥ sa ca||AA 1.20||
44
LC (and Snying po mchog too) khyad par du gyur pa=viśiṣṭa
45
RĀŚ has skipped verses 1.7 through 1.17, because they summarize AA chapters two
through eight, not AA chapter one, which is the focus here. RĀŚ quotes all the rest of the
verses in chapter one, except for the introductory verse and 1.18cd samāsavyāsataḥ sā ca
yathāsūtraṃ sa cocyate, which represents perhaps a lacuna in our MSS and block prints.
See my comments below.
46
Negi (5680) yang dag par ’dod pa=saṃmataḥ.
47
LC mngon par ’dod pa=abhimatam, abhilāṣaḥ.
5 Cf. (AAĀ 22): bodhau sarvadharmāsaktatāyāṃ svārthasampadi sattvam abhiprāyo

yeṣāṃ te bodhisattvāḥ. 5 Cf. (AAĀ 22): ta eva svabodhyabhilāṣād bodhisattvāḥ. 6 Cf.
(AAĀ 23): śrāvakā api syur evam ity āha: mahāsattvā iti. mahatyāṃ parārthasam-
padi sattvam yeṣāṃ te mahāsattvāḥ. mahattvaṃ cānyathāpi tīrthikasādhujanavat syād
iti bodhisattvagrahaṇam. 10 Cf. (AAĀ): parārthālambanaḥ sahetuphalaḥ samyaksam-
bodhyadhigamakāmatālakṣaṇaḥ– |gantukāmasya gantuś ca yathā bhedaḥ pratīyate| tathā
bhedo ’nayor jñeyo yathāsaṃkhyena paṇḍitaiḥ| | iti praṇidhiprasthānasvabhāvo dvividhaś
cittotpādaḥ. 15 Cf. (JNA/HBṬĀ 252): tasya bhāvas tattā.
3.1 Cittotpādaḥ 42
ke ca dvāviṃśatiḥ prabhedāś cittotpādasya? bhūhemacandrādaya upamāḥ.

bhūhemacandrādisādharmyād bhūhemacandrādayaḥ. sāmānyaśabdair api
kadācid viśeṣā adhigantavyāḥ.48
(1)
5 prathamaś cittotpādo bodhau cchandalakṣaṇasaṃbhūtaḥ bhūpamaḥ
pṛthivīsamaḥ, sarvabuddhadharmatatsambhāraprasavasya pratiṣṭhābhūtatvāt.
(2)
āśayasahagato hemopamaḥ kalyāṇasuvarṇasadṛśaḥ, avikāradarśanāt.49
(3)
10 prayogasahagataś candraḥ śuklapakṣanavacandropamaḥ, kuśalamūlap-
rasavavṛddhigamanāt.
(4)
viśeṣādhigamāśayo ’dhyāśayaḥ. tatsahagato jvalanaḥ vahnisadṛśaḥ,
ata indhanaprāptiviśeṣeṇevāgnis tasya viśeṣagamanāt.
15
(5)
dānapāramitāsahagato nidhir mahānidhānopamaḥ, āmiṣasambhoge-
48
RĀŚ’s explanation of these twenty two similes draws from the language of the Pañca,
MSA, Hari, and Vimukti, but (as he tells us below) he is embedding within these expla-
nations the eighty akṣayas as explained in the Akṣayamatisūtra. The Akṣayamatisūtra ex-
planations are too long to quote here, but are listed in Appendix B.
49
Given the repetitiveness here and the fact that RĀŚ generally follows MSA and
develops a particular pattern in other similar sentence structures in the following similes,
my backtranslation here assumes that Tib. bsam pa dang ’dra ba’i gser bzang po ni gser
dang ’dra ba is a corruption of bsam pa dang ldan pa gser bzang po dang ’dra ba ni gser.
1 Cf. (MSA IV.20.1 p.18): eṣa ca dvāviṃśatyupamaś cittotpāda āryākṣayama-

tisūtre ’kṣagatānusāreṇānugantavyaḥ. 3 Cf. (Sarvarahasya-Isaacson et al-unpubl.):
sāmānyaśabdair api kadācid viśeṣanirdeśāt. 6 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): prathamacit-
totpādo bodhisatvānāṃ pṛthivīsamaḥ sarvabuddhadharmatatsaṃ- bhāraprasavasya
pratiṣṭhābhūtatvāt. 6 Cf. (Pañca): cchandasahagataḥ pṛthivyupamaḥ. 6 Cf. (AAĀ):
tatra prathamaś cittotpādaś chandasahagato bodhisattvānāṃ pṛthivīsamaḥ sarvākārasar-
vadharmābhisambodhasya sambhāraprasavapratiṣṭhābhūtatvāt. 8 Cf. (Pañca): āśayasa-
hagataḥ kalyāṇasuvarṇopamaḥ. 8 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): āśayasahagataś cit-
totpādaḥ kalyāṇasuvarṇasadṛśo hitasukhādhyāśayasya vikārābhajanāt. 8 Cf. (AAĀ
25): dvitīya āśayasahagataḥ kalyāṇasuvarṇopamaḥ ṣaṭpāramitāsaṃgṛhītasya hita-
sukhāśayasya, āyatitadātvayor vikārābhajanād, ā samyaksambodhiḥ śaya āśaya iti
kṛtvā. 11 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): prayogasahagataḥ śuklapakṣanavacandropa-
maḥ kuśaladharmavṛddhigamanāt. 11 Cf. (AAĀ 25): tṛtīyo ’dhyāśayasahagataḥ śukla-
pakṣanavacandropamaḥ sarvaśuklapakṣadharmottarottaravivṛddhigamanād adhika āśayo
’dhyāśaya iti kṛtvā. 11 Cf. (Pañca): adhyāśayasahagato navacandropamaḥ. 14 Cf.
(MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): adhyāśayasahagato vahnisadṛśa indhanākaraviśeṣeṇevāgnis,
tasyottarottaraviśeṣādhigamanāt viśeṣādhigamāśayo hy adhyāśayaḥ. 14 Cf. (Pañca):
prayogasahagato jvalanopamaḥ. 14 Cf. (AAĀ 25): caturthaḥ prayogasahagato jva-
lanopamas trisarvajñatāprayogasyendhanāntaraviśeṣeṇevāgner uttarottaraviśeṣagamanāt
prakṛṣṭo yogaḥ prayoga iti kṛtvā.
nāprameyasattvasaṃtarpaṇa aparyādānāt.
(6)
śīlapāramitāsahagato ratnākaras, tadvat sarvaguṇaratnānāṃ tataḥ
prasavāt. ratnākaro ratnotpattyādiḥ.50
5
(7)
kṣāntipāramitāsahagato ’rṇavaḥ samudropamaḥ, sarvāniṣṭopanipā-
tair akṣobhyatvāt.
(8)
vīryapāramitāsahagato vajro vajropamaḥ, dārḍhyenābhedyatvāt.
10
(9)
dhyānapāramitāsahagato ’calaḥ parvatopamaḥ, niścalatvān niṣkamp-
yatvāc ca.
(10)
prajñāpāramitāsahagata <oṣadhir> bhaiṣajyarājopamaḥ, sarvāvaraṇap-
15 raśamanāt.* [D10v]
(11)
maitrīkaruṇāmuditopekṣāpramāṇasahagato mitram mahāsuhṛdupa-
maḥ, sarvāvasthābandhvanupekṣātvāt.51
50
I have translated rin po che skye ba freely for the meaning.
51
I have tentatively assumed that Tib. ’brel pa=bandhu–possibly as a misreading of
bandha. Both Haribhadra and MSA have sattva.
1 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): dānapāramitāsahagato sahānidhānopama āmiṣasaṃ-

bhogenāprameyasatvasaṃtarpaṇād akṣayatvāc ca. 1 Cf. (Pañca): dānapāramitāsahagato
mahānidhānopamaḥ. 1 Cf. (AAĀ 25): pañcamo dānapāramitāsahagato mahāni-
dhānopamaḥ sarvathāmiṣasambhogenāprameyasattvasaṃtarpaṇe ’py aparyādānāt.
4 Cf. (MSA.IV.15-20 p.18): śīlapāramitāsahagato ratnākalopamaḥ sarvaguṇarat-
nānāṃ tataḥ prasavāt. 4 Cf. (Pañca): śīlapāramitāsahagato ratnākaropamaḥ. 4 Cf.
(AAĀ 25): ṣaṣṭhaḥ śīlapāramitāsahagato ratnākaropamaḥ sarvaguṇaratnānām āśraya-
bhāvena tataḥ prasavanāt. 7 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): kṣāntipāramitāsaha-
gataḥ sāgaropamaḥ sarvāniṣṭhoparipātair akṣobhyatvāt. 7 Cf. (Pañca): kṣānti-
sahagato mahārṇavopamaḥ. 7 Cf. (AAĀ 25): saptamaḥ kṣāntipāramitāsaha-
gato mahārṇavopamaḥ sarvāniṣṭopanipātair akṣobhyatvāt. 9 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20
p.18): vīryapāramitāsahagato vajropamo dṛḍhatvādabhedyatayā. 9 Cf. (Pañca): vīryasa-
hagato vajropamaḥ. 9 Cf. (AAĀ 25): aṣṭamo vīryapāramitāsahagato vajropamaḥ
sampratyayadārḍhyenābhedyatvāt. 12 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): dhyānapāramitāsa-
hagataḥ parvatarājopamo niṣkampatvādavikṣepataḥ. 12 Cf. (Pañca): dhyānapāramitāsa-
hagataḥ parvatopamaḥ. 12 Cf. (AAĀ 25): navamo dhyānapāramitāsahagataḥ parvatopa-
maḥ sarvathālambanavikṣepeṇa niṣkampyatvāt. 15 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): pra-
jñāpāramitāsahagato bhaiṣajyarājopamaḥ sarvakleśajñeyāvaraṇavyādhipraśamanāt.
15 Cf. (Pañca): prajñāsahagato mahābhaiṣajyopamaḥ. 15 Cf. (AAĀ 25): daśamaḥ
prajñāpāramitāsahagato mahābhaiṣajyopamaḥ sarvakleśajñeyāvaraṇavyādhipraśamanāt.
18 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): apramāṇasahagato mahāsuhṛtsaṃnibhaḥ sarvā-
vasthaṃ satvānupekṣakatvāt. 18 Cf. (Pañca): upāyasahagato mitropamaḥ.
18 Cf. (AAĀ 25): ekādaśa upāyakauśalapāramitā sahagataḥ kalyāṇamitropamaḥ
sarvāvasthāsattvārthāparityāgāt.
(12)
abhijñāsahagataś cintāmaṇiḥ, tadvad yathādhimokṣaṃ phalasamṛd-
52
dheḥ.
(13)
5 saṃgrahavastūni dānapriyavāditārthacaryāsamānārthatāḥ. tatsaha-
gato ’rkaḥ ādityopamaḥ, vineyasasyaparipācanāt.
(14)
dharmārthaniruktipratibhānāni pratisaṃvidaḥ. tatsahagato gītigan-
dharvamadhurasaṃgītighoṣopamaḥ, vineyadharmadeśanayāhlādakatvāt.
10
(15)
arthapratisaraṇena bhavitavyam, na vyañjanasaṃskṛtādipratisara-
ṇena. dharmayuktipratisaraṇena bhavitavyam, na sthavirādipudgalaprati-
saraṇena. bhāvanāmayīprajñāyā jñānapratisaraṇena bhavitavyam, na vijñā-
napratisaraṇena.53 yasmin paramapramāṇabhūtena buddhabhagavatā deśite
15 nitārthasūtrānte tena pratisaraṇena bhavitavyam, na neyārthasūtrānte prati-
saraṇena. tatsahagato nṛpaḥ, avipraṇāśahetutvāt.54
52
I have not backtranslated de bzhin du as tathā because it seems as though Tibetan
syntax required it. Also, note that LC ’byor bar ldan pa=samṛddhaḥ etc.
53
My backtranslation substitutes pratisaraṇena where Tib. reads rjes su ’brang–
suggesting *anusaraṇena twice in this set of four because MSA associates this with four
pratisaraṇāni, because the first and last of the four suggest pratisaraṇam, and because the
Tib translator or a scribe may have misread anusaraṇaṃ or had a mental lapse of some
sort.
54
Cf. Mahāvyutpatti. In the last compound, I have tentatively followed Hari’s prabhā-
vaḥ although it does not specifically appear in Negi rgyu= vibhavaḥ or in LC rgyu= pravṛt-
tiḥ.
3 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): abhijñāsahagataś cintāmaṇisadṛśo yathādhimokṣaṃ

phalasamṛddheḥ 3 Cf. (Pañca): praṇidhisahagataś cintāmaṇisadṛśaḥ. 3 Cf.
(AAĀ 25): dvādaśaḥ praṇidhānapāramitāsahagataś cintāmaṇisadṛśo yathāpraṇid-
hānaṃ phalasamṛddheḥ. 6 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): saṃgrahavastusa-
hagato dinakarasadṛśo vineyasasyaparipācanāt. 6 Cf. (Pañca): balasahagata
ādityopamaḥ. 6 Cf. (AAĀ 25): trayodaśo balapāramitāsahagata ādityopamo
vineyaśasyaparipācanāt. 9 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): pratisaṃvitsahagato gan-
dharvamadhuraghoṣopamo vineyāvarjakadharmadeśakatvāt. 9 Cf. (Pañca): jñānasa-
hagato madhurasaṅgītibhāṣopamaḥ. 9 Cf. (AAĀ 25): caturdaśo jñānapāramitāsa-
hagato madhurasaṃgītighoṣopamo vineyāvarjanavaradharmadeśakatvāt. ete ca daśa
yathākramaṃ pramuditādidaśabhūmisaṃgṛhītā darśanabhāvanāmārgagocarāḥ. 16 Cf.
(MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): pratiśaraṇasahagato mahārājopamo ’vipraṇāśahetutvāt. 16 Cf.
(Pañca): abhijñāsahagato mahārājopamaḥ. 16 Cf. (AAĀ 26): pañcadaśo ’bhijñāsahagato
mahārājopamo ’vyāhataprabhāvatvena parārthānuṣṭhānāt. 16 Cf. (PPu D1354a8): |’dir
bcom ldan ’das kyis gdul bya rnams rnam par nyams par mi ’gyur bar bya ba’i phyir rton
pa rnam pa bzhi gsungs pa ni ’di lta ste| chos la rton par bya’i gang zag la rton par mi
bya’o || don la rton par bya’i tshig ’bru la rton par mi bya’o || nges pa’i don gyi mdo sde
la rton par bya’i | drang pa’i don gyi mdo sde la rton par mi bya’o| | ye shes la rton par
bya’i || rnam par shes pa la rton par mi bya’o||
(16)
puṇyajñānasambhārasahagato gañjaḥ, koṣṭhāgāropamo bahupuṇya-
jñānasambhārakośasthānatvāt.
(17)
saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣadharmasahagato mahāmārgaḥ, mahārāja-
5 pathopamaḥ sarvāryapudgalayātānuyātatvāt.
(18)
śamathavipaśyanāsahagataḥ yānam, vāhanopamaḥ sukhavahanāt.
(19)
dhāraṇīpratibhānasahagataḥ prasravaṇodakam, prasravaṇodako-
10 pama udakadhāraṇākṣayodbhedasādharmyeṇa* śrutāśrutadharmārthadhāra- [D11r]
ṇākṣayodbhedataḥ.
(20)
sarvasaṃskārā anityāḥ, sarvāsravā duḥkhāḥ, sarvadharmāḥ anātmā-
naḥ, śāntaṃ nirvāṇam iti caturdharmoddānasahagata ānandoktiḥ, ānan-
15 daśabdopamo mokṣakāmānāṃ vineyānāṃ priyaśrāvaṇāt.
(21)
anutpattikadharmakṣāntipratilabdhānāṃ bodhisattvānām asambhin-
nakāryakriyātvād ekāyanamārgaḥ, tatsahagato nadī, nadīsrotaḥsadṛśaḥ sva-
2 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): puṇyajñānasaṃbhārasahagataḥ koṣṭhāgāropamo
bahupuṇyajñānasaṃbhārakoṣasthānatvāt. 2 Cf. (Pañca): puṇyajñānasahagataḥ
koṣṭhāgāropamaḥ. 2 Cf. (AAĀ 26): ṣoḍaśaḥ puṇyajñānasambhārasahagataḥ
koṣṭhāgāropamo bahupuṇyajñānasambhārakośasthānatvāt. 5 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20
p.18): bodhipakṣasahagato mahārājapathopamaḥ sarvārthapudgalayātānuyātatvāt.
5 Cf. (Pañca): bodhipakṣasahagato mahāmārgopamaḥ. 5 Cf. (AAĀ 26): sap-
tadaśo bodhipakṣadharmasahagato mahāmārgopamaḥ sarvāryapudgalayānānuyātatvāt.
7 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): śamathavipaśyanāsahagato yānopamaḥ
sukhavahanāt. 7 Cf. (Pañca): śamathavipaśyanāsahagato yānopamaḥ. 7 Cf.
(AAĀ 26): aṣṭādaśaḥ śamathavipaśyanāsahagato yānopamo yuganaddhavāhitvāt
saṃsāranirvāṇānyatarāpātena sukhavahanāt. 11 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18):
dhāraṇāpratibhānasahagato gandharvopamaḥ udakadhāraṇākṣayodbhedasādharmyeṇa
śrutāśrutadharmārthadhāraṇākṣayodbhedataḥ. 11 Cf. (Pañca): dhāraṇīpratibhānasaha-
gataḥ prasnavaṇopamaḥ. 11 Cf. (AAĀ 26): ekonaviṃśatitamo dhāraṇīpratibhānasa-
hagataḥ prasravaṇopamaḥ sarvathodakadhāraṇākṣayodbhedasādharmyeṇa śrutāśrutadhar-
madhāraṇād aparyāttadeśanodbhedatvāt. 15 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): dharmod-
dānasahagata ānandaśabdasadṛśo mokṣakāmānāṃ vineyānāṃ priyaśrāvaṇāt. 15 Cf.
(Pañca): dharmoddānasahagata ānandaśabdopamaḥ. 15 Cf. (AAĀ 26): viṃśatitamo
dharmoddānasahagata ānandaśabdopamo mokṣakāmānāṃ vineyānāṃ priyaśrāvaṇāt.
ayaṃ ca buddhabhūmipraveśaprayogamārgasaṃgṛhīto bodhisattvabhūmipratibaddhaḥ.
15 Cf. (AKBh 80): padakāyaḥ tadyathā sarvasaṃskārā anityāḥ, sarvadharmā anātmā-
naḥ, śāntaṃ nirvāṇam ity evamādi. 15 Cf. (BBh 188): anityāḥ sarvasamskārāḥ iti dhar-
moddānam. duḥkhāḥ sarvasaṃskārā iti dharmoddānam. anātmānaḥ sarvadharmā iti dhar-
moddānam. śāṃtaṃ nirvāṇam iti dharmoddānam.
rasavāhitvāt.
(22)
tuṣitabhavanavāsādisaṃdarśanata upāyakuśalasahagato megho me-
ghopamaḥ, sarvasattvārthakriyāṇāṃ tadadhīnatvāt. meghād iva bhājanaloka-
5 sampattayaḥ.55
3.1.1 Aśītiś cittotpādāḥ

evaṃ mahatyor bhagavatyor dvāviṃśatiś cittotpādā varṇitāḥ, api tv te ’kṣaya-
matisūtrāj jñātavyāḥ. tayoḥ prathamaś chandalakṣaṇaviśeṣaḥ. śeṣās tat-
10 sahacaritā viśeṣāḥ, teṣām eva prayogāśayādisahagatatvāt. akṣayamatisūtre
<tu> sarve ’py aśītir akṣayā varṇitā yathākramam. prathamaś ca cittotpāda
eva, śeṣāś ca tatsahacaritāḥ prayogāśayādivividhāḥ. prathamasyākṣayasya
55
Based on sense and parallels, my backtranslation here assumes that Tib.’s la sogs pa
derives from the Tib. translator’s (or Sanskrit scribe’s) misreading of RĀŚ’s meghād iva
as though it were meghādi.
1 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20 p.18): ekāyanamārgasahagato nadīśrotaḥsamaḥ svarasavāhitvāt,

anutpāttikadharmakṣānitalābhe ekāyanatvaṃ tadbhūmigatānāṃ bodhisattvānām
abhinnakāryakriyātvāt. 1 Cf. (Pañca): ekāyanamārgasahagato nadīsrotopamaḥ. 1 Cf.
(AAĀ 26): ekaviṃśatitama ekāyanamārgasahagato nadīsrotaḥ sadṛśo jñānājñeyayoḥ
samatādhigamenorukaruṇāprajñopāyatayāsambhinnaparakāryakriyātvāt. ayaṃ ca bud-
dhabhūmisaṃgṛhīto maulāvasthāprāptaḥ. 1 Cf. (ŚS 212): anārambaṇā maitrī anut-
pattikadharmakṣāntipratilabdhānāṃ bodhisatvānām iti. 5 Cf. (MSABh.IV.15-20
p.18): upāyakauśalyasahagato meghopamaḥ sarvasatvārthakriyātadadhīnatvāt tuṣita-
bhavanavāsādisaṃdarśanataḥ. yathā meghāt sarvabhājanalokasaṃpattayaḥ. eṣa ca
dvāviṃśatyupamaś cittotpāda āryākṣayamatisūtre ’kṣagatānusāreṇānugantavyaḥ. 5 Cf.
(Pañca): dharmakāmasahagato mahāmeghopamaḥ. 5 Cf. (AAĀ 26): dvāviṃśati-
tamo dharmakāyasahagato mahāmeghopamas tuṣitabhavanavāsādisattvārthasaṃdarśa-
nena nirmāṇakāyatayā sarvasattvārthakriyāṇāṃ tadadhīnatvāt.
cittotpādo ’dhikāraḥ prayogākṣayād yāvad upāyakauśalyākṣayaḥ.56 kathaṃ

tarhy aśītiḥ syāt? cittotpādānāṃ dvitīyadaśakaprabhedenāṣṭaṣaṣṭiḥ kar-
tavyā.
sākaṃ daśāpramāṇāni te ’bhijñā vastusaṃgrahāḥ|
5 pratisaṃvic ca saraṇaṃ yugapakṣyadvayadvayam||
dharmoddānaṃ ca yānam ca <tadupāya>samanvitāḥ|
dvāvimśatir dvitīyaś ca daśako’yaṃ vibhāgataḥ||
pakṣya<dharmāś> ca pañcaiva catuṣkaṃ ca dvayatrayam|
dvir <ekaś> cākṣayās* te ca cittotpāde <samāśritāḥ>||57 [D11v]
10 3.1.2 Cittotpādābhidhānavikalpaḥ
atha khalv āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasyaitad abhavat – kim ayam āyuṣmān
subhūtiḥ sthavira ātmīyena svakena prajñāpratibhānabalādhānena sva-
56
I have followed the word order in Tib, which suggests prayogāśayādi although the
order in RĀŚ’s own explanation above and in the Akṣayamatisūtra is: (2) āśaya, (3) prayoga,
and so on. It is possible that RĀŚ means us to understand the āśaya here not as (2) but as
(4)
adhyāśaya. However, this would mean that RĀŚ is not commenting on (2) āśaya at all.
In any event, since prayoga comes first three times in this paragraph and in the citation
of it in Abhayākaraguta’s Yid gyi mun sel, I have left the order ”as is,” i.e. seemingly
bhinnakrama.
57
My backtranslation into anuṣṭubh and word here generally follows Tib’s use of seven
syllable pada-s and word order practices for anuṣṭubh elsewhere in this translation. How-
ever, Tib’s six seven syllable segments have each been translated into three full verses,
rather than into three half verses. I have also added upāya from the eighty headings in
the Akṣayamatinirdeśasūtra since it would likely have been included in the Skt. verse
summary here, but does not appear in Tib.
1 Cf. (Abhaya’s Yid gyi mun sel): |shAn ti ltar na gzhan don du rdzogs pa’i byang
chub la dmigs pa’i ’dod par gyur pa’i blo zhes pa ste| Dag ldan du| gzhan don du yang
dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub la dmigs pa’i ’dod pa ni sems bskyed pa’i mtshan nyid
do | |zhes dang* | snying po mchog tu| sems bskyed pa nyi shu rtsa gnyis brjod pa yin
te | dang po ni | ’dun pa’i mtshan nyid kyi khyad par ro| |lhag ma ni de’i grogs kyi
khyad par ro zhes dang* | |mi zad pa brgyad cur brjod de | dang po ni sems bskyed pa
nyid do | |lhag ma ni de’i grogs te sbyor ba dang bsam pa la sogs pa sna tshogs pa’o|
|zhes so | ’di legs so | 1 Cf. (AAĀ 24): viśiṣṭaviṣayapratibhāsamutpadyamānaṃ cittaṃ
”cittotpādaḥ” iti kathaṃ sa (caitasikaḥ) cittotpādo bhavet? satyam etat, kin tu kuśala-
dharmacchandalakṣaṇāyāṃ prārthanāyāṃ satyāṃ bodhicittam utpadyata iti kāraṇenātra
kāryaṃ nirdiṣṭam evaṃ prārthayituḥ bodhisattvasya sarve kuśalā dharmā vṛddhiṃ yān-
tīti jñāpanāya copacāraḥ samāśrita ity adoṣaḥ. anyaprakāreṇa praṇidhānaṃ prārthanā vā
samyaksambodhikāmatā tatsahacaritacittotpādaḥ prārthanayātidiśyate. evañ ca praṇidhā-
nasahagataṃ taccittam utpadyata iti jñāpanāya vā.
11 abhavat ] Ed.M V W 27; abhut AṣṭaA 11 ayam ] Ed.M V W 27; punar AṣṭaA
12–48.1 svakena prajñāpratibhānabalādhiṣṭhānena ] Aṣṭapc
A (part. leg.), Ed.M V W 27;
ac
om. AṣṭaA
kena prajñāpratibhānabalādhiṣṭhānena bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ

prajñāpāramitām upadekṣyaty utāho buddhānubhāveneti?
[P11v1]
*evaṃ bhagavatā sthavira āmantrite, nātra pūrvaṃ tasyaiva deśanayā bha-

vitavyam iti kalpanāyā apanāya, mahāprajñāvatām agratvasya śāripūtrasya
5 vikalpotpādaḥ saṃgītikāreṇābhidhīyate.58 mātā śārī nāma gotraṃ ca śārad-
vatīti śāriputraḥ śāridvatīputraś cety asya nāma dvividham.59
etad ity abhidheyo vikalpaḥ.60 saiva kim ayam ityādi. ātmīyenety
ātmakīyena. svakena svāyattena. prajñā ca pratibhānaṃ ca prajñāprati-
bhānaṃ. tayor balaṃ prakṛteḥ śakter vāsanābhidhānatvāt.61 tadādhāne-
10 na pūrvotpannena. tenaivādhiṣṭhānena pratibodhanena. utāho iti kim
uta veti. buddhānubhāveneti buddhasyānubhāvenādhiṣṭhitatvāt.
atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir buddhā*ānubhāvenāyuṣmataḥ śāriputras-
yemam evaṃrūpaṃ cetasaiva cetaḥparivitarkam ājñāyāyuṣmantaṃ śāripu- [AṣṭaA 2r5]
tram etad avocat – yat kiṃcid āyuṣman śāriputra bhagavataḥ śrā-

15 vakā bhāṣante deśayanty upadiśanty udīrayanti prakāśayanti saṃpra-
kāśayanti, sa sarvas tathāgatasya puruṣakāro veditavyaḥ. tat kasya
he*toḥ? yo hi tathāgatena dharmo deśitaḥ, tatra dharmadeśanāyāṃ
śikṣamāṇās te tāṃ dharmatāṃ sākṣātkurvanti dhārayanti, tāṃ dhar- [AṣṭaA 2r6]
matāṃ sākṣātkṛtya dhārayitvā yad yad eva bhāṣante, yad yad eva
58
LC gsol ba btab pa= adhyeṣitaḥ, but seems like bhagavan would have āmantritaḥ.
59
BHSD śārī, upatiṣya=śāriputra.
60
The Tib. lemma ’di snyam du sems=etad abhavat, but I have assumed the Skt. gloss
was focused more on the ambiguity of etad here.
61
The backtranslation is not a literal translation of the Tib. syntax and assumes an
ablative.
5 Cf. (AAĀ 28): evaṃ manyate: acintyatvād upāyaviśeṣasya kadācid anenāpūrvajñā-

nam adhigatam. vyavasthitasyotkarṣo vā kṛtaḥ. tathāgatādhiṣṭhānaṃ vā prāptam. an-
yathāham ivāryasubhūtir aśaktaḥ. na cāraṇāvihāriṇām agratvena viśeṣasadbhāvād bhāṣata
ity api śakyate vaktum. mamāpi prajñāvatām agratvaviśeṣasadbhāvād bhāṣaṇaprāpteḥ.
na cāraṇāsamādher deśanāyāṃ vyāpāra ity āryaśāriputrasya bhāvaḥ. 6 Cf. (Avadā-
naśataka 255): tena khalu samayena nāladagrāmake tiṣyo nāma brāhmaṇaḥ. tena śārī
nāma dārikā māṭharasakāśāl labdhā. yadā śāriputraḥ sārīkukṣim avakrāntaḥ, tadā bhrātrā
saha dīrghanakhena vivādaṃ kurvantī nigrahasthānaṃ prāpayati. 6 Cf. (MVA vol. 3, p.
56): tasya dāni brāhmaṇamahāśālasya śārī nāma brāhmaṇī bhāryā prāsādikā darśanīyā.
tasya dāni śārīye brāhmaṇīye putrā dharmo upadharmo śatadharmo sahasradharmo tiṣyo
upatiṣyo ete sapta putrāḥ ṣaṭ niviṣṭāḥ saptamo upatiṣyo kanīyaso aniviṣṭako. 9 Cf. (Sār
Ed.J ): balaṃ śaktiḥ.
12 ānubhāvenāyuṣmataḥ ] Ed.M V W 28; lac. 10 akṣ. AṣṭaA 13 emam ] Ed.M V W 28;

edam A 14 āyuṣman ] AṣṭapcA , Ed.
MV W
29; āyuṣmān AṣṭaacA 16 sarvas ] Ed.M V W 29;
sarva AṣṭaA 17 yo hi tathāgatena dharmo deśitaḥ, tatra ] Ed.M V W 29; lac. 14 akṣ.
A 17–18 dharmadeśanāyāṃ śikṣamāṇās te tāṃ dharmatāṃ sākṣāt ] Ed.M V W 29; lac.
17 akṣ. AṣṭaA 19 sākṣātkṛtya ] Ed.M V W 28; sākṣātkṛtvā AṣṭaA 19 eva ] Ed.M V W 28;
evaṃ AṣṭaA
deśayanti, yad yad evopadiśanti, yad yad evodīrayanti, yad yad eva
prakāśayanti, * yad yad eva saṃprakāśayanti, sarvaṃ tad dharmatayā* [Dk2v]
aviruddham. tathāgatadharmadeśanāyā evāyuṣman śāriputra eṣa niṣ-

[AṣṭaA 2v1]
yando yat te kulaputrā upadiśantas tāṃ dharmatāṃ dharmatayā na
5 virodhayanti.
atha khalv ityādinā subhūter uttaram. cetasy eva pratiṣṭhite saṃdarśite ca

paryeṣaṇād vitarko manojalpaḥ cetaḥparivitarkaḥ. tam evājñāya pari-
jñāya. cetasaiveti cetaḥparyāyābhijñayā jñatvā, na tu śabdena.
10 etad abhidheyam. tatra bhāṣanta ityādīnāṃ ṣaṇṇāṃ śabdānām ādi-

trayeṇa sūtrādiśabdā abhidhīyate.
(1)
bhāṣanta iti bhagavatpariṣatsu sūtrādīn vadanti.
(2)
15 deśayantīti bhavādiṣu tān vadanti.
(3)
upadiśantīti <daśasu> dikṣūpagatvā tān vineyān vadanti.
(4)
evaṃ bhagavatpariṣatsu yad kiṃcid vastu udīrayanti tan nirdeśayanti.* [D12r]
20
(5)
prakāśayantīti teṣv eva parebhyo vyākhyānti.
(6)
saṃprakāśayantīti samantato gatvā, svayam eva prakāśayanti.
25 bhāṣantaityādi. sa sarvas tathāgatasya puruṣakāras tasyādhiṣṭhā-

nenānubhāvena vā, na tu śrāvakais teṣāṃ svātantryābhāvāt.
3.1.2.1 FIRST SKT. BACKTRANSLATION ENDS
30 |’di nyid du rgyu bshad par ’dod nas|* rang nyid ’dri bar byed pa ni| [N14r]
de ci’i phyir zhe na? zhes rgyu smras so|* |chos gang zhes bya ba la sogs [P12r3]
8 Cf. (AKBh 421:16): cetaḥparyāyābhijñā pañca dharmānvayamārgasaṃvṛtiparacitta-

jñānāni. 15 Cf. (Sār Ed.J 47:20): deśayed granthato bhāṣaṇāt | 23 Cf. (Sār Ed.J
47:21): punaḥ punaḥ svārthakaraṇāt parebhyaś ca samprakāśayed iti santataṃ prakāśayed
granthataḥ| vistareṇeti bahubhyaḥ prakāśanāt.
2 tad ] Ed.M V W 30; taṃ AṣṭaA 3 aviruddham. tathāgatadharmadeśanāyā evāyuṣ-

man ] Ed.M V W 30; 19 akṣ. AṣṭaA 3 śāriputra eṣa ] Ed.M V W 30; ++++++ AṣṭaA
3–4 niṣyando yat te ] Ed.V W 30; niṣyandāya te Ed.M ; niṣyandāyatte AṣṭaA
30 rgyu ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; rgya TibP 31 de ci’i phyir ] TibD ; ci’i phyir TibP N
pa smos pa la| | chos gang zhes bya ba ni nyan thos kyi theg pa pa dang|
theg pa chen po pa’o| | bslabs nas zhes bya ba ni thos pa dang| bsams pa
dang| bsgoms pa dag gis so| | de zhes bya ba ni nyan* thos so| |chos nyid [P12r4]
ces bya ba ni ji ltar thos pa’o| |mngon sum du byas nas zhes bya ba ni
5 nyan thos kyi theg pa’o| | ’dzin to zhes bya ba ni theg pa chen po’o| |shes
rab rnam pa gsum gyis shin tu rnam par dran pa’i sa bon* bskyed pa’i phyir [P12r5]
ro| | chos nyid ni ji ltar thos pa ste| de bzhin gshegs pa’i chos ston pa
nyid ces bya ba ni ji ltar thos pa dang ’dra ba ni rgyu mthun pa ste| chos
nyid ji ltar thos pa’o| | chos nyid ces bya ba ni rang gis bstan* pa dang| [P12r6]
10 de bzhin gshegs pas bstan pa’i rgyu mthun pa ste| | skyes bu’i byed
par bstan to| | mi ’gal zhes bya ba ni nyan thos kyi bdag nyid chen po dang
gnyis kyis shA ri’i bu’i rnam par rtog pa dang| |gang dag gis dogs* pa bsal to| [P12r7]
|’di yan chad kun gyis ci zhig bstan ce na| rnam pa thams cad kyi thams
15 cad du chos thams cad don dam par gzigs pa| bcom ldan ’das mchog tu tshad
ma yin par bstan te| gang gi slob ma ’di lta* bu’i yon tan dang ldan pa ni [P12r8]
des rtag tu byin gyis brlabs pa nyid de| des byin gyis brlabs pa’i phyir ’di lta
bu’i chos kyang yang dag par smra ba yin te| gang gi phyir gang des bcom
ldan ’das nyid dam| nyan thos kyis* bstan kyang de thams cad ni de bzhin [P12v1]
20 te| gzhan du ma yin no|

atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir buddhānubhāvena bhagavantam etad
avocat – yad bhagavān evam āha - pratibhātu te subhūte bodhisattvā-
nāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ prajñā*pāramitām ārabhya yathā bodhisattvā
mahāsattvāḥ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ niryāyur iti. bodhisattvo bodhisat- [AṣṭaA 2v2]
25 tva62 iti yad idaṃ bhagavann ucyate, katamasyaitad bhagavan dhar-

masyādhivacanaṃ yad uta bodhisattva iti? nāhaṃ bhagavaṃs taṃ
dharmaṃ samanupaśyāmi yad uta bodhisattva iti. tam apy ahaṃ bha-
gavan dharmaṃ na sa*manupaśyāmi yad uta prajñāpāramitā nāma.
so ’haṃ bhagavan bodhisattvaṃ vā bodhisattvadharmaṃ vā avin- [AṣṭaA 2v3]
30 dann anupalabhamāno ’samanupaśyan, prajñāpāramitām apy avin-

dann anupalabhamāno ’samanupaśyan katamaṃ bodhisattvaṃ katamas-
yāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām avavadiṣyāmy anuśāsiṣyāmi?
62
The doubling of bodhisattvo bodhisattva in this phrase is stylistic and is repeated
elsehwere in AṣṭaA . The word mahāsattva in AṣṭaA here appears to be a mistake.
1 smos pa ] TibD , Ed.Cpn ; smros pa TibP N 2 chen po pa’o ] TibP N ; chen po’o
TibD 2 bsams pa ] TibD ; bsam pa TibP N 3 bsgoms pa ] TibD ; bsgom pa
TibP N 5 ’dzin to ] TibDP , Ed.Cn ; ’jin to TibN 6 rnam par ] TibD ; brten
par TibP N 12 shA ] TibD ; sha TibP N 12 dag gis ] TibD ; dag gi TibP N
14 ce ] TibD ; zhe TibP N 14–15 thams cad du ] TibDP , Ed.Cn ; thams ca du
TibN 15 thams cad ] TibDP , Ed.Cpn ; thad TibN 16 te ] TibD ; to TibP N
20 gzhan ] TibP N ; de bzhin TibD 24 prajñāpāramitāyāṃ ] AṣṭaA ; prajñāpāramitāṃ
Ed.M V W 30 24–25 bodhisattva ] Ed.M V W 30; mahāsattva AṣṭaA
|de nas gdams ngag gi skabs la babs nas| gnas brtan rab ’byor gyis* ji skad [D12v]
bshad pa bzhin sdud pa pos| de nas sangs rgyas zhes bya ba la sogs pa* [P12v2]
smras so| |byang chub sems dpa’ sems dpa’ zhes bya ba’i tshig gnyis ni
de dang *de yin zhes rtogs par byed pa ste| dper na ’jigs pa ’jigs pa zhes [N14v]
5 bya ba gang ’jigs pa yin zhes bya ba lta bu’o| |tshig bla dvags* ni ming ngo| [P12v3]
|chos ni dngos po’o| | gang gis zhes bya ba ni gang gi yang dngos po bdag
ma yin te| gtan du med pa yin no zhes bsams so| |nang gi gzugs yod de| de
nyid byang chub sems dpa’ yin no zhe na? bdag gis* yang dag par rjes [P12v4]
su ma mthong ngo zhes bya ba la sogs pa smos te| chos de ni nang gi

10 phung po la sogs pa’o| |de la re zhig gzugs can de dag ni gcig dang du ma’i
rang bzhin dang bral ba’i phyir dang| |gzugs can dang* gzugs can ma yin pa [P12v5]
ni gzung ba dang| |’dzin pa’i khyad par yin na gzung ba ni med de shes pa
las tha dad pa yod pa ni med pa’i phyir ro| |’dzin pa yang med de gzung ba
med na de yang med pas so| |chos de yang zhes bya ba smos* pa la| de’i [P12v6]
15 phyir byang chub sems dpa’ mi dmigs pa dang| gang zag la bdag med pa’i
ye shes de gnyis ka shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa nyid de| de yang gal te
nye bar dmigs na ni gzung bar ’gyur la| dmigs par* byed pa yang ’dzin par [P12v7]
’gyur la| shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ni gnyis nyid du med de| de bas
na gzugs can du mi dmigs kyi| rang gi ngo bo nyid kho nar rang gsal ba yin
20 te| de nyid de’i gsal ba yang dag par rig pa* zhes brjod do| |gang de’i gsal [P12v8]
bzhin pa na gang zag dang| |chos kyi bag chags sngon bsgoms pa gang yod
pa de la nges par brtags shing spangs pa na snang ba ’gog pa ni gzugs med
pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa bzhin no|*
| de la de dag mi dmigs pa ni bdag med pa’i ye shes yin te| dper na
25 phyogs mthong ba ni gang de la skud pa dang bud pa mi snang ba’i shes pa
skyes na de ma mthong ba’i ni mi * snang ba mthong ba bzhin no| |’di* lta
bu’i shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ’ga’ zhig gcig tu dben par* song ste|
lung gi don dpyod par byed pa skye ba de ni thos pa las byung ba’i shes rab
bo| |’on kyang gang zhig the tsom du gyur na rjes su dpag pa la sogs pa’i
30 stobs * kyis bskyed pa de ni rigs pa bsams pa las byung ba’i shes rab bo| |de
gnyis kyi the tshom rtsa ba nas bcad de ’bad pas ting nge ’dzin thob pa de
ni bsgoms pa las byung ba’i shes rab tu ’gyur ro|
|de las dang po’i gnyis* bstan par bya ba’i phyir| de bdag gis zhes bya
ba la sogs pa smos so| |byang chub sems dpa’i chos zhes bya ba ni nang
1 de nas ] TibD ; da ni TibP N 1 babs ] TibD ; bab TibP N 5 dvags ] TibD ; dags TibP N
6 gang gis ] TibD ; gang gi TibP N 18 la ] TibD ; na TibP N 18 phyin pa ] TibD ; phyin
pa de TibP N 20 rig pa ] TibP N ; rigs pa TibD 21 na ] TibD ; ni TibP N 21 bsgoms
pa ] TibD ; bsgom pa TibP N 22 brtags ] TibD ; rtags TibP N 22 ’gog pa ] TibP N ; med
pa TibD 23 ’jug pa ] TibD ; ’jugs pa TibP N 24 dmigs pa ] TibD ; dmigs pas TibP N
25 ni ] TibD ; na TibP N 25 bud pa ] TibP ; bung pa TibN , Ed.Cp ; bum pa TibD
28 don dpyod par ] TibD ; spyod par TibP N 33 de bdag ] TibD ; de dag TibP N
gi phung po la sogs pa’o| |ma ’tshal zhes bya ba ni ma dmigs pa’o| |tshad
mas gnod pa yin pa’i phyir* ri bong gi rva bzhin no zhes bsams so| |de nyid
la gnas pa bstan pa ni mi dmigs pa yang dag par rjes su ma mthong
zhes bya ba la| mi dmigs zhes bya ba ni yid ches pa’i lung las skyes pa des
5 mi dmigs shing gnod pa yin no|* |yang dag par rjes su ma mthong zhes
bya ba ni mi slu ba dang mkhas pa’i skye bo dang thun mong yin pa’i phyir
dang| lta ba’i rjes su ’gro ba’i rjes su dpag pa’i gnod pas yang dag par rjes
su ma mthong ngo| |shes rab kyi* pha rol tu phyin pa yang zhes bya
ba ni ’dzin pa bkag cing med de de’i gzung ba med pa’i phyir ro| |de nyid
10 dgag pa med de gsal ba yang dag par de nyid la gsal ba med pa’i gnod pas
so| |gang zhig ces bya ba ni gang* yang med pa ste| tshad mas gnod pa’i
phyir ro| |gang la zhes bya ba ni gang yang med pa’o| |de la yod pa nyid ni
gtso bo ma yin pa’i phyir ro| |rtog pa’i phyir smra ba ni gdams pa’o| |rjes
su sbyar ba’i phyir bstan pa ni rjes* su bstan pa’o| |’dir ma dmigs zhes
15 bya bas ni thos pa las byung ba’i shes rab bstan to| |yang dag par rjes
su* ma mthong zhes bya bas ni rigs pas bsams pa las byung ba’i shes rab
bstan to| |rigs pa ni sngar* bstan to| |shing rta chen po dag gis kyang de
dang de dag tu rgya cher bstan to|
|de’i ’og tu bsgoms pa las byung ba’i shes rab brjod par bya ste| de yang
20 rnam pa dgur sgrub pa ni zhi gnas yin|* de dang lhan cig spyod pa* lhag
mthong ngo| |zhi gnas de yang gang zhe na? ji skad du bcom ldan ’das kyis
gsungs pa|
ji ltar byang chub sems dpa’i de’i nang nyid la sems ’jog pa dang|
rgyun du ’jog pa dang| blan te ’jog pa dang| nye bar* ’jog pa [P13v4]
25 dang| dul bar byed pa dang| zhi bar byed pa dang| rnam par zhi
bar byed pa dang| rtse gcig tu byed pa dang| sems mnyam par
’jog pa’o| |dang po dang tha ma’i sems
zhes smos pa ni bar du yang sbyar bar* bya’o| |de la– [P13v5]
28 Cf. (ŚBh): tadyathā niṣaṇṇo ’dhyātmam eva cittaṃsthāpayati saṃsthāpayati

saṃniṣpādayaty ekotīkaroti samādhatte. 28 Cf. (PPu-D155r3): |de la bcom ldan ’das
kyis zhi gnas ni rnam pa dgu ru bka’ stsal te| ji lta ba bzhin du sems de nang du ’jog par
byed kun tu ’jog par byed| yongs su ’jog par byed| nye bar ’jog par byed| dul bar byed|
zhi bar byed| nye bar zhi bar byed| rgyud gcig tu byed| sems mnyam par ’jog par byed ces
gsungs so || de la dang por phyi rol gyi dmigs pa rnams las sems blan te| nang du rab tu
bsdus nas btags pa ni nang du ’jog pa’o||
3 bstan pa ni ] TibDP ; bstan pa’i TibN 4 zhes bya ba ] TibD ; bya ba TibP N 4 skyes
pa ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; skyes pha TibP 6 slu ba ] TibD ; bslu ba TibP N 10 gsal ba med
pa’i gnod pas ] TibD ; gsal ba’i gnod pa med pas TibP N 13 rtog ] TibD ; rtogs TibP N
14–15 zhes bya bas ] TibD ; zhes bya ba TibP N 20 lhan cig ] TibDP ; lha ni cig TibN
24 du ] TibD ; tu TibP N 27 tha ] TibD ; mtha’ TibP N
(1)
|’jog pa ni ting nge ’dzin gyi dmigs pa la nges par gdags pa’o|
|rgyun du ’jog pa’i sems kyi rgyun du ’jug pa de bzhin du ’jog pa yin
(2)
te| gzhan du ’gro ba dgag pas so|

5
|blan te ’jog pa ni rang* bzhin gyis g.yo ba’i phyir sems de ji ltar yang
(3)
[P13v6]
gzhan du ’gro ba na de blan nas legs par sdom pa’i phyir ro|
|nye bar ’jog pa ni de nas brtan par gyur pa dang| rang bzhin gyis rags
(4)
10 pa nyid kyis gzhan dag tu* rnam par ’phro ba na gong nas gong du phra bar [P13v7]
byed pas de nyid du ’jog pa’i phyir ro|
|dul bar byed pa ni rang bzhin gyis g.yeng ba la dga’ ba’i sems ting
(5)
nge ’dzin la dga’ bar byed pa’o| |ting nge ’dzin gyi phan yon* mthong ba’i [P13v8]
15 phyir te ting nge ’dzin gyi phan yon ni yon tan thams cad kyi khyad par
dang ldan pa de bzhin gshegs pa’i go ’phang thob pa’i bar du’o|
|zhi bar byed ces bya ba ni gal te de lta na yang ting nge ’dzin la dga’
(6)
ba* med cing de’i sems g.yeng ba la dga’ bar gyur na des na de zhi bar byed [P14r1]
20 pa* yin te| g.yeng ba’i skyon ni sdug bsngal thams cad yin te| mnar med pa [N16r]
thob par byed pa’i bar du yang yin no|
|rnam par* zhi bar byed pa zhes bya ba ni ldan pa’i dus su brnab sems
(7)
[P14r2]
dang| yid mi bde ba la sogs pa nye bar zhi bar byed pa ni sdug bsngal ba
25 bzhin no|
(8)
|rtse gcig tu byed pa ni dmigs pa gcig la thags ’thag pa dang chos
1 Cf. (PPu - D155r4): |de la dang por phyi rol gyi dmigs pa rnams las sems blan te|
nang du rab tu bsdus nas btags pa ni nang du ’jog pa’o| | 4 Cf. (PPu - D155r4): |de nas
rang bzhin gyis g.yo ba’i sems de nyid la rgyun du gtong cing ’jog pa ni| kun tu ’jog pa’o||
7 Cf. (PPu - D155r5): |de nas dran pa nyams pas phyi rol du rnam par g.yeng ba shes
par byas la slar blan nas sems de la ’jog pa ni yongs su ’jog pa’o 11 Cf. (PPu - D155r5):
|de nas sems rang bzhin gyis rgya che ba las yang dang yang du mngon par bsdus te phra
bar byas nas gong nas gong du ’jog pa ni nye bar ’jog pa’o| 16 Cf. (PPu - D155r6): |de
nas ting nge ’dzin gyi yon tan la bltas te de nyid la dga’ ba ni ’du ba’o| 21 Cf. (PPu
- D155r6): |de nas rnam par g.yo ba’i skyon bltas nas yid phyir phyogs pa rab tu zhi bar
byed pa ni zhi ba’o|| 25 Cf. (PPu - D155r6): |chags sems dang yid mi bde ba la sogs pa
langs pa rnams zhi bar byed pa ni nye bar zhi ba’o||
3 du ’jog pa’i ] TibD ; tu ’jog pa’i TibP ; tu ’dzeg par TibN 3 du ] TibD ; tu TibP N
6 gyis ] TibD ; gyi TibP N 6 g.yo ba’i ] TibDP , Ed.Cn ; g.ye pa’i TibN 10 phra
bar ] TibD ; ’phro bar TibP N 21 yin no ] TibDP , Ed.Cn ; yi no TibN 24 sdug bsngal
ba ] TibD ; sdug bsngal TibP N 27 la ] TibD ; pa TibP N
mthun* pas rtse gcig tu de ltar byed pa rtse gcig tu byed pa’o| |sems kyi [P14r3]
nyes pa bdun gyis gsal nas ’bad pas de bzhin du rang gi ngang gis ’byung
bar byed pa zhes bya ba’i don to|
5 |mnyam par ’jog pa zhes bya ba ni rang gi* ngang* gis ’byung ba goms
(9)
[P14r4]
par byas nas lhun gyis grub cing rang gi ngang gis ’byung bas yang dag pa’i [D14r]
dmigs pa la sems ’dzin par byed pa zhes bya ba’i don to|
|de yang mdo sde rgyan las–
nibadhyālambane cittaṃ* tatpravāhaṃ na vikṣipet| [P14r5]
10 avagamyāśu vikṣepaṃ tasmin pratiharet punaḥ|| MSA 14.11||

pratyātmaṃ saṃkṣipeccittam uparyupari buddhimān|
tataś ca damayec cittaṃ samādhau* guṇadarśanāt|| MSA 14.12|| [P14r6]
aratiṃ śamayet tasmin vikṣepadoṣadarśanāt|

abhidhyādaurmanasyādīn vyutthitān śamayettathā|| MSA 14.13||
15 tataś ca sābhisaṃskārāṃ citte svarasavāhitāṃ|
labhetānabhisaṃskārāṃ* tadabhyāsāt punar yatiḥ|| MSA 14.14|| [P14r7]
|zhi gnas grub pa yod na de dang lhan cig spyod pa’i shes rab skye bar ’gyur
te| lta ba dang| rig pa dang| blo dang| snang ba de ni lhag mthong yin te|
de gnyi ga yang bsgoms pa las byung* ba’i shes rab yin te| de bas de bstan [P14r8]
20 pa’i phyir|
...api tu *khalu punar bhagavan saced evaṃ bhāṣyamāṇe deśyamāne
upadiśyamāne bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya cittaṃ nāvalīyate na saṃ- [AṣṭaA 2v4]
līyate na viṣīdati na viṣādam āpadyate, nāsya vipṛṣṭhībhavati mā-

nasam, na bhagnapṛṣṭhībhavati, nottrasyati na saṃtrasyati na saṃtrā-
25 sam āpadyate, ...
bcom ldan ’das ’on kyang zhes bya ba la sogs pa smos so| |gal te zhes
bya ba ni tshig gi phrad gzhan yin te| gal te nyid ces bya ba’i don to| |’di
ltar zhes bya* ba ni yang bdag gis zhes bya ba la sogs pa’o| |bshad* cing [P14v1]
zhes bya ba ni dang por da ltar byung ba yin yang ’das pa’i yul dang nye [N16v]
30 bar ’gyur bas lad ces bya ba’i rkyen byas pas bshad na zhes bya ba yin
no| |bshad pa’i* don dang bstan pas ni thos pa las byung ba’i shes rab kyi [P14v2]
3 Cf. (PPu - D155r6): |dmigs pa gcig pa la rang gi ngang gis ’jug pa ni rgyud gcig pa ste|
yang dag pa ma yin par gyur pa las ’bad pas yang dag par byed pa ni rgyud gcig tu byed pa
7 Cf. (PPu - D155r7): |«de» goms pas lhun gyis grub par rang gi ngang gis ’jug pa yang
dag par rang dbang thob pas ’dzin pa ni sems mnyam par ’jog pa’o|
1 mthun ] TibDP ; ’thun TibN 1–2 kyi nyes pa ] TibD ; kyis zhes pa TibP N 8 de
yang ] TibD ; yang TibP N 18 rig pa ] TibDN ; rigs pa TibP 29 yang ] TibD , Ed.Cp ;
kyang TibP N 30 lad ] TibDN ; lang TibP
mtshan nyid do| |lung ’bogs pa zhes bya ba ni bsams pa las byung ba’i
shes rab kyi mtshan nyid de| mngon sum du byas zhes bya ba ni tshig gi
lhag ma’o|* [P14v3]
5 |sems mi zhum pa zhes bya ba ni ji ltar thob pa de nyid la don la

(1)
sems pa la sems khyad du mi gsod mi zhum ste| de nyid du nges bar brtag
pa’i phyir ro|
|kun tu zhum par mi bgyid ces bya ba ni sems kyi rgyun du ’jug*
(2)
[P14v4]
10 pa la yang rjes su mi ’brang zhing zhum par mi bgyid do|
|mi ’gong zhes bya ba ni sems rang bzhin gyis gyo ba’i phyir| gzhan du
(3)
song ba la yang kun nas shes par byas nas sdud pa na skyo ba med pa yin no|
15 |mi gsod* par mi ’gyur zhes bya ba ni sems shin tu brtan par gyur
(4)
na yang rang bzhin gyis rtogs pa rags pa gzhan du ’phro ba’i phyir gong nas [D14v/P14v5]
gong du phra mor byed pa na skyo ba med pa yin no|
|de’i zhes bya ba ni byang chub* sems dpa’o| |yid phyir phyogs par
(5)
[P14v6]
20 mi bgyid ces bya ba ni ting nge ’dzin la gnas par byas pa yin yang bar mar
gnas pa’i phyir te| de lta mod kyi de nyid du sems ’dul bar byed de| ting nge
’dzin gyi yon * tan rnams mthong bas so| [P14v7]
|bcom zhing phyir phyogs par mi ’gyur zhes bya ba ni de la dga’

(6)
25 ba med pa dang| mos pa med pas* rnam par g.yeng ba byed pa med par [C742]
’gyur te| rnam par g.yeng ba’i skyon rnams* mthong ba’i phyir ro| [P14v8]
|mi skrag ces bya ba ni brnab sems dang| yid mi bde ba la sogs pa
(7)
skyes pa na yang mi skrag pa yin te| ’on kyang de nyid ’joms pa ni yin te|
30 g.yeng ba’i skyon mthong ba’i phyir ro| |* [P15r1]
|mi dngang zhes bya ba ni sems skyon med pa rang gis ngang gis
(8)
’byung ba nyid kyi don gang yin pa’i ’du byed de la* mi dngang zhing de [N17r]
1 lung ’bogs pa ] TibD ; lung ’bog pa TibP N 5 thob pa ] TibD ; thos pa TibP N
6 brtag ] TibD ; btags TibP N 9 bya ba ] TibD ; bya TibP N 9 rgyun du ’jug ] TibD ;
rgyun ’jug TibP N 10 la yang ] TibD ; la TibP N 12 mi ’gong ] TibDP ; gong TibN
13 la yang ] TibDP ; la TibN 15 mi gsod ] TibD ; yi gsod TibP N 16 rtogs pa ] TibD ;
rtog pa TibP N 16 ’phro ba’i ] TibD ; ’phro ba’i TibP , Ed.Cn ; ’phra ba’i TibN
25 g.yeng ba ] TibD ; g.yeng bar TibP , Ed.Cn ; g.yeng par TibN 28–29 bde ba la
sogs pa skyes pa ] TibD ; bde ba skyes pa la sogs pa skyes pa TibP N 29 te ] TibD ; no
TibP N 32 dngang ] TibD ; dngangs TibP ; bngangsTibN 32 gis ngang gis ] TibD ; gi
ngang gi TibP N 33 dngang zhing ] TibD ; dngangs shing TibP N
3.2 Avavādaḥ 56
byed pa zhes bya ba’i don to|
|dngang bar mi ’gyur zhes bya ba ni sems* yang dag par ’gyur te|
(9)
[P15r2]
’bad pa med par rang gi ’byung bas dngang ba dang| yang dag par dngang
5 ba de med pa yin te| lhun gyis grub pa nyid ngang gis ’byung ba ’dzin zhes
bya ba’i don to|
|don dam pa nyid kyi byang chub sems* dpa’ la sogs pa bstan par [P15r3]
bya ba’i phyir ’di nyid ces bya ba la sogs pa gsungs so| |ting nge ’dzin
10 ’di nyid byang chub sems dpa’ yin te| sems kyi khyad par yin pa’i phyir ro|
|’di nyid ces bya ba ni de dang ldan pa* nyid shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin [P15r4]
pa dang gdams pa yin no| |gang de gnyis dang yang dag par ldan pa ni de
ltar gnas na zhes bya ba la ting nge ’dzin ’di nyid la gnas na ’di mi gtong ba
yin te| de nyid gdams pa dang rjes su* ’brel ba’i rjes su bstan pa’o| [P15r5]
15
|de bas na de ltar sems bskyed pa’i ’og nas de nas zhes bya ba la sogs
pa nas gdams pa dang| rjes su bstan par bya ba’i bar gyis ni bsgrub pa
la gdams pa bstan te| ji ltar las* dang po pas shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin [P15r6]
pa de la spyad* par bya ba de’i spyod pa ni sgrub pa ste| de la gdams pa [D15r]
20 ni bsgrub pa la gdams pa’o|
...eṣa eva bodhisa*ttvo * mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāyām anuśāsa-

nīyaḥ| eṣaivāsya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya prajñāpāramitā vedi- [AṣṭaA 2v5]
tavyā| eṣo ’vavādaḥ prajñāpāramitāyām| saced evaṃ tiṣṭhati, eṣaivās- [Dk3r]
yāvavādānuśāsanī||
25 |’di nyid la bcom ldan ’das kyis mdor bsdus nas* bka’ stsal pa ni ’di* [C743]
tsam nyid de| dgu po gzhan ni cha tsam gsungs pa yin no| |shes rab kyi pha [P15r7]
rol tu phyin pa chen po dag tu ni bcu char yang rgya cher gsungs so|
3.2 Avavādaḥ
|de yang bstan bcos las|
30 pratipattau ca satyeṣu buddharatnādiṣu *triṣu| [P15r8]
asaktāvapariśrānto pratipatsamparigrahe|| AA 1.21 ||

3 dngang bar ] TibD ; dngangs par TibP N 3 ’gyur ] TibD ; gyur TibP N 4 dngang
ba ] TibD ; dngangs pa TibP N 4–5 dngang ba ] TibD ; dngangs pa TibP N 5 med
pa ] TibD ; med pa de TibP N 9 gsungs so ] TibDP , Ed.Cn ; gsung so TibN
12 gnyis ] TibD ; nyid TibP N 17 rjes su bstan par ] TibD ; rjes su bstan pa’i TibP N
19 sgrub pa ] TibD ; bsgrub pa TibP N 20 bsgrub pa ] TibDP ; bsgrubs pa TibN
MW J
21 eṣa ] Ed. 34, Ed. ; evam AṣṭaA
3.2 Avavādaḥ 57
cakṣuḥṣu pañcasu jñeyaḥ ṣaṭsvabhijñāguṇeṣu ca|

dṛṅmārge bhāvanākhye cetyavavādo daśātmakaḥ|| AA 1.22 ||* [P15v1]
|zhes bya ba gsungs te| bsgrub pa la gdams pa yang pha rol tu phyin pa
chen po dag las g.yeng* ba’i rnam par rtog pa bcu po’i gnyen po rgya cher [N17v]
5 gsungs so| |de bdag gis kyang dag ldan nyid las rnam par* bshad pa yin te| [P15v2]
’dir ni ma brjod do|63 |da ni ’di nyid brjod par bya ste|
3.2.1 Catuḥsatyāvavādaḥ
3.2.1.1 Duḥkhasatyam
10 |de la gzugs la sogs pa ston pa nyid dang ldan pa ni gang gi tshe cung zad
ldan pa dang| mi ldan pa yang dag par mi dmigs pa de’i tshe shes rab kyi
pha rol* tu phyin pa dang ldan pa yin no zhes brjod par bya ste| [P15v3]
3.2.1.2 Samudayasatyam
15 |de ni sdug bsngal gyi bden pa la gdams pa’o| |gzugs la sogs pa skye ba
dang| ’gag pa dang| kun nas nyon mongs pa dang| rnam par byang ba’i chos
can yang dag par* rjes su mi mthong ste| rnam par shes pa nyid stong pa [P15v4]
nyid stong pa nyid rnam par shes pa nyid de| de ni kun ’byung gi bden pa
la gdams pa’o|
20 3.2.1.3 Nirodhasatyam
|stong pa nyid ni ’phel ba med pa’i bar du’o| |de la ni gzugs la sogs pa med|* [P15v5]
sdug bsngal med| kun ’byung med| ’gog pa med| lam med pa nas sangs rgyas
med| byang chub med ces bya ba ni ’gog pa’i bden pa la gdams pa’o|
25 3.2.1.4 Mārgasatyam
|de la shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa la spyod pa ni sbyin pa’i pha* rol* tu [C744]
phyin pa la sogs pa dang| bdag nyid ldan pa ’am mi ldan pa zhes yang dag [P15v6]
63
Here dag ldan refers to RĀŚ’s *Śuddhimatī, the other commentary on shes phyin,
where RĀŚ explains this topic in detail. Thus, Derge’s dga’ ldan is clearly incorrect.
3 zhes bya ba ] TibD ; zhes TibP N 3 bsgrub pa ] TibD ; sgrub pa TibP N 4 gnyen
po ] TibD ; gnyen por TibP N 5 dag ldan ] TibP N ; dga’ ldan TibD 11 mi ldan
pa ] TibD ; mi ldan par TibP N 15 pa la ] TibD ; par TibP N 17 rjes su ] TibDP , Ed.Cn ;
rje su TibN 18 rnam par ] TibDP ; rnam TibN 24 ni ] TibDP ; mi TibN 27 ni ] TibD ;
na TibP N
3.2 Avavādaḥ 58
par rjes su mi mthong ste| rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa nyid kyi bar dang
’das pa* la sogs pa’i dus gsum du mi sbyor te| dus gsum * po stong pa nyid [D15v]
la bstan pa’i phyir ro| |’di ni lam gyi bden pa la gdams pa’o| [P15v7]
3.2.2 Ratnatrayāvavādaḥ
5 3.2.2.1 Buddharatnam
|phung po dang thams cad mkhyen pa nyid mi sbyor te| gang gi phyir de
nyid mi dmigs pa’i phyir ro| |de bzhin du khams la ma yin| skye mched la
ma* yin| pha rol tu phyin pa la ma yin| byang chub kyi phyogs la ma yin| [P15v8]
10 sangs rgyas la ma yin| gang gi phyir de nyid mi dmigs pa’i phyir ro| |de
bzhin du de dang sangs rgyas su sbyor bar mi byed do| |gang gi phyir de
nyid* mi dmigs pas de dang der yang ma yin te| gang gi phyir de nyid mi [P16r1]
dmigs pa’i phyir ro| |de bzhin du byang chub* la ma yin| byang chub kyang [N18r]
de la ma yin no| |de ltar na sangs rgyas nyid rnam pa thams cad* mkhyen [P16r2]
15 pa nyid de de nyid sangs rgyas so| |byang chub nyid de’o| |de nyid byang
chub yin te| de ni sangs rgyas dkon mchog la gdams pa’o|
3.2.2.2 Dharmaratnam
|cung zad ci ltar yang sbyor bar mi byed| ji ltar yang spyod par mi byed| ji
20 ltar gang gi* ched du shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa la spyod par mi byed [P16r3]
pa de ltar byang chub sems dpa’ rnams kyi rgya chen po’i bya ba ni sbyor
ba dam pa yin te| ’di lta ste| stong pa nyid kyi rnal ’byor yin pas rnal ’byor
gzhan thams cad zil* gyis mnan nas gnas pa yin te| de ni chos dkon mchog [P16r4]
la gdams pa’o|
25 3.2.2.3 Saṅgharatnam
|’dir dge ’dun dkon mchog ni phyir mi ldog pa’i byang chub sems dpa’i tshogs
te| de yang gang zag nyi shu mdo las bstan te| de bas na* bstan bcos las– [P16r5]
(1−2)
mṛdutīkṣṇendriyau (3−4) śraddhādṛṣṭiprāptau (5−6) kulaṅkalau|
(7−9)
30 ekavīcyantarotpadya (10−12) kārākārākaniṣṭhagāḥ||AA 1.23||
(13−15)
plutās trayo (16) bhavasyāgraparamo (17) rūparāgahā|* [P16r6]
(18)
dṛṣṭadharmaśamaḥ(19) kāyasākṣī(20) khaḍgaś ca viṃśatiḥ||AA 1.24||
2 gsum po ] TibD ; gsum TibP N 3 bstan pa’i ] TibD ; brten pa’i TibP N 19 ci
ltar ] TibD ; ji ltar TibP N
3.2 Avavādaḥ 59
|zhes bya ba la–
(1)
|dad pas rjes su ’brang ba dang| (2)
chos kyis rjes su ’brang ba dang|
5
(3)
|dad pas mos pa dang|
(4)
|mthong bas thob pa dang|* [P16r7]
(5)
|lha’i rigs nas rigs su skye ba dang|
10
(6)
|mi’i rigs nas rigs su skye ba dang|
|bar chad* gcig pa dang bdun no| |tshig rnams la tshig gi phyogs gcig
(7)
[D16r]
kyang ’jug pa yin te| dper na ’jigs sde la ’jigs sde zhes bya ba lta* bu’o| [P16r8]
15 |spyi’i sgra la yang khyad par ’jug pa yin te| dper na lhar skyes pa lta bu’o|
|(8) |des na bar ma dor yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa dang| (9) skyes nas
yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa dang| (10) mngon par ’du byed pas* mya ngan [P16v1]
las ’das pa dang| (11) mngon par ’du mi byed pas mya ngan las ’das pa dang
20 rnam pa bzhi’o| (12) ’og* min gyi bar du ’gro zhing de las gong du mthar [N18v]
thug par ma yin no| |’og min gyi mthar zhes bya ba’i don to|
’phar* ba zhes bya ba’i mang po’i tshig ni mang po’idon to| (13) ’phar ba [P16v2]
dang| (14) phyed du ’phar ba dang| (15) gnas thams cad du ’chi ’pho ba dang
25 gsum mo| (16) srid pa’i rtse mo’i mthar thug par ’gro ba dang| (17) gzugs kyi
’dod chags dang* bral ba dang| (18) mthong ba’i chos la mya ngan las ’das pa [P16v3]
dang| (19) lus kyis mngon sum du byed pa dang| (20) rang sangs rgyas dang
lnga’o|
|’di dag kyang shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i nang du ’dus pa’i phyir
30 bsgrub pa la gdams* par cha tsam bstan pa yin no| |de ni dge ’dun dkon [P16v4]
mchog la gdams pa yin te| de ltar bstan pa ni dkon mchog* gsum la gdams [C746]
pa’o|
3.2.3 Anabhiniveśāvavādaḥ
|byang chub sems dpa’ lus ngag yid gsum gyis pha rol tu phyin pa* drug la [P16v5]
35 spyod cing| lus ngag yid gsum yang mi dmigs la| pha rol tu phyin pa dag
3 kyis ] TibD ; kyi TibP N 14 ’jigs sde zhes bya ba ] TibD ; ’jigs pa zhes pa TibP N
15 khyad par ] TibD ; khyad par du TibP N 17 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN
18 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 21 no ] TibD ; te TibP N 23 mang po’i ] TibD ;
dang po’i TibP N
3.2 Avavādaḥ 60
kyang mi dmigs te| de ni ma zhen pa la gdams pa’o|
3.2.4 Apariśrāntāvavādaḥ
|gzugs la sogs pa mi shes pa nas bla na med pa yang dag par rdzogs* pa’i [P16v6]
byang chub mi shes pa’i bar du ni yongs su mi ngal ba la gdams pa’o|64

5 |de phyogs re rer yang gang g’a’i klung gi bye ma snyed kyi de bzhin
gshegs pa mthong zhing de dag las chos bstan pa thos pa dang| dge ’dun la* [P16v7]
bsnyen bkur byed pa dang| sangs rgyas kyi zhing yongs su dag par mthong
ba’o|65
3.2.5 Asamparigrahāvavādaḥ
10 |de thams cad dang bdag dang gzhan yang dag par mi shes pa dang| pha rol
tu phyin pa rnams la spyod pa dang| sangs rgyas kyi chos rnams* kyi bar [P16v8]
du yongs su rdzogs par* byed pa de thams cad kyang mi shes pa yin te| de [D16v]
ltar spyod pa kun nas yang dag par yongs su ’dzin pa’i phyir lam yongs su
’dzin pa la gdams pa’o|66
15 3.2.6 Pañcacakṣuravavādaḥ
|de nas spyan lnga dang mngon par* shes pa drug thob par ’gyur te| de dag [P17r1]
mi shes te gang yang shes pa de dag thams cad kyang mi shes shing yang dag
par mi dmigs so| |de la spyan lnga ni sha’i spyan dang| lha’i spyan* dang| [N19r]
shes rab kyi spyan* dang| chos kyi spyan dang| sangs rgyas kyi spyan no| [P17r2]
20 |de la sha’i spyan gyis ni gzugs rnams mthong ba yin no| |lha’i spyan gyis
ni gzugs med pa rnams dang ’chi ’pho ba dang| skye ba mthong ba yin no|
|shes rab kyi spyan gyis ni chos* thams cad mi dmigs pa’o| |chos kyi spyan [P17r3]
gyis ni ’phags pa’i gang zag dang de’i chos rnams yang dag par mi dmigs
pa’o| |sangs rgyas kyi spyan gyis ni chos thams cad rnam pa thams cad du
25 mi dmigs pa yin te|* de ni spyan lnga* la gdams pa’o| [P17r4]
[C747]
64
Haribhadra lists this as deśanāvavādaḥ.
65
Haribhadra lists this as deśanāvavādaḥ.
66
In AAĀ, Haribhadra seems lists this simply as avavādaḥ.
4 yongs su ] TibDP N ; yong su TibN 6 thos pa ] TibP N ; thob pa TibD 6 la ] TibD ; las
TibP N 7 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 10 dang ] TibD ; kyang TibP N 12 yongs
su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 13 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 13 yongs su ] TibDP ,
Ed.Cn ; yong su TibN 16 thob par ] TibD ; ’thob par TibP N 21 ’pho ba ] TibD ; ’pho
TibP N 21 skye ba ] TibDP ; bskye ba TibN 22 mi ] TibD ; ma TibP N 24 ni ] TibD ,
Ed.Cpn ; na TibP N
3.3 Caturnirvedhabhāgīyāni 61
3.2.7 Ṣaḍabhijñāvavādaḥ
|mngon par shes pa drug gang zhe na? rdzu ’phrul gyi bya ba dang| lha’i
rna ba dang| sems can thams cad kyi sems kyi spyod pa shes pa dang| sngon
gyi gnas rjes su dran pa shes pa dang| lha’i mig* dang zag pa zad pa shes [P17r5]
5 pa’o| |lha’i mig gi mngon par shes pas ni sems can rnams kyi ’chi ’pho dang
skye ba shes pa’o| |’di ni mngon par ’du byas pa yin la| snga ma’i lha’i mig
ni rnam par smin pa ma yin no| |de ni mngon par* shes pa drug la gdams [P17r6]
pa’o|
3.2.8 Darśanamārgāvavādaḥ
10 |de nyid bsgrub pa’i ting nge ’dzin mngon du byas nas| chos thams cad bdag
med par nye bar brtag pa ni lhag mthong yin te| de yongs su smin pa las
lhun gyis grub pa spros pa med pa’i sems* kyi khams mnyam par gzhag pa [P17r7]
ni ’jig rten las ’das pa’i shes pa yin te| des gang dang gang mthong ba’i don
de mi snang ba yin te| de ni mthong ba’i lam la gdams pa’o|
15 3.2.9 Bhāvanāmārgāvavādaḥ
|gang mthong ba de nyid kyi rgyun shes pa de ni bsgom pa yin* te| de ni [P17r8]
bsgom pa’i lam la gdams pa’o| |de ltar na gdams ngag bstan pa yin no|
3.3 Caturnirvedhabhāgīyāni
|nges par ’byed pa’i cha zhes bya ba la nges par rtogs pa ni nges par* [D17r]
20 ’byed pa’o| |de’i cha dang yan lag ’di ni nges par ’byed pa’i cha yin te|* [P17v1]
gcig tu nges pa zhes bya ba’i don to|

|yang na nges par ’byed pa ni so sor ’byed pa ste| de’i cha ni byed pa
yin te| nges par ’byed pa’i cha dang mthun pa de dag kyang so sor ’byed pa
thob pa’i rgyu yin pa’i phyir brten pa dang| cha dang thob* pa ni bzhi po ’di [P17v2]
25 dag ste| drod dang| rtse* mo dang| bzod pa dang| ’jig rten chos kyi mchog go| [N19v]
(1)
|’jig rten las ’das pa’i ye shes kyi me’i snga ltas yin pa’i phyir dro ba’o|
(2)
|yun ring po’i dge ba’i rtsa ba’i rtse mor* gyur pa’i phyir rtse mo’o| [C748]
30
3 kyi ] TibDP ; kyis TibN 6 ’du ] TibD ; ’dus TibP N 11 brtag pa ] TibD ; brtags pa
TibP ; rtags TibN 11 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 12 khams ] TibDP ; ’ams
TibN 12 gzhag pa ] TibD ; bzhag TibP N 14 de ni ] TibD ; de TibP N 16 mthong ba
de ] TibD ; mthong ba TibP N 19 zhes ] TibDN ; dang sa TibP 23 kyang ] TibDP N ;
byang Ed.Cn 29 po’i ] TibD ; por TibP N
(3)
|’jig* rten pa’i chos kyi mchog la bzod pas na bzod pa’o| [P17v3]
(4)
|’jig rten pa thams cad kyi chos kyi mchog yin pas na chos kyi mchog
go|
5
|de dag ni bden pa bzhi la dmigs nas mi rtag pa dang| sdug bsngal ba la
sogs pa’i rnam par nyan* thos dang| rang sangs rgyas dag la yang yod de| [P17v4]
de dag las byang chub sems dpa’ ni khyad par rnam pa lngas khyad par du
’phags par brjod par bya ste| de bas na bstan bcos las–
10 ālambanata ākārādd hetutvāt *samparigrahāt| [P17v5]
caturvikalpasaṃyogaṃ yathāsvaṃ bhajatāṃ satām|| AA 1.25 ||
śrāvakebhyaḥ sa khaḍgebhyo bodhisattvasya tāyinaḥ|

mṛdumadhyādhimātrāṇām ūṣmādīnāṃ viśiṣṭatā|| AA 1.26 ||
|sems* can thams cad la skyob pa’i bsam pa yod pa’i phyir byang chub [P17v6]
15 sems dpa’ skyob pa yin te| gang chung ngu dang| ’bring dang| chen
po’i dro ba la sogs pa’o| |gang nyan thos dang| rang sangs rgyas de dag
gi dro ba la sogs pa dag* las– shin tu khyad par du gyur pa rnam pa [P17v7]
lngas khyad par du gyur pa yin te| dmigs pa dang rnam pa dang| theg pa
gsum thob pa’i rgyu dang| yang dag par yongs su ’dzin pa dang| rnam
20 par rtog pa bzhi dang ldan pa ste| ji ltar rang* gi dro ba la sogs pa ’di dag [P17v8]
gi so so re re la yang chung ngu dang| ’bring dang| chen po’i dbye bas bcu
gnyis su ’gyur ro|
3.3.1 Dvādaśālambanākāraviśeṣāvasaraḥ
3.3.1.1 SECOND SKT. BACKTRANSLATION BEGINS
25
tatra mṛdūṣmagatasyālambanaṃ satyacatuṣṭaye ’nityādijñānam.* tadākāro [D17v]
’nabhiveśādiniṣedhaḥ. ata eva śāstre–
« ālambanam anityādi satyādhāraṃ tadākṛtiḥ|

27 Cf. (AAv): tatra mṛduno ’nityādi-ṣōḍaśākāraṃ duḥkhādicatuḥsatyādhāram ity ālam-
banam. tasya duḥkhādisatyābhiniveśopalambhādir niṣedha ity ākāraḥ. hetubhāvo yāna-
trayādhigamaprāptaye sarvveṣām evoṣmādīnāṃ boddhavyaḥ.
14 skyob pa’i ] TibD ; bskyab pa’i TibP N 15 ’bring ] TibDP ; ’bring ba TibN
niṣedho ’bhiniveśāder ...|| AA 1.27abc || »67
...68
«satyādhāraṃ satyacatuṣṭayādhikāraḥ. sa mahatyor bhagavatyor nirdi-
ṣṭaḥ, yenālambanākāraviśeṣān vakṣyāmaḥ. »69 duḥkhasatye rūpasya nityatā-
67
I have inserted this part of the AA verse here, because it is missing from the extant
sNying po mchog and this omission likely represents a lacuna in the Tib, because (a) RĀŚ
uses the phrase ataḥ śāstre (de yang bstan bcos las) to introduce direct quotes from the
AA, but in this case no AA verse or other direct quote follows, (b) what does follow in
all Tib versions here appears to be a prose passage that summarizes the Pañca section to
which the AA is referring with the first three verse quarters 1.27abc, (c) RĀŚ, in the extant
Tib. translation of commentary, appears to quote every other verse in this section of the
AA except for AA 1.27abc, and (d) RĀŚ quotes AA 1.27d (next below) as though he has
already quoted AA 1.27abc.
68
There is likely also a small lacuna here introducing RĀŚ’s comments on the word
ālambanam from the missing quote of verse 1.27abc. It is not clear how long the lacuna
might be, since there are no other witnesses extant.
69
What is missing from the extant Tib. here, either due to a scribal error or translator’s
oversight, might well have been an entire folio. My insertions here are not intended
to reproduce the missing passage completely, but simply to help the reader understand
that RĀŚ may be indirectly referring to the Pañca passage below to explain the twelve
distinctions implied by the AA verses. Hence, the lemma-s from the Pañca will be bolded
below.
3 Cf. (Sār Ed.J 68:16): tatra dharmacakraṃ satyacatuṣṭayam. tasya trayaḥ parivartāḥ.
idaṃ duḥkham, ayaṃ duḥkhasamudayaḥ, ayaṃ duḥkhanirodhaḥ, iyaṃ duḥkhanirod-
hagāminī pratipad iti.
di, samudayasatye ca samudayasya praheyatvādi, nirodhasatye ca nirodhasya

sākṣātkartavyatvādīty ālambanam.70 ālambaneṣu pratyekaṃ nābhiniviśate,
nādhitiṣṭhati, asatyatvena jānātīty ākāraḥ. teṣv abhiniviśate, adhitiṣṭhati,
satyatvena jānātīti niṣedhaḥ. mārgasatye ’pi rūpam jñātavyam na ca
5 tena mantavyam ity ato yāvad buddhadharmā jñātavyā na ca tair
mantavyā iti paryantam, sarvadharmā jñātavyā ity ālambanam, na ca tair
70
I have interpreted Tib. as if dmigs pa (ālambanam) applies to all three sentences here,
but it could be interpreted differently.
1 Cf. (Pañca Ch.1: 119): subhūtir āha–ihāyuṣman śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ

prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran rūpam anityam iti nābhiniviśate nādhitiṣṭhati na saṃjānīte.
duḥkhaṃ śūnyam anātmakam iti nābhiniviśate nādhitiṣṭhati na saṃjānīte. śūnyam
ity apraṇihitam iti nābhiniviśate nādhitiṣṭhati na saṃjānīte. vedanāṃ saṃjñāṃ
saṃskārān vijñānam anityam iti nābhiniviśate nādhitiṣṭhati na saṃjānīte. duḥkhaṃ
śūnyam anātmakam iti nābhiniviśate nādhitiṣṭhati na saṃjānīte. śūnyam ity apraṇi-
hitam iti nābhiniviśate nādhitiṣṭhati na saṃjānīte. iyam āyuṣman śāriputra bo-
dhisattvasya mahāsattvasya ānulomikī dharmatṛṣṇā āmaḥ iti duḥkhasatyādhikāreṇa
mṛdūṣmagatasyālambanākāraviśeṣaḥ. 1 Cf. (Pañca Ch.1: 119ff): evaṃ rūpaṃ
prahātavyam, anena rūpaṃ prahātavyam iti nābhiniviśate nādhitiṣṭhati na saṃjānīte.
evaṃ vedanā prahātavyā anena vedanā prahātavyeti nābhiniviśate nādhitiṣṭhati na
saṃjānīte. evaṃ saṃjñā prahātavyā, anena saṃjñā prahātavyeti nābhiniviśate nād-
hitiṣṭhati na saṃjānīte. evaṃ saṃskārāḥ prahātavyā anena saṃskārāḥ prahātavyā
iti nābhiniviśate nādhitiṣṭhati na saṃjānīte. evaṃ vijñānaṃ prahātavyam anena
vijñānaṃ prahātavyam iti nābhiniviśate nādhitiṣṭhati na saṃjānīte evaṃ duḥkhaṃ
parikṣayam, anena duḥkhaṃ parikṣayam iti. evaṃ samudayaḥ prahātavyo ’nena samu-
dayaḥ prahātavya iti nābhiniviśate nādhitiṣṭhati na saṃjātīte iti samudayasatyādhikāreṇa
mṛdūṣmagatasyālambanākāraviśeṣaḥ. 1 Cf. (Sār Ed.J 68:20): tasyaiva yathākramaṃ
parijñeyapraheyasākṣātkartavyabhāvayitavyatvaparicchedo dvitīyaḥ parivartaḥ. tasyaivāt-
manā parijñātaprahīṇasākṣātkṛtabhāvitatvaparicchedas tṛtīyaḥ. tasmāt triparivartaṃ tat.
duḥkhasatyasya duḥkhasvabhāvaḥ parijñeyatvaṃ parijñātatvaṃ ceti traya ākārāḥ. samu-
dayasatyasya tatsvabhāvaḥ praheyatvaṃ prahīṇatvaṃ ceti traya ākārāḥ. nirodhasatyasya
tatsvabhāvaḥ sākṣātkartavyatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtatvaṃ ceti traya ākārāḥ.mārgasatyasya tatsva-
bhāvo bhāvayitavyatvaṃ bhāvitatvaṃ ceti traya ākārāḥ. tasmāt dvādaśākāraṃ tat. 2 Cf.
(Pañca Ch.1: 119): subhūtir āha ihāyuṣman śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ pra-
jñāpāramitāyāṃ caran nādhyātmaśūnyatayā bahirdhāśūnyatāṃ samanupaśyati, na bahir-
dhāśūnyatayā adhyātmaśūnyatāṃ samanupaśyati...na śūnyatāśūnyatayā abhāvaśūnyatāṃ
samanupaśyati, na parabhāvaśūnyatayā svabhāvaśūnyatāṃ samanupaśyati. ayaṃ hi
śāriputra bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carato bodhisattvanyāmaḥ iti
nirodhasatyādhikāreṇa mṛdūṣmagatasyālambanākāraviśeṣaḥ.
mantavyam ity ākāraḥ. tad evoktam punar aparam ityādi.

...punar aparaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvena mahāsattvena prajñāpārami-
tāyāṃ caratā * prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāvayatā evaṃ śikṣitavyaṃ yathā-
sau śikṣamāṇas tenāpi bodhicittena na manyeta. tat kasya hetoḥ? [AṣṭaA 2v6]
5 tathā hi– tac cittam acittam. prakṛtiś cittasya prabhāsvarā.
punar aparam ity avavādāpekṣayā. prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carateti sat-

yatrayasambaddhānityatādy ālambanam. anabhiniveśādir ākāraḥ. anālam-
banāyāṃ caratā. prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāvayateti krameṇa bhāvayatety
arthaḥ. satyatrayasyānantaraṃ mārgasatyasyālambanam nirālambanam. te-
10 na na mantavyam ity ākāraḥ. taṃ bhāvayatā jñātavyam. evaṃ śikṣi-
tavyam iti nābhiniveśitavyaṃ mantavyaṃ caivaṃ śikṣitavyam. tenāpīti
yasya tasyāsamacittasya śrāvakapratyekabuddhādyasādhāraṇatvāt, sarvathā-
kālikam udāracittasya sattvārthakriyāṇām ākaratvāc ca.71 bodhicitteneti
bodhyātmakena cittena.72 apiśabdo viśeṣaṇārthaḥ.* tasmād bodhisattvā- [D18r]
15 nāṃ sarvasattvaprativiśiṣṭaṃ cittam iṣyate, tenāpi na manyeta kiṃ punaḥ

prākṛtacittenety arthaḥ.73 tat kasya hetoḥ? kenākāreṇa tatra manyanā-
bhāvaḥ? tathā hītyādy uttaram. tac cittam acittaṃ grāhyagrāhakad-
vayanirbhāsarahitatvāt. yady acittam, atha prakṛtiś cittasya prabhās-
vareti. katham prabhāsvarā? yatas tac cittam ādito rāgādivisaṃyuktam,
20 teṣāṃ prakṛtyāgantukatvāt, tata eva <tat> paścād apy asambaddham.
71
Negi ’byung gnas su gyur pa=ākaratā
72
Later in this chapter of Ny-Ch D31r (end), RĀŚ appears to gloss the term as kar-
madhāraya: byang chub kyang yin sems kyang yin pa’o|
73
See MAhp and Gunavatī... for parallels of kiṃ punaḥ.
1 Cf. (Pañca Ch.1: 119): ...yathā śikṣamāṇena rūpaṃ jñātavyaṃ na ca tena man-
tavyam, vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskārā vijñānaṃ jñātavyaṃ na ca tena mantavyam, cakṣur jñā-
tavyaṃ evaṃ śrotraṃ ghrāṇaṃ jihvā kāyo mano jñātavyaṃ na ca tena mantavyam, śabda-
gandharasaspraṣṭavyadharmā jñātavyā na ca tair mantavyam, dānapāramitā jñātavyā
na ca tayā mantavyam, śīlapāramitā jñātavyā na ca tayā mantavyam, kṣāntipāramitā
jñātavyā na ca tayā mantavyam, vīryapāramitā jñātavyā na ca tayā mantavyam, pra-
jñāpāramitā jñātavyā na ca tayā mantavyam, evaṃ pañcābhijñāḥ pañcacakṣūṃṣi catvāri
smṛtyupasthānāni samyakprahāṇarddhipādendriyabalabodhyaṅgamārgā bhāvayitavyā na ca
tair mantavyam, catvāri vaiśāradyāni daśatathāgatabalāni catasraḥ pratisaṃvido ’ṣṭā-
daśāveṇikā buddhadharmā jñātavyā na ca tair mantavyaṃ, evaṃ hi śāriput-
ra bodhisattvena mahāsattvena prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caratā bodhicittaṃ nāma jñātavyaṃ
samacittaṃ nāmodāracittaṃ nāma jñātavyaṃ na ca tena mantavyam. 13 Cf. (Pañca):
udāracittena bhavitavyaṃ yena cittena sarvasattvānām agratā kārayitavyā. 16 Cf. (Sār
Ed.J 200:24): yathā hy ākāśasya nāsty antas tathaiva daśadiglokadhātūnāṃ kim punar
ananteṣu loka- dhātuṣu samudrāṇām. tataḥ siddhā samudrāparyantatā.
3 prajñāpāramitāṃ ] AṣṭaA (same phrase elsewhere eg. Ed.M :8, Ed.J :4, Ed.W 47);
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ Ed.M W 37, Ed.J , 4 na manyeta ] Ed.M W , Ed.J ; manyeta A
MW J
5 prakṛtiś ] Ed. , Ed. ; prakṛti AṣṭaA
atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat -

kiṃ punar āyuṣman subhūte asti tac cittaṃ yac cittam * acittam?
[AṣṭaA 3r1]
evam ukte, āyuṣmān subhūtir āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat
- kiṃ punar āyuṣman śāriputra yācittatā, tatrācittatāyām astitā vā
5 nāstitā vā vidyate vā upalabhyate vā?
śāriputra āha - na hy etad āyuṣman subhūte.
subhūtir āha - saced āyuṣman śāriputra tatrācitta*tāyām astitā vā
nāstitā vā na vidyate vā nopalabhyate vā, api nu te yukta eṣa paryanu- [AṣṭaA 3r2]
yogo bhavati yad āyuṣmān śāriputra evam āha - asti tac cittaṃ yac
10 cittam acittam iti?
evam ukte, āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat -
kā punar eṣāyuṣman subhūte ’ci*ttatā?
[AṣṭaA 3r3]
subhūtir āha - avikārāyuṣman śāriputrāvikalpācittatā.
atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputra ityādy evaṃ jānan api subhūtiṃ deśanāyai
15 pṛcchati. praśnenottaraṃ subhūtir āha, evam ukta ityādi. na hy etad
ity naitad upalabhyate, sādhakābhāvāt, nāpy etad vidyate, bādhakabhāvāt.
bhāvābhāvasamatikramo bādhakam.74 astīti kā nāstitety arthaḥ. iyatāpy
abhiprāyasyāspaṣṭatvāt, prakāśanārthe subhūteḥ praśnaḥ, kā punar eṣeti?
subhūter uttaram avikārāvikalpācittateti. cittasya prakṛtiḥ prabhāsvarā
20 vikārānupaliptatvād avikārā, sarvaprapañcopaśāntasarvākārāgocaratvād avi-
kalpā. tasmād īdrśenāpi cittena na mantavyam, tasyāpy acittamātratvāt, cit-
taśunyatāmātratvād ity arthaḥ. evaṃ tac cittam apy acittam, prakṛtiś
cittasya prabhāsvarety* ālambanam. tatrāpi na manyetety ākāraḥ. [D18v]
74
Compared to RĀŚ’s comments in PPu as cited, one would expect the Tib de nyid
med pa yang ma yin=*nāpy avidyamānaḥ instead of PN de nyid yod pa yang ma yin.
There may be a corruption here in PN or else RĀŚ is simply trying to account for the two
virtual synonyms upalabhyate and vidyate that are negated by na hy etad.
17 Cf. (PPu - D143v8): |gang yang mdo las—sems de ni sems ma yin te| de ni yod
pa dang med pa las ’das pa’i phyir ro zhes gsungs pa| de’i don ni gsal ba’i rang bzhin
yin pa de’i phyir sems tsam mo|| ’dzin pa’i ngo bo med pa’i phyir sems ma yin no || de
bzhin du ’dzin pa’i mtshan nyid kyis ni yod pa ma yin no| | gsal ba’i mtshan nyid kyis
sems med pa yang ma yin no zhes bya ba ’di yin no || 17 Cf. (Sār Ed.J - 102:32): nāyaṃ
kvacit pratihanyata iti sarvatrāsya bādhakābhāvāt. 17 Cf. (Sār Ed.J 84:23): atyantaśūn-
yatām iti pudgalena svabhāvena ca śūnyatām ity arthaḥ. bādhakaṃ duḥkhaṃ bādhyatvād
avamṛdya ātmā. anavamṛdyā ’nātmā, tadākāratvātanavamṛdyapāramitā. sarvad-
harmāṇāṃ bādhyabādhakānām anupalabdhitāṃ nirūpalambhatāṃ <upādāya>. 21 Cf.
(Sār Ed.J - 102:25): yathetyādinā pūrvasvabhāvānuvṛtteḥ avikārā. svabhāvāntarānutpatteḥ
nirvikārā. vikalpasvabhāvābhāvād avikalpā. vikalpāviṣayatvāt nirvikalpā.
2 kiṃ punar āyuṣman subhūte asti tac cittaṃ yac cittam ] Ed.M W , Ed.J ;
+++++++++++++++++++ AṣṭaA
3.3.1.2 SECOND SKT. BACKTRANSLATION ENDS
|ji ltar sems la* sems med pa ste nye bar gzugs la sogs pa yang gzugs la sogs [P19r2]
pa med pa nyid du don gyis shes pa yin no|
5 atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmate subhūtaye sādhukāram adāt –

sādhu sādhv āyuṣman subhūte| yathāpi nāma tvaṃ bhagavatā araṇāvi-
hāriṇām agratāyāṃ nirdiṣṭo nirdiśasi|
|de nas zhes bya ba ni sems med par yang dag par bstan pa’i rjes thogs la’o|
|ji ltar yang zhes bya ba ni rab tu* ston pa nyid ces bya ba’i don to| |ji [P19r3]
10 ltar ston pa yin zhe na| |ji ltar bcom ldan ’das kyis mchog nyid du gsungs
pa de ltar ston pa yin no| |de gang gi mchog tu gyur *pa yin zhe na? nyon [N21r]
mongs pa med pa la gnas pa’i’o| |nyon* mongs pa med pa la snyoms par ’jug [P19r4]
pa rnam pa gnyis la nyon mongs pa’i g.yul dang ’gal ba gcig po de ni ’dir mi
bzung ste| gnyis pa gnas skabs kyis de’i gnas pas gnas pa yin pa’i phyir ro|
15 3.3.2 Dvādaśa Hetutvaviśeśāḥ

3.3.2.1 Mṛdūṣmagatam
|de bas na zhes bya* ba ni de ltar na dmigs pa dang rnam pa’i khyad par [P19r5]
dang ldan pa ni dro ba chung ngu’o| |shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
20 dang ma bral zhes bya ba des de’i gong nas gong du yang ’phel ba yin te|
de ni dro ba chung ngu’i dmigs pa dang rnam pa’i khyad* par dag go| |dro [P19r6]
ba chung ngu’i skabs yin pa’i phyir phyi ma dag tu yang rjes su ’brang bar
bya’o| |rgyu’i khyad par bcu gnyis kyi dbang du yang bya ste| thob pa’i rgyu
ni byang chub sems dpa’i dro ba la sogs* pa’o| |bstan bcos las– [C752]
25 ...hetur yānatrayāptaye|| AA 1.27d ||* [P19r7]
|zhes bshad do| |gang yang nyan thos dang| rang sangs rgyas de dag gi rang
gi byang chub nyid kyi rgyu yin no| |’di nyid nyan thos kyi sa la slob par
zhes bya ba la sogs pas bstan te|
ataś ca bodhisattvo mahāsa*ttvo ’vinivartanīyo ’nuttarāyāḥ samyak-

30 saṃbodher upaparīkṣitavyaḥ, avirahitaś ca bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ [AṣṭaA 3r4]
prajñāpāramitayā veditavyaḥ.
śrāvakabhūmāv api śikṣitukāmena iyam eva prajñāpāramitā śrotavyā

udgrahītavyā dhārayitavyā vācayitavyā paryavāptavyā pravarta*yitav-

yā. ihaiva prajñāpāramitāyāṃ śikṣitavyaṃ yogam āpattavyam. [AṣṭaA 3r5]
pratyekabuddhabhūmāv api śikṣitukāmena iyam eva prajñāpāramitā

śrotavyodgrahītavyā dhārayitavyā vācayitavyā paryavāptavyā pravar-
5 tayitavyā. ihaiva prajñāpāramitāyāṃ śikṣitavyaṃ yogam āpattavyam.
bodhisa*ttvabhūmāv api śikṣitukāmena iyam eva prajñāpāramitā śro-
tavyodgrahītavyā dhārayitavyā vācayitavyā paryavāptavyā pravarta- [AṣṭaA 3r6]
yitavyā. ihaiva prajñāpāramitāyām upāyakauśalyasamanvāgatena sar-

vabodhisattvadharmasamudāgamāya yogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ. tat kasya he-
10 toḥ? ihaiva hi prajñāpāramitā*yāṃ vistareṇa sarvabodhisattvadhar-
mā upadiṣṭāḥ, yatra bodhisattvena mahāsattvena śikṣitavyaṃ yogam [AṣṭaA 3v1]
āpattavyam.
anuttarāyām api samyaksaṃbodhau śikṣitukāmena iyam eva prajñāpā-
ramitā śrotavyodgrahītavyā dhārayitavyā vācayitavyā paryavāptavyā
15 pravartayitavyā. ihaiva prajñāpāramitā*yām upāyakauśalyasamanvā-
gatena sarvabuddhadharmasamudāgamāya yogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ. [AṣṭaA 3v2]
tat kasya hetoḥ? ihaiva hi prajñāpāramitāyāṃ vistareṇa sarvabud-

dhadharmā upadiṣṭāḥ, yatra bodhisattvena mahāsattvena śikṣitavyaṃ
yogam āpattavyam.
20 |’di la yon tan* yod pas na sa dang gzhi yin te| rgyu mtshan gyi bdun pa yin [P19r8]
no| |sa la zhes bya ba ni rgyu mtshan gyi don to| |slob par ’dod pas zhes
bya ba ni sgrub par ’dod pas so| |mnyan par bya ba ni gzhung mnyan
pa’o| |gzung bar bya zhes bya* ba ni bzlas par bya ba’o| |bcang bar bya [P19v1]
zhes bya ba ni sems la gzhag par bya ba’o| |bklag par bya zhes bya ba ni
25 mi brjed pa’i don du rjod par byed pa’o| |kun chub par bya’o zhes bya ba
ni don dang ldan pas thams cad shes pa nyid du bya* ba’o| |rab tu ston [P19v2]
par bya pa’o| |zhes bya ba ni gzhan dag la don dang gzhung gi don dag* [D19r]
bstan pas bdag nyid kyi bsod nams kyi stobs kyi gzhan dag rjes su gzung ba
ni byang chub pa’i don du gnas pa yin no| |bslab par* bya’o zhes bya ba [P19v3]
30 ni sems dpas so| |rnal ’byor du bya’o zhes bya ba la rnal ’byor ni zhi gnas
dang lhag mthong ngo| |de bya’o zhes bya ba ni thob par bya ba’o| |byang
chub sems dpa’i sa la zhes bya ba ni rab tu dga’ ba nas chos kyi sprin* [P19v4]
67.10 zhe na ] TibDN ; zhes TibP 67.11 de gang ] TibD ; gang dag TibP N
67.14 bzung ] TibD ; gzung TibP N 67.18 bya ba ni ] TibD ; bya ba TibP N
67.20 bral ] TibD ; bral ba TibP N 67.29–30 samyaksaṃbodher ] Ed.M V W 41; samyak-
saṃbodhir AṣṭaA 67.31 prajñāpāramitayā ] A; prajñāpāramitāyāṃ Ed.M ; pra-
VW
jñāpāramitāyā Ed. 41 9 bodhisattva ] Ed.M V W 42; buddha A 22 sgrub par ] TibD ;
bsgrub par TibP N 22 mnyan par ] TibP N ; mnyen par TibD 22–23 mnyan
pa’o ] TibP N ; nyan pa’o TibD 23 bya ba’o ] TibD ; bya’o TibP N 24 bya ba’o ] TibD ;
bya’o TibP N 25 brjed pa’i ] TibD , Ed.Cpn ; brjad pa’i TibP ; brdzed pa’i TibN
29 bslab ] TibDP ; slab TibN 30 dpas ] TibDP ; pas TibN 31 zhes bya ba ] TibDP ;
zhes skang pa TibN
gyi bar rnam pa bcu’o| |thabs mkhas pa ni ’og nas bshad pa’i rnam pa* [N21v]
kun mngon par rdzogs par rtogs pa’i mjug nas ’byung ba’i rnam pa bcu’o|
|de dang ldan pa ni yod pa’o| |yongs su bsgrubs pa ni kun nas mthar phyin* [P19v5]
pa’o| |de dag ni rgyu nyid kyi khyad par ro|
5 3.3.2.2 Madhyam Ūṣmagatam
|bstan bcos las–
rūpādy āyavyayau viṣṭhāsthiti prajñapty avācyate|| AA 1.28ab ||
|ces bya ba ni gzugs* la sogs pa’i skye ba dang ’jig pa’i chos tsam du yang* [C753]
10 yod pa ma yin te| de ni drod ’bring gi dmigs pa yin no| |ming de yang gnas [P19v6]
pa med pa dang bral ba med pa de ni rnam pa’o| |gang yang ’di lta ste
byang chub sems dpa’ zhes bya ba chos kyi brda can brtags pa ’di ni drod
chen po’i* dmigs pa yin no| |de ni phung po dang| khams dang| sangs rgyas [P19v7]
kyi chos ma ’dres pa’i bar du gang gis kyang tshig gis brjod par ma nus pa
15 ni rnam pa’o| |de nyid de nas zhes bya ba la sogs pas gsungs so|
atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat *- yo ’haṃ

bhagavan etad eva bodhisattvanāmadheyaṃ na vedmi nopalabhe na [AṣṭaA 3v3]
samanupaśyāmi, prajñāpāramitām api na vedmi nopalabhe na samanu-

paśyāmi. so ’haṃ bhagavan etad eva bodhisattvanāmadheyam avin-
20 dan anupalabhamāno ’samanupaśyan prajñāpāramitām apy avindan
anupalabhamāno ’samanupaśya*n katamaṃ bodhisattvaṃ katamasyāṃ
prajñāpāramitāyām avavadiṣyāmy anuśāsiṣyāmi? etad eva me bhaga- [AṣṭaA 3v4]
van kaukṛtyaṃ syāt, yo ’haṃ vastv avindan anupalabhamāno ’samanu-

paśyan nāmadheyamātreṇāyavyayaṃ kuryāṃ yaduta bodhisattva iti.
25 api tu khalu punar bhagavaṃs tad api nāmadheyaṃ na sthi*taṃ
nāsthitaṃ na viṣṭhitaṃ nāviṣṭhitam. tat kasya hetoḥ? avidyamā- [AṣṭaA 3v5]
natvena tasya nāmadheyasya. evaṃ tan nāmadheyaṃ na sthitaṃ

nāsthitaṃ na viṣṭhitaṃ nāviṣṭhitam. ...
|bdag gis* ma ’tshal zhes bya ba ni don las mi shes pa’o| |bdag gis dn- [P19v8]
30 gos po ma ’tshal zhes bya ba ni ’og ma’i tshig las so| |bdag gis dn-
gos po ma ’tshal zhes bya ba ni bstan pa’o| |lhag ma ni nges par bshad
pa’o| |mi dmigs* pa ni mngon sum gyis so| |yang dag par rjes su mi [P20r1]
1 pa bcu’o ] TibDP ; par bcu’o TibN 2 mjug ] TibDP ; ’jug TibN 3 yongs su ] TibDP ;
yong su TibN 3 bsgrubs pa ] TibD ; bsgrub pa TibP N 9 ’jig pa’i ] TibP N ; ’jig pa med
pa’i TibD 14 ma nus pa ] TibD ; mi nus pa TibP N 16 subhūtir ] Ed.M V W 43; subhūti
AṣṭaA 27 tasya nāmadheyasya. evaṃ tan nāmadheyaṃ ] Ed.M V W 45; tasya evaṃ taṃ
pc
nāmadheyaṃ AṣṭaA ; tasya nāmadheyasyaAṣṭaac
A 32 mi dmigs ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; ma
dmigs TibP 32–70.1 mi mthong ba ] TibD ; ma mthong ba TibP N
mthong ba ni rjes su dpag pas so| |glo ba la gcags pa’i dngos po nyid
ni yid la gcags pa ste| rigs pa ma yin pas byas pa nyid kyis so|* |’du ba [P20r2]
dang ’jig pa zhes bya ba la sgra las rtogs pa ni ’du ba’o| |sgra las gzhan
gyi nges pa skyed pa ni ’jig pa’o| |ming tsam gyis zhes bya ba ni don gyis
5 stong pa’i ming ste| ’di lta ste byang chub sems dpa’ zhes bya ba lta
bu’o* | gang dag* ’du ba dang ’jig pa gal te bya ba dang| dgag pa yin par [P20r3]
’dod par gyur pa de’i tshe ni ’di lta ste| byang chub sems dpa’ byang chub [D19v]
sems dpa’ ma yin zhes bya bar gsungs bar ’gyur ro| |’on kyang zhes bya ba
ni skyon shin tu che* bar mtshon pa yin no| |de yang phyi nas brjod par [P20r4]
10 bya ste phyi nas kyi don te yang yang gi sgra yin no|
|(a) mi gnas zhes bya ba ni khyad par du ’gro ba ste| ther zug tu gnas
pas rtag pa med pa zhes pa’i don to|
15 |(b) mi* gnas pa* la yang ma lags zhes bya ba ni ’gyur ba’i gnas pa [C754]
dang| rgyun gyis* rtag pas gnas pa ma yin zhes bya ba’i don to| | rigs pa [P20r5]
’dis ’du ba dang ’jig pa yod pa ma yin no zhes bya bar bsams so| [N22r]
|de bzhin du (c)

gnas pa* med pa dang| (d)
gnas pa med pa ma yin pa’o| [P20r6]
20
|de ci’i slad du zhe na? bzhi po de ga las she na| lan du ming de ma
mchis pa’i slad du zhes bya ba la sogs pa smos te| de dag ni drod ’bring
gi dmigs pa dang rnam pa’i khyad* par dag go| [P20r7]
3.3.2.3 Adhimātram Ūṣmagatam

25
|de ltar zhes bya ba ni don dang ming gnyis med pas so|
|mi gnas shing zhes bya ba ni de kho na nyid la rnam par gnas pa
(a)
ma yin pa’o|
30
|mi gnas pa yang ma lags| zhes bya ba ni mi gnas pa yang ma yin

(b)
pa nyid * kyang ma yin te tha snyad nges pa yin pa’i phyir de ni btags pa [P20r8]
1 gcags pa’i ] TibD ; bcags pa’i TibP N 2 gcags pa ] TibDP ; bcags pa TibN 3 ’jig
pa ] TibD ; ’jigs pa TibP N 4 gyi nges pa skyed pa ] TibD ; gyis nges pa skyes pa TibP ;
gyi nges pa skyes pa TibN 4 gyis ] TibD ; gyi TibP N 7 ’dod par gyur pa ] TibD ; ’dod
pa TibP N 7 tshe ni ] TibD ; tshe TibP N 10 te ] TibD ; de TibP N 12 ste ] TibD ; la
TibP N 15 gnas pa la ] TibD ; gnas pa TibP N 16 dang ] TibDP ; dang ba TibN 21 de
ga las ] TibD ; de dag gang las TibP N 21 ming ] TibD ; mi TibP N 23 dmigs pa dang
rnam pa’i ] TibP N ; dmigs pa’i TibD 31 ni mi ] TibP N ; ni TibD 32 nyid kyang ma
yin te ] TibP N ; nyid TibD 32–71.1 btags pa tsam ma ] TibD ; brtags pa tsam TibP N
tsam ma yin| zhes bsam pa yin no|
|rnam par gnas pa yang ma lags| zhes bya ba la btags pa tsam

(c)
de yang gzugs la rnam par gnas pa ma yin| phung po* dang| khams la sogs [P20v1]
5 pa’i ngo bo rnam pa sna tshogs su gnas pa ma yin no| |gang gi phyir des na
brjod par bya ba ma yin no zhes bya bar bsams so|
|rnam par mi gnas pa yang ma yin te zhes bya ba ni gtan du

(d)
rnam par* mi gnas pa yang ma yin te| gang zhig gis tha snyad tsam du brjod [P20v2]
10 par nus pa’i phyir ro|
|de dag ni drod chen po’i dmigs pa dang rnam pa’i khyad par dag go|
...saced bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya evaṃ gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāra-
mitāyāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāyāṃ deśyamānāyām upadiśyamānāyāṃ cittaṃ
15 nāvalīyate na saṃlīyate na vi*ṣīdati na viṣādam āpadyate, nāsya vipṛṣ-
ṭhībhavati mānasam, na bhagnapṛṣṭhībhavati, nottrasyati na saṃ- [AṣṭaA 3v6]
trasyati na saṃtrāsam āpadyate adhimucyate. adhyāśayena avirahito

bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitayā75 veditavyaḥ, sthito ’vini-
vartanīyāyāṃ bodhisattva*bhūmau susthito ’sthānayogena. ...
20 |bcom ldan ’das zhes bya ba la sogs pa la de ltar zhes bya ba ni dmigs* pa [AṣṭaA 4r1]
[P20v3]
dang rnam pa ji ltar bshad pa ltar ro| |zab mo zhes bya ba ni mos par dka’
ba’o| |shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa zhes bya ba ni drod ’bring dang
chen po’i mtshan nyid do| |bshad pas ni tshig las so| |ston pa ni don las
so|* |* |nye bar ston pa ni don la’o| |de yang shes pa skyes* pas zhi gnas [P20v4]
25 skyes par sems ma zhum zhes bya ba la sogs pas don snga ma bzhin du [D20r]
bshad do| |bsams pa ni lhag pa’i bsam pa’o| |des na gcig tu nges pa zhes [C755]
bya* ba’i don to| |mos pa ni zhi gnas dang lhag mthong gi stobs kyis nges [P20v5]
par skyes pa’o| |ma bral bar zhes bya ba ni des gong nas gong du ’gro* ba [N22v]
yin no| |phyir mi ldog pa zhes bya ba la sogs pa smos pa la phyir mi* [P20v6]
30 ldog ces bya ba’i phyir mi ldog pa ni yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
las ldog pa med par nges pa’o| |de nyid la phan pas na phan pa’i rkyen can
75
The readings for the oft-repeated phrase avirahitaḥ...prajñāpāramitayā... are incon-
sistently in the locative and instrumental in Mitra and inconsistently in the genitive and in-
strumental in Vaidya and AAĀ. However, in AṣṭaA , the instrumental is used consistently,
even if occasionally by post correction.
1 bsam pa ] TibD ; bsams pa TibP N 6 bsams so ] TibD ; bsam mo TibP N

9 gnas pa yang ] TibP N ; gnas pa TibD 9–10 brjod par ] TibDP ; rjod par TibN
18 prajñāpāramitayā ] Aṣṭapc A; prajñāpāramitāyāṃ Ed.M prajñāpāramitāyā Aṣṭaac A,
VW
Ed. 46; prajñāpāramitayā (in Haribhadra’s gloss) AAĀ 46, 53, 54 20 la sogs pa
la ] TibD ; la sogs pa TibP N 23 bshad pas ni ] TibD ; bshad pa ni TibP ; bshad pa’i
TibN 26 bsams pa ] TibD ; bsam pa TibP N 31 ldog pa med par ] TibD ; ldog par
TibP N
no| |byang chub sems dpa’i sa ni go skabs te ’di la* yon tan gyi tshogs [P20v7]
yod pas na sa ste| de la gnas pa’i legs par gnas pa zhes bya ba ni de nyid
la yang dag par gnas pa’o|
|ji ltar zhe na? gnas pa’i tshul gyis te| gsum mi dmigs pa’i sbyor bas
5 so| |de ni drod chen po’i dmigs pa dang rnam pa’i khyad par dag go|
3.3.2.4 Mṛdu Mūrdhagatam
|rtse mo chung du brjod par bya ste| de’i dbang du byas nas bstan bcos las–
rūpādāv asthitis teṣāṃ tadbhāvenāsvabhāvatā|| AA 1.28cd ||
10 tayor mithaḥ svabhāvatvaṃ tadanityādyasaṃsthitiḥ|
tāsāṃ tadbhāvaśūnyatvaṃ mithaḥ svābhāvyam etayoḥ|| AA 1.29||
|ces gsungs so|* gzugs la sogs pa rnam par rig pa’i ngo bo la gnas pa med [P21r2]
pa ni mi gnas pa’o| |de yang gang zhe na?

|gzugs la sogs pa de nyid du rtog pa dang| gzugs la sogs pa bzung
15 bar rnam par rtog pa’i ngo bos stong pa yin te|* rnam par rig [P21r3]
pa’i ngo bos ni ma yin te| rnam par rig pa de thams cad kyis
thams cad du chud gson pa ni ma yin no|
||zhes rnam par mi rtog par ’jug pa’i gzungs las gsungs pas so|76 |de bas na
rnam par rig pa’i ngo bo la gang* * gzugs la sogs pa de dag nyid kyis stong [P21r4]
20 par ston pa yin te| de ni ’dir dmigs pa’o| |gang yang de dag gcig gi rang [C756]
bzhin zhes bya ba ni phan tshun gyi ngo bo nyid de| |de ni de’i rnam pa’o|
|de ltar na gzugs la sogs pa nyid stong pa* nyid de| chos las chos nyid tha [P21r5]
mi dad pa’i phyir* stong pa nyid gzugs la sogs pa’o| |gzugs la sogs pa yang [D20v]
yang dag par stong pa nyid kyi ngo bo yin te| rnam par rig pa ni ma yin
25 te zhes bya ba’i don to| |de bzhin du de mi rtag pa la* sogs par mi gnas [P21r6]
zhes bya ba la gzugs la sogs pa de’i mi rtag pa la sogs par mi gnas pa* yin [N23r]
te| de yang gang zhe na? de ni mi rtag pa la sogs pa nyid ni dmigs pa’o|
|de dag gcig gi rang bzhingcig| |ces bya ba ni mi rtag pa* nyid stong [P21r7]
76
Despite the attribution rNam par mi rtog par ’jug pa’i gzungs here is to Avikalpa-
praveśadhāraṇī, but I have not been able to locate this quote with any search combina-
tions.
2 legs par gnas pa ] TibP N ; legs pa TibD 8 nas ] TibD ; na TibP N 12 ces ] TibD ;
zhes TibP N 14 rtog pa ] TibD ; brtag pa TibP N 14–15 bzung bar ] TibD ; gzung
bar TibP N 15 rtog pa’i ] TibD ; brtags pa’i TibP N 15–16 rig pa’i ] TibDN ; rigs pa’i
TibP 19 kyis ] TibP N ; kyi TibD 22 la ] TibDN ; laṁ TibP 25 te ] TibD ; no TibP N
26 la sogs par ] TibD ; sogs par TibP N 27 dmigs pa’o ] TibP N ; mi dmigs pa’o TibD
28 gcig ] TibD ; cig TibP N 28 mi rtag pa nyid ] TibD ; mi rtag pa TibP N
pa nyid do| |stong pa nyid kyang mi rtag pa nyid de| de ni rnam pa’o| |de
bzhin du gzugs la sogs pa de ni mi gnas pa yin te| de nyid ni shes rab kyi
pha rol tu phyin pa chen po dag las bcom ldan ’das kyis mi* gnas pa yin [P21r8]
no zhes rgya cher gsungs so| |rnam pa gzhan du yang gsungs pa ni tshig de
5 nyid dang yi ge de nyid kyi don mdor bstan pa ni bcom ldan ’das gzhan
yang zhes bya ba la sogs pa gsungs so|
...punar aparaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvena mahāsattvena prajñāpārami-

tāyāṃ caratā prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāvayatā na rūpe sthātavyaṃ na
vedanāyāṃ na saṃjñāyāṃ na saṃskāreṣu, na vijñāne sthātavyam. tat
10 kasya hetoḥ? saced rūpe tiṣṭhati, rūpābhisaṃskāre carati, na carati *
prajñāpāramitāyām. evaṃ saced vedanāyāṃ saṃjñāyāṃ saṃskāreṣu, [AṣṭaA 4r2]
saced vijñāne tiṣṭhati, vijñānābhisaṃskāre carati, na carati prajñāpā-

ramitāyām. tat kasya hetoḥ? na hy abhisaṃskāre caran prajñāpārami-
tāyāṃ parigṛhṇāti, nāpi prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogam āpadyate, nāpi
15 prajñāpāramitāṃ pa*ripūrayate. aparipūrayamāṇaḥ prajñāpāramitāṃ
na niryāsyati sarvajñatāyām aparigṛhītaṃ parigṛhṇan.77 tat kasya [AṣṭaA 4r3]
hetoḥ? rūpaṃ hy aparigṛhītaṃ prajñāpāramitāyām. evaṃ vedanā

saṃjñā saṃskārāḥ, vijñānaṃ hy aparigṛhītaṃ prajñāpāramitāyām.
yaś ca rūpasyāparigraho, na tad rūpa*m. evaṃ yo vedanāyāḥ saṃjñā-
20 yāḥ saṃskārāṇām. yo vijñānasyāparigraho, na tad vijñānam. sā ’pi [AṣṭaA 4r4]
prajñāpāramitāparigṛhītā. evaṃ hy atra bodhisattvena mahāsattvena

prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caritavyam. ayaṃ ca bodhisattvasya mahāsattvas-
ya sarvadharmāparigṛhīto nāma samādhir vipulaḥ*puraskṛtaḥ apramā-
ṇaniyato ’sādhāraṇaḥ sarvaśrāvakapratyekabuddhaiḥ. ... [AṣṭaA 4r5]
25 |shes rab kyi pha rol tu* phyin pa la zhes bya ba ni rtse mo chung ngu’i [P21v1]
mtshan nyid la’o| |spyod cing zhes bya ba ni thos pa dang bsams pa dag
gis so| |de la bsgoms pas zhes bya ba ni zhi gnas dang lhag mthong dag
gis so| |gzugs la sogs pa la gnas par mi* bgyi’o| |de ci’i slad du zhe na| [P21v2]
zhes bya ba la de la mi gnas pa ga las shes she na| gzugs mngon par ’du
30 byed pa zhes bya ba ni gzugs la rnam par rtog pa’o| |’di la spyod pa ma
lags so zhes bya ba ni ’di la rnam par rtog pa* * nyid kyi phyir ro| |de’i [C757]
ci’i slad du zhe na zhes bya ba ni| de la spyod pa ma lags pa ga las shes [P21v3]
she na| lan ni mngon par ’du byed pa rnams la spyod na zhes bya ba
la sogs pa gsungs so| | yongs su ’dzin pa ma lags zhes bya* ba ni dmigs [P21v4]
35 pa ma yin zhes bya ba’o| |rtsod pa zhes bya ba ni rtse mo chung ngu yin
77
AṣṭaA reads parigṛh|na|ṇaṃs with a ”na” between double daṇḍa-s inserted mid-word.
2 de ] TibD ; de’i mi rtag pa la sogs pa TibP N 5 kyi ] TibD ; kyis TibP N

16 aparigṛhītaṃ ] Aṣṭapc
A , Ed. MV W
48; apirigṛhītaṃ Aṣṭaac
A 26 bsams pa ] TibD ; bsam
pa TibP N 29 ga ] TibD ; gang TibP N 31 de’i ] TibD ; de TibP N 33 lan ] TibD ; lam
TibP N 34 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN
no| |yongs su rdzogs par bgyid pa yang ma lags zhes bya ba ni rtse
mo ’bring yin no| |nges par ’byung bar yang mi ’gyur zhes bya ba ni
rtse mo chen* po yin no| |thams cad mkhyen pa nyid la zhes bya ba ni [P21v5]
dngos po thams cad mkhyen pa’o| |yongs sumi gzung ba zhes bya ba ni
5 gzung bar bya ba ma yin pa’o| |gzung bar bya ba ma yin pa ga las she na|
shes rab kyi pha rol* tu phyin pa zhes bya ba la* *|sogs pas lan gsungs [P21v6]
te| de ni gzugs ma lags zhes bya ba ni gzugs bzung ba ma yin te ’gal ba’i [D21r]
phyir ro| |’di la zhes bya ba ni rtse mo chung ngu la’o| |spyad par bgyi’o [N23v]
zhes bya ba ni rnal* ’byor du bya ba’o| |rnal ’byor ni ting nge ’dzin to| |gal
10 te gzugs la sogs pa la gnas na ni gzugs la sogs pa mngon par ’du byed pa la
spyod kyi| shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa la spyod pa ma lags te| yongs su
mi * bzung ba yongs su bzung bas gang gzugs la sogs pa la mi gnas pa na
dmigs pa yin no| |gzugs yongs su bzung ba med pa nas shes rab kyi pha rol
tu phyin pa de yang yongs su bzung ba med pa’i bar ni* yongs su mi bzung
15 ba yin te| gang yang gzugs la sogs pa yongs su mi ’dzin cing gzugs la sogs
pa las gzhan yang mi ’dzin pa ni rnam pa’o| |’di yang zhes bya ba la sogs
pas ni ting* nge ’dzin ’di’i ming gsungs so| |gang la chos thams cad yongs
su bzung ba med pa’i ting nge ’dzin de la de skad* ces brjod do| |dmigs pa
yangs pas na yangs pa’o| |sangs rgyas thams cad kyis bsngags pas mdun*
20 du bgyis pa’o78 | |tshad med pa ni sangs rgyas nyid do| |de la nges pa
ni tshad med par nges pa’o| |de ni rtse mo chung ngu’i dmigs pa dang
rnam pa’i khyad par dag go|
|de yang bcom ldan ’das kyis ’dir ni mdor* bstan par bzhed de ’dir
yang ’jug pa rnam pa gsum ste| de ni rgyas par bstan pa la dga’ ba ste| ma
25 bshad par rtogs par mi nus pas tshig lhur len pa’o| |gnyis pa ni ’bring du
bshad pa la dga’ ba ste phyed tsam du bstan na* lhag ma rtogs par ’gyur
bas rnam par spros te bshad nas go ba’o| |gsum pa ni mdor bsdus pa la dga’
ba yin te cung zad bstan na shin tu mang po rtogs par ’gyur bas mgo smos
pas go ba’o| |de dag la* go rims bzhin du stong phrag brgya pa dang| stong
78
Support for this emendation is found in the Aṣṭa/brGyad stong pa, which reads:
puraskṛtaḥ/mdun du bgyis pa’o.
1 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 4 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 7 bzung

ba ] TibD ; gzung ba TibP N 9 bya ba’o ] TibD ; bya’o TibP N 10 na ] TibD ; pa
TibP N 12 mi bzung ba yongs su bzung bas ] TibD ; mi gzung bas yongs su gzung bas
TibP N 12 gnas pa na ] TibD ; gnas pas ni TibP N 13 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN
13 bzung ba ] TibD ; gzung ba TibP N 14 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 14 bzung
ba ] TibD ; gzung ba TibP N 14–15 mi bzung ba ] TibD ; mi gzung ba TibP N 15 yongs
su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 17 ming ] TibD ; mi TibP N 17–18 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong
su TibN 18 bzung ba ] TibD ; gzung ba TibP N 19 kyis ] TibD ; kyi TibP N 20 bgyis
pa’o ] em.; ma bgyis pa’o TibD , TibP N 24 rnam pa ] TibDN ; rnam TibP 26 phyed
tsam du ] TibD ; byed tsam TibP ; phyed tsam Ed.Cp , TibN 29 go rims ] TibD ; go rim
TibP N
phrag nyi shu rtsa lnga pa dang| stong phrag brgya pa dag bcom ldan ’das
kyis gsungs te| de la ’dir ni mdor bsdus par bzhed de rgyas par ni ma yin
no|
3.3.2.5 Madyaṃ Mūrdhagatam

5
|rtse mo ’bring gi* dbang du byas te|* bstan bcos las– [P22r5]
[N24r]
anudgraho* yo dharmāṇāṃ tannimittāsamīkṣaṇam|| AA 1.30ab|| [D21v]
|zhes gsungs so| |gang chos thams cad yongs su mi ’dzin pa de ni ’dir
dmigs pa’o|* |chos kyi mtshan ma mi mthong bar byed pa ni rnam pa’o| [P22r8]
10 |’di nyid thams cad mkhyen pa nyid de yang zhes bya ba la sogs pas
gsungs te–
...sāpi sarvajñatā aparigṛhītā, na hi nimittato grahītavyā. sacen nimit-

tato grahītavyā abhaviṣyat, naiveha śreṇikaḥ parivrājakaḥ śraddhām
alapsyata. atra hi śreṇikaḥ parivrājakaḥ sarvajñajñāne ’dhimu*cya
15 śraddhānusārī prādeśikena jñānenāvatīrṇaḥ. so ’vatīrya na rūpaṃ [AṣṭaA 4r6]
parigṛhṇīte. evaṃ na vedanāṃ na saṃjñāṃ na saṃskārān. na vijñā-

naṃ parigṛhṇīte. nāpi tatra prītisukhena taj jñānaṃ samanupaśya-
ti. nādhyātmaṃ rūpasya taj jñānaṃ samanupaśyati. na bahirdhā rū-
pasya taj jñānaṃ samanupaśyati.* nādhyātmabahirdhā rūpasya taj
20 jñānaṃ samanupaśyati. nāpy anyatra rūpāt taj jñānaṃ samanupaśy- [AṣṭaA 4v1]
ati. evaṃ nādhyātmaṃ vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇām. nād-

hyātmaṃ vijñānasya taj jñānaṃ samanupaśyati. na bahirdhā vijñā-
nasya taj jñānaṃ samanupaśyati. nādhyātmabahirdhā vijñānasya taj
jñānaṃ samanupaśyati.* nāpy anyatra vijñānāt taj jñānaṃ samanu-
25 paśyati. atra padaparyāye śreṇikaḥ parivrājako ’dhimuktaḥ. so ’tra [AṣṭaA 4v2]
sarvatra śraddhānusārī sarvajñajñāne ’sminn. ucyate, dharmatāṃ

pramāṇīkṛtyaivam adhimukta iti. tena na kaścid dharmaḥ parigṛhī-
taḥ. nāpi sa kaścid dharmo ya upalabdho, yaṃ parigṛhṇīyāt muñce*d
vā. sa nirvāṇam api na manyate. iyam api bhagavan bodhisattvasya [AṣṭaA 4v3]
30 mahāsattvasya prajñāpāramitā veditavyā yad rūpaṃ na parigṛhṇīte.

evaṃ yad vedanāṃ saṃjñāṃ saṃskārān. yad vijñānaṃ na parigṛhṇīte.
na cāntarā parinirvāti, aparipūrṇair daśabhis tathāgatabalaiś catur-
bhis tathāgatavaiśāradyair aṣṭā*daśabhiś ca āveṇikair buddhadhar-
[AṣṭaA 4v4]
8 zhes ] TibD ; zhes bya ba TibP N 8 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 9 mtshan
ma mi mthong ] TibD ; mtshan ma mthong TibP N 10 la sogs pas ] TibD ; la
sogs pa TibP N 14 śreṇikaḥ parivrājakaḥ ] Ed.M V W 50; śreṇikaparivrājakaḥ AṣṭaA
17 jñānaṃ ] AṣṭapcA , Ed.
MV W
50; jñānana Aac 20 anyatra ] Aṣṭapc A , Ed.
MV W
50; anya
ac MV W
AṣṭaA 21–22 nādhyātmaṃ vijñānasya taj jñānaṃ ] Ed. 51; nādhyātmaṃ vijñā-
nasya taj jñānam AṣṭaA (part. illeg.) 24 anyatra ] Ed.M V W 51; atra AṣṭaA
maiḥ. tasmād iyam api bhagavan bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya pra-

jñāpāramitā veditavyā.
|thams cad mkhyen pa nyid ni dngos po thams cad mkhyen pa’o| |’dzin
pa med pas na|* yongs su bzung ba ma mchis pa’o| |bzung ba ma mchis [P22v1]
5 pa gang las she na| mtshan mar gzung ba ma lags zhes bya ba la sogs
pa gsungs so| |chos rnams kyi mtshan ma ni khyad par gyi mtshan nyid
de* gzugs dang tshor ba dang* zhes bya ba nas sangs rgyas kyi chos [P22v2]
rnams zhes bya ba’i bar du’o| |de nyid bstan par bya ba’i phyir gal te zhes [C759]
bya ba la sogs pa gsungs so|

10 |kun tu rgyu sde can zhes bya ba ni kun* tu rgyu’i ming ngo| |’di [P22v3]
la zhes bya ba ni sangs rgyas kyi bstan pa’o| |kun tu rgyu sde can ji lta bu
la zhugs she na| de yang thams cad mkhyen pa’i ye shes la ste| rtse
mo’i ’bring la’o| |de ltar mos par byas nas* de la yang dad pas rjes su [P22v4]
’brang ba yin no| |gang gis zhugs pa yin zhe na? spyi las phyogs gcig
15 gis ’byung ba yin pas| phyogs gcig gis ye shes te rtse mo ’bring la’o| |de
zhugs nas gang byas pa de bstan* pa’i phyir gzugs la sogs pa yongs su [P22v5]
mi ’dzin zhes gsungs te| de’i mtshan ma yid la mi byed pa’i phyir ro| |ting
nge ’dzin las skyes pa’i dga’ ba dang bde ba dang ldan pa shes pa de
yang dag par rjes su mi mthong* ngo| |shes pa de gzugs kyi nang [P22v6]
20 na yang dag par rjes su mi mthong zhes bya ba la sogs pas kyang de’i
mtshan ma yid la mi byed pa de nyid du bstan to| |gzugs las gzhan du
yang ma yin| rnam par shes pa las gzhan* du yang ma yin| de’i mtshan ma [P22v7]
yid la mi byed kyang de dag snang ba’i phyir ro| *|tshig gi rnam grangs [N24v]
’di la zhes bya ba la tshig ni rtse mo’i’o| |de’i rnam grangs ni rab tu dbye
25 ba ste| rtse mo ’bring gi zhes bya ba’i tha tshig* go| |mos so zhes bya ba ni
gcig tu nges pa skyes pa yin no| |’di la thams cad du zhes bya ba ni bstan
pa’o| |thams cad mkhyen pa’i ye shes la zhes bya* ba ni rjes su bstan
pa’o| |thams cad du zhes bya ba ni* rtse mo ’bring zhes bya ba’i don to|
|gang gis dad pa’i rjes su ’brang ba zhes bya zhe na? chos nyid ces bya ba
30 la sogs pa gsungs te| ston pa’i bstan pa tshad mar byas nas* de ltar
mos pa zhes bya’o|* | dmigs pa zhes bya ba ni dngos po nyid du mthong
ba’o| |mya ngan las ’das pa ni chos thams cad kyi mchog tu gyur pa yin te|
de la yang des dngos po nyid du rlom sems su mi byed cing| mya ngan
las ’das pa la rlom* sems med pa de ni rtse mo ’bring gi dmigs pa dang rnam
3 mkhyen pa nyid ] TibP N ; mkhyen pa TibD 4 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN
4 bzung ba ] TibD ; gzung ba TibP N 4 bzung ba ] TibD ; gzung ba TibP N 10 kun
tu ] TibD ; kun TibP N 11 sde can ] TibD ; bde can TibP N 12–13 rtse mo’i ] TibD ;
rtse mo TibP N 16 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 18 shes pa ] TibD ; zhes pa
TibP N 19 yang dag par ] TibD ; yang dag pa TibP N 21 de nyid ] TibD ; nyid TibP N
29 ’brang ba ] TibD ; ’brangs pa TibP N 31 bya ba ni ] TibD ; bya ba TibP N 33 de
la yang des ] TibP N ; de la yang TibD
pa’i khyad par dag go|
3.3.2.6 Adhimātraṃ Mūrdhagatam
|rtse mo chen po’i dbang du byas te| bstan bcos las–

5 parīkṣaṇaṃ ca prajñāyāḥ sarvasyānupalambhataḥ|| AA 1.30cd ||
|zhes* gsungs so| |shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa lasyongs su rtogs pa [P23r4]
ni ’di’i dmigs pa’o| |chos thams cad mi dmigs pa ni rnam pa ste ’di nyid
gzhan yang bcom ldan ’das zhes bya ba la sogs pa gsungs* so| [P23r5]
...punar aparaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvena mahāsattvena prajñāpāra-

10 mitāyāṃ caratā prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāvayatā evam upaparīkṣitavyam
evam upanidhyātavyam - katamaiṣā *prajñāpāramitā? kasya caiṣā
prajñāpāramitā? kiṃ yo dharmo na vidyate nopalabhyate, sā pra- [AṣṭaA 4v5]
jñāpāramiteti? saced evam upaparīkṣamāṇa evam upanidhyāyan nā-

valīyate na saṃlīyate na viṣīdati na viṣādam āpadyate, nāsya vipṛṣṭhī-
15 bhavati mānasam, na bhagnapṛṣṭhībhavati, nottrasyati na saṃtras-
yati na saṃtrāsa*m āpadyate, avirahito bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ pra-
jñāpāramitayā veditavyaḥ. [AṣṭaA 4v6]
|’di gang yin ’di gang gi yin zhes bya ba ni spyir bka’ stsal pa’o| |ci chos
gang med pa dang mi dmigs pa de ni khyad par ro| |de shes rab kyi
20 pha rol tu phyin pa yin nam zhes bya ba la| gal te de ltar zhes bya ba
ni* gal te med pa dang| mi dmigs pa la brtags pa ni rnam par dpyad pa’o| [P23r6]
|bsam pa ni nges par thob pa’o| |ma zhum zhes bya ba ni ye shes la sbyar
bar bya ba’o| |lhag ma ni snga ma bzhin te rtse mo chen po’i* dmigs pa dang [P23r7]
rnam pa’i khyad par dag go|
25 3.3.2.7 Mṛdvī Kṣāntiḥ
|bzod pa chung ngu’i dbang du byas nas bstan bcos las–

rūpāder asvabhāvatvaṃ tadabhāvasvabhāvatā|| AA 1.31rb ||
|ces gsungs so| |gzugs la* sogs pa dang bral ba’i ngo bo nyid kyis ni [P23r8]
30 dmigs* pa yin no| |ngo bo nyid de’i ngo bo nyid ni rnam pa’o| [N25r]
|de yang de nas tshe dang ldan pa shA ri’i bus zhes bya ba la sogs pa
gsungs te–
6 yongs su rtogs pa ] TibD ; yongs su rtog pa TibP ; yong su rtog paTibN 15 mānasam,
pc
na bhagnapṛṣṭhībhavati ] AṣṭaA , Ed.M V W 53; om. Aṣṭaac A 18 bka’ stsal pa’o ] TibD ;
btsal ba’o TibP N 21 gal te ] TibD ; gal TibP N 21 rnam par ] TibDP ; rnam pa TibN
22 bya ba ] TibD ; sbyar ba TibP N
atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad, avocat

- kiṃ kāraṇam āyuṣman subhūte ’virahito bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayā veditavyaḥ? yadā rūpam eva virahitaṃ rūpasvabhā-
vena, evaṃ yadā vedanaiva saṃjñaiva saṃskārā eva, yadā vijñānam [AṣṭaA 5r1]
5 eva virahitaṃ vijñānasvabhāvena, yadā prajñāpāramitaiva virahitā

prajñāpāramitāsvabhāvena, yadā sarvajñataiva virahitā sarvajñatāsva-
bhāvena.
evam ukte, āyuṣmān subhūtir āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat -

evam etad ā*yuṣman śāriputraivam etat. rūpam evāyuṣman śāripu-
10 tra virahitaṃ rūpasvabhāvena. evaṃ vedanaiva saṃjñaiva saṃskārā [AṣṭaA 5r2]
eva. vijñānam evāyuṣman śāriputra virahitaṃ vijñānasvabhāvena.

prajñāpāramitaivāyuṣman śāriputra virahitā prajñāpāramitāsvabhā-
vena. sarvajñataivāyuṣman śāriputra virahi*tā sarvajñatāsvabhāve-
na. prajñāpāramitālakṣaṇenāpi prajñāpāramitā virahitā. lakṣaṇasva- [AṣṭaA 5r3]
15 bhāvenāpi lakṣaṇaṃ virahitam. lakṣyasvabhāvenāpi lakṣyaṃ virahi-

tam. svabhāvalakṣaṇenāpi svabhāvo virahitaḥ.
|gzugs nyid kyang gzugs kyi ngo bo nyid* dang bral ba zhes bya ba [P23v1]
nas ngo bo nyid kyi mtshan nyid dang bral ba zhes bya ba ni dmigs* [C761]
pa’o| |ngo bo nyid kyi don dang bral ba ni gzugs la sogs pa’i ngo bo nyid de
20 de ni rnam pa’o|
evam ukte, āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat -

kiṃ* punar āyuṣman subhūte yo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ’tra śikṣiṣ-
yate, sa niryāsyati sarvajñatāyām? [AṣṭaA 5r4]
āyuṣmān subhūtir āha - evam etad āyuṣman śāriputra, evam etat. ...
25 |gang ’di la slob par ’gyur ba ’di ni* thams* cad mkhyen pa nyid [P23v2]
la nges par ’byung bar ’gyur ram zhes bya ba de ni bzod pa chung ngu’i [D22v]
dmigs pa dang rnam pa’i khyad par dag go|
3.3.2.8 Madhyā Kṣāntiḥ
30 |bzod pa ’bring gi dbang du byas nas bstan bcos las–
tadajātir aniryāṇaṃ śuddhis...|| AA 1.31cd ||

1 āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad ] Ed.M V W 54; āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣ-
mantaṃ subhūtim etad (part. leg.) AṣṭaA 3 prajñāpāramitayā ] Aṣṭapc A , Ed.
MV W
54;
ac MV W
prajñāpāramitāyā (part. leg.) AṣṭaA 3 virahitaṃ rūpasva ] Ed. 54; virahitaṃ rū-
pasva (part. leg.) AṣṭaA 19–20 nyid de de ] TibP N ; nyid de TibD
zhes bya ba gsungs so|79
...yo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ’tra śikṣiṣyate, sa niryāsyati sarvajñatā-

yām. tat kasya hetoḥ? ajātā hy aniryātā hy āyuṣman śāriputra*
sarvadharmāḥ. evaṃcarata āyuṣman śāriputra bodhisattvasya mahā- [AṣṭaA 5r5]
5 sattvasya sarvajñatāsannībhavati. yathā yathā sarvajñatāsannībha-

vati, tathā tathā sattvaparipācanāya kāyacittapariśuddhir lakṣaṇa-
pariśuddhir buddhakṣetraśuddhiḥ. buddhaiś ca samavadhānaṃ bha-
vati. evaṃ ca punar āyu*ṣman śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran sarvajñatāyā āsannībhavati. [AṣṭaA 5r6]
10
|chos thams cad skye ba med pa dang nges par ’byung ba med pa
nyid de de ni ’di’i dmigs pa’o| |de’i tshe yang byang chub sems dpa’i lus
dang sems dang mtshan dang* gzhi yongs su dag pa ni rnam pa’o|80 [P23v4]
|de nyid bstan pa’i phyir de ci’i phyir zhe na? zhes bya ba nas gzhan yang
15 tshe dang ldan pa rab ’byor gyis zhes bya ba la sogs pa’i bar gyis gsungs
te| de ni bzod pa ’bring gi* dmigs pa dang rnam pa’i khyad par dag go| [P23v5]
3.3.2.9 Adhimātrā Kṣāntiḥ
|bzod pa chen po’i dbang du byas nas bstan bcos las–
20 ...tadanimittatā|| AA 1.31d ||
tannimittānadhiṣṭhānānadhimuktir asaṃjñatā...||AA 1.32ab||
|zhes* gsungs so| | de dag mtshan nyid med pa ni gzugs la sogs pa’i [P23v6]
mtshan nyid kyis| rnam par dben pa nyid de ni de’i dmigs pa’o| |gzugs la
sogs pa’i mtshan nyid la| gzugs la sogs pa zhes bya ba ni gang* brten pa [P23v7]
25 dang mos pa dang ’du shes te| de dag las bzlog pa ni rnam pa’o| |de la shin
tu brtan par lhag par mos pa ni brten pa’o| |nges pa ni mos pa’o| |tha
snyad ni ’du shes so| |de nyid bstan pa’i phyir* – [P23v8]
79
Only the first part of 1.31d is cited here.
80
I have tentatively left gzhi instead of correcting it to zhing to match Tib. root text:
lus dang sems yongs su dag pa dang mtshan yongs su dag pa dang sangs rgyas kyi zhing
yongs su dag pa dang sangs rgyas dang nye bar yang ’gyur ro|. It is not clear whether gzhi
could somehow be a paraphrase/gloss of Aṣṭa’s kṣetra or a relic of the early translation of
the brgyad stong pa used by the Snying po mchog translator.
6 sattvaparipācanāya ] AṣṭaA , Ed.V W 56; sattvaparipācanā Ed.M 12 nyid de

de ] TibP N ; nyid de TibD , Ed.Cpn 13 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 14 de ] TibD ;
da TibP N 24 gzugs la sogs pa ] TibD ; gzugs la TibP N
...punar aparam āyuṣmān subhūtir bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvam āra-

bhyaivam āha – saced rūpe carati, nimitte carati. saced rūpanimitte
carati, nimitte carati. saced rūpaṃ nimittam iti carati, nimitte*
carati. saced rūpasyotpāde carati, nimitte carati. saced rūpasya [AṣṭaA 5v1]
5 nirodhe carati, nimitte carati. saced rūpasya vināśe carati, nimitte

carati. saced rūpaṃ śūnyam iti carati, nimitte carati. ahaṃ carāmīti
carati, nimitte carati. ahaṃ bodhisattva iti carati, nimitte carati.
ahaṃ bodhi*sattva iti hy upalambha eva sa carati. evaṃ saced vedanā-
yāṃ saṃjñāyāṃ saṃskāreṣu. saced vijñāne carati, nimitte carati. [AṣṭaA 5v2]
10 saced vijñānanimitte carati, nimitte carati. saced vijñānaṃ nimit-

tamiti carati, nimitte carati. saced vijñānasyotpāde carati, nimitte
carati. saced vijñānasya nirodhe* carati, nimitte carati. saced vijñā-
nasya vināśe carati, nimitte carati. saced vijñānaṃ śūnyam iti carati, [AṣṭaA 5v3]
nimitte carati. ahaṃ carāmīti carati, nimitte carati. ahaṃ bod-

15 hisattva iti carati, nimitte carati. ahaṃ bodhisattva iti hy upalambha
eva sa carati. sacet punar asyaivaṃ bha*vati - ya evaṃ carati, sa pra-
jñāpāramitāyāṃ carati, sa prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāvayatīti, nimitta eva [AṣṭaA 5v4]
sa carati. ayaṃ bodhisattvo ’nupāyakuśalo veditavyaḥ.

atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat
20 - kathaṃ punar āyuṣman subhūte caran bodhisattvo mahāsattvaś
cara*ti prajñāpāramitāyām?
[AṣṭaA 5v5]
evam ukte, āyuṣmān subhūtir āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat
- saced āyuṣman śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvo na rūpe carati,
na rūpanimitte carati, na rūpaṃ nimittam iti carati, na rūpasyot-
25 pāde carati, na rūpasya nirodhe (Vaidya 7) carati, na rūpasya vināśe
ca*rati, na rūpaṃ śūnyam iti carati, nāhaṃ carāmīti carati, nāhaṃ
bodhisattva iti carati. evaṃ sacen na vedanāyāṃ na saṃjñāyāṃ na [AṣṭaA 5v6]
saṃskāreṣu| sacen na vijñāne carati, na vijñānanimitte carati, na vi-

jñānaṃ nimittam iti carati, na vijñānasyotpāde carati, na vijñānasya
30 nirodhe carati,* na vijñānasya vināśe carati, na vijñānaṃ śūnyam iti
carati, nāhaṃ carāmīti carati, nāhaṃ bodhisattva iti carati. sacet [AṣṭaA 6r1]
punar nāsyaivaṃ bhavati - ya evaṃ carati, sa prajñāpāramitāyāṃ

carati, sa prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāvayatīti| evaṃ caran bodhisattvo mahā-
sattvaś carati prajñāpāramitāyām. sa hi caraṃ*ś carāmīti nopaiti, na
35 carāmīti nopaiti, carāmi ca na carāmi ceti nopaiti, naiva carāmi na na [AṣṭaA 6r2]
carāmīti nopaiti, cariṣyāmīti nopaiti, na cariṣyāmīti nopaiti, cariṣyāmi

ca na cariṣyāmi ceti nopaiti, naiva cariṣyāmi na cariṣyāmīti nopaiti...
tshe dang ldan pa rab ’byor gyis zhes bya ba la sogs pa nas| de la dang
po mi mthun pa’i phyogs bstan* pa ni thabs la mkhas par rig par bya’o| [N25v]
40 |zhes bya ba’i bar gyis gsungs so| |de bas na de nas zhes bya ba la* sogs pa [P24r1]
3 nimitte ] Ed.M V W 57; nimitte AṣṭaA (part. leg.) 4 rūpasya ] Aṣṭapc

A , Ed.
MV W
57; rū-
ac
pasyā AṣṭaA 38 la sogs pa ] TibD ; sogs pa TibP N
ni dngos su dmigs pa gsungs te| mtshan ma la spyod pa bkag nas| shes rab [C762]
kyi pha rol tu phyin pa la spyad pa bstan pas so| |mtshan ma la spyod pa
bkag pa ni gzugs* la sogs pa’i mtshan ma yin te| gzugs la sogs pa la brten [P24r2]
pa dang| mos pa dang| ’du shes kyi mtshan nyid de de bas na shugs kyis
5 rnam pa yang bstan pa yin no| |de spyod kyang zhes bya ba la sogs pas* [P24r3]
ni shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa la spyod pa la rlom sems med pa rnam
pa brgyad ston to| |nye bar mi ’gro’o zhes bya ba ni mi ’dzin* |zhes bya [D23r]
ba’i tha tshig ste| de ni bzod pa chen po’i dmigs pa dang rnam pa’i khyad
par dag go|
10 3.3.2.10 Mṛdavo ’gradharmāḥ
|chos kyi* mchog chung ngu’i dbang du byas nas bstan bcos las| [P24r4]
...samādhis tasya kāritram...|| AA 1.32c ||
|ces gsungs so| |ting nge ’dzin chos thams cad la len pa med pa de ni ’di’i
15 dmigs pa’o| |de’i byed pa nyid ces bya ba ni rnam* pa’o| |de nyid de ci’i [P24r5]
phyir zhe na zhes bya ba la sogs pa gsungs so|

...tat kasya hetor nopaiti? sarva*dharmā hy anupagatā anupāttāḥ.
ayam ucyate sarvadharmānupādāno nāma samādhir bodhisattvasya [AṣṭaA 6r3]
mahāsattvasya, vipulaḥ puraskṛto ’pramāṇaniyato ’sādhāraṇaḥ sarva-

20 śrāvakapratyekabuddhaiḥ. anenaiva samādhinā viharan bodhisattvo
mahāsattvaḥ kṣipram anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudh-
yate.*
[AṣṭaA 6r4]
|chos thams cad ni zhes bya ba la ni’i sgra ni gtan tshigs so|81 |rjes su
nye bar ma song ba zhes bya ba ni bstan pa’o| |ma blangs pa zhes bya
25 ba ni* rjes su bstan pa’o| |chos thams cad ni dngos po med pa’i ngo bo nyid [P24r6]
yin no| |zhes bya bar dgongs so|82 |gang la chos thams cad kyi len pa med
pa de la de skad ces bya ste| ’di yan chad kyis ni dmigs* pa bstan to| |ting [P24r7]
nge ’dzin ’di la gnas na zhes bya ba la sogs pas ni rnam pa bstan te| de
ni chos kyi mchog chung ngu’i dmigs pa dang rnam pa’i khyad par dag go|
81
Here, ni’i sgra=hiśabdaḥ. It is not clear from Tib, but RĀŚ may wish us to take hi
here as yasmāt indicating a reason.
82
Tib. zhes bya bar dgongs so (=iti bhāvaḥ?) is presaging his later discussion of this
sentence in the section on the 12 Vākyas.
6 pha rol tu phyin pa la spyod pa la ] TibD ; pha rol tu phyin pa la TibP N 6–7 rnam
pa ] TibD ; rnam TibP N 12 kyi ] TibDP ; kyis TibN 12 las ] TibD ; la TibP N 23 bya
ba la ] TibD ; bya ba TibP N 27 ste ] TibD ; ’di skad cas bya’o TibP N 27 kyis ] TibDP ;
kyi TibN
3.3.2.11 Madhyā Agradharmāḥ
|’bring gi dbang du byas nas bstan bcos las–* [P24r8]
...vyākṛtir mananākṣayaḥ|| AA 1.32d ||

5 |ces bya ba gsungs pa yin no| |ting nge ’dzin ’di la gnas nas sangs rgyas
rnams kyis lung ston pa yin te* ’di ni ’di’i dmigs pa’o| | gang ’di’i ting nge [C763]
’dzin* la rlom sems zad pa de ni rnam pa’o| [P24v1]
buddhānubhāvenāyuṣmān subhūtiḥ sthavira evam āha - vyākṛto ’yaṃ

bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ pūrvakais tathāgatair arhadbhiḥ
10 samyaksaṃbuddhair anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau, yo ’nena samā-
dhinā viharati| sa tam api samādhiṃ na samanupaśyati, na ca tena
samādhinā manyate - ahaṃ samāhitaḥ, ahaṃ sa*mādhiṃ samāpatsye,
ahaṃ samādhiṃ samāpadye, ahaṃ samādhiṃ samāpannaḥ, ity evaṃ [AṣṭaA 6r5]
tasya sarveṇa sarvaṃ sarvathā sarvaṃ na saṃvidyate.
15 |de nyid de nas sangs rgyas kyi mthus zhes bya ba la sogs pa nas lung
bstan to zhes bya ba’i* bar gyis de’i dmigs pa bstan to| |de nas de ni ting [N26r]
nge ’dzin zhes* bya ba nas thams cad du ma mchis zhes bya ba’i bar [P24v2]
gyis ni rnam pa bstan to|

|de lta bu zhes bya ba ni ji skad bshad pa’i rlom sems so| |thams cad
20 ces pa ni yang ma lus pa’o| |thams cad nas zhes bya ba ni ting* nge ’dzin [P24v3]
chos thams cad len pa med pa yangs pa mdun du byas pa’o| |bdag ni byang
chub sems dpa’o| |mnyam par gzhag pa’o zhes bya ba ni ldog pa med
pa’o| |bdag ting nge ’dzin la snyoms par ’jug* ces bya ba ni zhag gsum [P24v4]
pa dang bzhi pa la sogs par snyoms par ’jug par ’gyur ro| |rnam pa thams
25 cad kyi zhes bya ba ni chung ngu’i chung ngu’i bar gyi rnam par yang ngo|
|thams cad du zhes bya ba ni ting nge* ’dzin thob pa nas brtsams te| des* [P24v5]
thams cad du med do zhes bya ba’i tha tshig ste| de ni chos kyi mchog [D23v]
’bring gi dmigs pa dang rnam pa’i khyad par ro|
3.3.2.12 Adhimātrā Agradharmāḥ

30
|chen po’i dbang du byas nas bstan bcos las–* [P24v6]
mithas trikasya svābhāvyaṃ samādher avikalpanā...||AA 1.33ab||

|zhes gsungs so| |ting nge ’dzin dang| shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa dang
byang chub sems dpa’ ni gsum pa’o| |de ni phan tshun gyi ngo bo* nyid [P24v7]
5 ces bya ba ] TibD ; ces bya ba la sogs pa TibP N 6 kyis ] TibD ; kyi TibP N
pc MV W ac
13 ahaṃ ] AṣṭaA , Ed. 61; aṃ AṣṭaA 13 samādhiṃ samāpannaḥ ] AṣṭaA ; samād-
hisamāpannaḥ Ed.M V W 61 22 gzhag pa’o ] TibD ; bzhag pa TibP N
ni ’di’i dmigs pa’o| |ting nge ’dzin rnam par mi rtog pa ni rnam pa’o|
|de skad ces gsol pa dang zhes bya ba la sogs pa nas byang chub tu
lung bstan to zhes bya ba’i bar gyis ni dmigs pa* gsungs so| [P24v8]
evam ukte, āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat

5 - yenāyuṣman subhūte samādhinā viharan bodhisattvo mahāsattvas
tathāgatair arhadbhiḥ samyaksaṃ*buddhair vyākriyate ’nuttarāyāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhau śakyaḥ sa samādhir darśayitum?83 [AṣṭaA 6r6]
subhūtir āha - no hīdam āyuṣman śāriputra| tat kasya hetoḥ? tam

api hi sa kulaputraḥ samādhiṃ na jānāti, na saṃjānīte.
10 āyuṣmān śāriputra āha - na jānāti na saṃjānīta ity āyuṣman subhūte

vadasi?
āyuṣmā*n subhūtir āha - na jānāti na saṃjānīta ity āyuṣman śāriputra

vadāmi. tat kasya hetor na jānāti na saṃjānīte? avidyamānatvena [AṣṭaA 6v1]
tasya samādhes taṃ samādhiṃ na jānāti na saṃjānīte.
15 |de ltar na byang chub ni shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ste don dam par
byang chub par byed pa’i phyir ro| |de nyid sems dpa’ ste|* ’di de’i bdag [C764]
nyid yin te| de bas na byang chub sems dpa’o|* |skabs kyis ni ting nge [P25r1]
’dzin chen po de nyid sems dpa’ yin pas ’di nyid sems dpa’ chen po’o|
|yang ji ltar na ’di byang chub pa nyid yin zhe na? skabs yin pa’i phyir
20 te| des na gsum po ’di* dag gi phan tshun gyi ngo bo nyid dang sa ni [P25r2]
dmigs pa’o| |ting nge ’dzin de bstan par* nus sam zhes bya ba nas de [N26v]
nas bcom ldan ’das kyis zhes ba ba’i bar gyis rnam pa bstan to| |bstan
par nus* sam zhes bya ba ni tshig gis rab tu bstan pa’o| |ting nge ’dzin [P25r3]
de yang mi shes zhes bya ba ni gzung ba dang ’dzin pa yin pas de ltar mi
25 snang ba yin pa’i phyir rnam par mi rtog pa’o| |yang dag par mi* shes [P25r4]
zhes bya ba ni brjod par mi nus pa’i phyir rnam par mi rtog pa’o| |lhag ma
ni rtogs par sla’o| |de ni ’jig rten chos kyi mchog chen po’i dmigs pa dang
rnam pa’i khyad par dag go| |de nas bstan* bcos las– [P25r5]
...iti nirvedhabhāgīyaṃ mṛdumadhyādhimātrataḥ|| AA 1.33cd ||84

83
The reply no hīdam, the following paragraphs, and RĀŚ’s comments here all suggest
a single question, not two as in Ed.M V .
84
The Skt. nirvedhabhāgīyaṃ occurs once, whereas Tib. repeats this twice.
pc
2 de skad ces ] TibD ; de la de skad ces TibP N 5 yen ] AṣṭaA , AAĀ 61; kata yen
Aṣṭaac
A ; katamenEd.
MV
; gang gis (correlative)Tib 7 śakyaḥ ] Ed.M V W 61; śakyaṃ
AṣṭaA 10 āyuṣman ] Aṣṭapc A , Ed.
MV W
62; āyuṣmān AṣṭaacA 17 kyis ni ] TibD ; kyis
TibP ; kyi TibN 19 pa ] TibP N ; sems dpa’ TibD 21 bstan par ] TibDP ; bstan pa
TibN 22 rnam pa ] TibD ; rnam par TibP N 25 yin pa’i phyir ] TibD ; yin pa’i TibP N
27 rtogs par ] TibDN ; rtog par TibP
|zhes gsungs so|85 nges ’byed cha mthun zhes bya ba ni nges par ’byed
pa’i cha dang mthun pa bzhi po de dag yin te| re re yang chung ngu
dang ’bring dang chen* po nyid kyis bcu gnyis su ’gyur ro| |de ltar zhes [P25r6]
bya ba ni dmigs pa dang rnam pa ji skad bstan pa nyid kyis bcu gnyis bdag
5 gis ji skad bstan pa bzhin du sbyar bar bya’o|
3.3.3 Grāhyavikalpaḥ Pratipakṣavastvadhiṣṭhāno Dvividhaḥ

|de rnam par rtog* pa dang ldan* par bshad par bya ba’i dbang du byas nas [P25r7]
bstan bcos las– [D24r]
dvaividhyaṃ grāhyakalpasya vastutatpratipakṣataḥ|

10 moharāśyādibhedena pratyekaṃ navadhā tu saḥ|| AA 1.34 ||
|zhes bya ba gsungs so| |gzung bar rtog pa ni gzung par rnam par rtog
pa’o| |de ni rnam pa gnyis te|* gcig ni dngos po la rnam par rtog pa yin te| [C765]
gang ’jig rten la grags pa’i* dngos po la’o| |cig shos ni de’i gnyen po ste| de [P25v1]
yang so sor rnam pa dgu’o| |ji ltar rmongs pa dang phung po la sogs
15 pa’i bye brag ni ma rig pa dang phung po la sogs pa’i bye brag ces bya ba’i
tha tshig go| |de nyid* de nas bcom ldan ’das kyis tshe dang ldan pa [P25v2]
rab ’byor la legs so zhes bya ba la sogs pas ni ston par mdzad pa yin no|
atha khalu bhagavān āyuṣmate subhūtaye sādhukāram adāt - sādhu

sādhu subhūte. evam etat subhūte, evam etat.* yathāpi nāma tathā-
20 gatānubhāvena te pratibhāti, tathāgatādhiṣṭhānenopadiśasi. evaṃ [AṣṭaA 6v2]
cātra bodhisattvena mahāsattvena śikṣitavyam. tat kasya hetoḥ? evaṃ

hi śikṣamāṇo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ śikṣate.
atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantam etadavocat - evaṃ śikṣa*-

māṇo bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ śikṣate? [AṣṭaA 6v3]
25 evam ukte, bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat - evaṃ

śikṣamāṇaḥ śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ
śikṣate.
evam ukte, āyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantam etad avocat - evaṃ śikṣa-

māṇo bhagavan bodhisa*ttvo mahāsattvaḥ katamasmin dharme śikṣate?
85 [AṣṭaA 6v4]
Without this emendation, Tib. would repeat nirvedhabhāgīyaṃ twice though this
occurs only once in the Skt. AA.
1 zhes gsungs so | ] em.; om. TibDP N 21–22 evaṃ hi ] Ed.M V W 63; evaṃ AṣṭaA
evam ukte, bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat - evaṃśikṣa-

māṇaḥ śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvo na kasmiṃścid dharme śikṣate.
tat kasya hetoḥ? na hi te śāriputra dharmās tathā saṃvidyante yathā
bālapṛthagjanā aśrutavanto ’bhiniviṣṭāḥ.
5 āyuṣmā*n śāriputra āha - kathaṃ tarhi te bhagavan saṃvidyante?

[AṣṭaA 6v5]
bhagavān āha - yathā śāriputra na saṃvidyante, tathā saṃvidyante
evam avidyamānāḥ| tenocyante avidyeti| tān bālapṛthagjanā aśru-
tavanto ’bhiniviṣṭāḥ. tair asaṃvidyamānāḥ sarvadharmāḥ kalpitāḥ.
te tān kalpayitvā dvayor antayoḥ saktāḥ tān dharmān na jānanti
10 na* paśyanti| tasmāt te ’saṃvidyamānān sarvadharmān kalpayanti.
kalpayitvā dvāv antāv abhiniviśante abhiniviśya tan nidānam upalam- [AṣṭaA 6v6]
bhaṃ niśrityātītān dharmān kalpayanti, anāgatān dharmān kalpayanti,

pratyutpannān dharmān kalpayanti te kalpayitvā nāmarūpe ’bhinivi-
ṣṭāḥ. tair asaṃvidyamānāḥ sarvadharmāḥ* kalpitāḥ. te tān asaṃvid-
15 yamānān sarvadharmān kalpayanto yathābhūtaṃ mārgaṃ na jānanti [AṣṭaA 7r1]
na paśyanti. yathābhūtaṃ mārgam ajānanto ’paśyanto na niryānti

traidhātukāt, na budhyante bhūtakoṭim| tena te bālā iti saṃkhyāṃ
gacchanti. te satyaṃ dharmaṃ na śraddadhati. na khalu punaḥ
śāriputra bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ kaṃcid dharmam a*bhiniviśante.
[AṣṭaA 7r2]
20 |de nas zhes bya ba ni bcom ldan ’das kyis de ltar slob na shes rab kyi
pha rol tu phyin pa* la slob pa yin no zhas gsungs pa de ma thag ces [P25v3]
bya ba’i tha tshig go| |de skad ces bka’ stsal pa dang zhes bya ba ni|
gang bcom ldan ’das kyis * bka’ stsal pa de nyid bcom ldan ’das kyi bka’ yin [N27r]
pas bstan par* bya ba’i phyir skabs kyi shA ri’i bus gsol bar bya ba’i don [P25v4]
25 du smras so| |chos gang la slob pa lags zhes bya ba la| spyi sgra dang|
yon tan dang| gtso bo dang| skyes bu la sogs pa la zhes bya ba’am? * ’on te [P25v5]
phung po dang khams dang| skye mched la sogs pa’i chos la dmigs nas bslab
par bya| zhes dgongs so|
|bcom ldan ’das kyis chos gang la yang mi slob bo zhes bka’ stsal te|* [P25v6]
30 chos thams cad bdag med pa nyid la slob pa’i phyir| zhes dgongs so| |de ci’i
phyir zhe na zhes bya ba ni de chos thams cad la mi slob pa ga las she na|
lan ni shA ri’i bu zhes bya ba la sogs pa* gsungs so| |chos de ni zhes [P25v7]
bya ba ni rdzas dang| yon tan dang las la sogs pa’o| |de bzhin du zhes bya
1–2 śikṣamāṇaḥ ] AṣṭapcA , Ed.
MV W
65; śikṣamāṇa Aṣṭaac
A 3 hetoḥ ] Ed.M V W 65; heto
pc MV W ac
AṣṭaA 6 saṃvidyante ] AṣṭaA , Ed. 65; sa AṣṭaA 7 tān ] Ed.M V W 66; tām
MV W
AṣṭaA 16 yathābhūtaṃ ] Ed. 67; yathābhūta AṣṭaA 17 saṃkhyāṃ ] AAĀ 67;
MV
saṃkhyā AṣṭaA ; saṃjñāṃEd. 18 śraddadhati ] AṣṭaA , AAĀ 68; śraddhadhati
Ed.M V 23 gang bcom ldan ’das ] TibD ; bcom ldan ’das TibP N 23–24 yin pas ] TibD ;
yin par TibP N 24 kyi ] TibD ; kyis TibP N 29 chos gang ] TibP N ; gang TibD 30 med
pa nyid ] TibD ; med pa TibP N
ba ni de’i ngo bo’o| |ji ltar zhes bya ba ni ji lta bu’i ngo bos mngon par
chags shing* bden pa nyid du’o| |so so’i skye bo ni ’phags pa ma yin pa [P25v8]
ste de yang byis pa’o| |gang gi phyir thos pa dang mi ldan pa ni thos pa
mang po med* pa’o| [C766]
5 ’o na da ji lta bur* mchis zhes bya ba ni* ji lta bur rnam pa zhes bya [D24v]
ba’i don to| [P26r1]
|ji ltar med pa zhes bya ba ni yod pa yin te| gnod par byed pa yod pa’i
phyir ro| |de bzhin du yang dag par yod de zhes bya ba ni med pa’i
phyir dang|* brdzun pa’i ngo bos snang ba zhes bya ba’i don to| |de ltar [P26r2]
10 zhes bya ba ni bshad pa’i rigs pas so| |med pa zhes bya ba ni brdzun pa’o|
|ma rig pa zhes bya ba ni ma rig pa’i khyad par yin pa’i phyir ma rig pa* [P26r3]
zhes bya ba’i don to|
3.3.3.1 Grāhyavikalpo Vastvadhiṣṭhāno Navavidhaḥ
15 |(1) |de dag la zhes bya ba la sogs pa la de ni yul gyi rnam par rtog pa
bstan te| de ni ma rig pa’i rnam par rtog pa dang po’o|
|de dag gis zhes bya ba ni byis pa so so’i skye bos so| |chos* thams
(2)
[P26r4]
cad ces bya ba ni phung po dang skye mched la sogs pa’o| |med pa la zhes
20 bya ba ni byis pas bzung ba’i dngos po yod pa’o| |brtags so* zhes bya ba [N27v]
ni de bzhin du dngos po nyid du bzung ba’o* | |de ni phung por brtags pa [P26r5]
ste| rnam par rtog pa gnyis pa’o|
||mtha’ gnyis la zhes bya ba ni skye ba dang ’gag pa’o| |zhen pas
(3)
25 zhes bya ba ni kun nas gnas pa’o| |ga las she na| chos de dag* ces bya ba [P26r6]
la sogs pa gsungs te| mi shes zhes bya ba ni de kho na nyid la nges par mi
byed pa ste| sbyor ba’i lam thob pa med pa’i phyir ro| |mi mthong ste zhes
bya ba ni ’jig rten las ’das pa’i lam gyi * rtog pa med pa ste| de ci’i phyir [P26r7]
zhe na zhes bya ba la sogs pa nas mngon par chags te zhes bya ba’i bar
30 gyis ni mjug bsdu ba’o| |de ni mtha’ gnyis la chags pa’i rtog pa ste gsum pa’o|
|mngon par* chags pa zhes bya ba ni mtha’ gnyis la gnas pa’o| |de’i
(4)
[P26r8]
gzhis zhes bya ba ni rgyu’o| |dmigs pa zhes bya ba ni log pa’i shes pa’o|
|gnas nas zhes bya ba ni rten nas so|* |ming dang gzugs la* mngon par [C767]
[P26v1]
1 ngo bo’o ] TibD ; ngo bo TibP N 2 du’o ] TibD ; do TibP N 3 byis pa’o ] TibDN ;
byas pa’o TibP 5 ’o na da ] TibD ; ’o na TibP N 16 ma rig pa’i ] TibDN ; ma rigs
pa’i TibP 20 bzung ba’i ] TibD ; gzung ba’i TibP N 21 bzung ba’o ] TibD ; gzung ba’
TibP N 28 gyi rtog pa ] TibD ; gyis rtogs pa TibP ; gyi rtogs pa TibN 29 zhes bya
ba ] TibD ; bya ba TibP N 30 mjug ] TibD , Ed.Cpn ; ’jug TibP N 30 rtog pa ste ] TibD ;
rtog pa TibP N 34 rten nas so ] TibP N ; rten pa’o TibD
zhen pas zhes bya ba ni ming ni gzugs can ma yin pa’i phung po gzugs ni
gzugs kyi phung po yin te| de gnyis ka ni ming dang gzugs so| |de la mngon
par zhen pa ste ming dang gzugs* la mngon par zhen pa ste rnam par rtog [P26v2]
pa bzhi pa’o|
5
|lnga po gzhan ni brtag par bya ba yin te| gzugs la sogs pa ’di dag ni
(5)
kun nas nyon mongs pa ’di* |dag ni rnam par byang ba’o zhes mi shes [D25r]
mi mthong ba* yin no| |nges par mi ’byung zhes bya ba ni khams gsum [P26v3]
dang theg pa las so| |de ni kun nas nyon mongs pa dang rnam par byang
10 ba’i mi shes pa’i rnam par rtog pa ste lnga pa’o|
|de dag ni stong pa nyid la dad par mi* byed cing pha rol tu phyin pa
(6)
[P26v4]
dag la mi gnas pa yin te| de ni ’phags pa’i lam la mi gnas pa’i rnam par rtog
pa ste drug pa’o|
15
|de pha rol tu phyin pa la sogs pa dag la dmigs pa ni nges par mi

(7)
’byung* ste| de ni lam la dmigs pa’i rnam par rtog pa ste bdun pa’o| [P26v5]
|de bdag dang chos la dmigs pa yin te|* de ni bdag la dmigs pa’i rnam
(8)
[N28r]
20 par rtog pa ste brgyad pa’o|
|skye ba med pa dang| rab tu* skye ba ma yin pa dang| mngon par
(9)
[P26v6]
’du mi byed pa rnam par dag pa de ni rnam par dag pa’i rnam par rtog pa
ste dgu po de ni dro bar rnam par rtog pa dgu po ’di dag ni srab mor ma
25 byas pa dang| |ma spangs* pa de bas na de dag dang ldan pa yin no| |de’i [P26v7]
rnam par rtog pa’i mun pa bsrabs par byas pa’i phyir| snang ba thob pa’i
ting nge ’dzin la brten pa zhes bya ba bstan te| de ni gzung ba’i rnam
par rtog pa dang po rnam pa* dgu’o| [P26v8]
3.3.3.2 Grāhyavikalpāḥ Pratipakṣādhiṣṭhānaḥ Navavidhaḥ

30
|gnyis pa’i dbang du byas nas de dag gis zhes bya ba la sogs pa gsungs te|
chos thams cad ces bya ba ni phung po la sogs pa’o| |brtags* so zhes [C768]
bya ba ni phung po la sogs pa’i dbye bas* rnam pa dgu gzung ba yin no| [P27r1]
|phung po la sogs pa’i dngos por brtags pa’i dbye bas phung po la sogs pas
35 rnam par rtog pa ni rnam pa dgu’o| |de la–
1 ni ] TibD ; gi TibP N 9–10 byang ba’i ] TibD ; byang ba TibP N 10 rtog pa

ste ] TibD ; rtog pa TibP N 12 dad par ] TibD ; dad pa TibP N 19 bdag ] TibDP ; dag
TibN 22 ma yin pa ] TibD ; med pa yin pa TibP N 26 bsrabs par ] TibD ; srab par
TibP N 27 brten pa ] TibD ; rten pa TibP N
|gzugs su rnam par rtog cing mngon par* zhen pa nas rnam par shes
(1)
[P27r2]
pa’i bar du zhen pa de ni phung po’i don du rnam par rtog pa’o|
|mig tu rnam par rtog cing mngon par zhen pa nas chos kyi bar du
(2)
5 mngon par zhen pa de ni skye ba’i sgo’i86 don du rnam par rtog pa’o|
|ming dang gzugs* dang mig gi rnam par shes pa’i khams nas| yid
(3)
[P27r3]
dang chos dang yid kyi rnam par shes pa’i khams kyi bar du mngon par zhen
pa de ni rigs kyi don durnam par rtog pa’o|
10
(4)
|ma rig pa nas rga shi’i bar ni skye ba’i don du rnam par* rtog pa’o| [P27r4]
|nang stong pa nyid nas dngos po med pa’i ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
(5)
kyi bar de ni stong* pa nyid kyi don du rnam par rtog pa’o| [D25v]
15
|pha rol tu phyin pa drug po dag ni pha rol tu phyin pa’i don du rnam
(6)
par rtog pa’o|* [P27r5]
|byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos sum cu rtsa bdun ni mthong ba’i lam
(7)
20 gyi rnam par rtog pa’o|
|bsam gtan dang gzugs med pa dang snyoms par ’jug pa dag ni bsgom
(8)
pa’i lam gyi rnam par rtog pa’o|* [P27r6]
25 |de bzhin *gshegs pa’i stobs bcu nas rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa
(9)
[N28v]
nyid kyi bar du ni mi slob pa’i lam gyi rnam par rtog pa’o|
|de dag gis zhes bya ba la sogs pa ni de dag gi skyon bstan to| |lam* [P27r7]
yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin zhes bya ba ni phyin ci ma log pa’i lam bdag
30 med pa’i ye shes so| |yang dag pa ni de kho na nyid do| |mtha’ ni mchog
dang rtse mo ste| |yang dag pa’i mtha’ stong pa nyid* ces bya ba’i don to| [P27r8]
|grangs su zhes bya ba ni brtsis su’o| |rnam par rtog pa dgu po ’di dag ni
rtse mo’i’o|
|srab mor* byas pa dang ma spangs pa de bas na de dag dang ldan pa [C769]
86
Dpe dur ma has a typo (missing a minus sign), which makes it look as though the
variants both read the same as the lemma sgo’i.
2 zhen pa de ] TibD ; zhen pa TibP N 5 skye ba’i sgo’i ] TibD ; skye ba’i TibP N
7 ming ] TibD , Ed.Cp ; mig TibP , TibN 7 mig gi ] TibDP ; mi gis TibN 9 don
du ] TibD ; don ’u TibP N 11 don du ] TibDP ; don TibN , Ed.Cp 28 la sogs pa ] TibD ;
la sogs pas TibP N 28 bstan to ] TibD ; bstan pa’o TibP N 32 brtsis ] TibD ; rtsis
TibP N 34 ldan pa ] TibD ; ldan pas TibP N
ni snga ma’i* rnam par rtog pa dgu spong pa nyid de| de bas na snang ba [P27v1]
mched pa’i ting nge ’dzin la gnas pa yin te| de ni gzung ba’i rnam par
rtog pa gnyis pa rnam pa dgu bstan pa yin no|
3.3.4 Grāhakavikalpo Dravyaprajñaptisatpuruṣādhiṣṭhāno Dvivid-

5 haḥ
|’dzin pa’i rtog pa gnyis kyi* dbang du byas nas bstan bcos las– [P27v2]
dravyaprajñaptyadhiṣṭhāno dvividho grāhako mataḥ|

svatantrātmādirūpeṇa skandhādyāśrayatastathā|| AA 1.35 ||
|’dzin* pa ni ’dzin pa’i rnam par rtog pa’o| |de ni rnam pa gnyis te| rdzas [P27v3]
10 la rten pa dang| brtags pa la rten pa’o| |rten ni dmigs pa’o| |de yang
go rims bzhin du bdag la sogs pa rang dbang can dang|* phung po la [P27v4]
sogs pa la rten pa yin no| |’dir yang de ni so sor rnam pa dgu zhes rjes su
sbyar ro|
3.3.4.1 Grāhakavikalpo Dravyasatpuruṣādhiṣṭhāno Navavidhaḥ

15
|de la dang po’i dbang du byas nas de dag chos bden pa la zhes bya ba
la sogs pa smos te|* [P27v5]
|de dag ces bya ba ni byis pa so so’i skye bo’o| |chos bden pa zhe bya
ba ni yang dag pa’i bden pa’i don bdag med pa mthong ba’o| |yid mi ches
20 so zhes bya ba ni gus par mi byed pa ste| bdag* nyid rnam pa dgur rtog [P27v6]
pa’o| |yang zhes bya ba la sogs pas ni byang chub sems dpa’ chos gang
la yang zhen par mi byed pa yin te bdag nyid du* |dmigs par mi byed [D26r]
pa’i phyir ro| |de nyid kyis na mi dmigs* pa rnam pa dgu’i mi mthun pa [P27v7]
nyid kyis rnam par rtog pa dgu’o|

25
|bdag dang sems can dang mthong ba* po’i bar du bstan du med pa’i
(1)
[N29r]
phyir mi dmigs pas de ni rang dbang gi bdag nyid du rnam par rtog pa’o|* [P27v8]
|gzugs dang rnam par shes pa’i bar gyis bdag nyid du mi dmigs pas
(2)
30 de ni gcig gi bdag nyid du rnam par rtog pa’o|
|mig* nas yid kyi bar dang gzugs nas chos kyi bar mi dmigs pas de
(3)
[C770]
ni* rgyu’i bdag nyid du rnam par rtog pa’o| [P28r1]
3 gnyis pa ] TibD ; gnyis la TibP N 10 rten pa ] TibD ; brten pa TibP N 10 rten

pa’o ] TibD ; brten pa’o TibP N 10 rten ] TibD ; brten pa TibP N 11 go rims ] TibD ;
go rim TibP N 12 rten pa ] TibDN ; brten pa TibP 13 sbyar ] TibD ; sbyor TibP N
26 bstan du ] TibD ; gtan du TibP N 30 gcig ] TibD ; cig TibP N 32 mig ] TibDP ; yig
TibN
|mig dang gzugs dang mig gi rnam par shes pa nas| yid dang chos
(4)
dang yid kyi rnam par shes pa’i bar ni lta ba’i bdag nyid du rnam par rtog
pa’o|
5
|rten cing ’brel* par byung ba nas gzugs med pa’i khams kyi bar ni
(5)
[P28r2]
kun nas nyon mongs pa’i gzhi’i bdag nyid kyi rnam par rtog pa’o|
|bsam gtan dang po nas gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa’i bar ni
(6)
10 ’dod chags dang bral* ba’i gzhi’i bdag nyid kyi rnam par rtog pa’o| [P28r3]
|’phags pa’i bden pa ni mthong ba po’i gzhi’i bdag nyid kyi rnam par
(7)
rtogs pa’o|
15 |rnam par thar pa brgyad dang| mthar gyis gnas pa’i snyoms par ’jug
(8)
pa dgu ni bsgom* pa’i gzhi’i rnam par rtog pa’o| [P28r4]
|stobs bcu dang rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa nyid kyi bar la yang mi
(9)
dmigs pas de ni don byas pa nyid kyi gzhi’i bdag nyid kyi rnam par rtog pa’o|
20
|bzod pa dgu po ’di dag* srab par byed| spong bar mi byed de| de bas na [P28r5]
’di dag dang ldan pas ni snga ma de dag nyid spong bar byed pa nyid de de
bas na gzung bar bya ba med pa gcig tu nges par yod pa’i phyir de kho na
nyid kyi don la phyogs* gcig tu zhugs pa’i ting nge ’dzin la gnas pa yin no| [P28r6]
25 evam ukte, āyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantam etad avocat - evaṃ śikṣa-

māṇo bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ sarvajñatāyāṃ śikṣate?
bhagavān āha - evaṃ śikṣamāṇaḥ śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
sarvajñatāyām api na śikṣate. evaṃ śikṣamāṇaḥ śāriputra bodhisattvo
mahāsattvaḥ sarvadharmeṣu* śikṣate. evaṃ śikṣamāṇaḥ śāriputra
30 bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ sarvajñatāyāṃ śikṣate, sarvajñatāyā āsan- [AṣṭaA 7r3]
nībhavati, sarvajñatāyāṃ niryāsyati.

|de skad ces bka’ stsal pa dang zhes bya ba la sogs pas ni shA ri’i bus
zur gyis zhus pa gsungs so| |zhu ba ni ’di snyam du sems* te| gal te de thams [P28r7]
cad mkhyen pa nyid la slob pa de’i tshe ’di la ji ltar mi dmigs pa zhe na?
35 bcom ldan ’das kyis bka’ stsal pa| de la yang mi slob pa ste| dmigs pa’i* [P28r8]
tshul gyis zhes bya bar dgongs so| |de ltar slob na zhes bya ba ni mi dmigs
pa’i tshul gyis* slob pa’o| |chos thams* cad la zhes* bya ba ni sa thams [D26v]
cad kyi yon tan thob pa la’o|* [C771]
[N29v]
12 mthong ba po’i ] TibD ; mthong ba’i TibP N 21 bzod pa ] TibD ; bzod pas TibP N [P28v1]
21 de bas na ] TibD ; des na TibP N 33 ni ] TibD ; na TibP N 37 ni sa ] TibD ; ni
TibP N
|de ltar bstan pa ’di ’dzin pa’i rnam par rtog pa dang po dgu’o|
3.3.4.2 Grāhakavikalpaḥ Prajñaptisatpuruṣādhiṣṭhāno Navavidhaḥ
atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat - yo bhagavan

5 evaṃ paripṛcchet - kim ayaṃ māyāpuruṣaḥ sarvajñatāyāṃ śikṣiṣyate,
sarvajñatāyā* āsannībhaviṣyati, sarvajñatāyāṃ niryāsyatīti? tasya
bhagavan evaṃ paripṛcchataḥ kathaṃ nirdeṣṭavyaṃ syāt? [AṣṭaA 7r4]
evam ukte, bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat - tena hi su-

bhūte tvām evātra pratiprakṣyāmi. yathā te kṣamate, tathā vyākuryāḥ.
10 sādhu bhagavann ity āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt.
bhagavān e*tad avocat - tat kiṃ manyase subhūte ’nyā sā māyā, anyat
tadrūpam, anyā sā māyā, anyā sā vedanā. anyā sā saṃjñā, anye te [AṣṭaA 7r5]
saṃskārāḥ. anyā sā māyā, anyat tadvijñānam?
subhūtir āha - na hy etad bhagavan. na hi bhagavan anyā sā māyā

15 anyat tadrūpam. rūpam eva bhagavan māyā, māyaiva rūpam. na
hi bhagavan anyā sā mā*yā anyā sā vedanā, anyā sā saṃjñā anye te
saṃskārāḥ. vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā eva bhagavan māyā, māyaiva [AṣṭaA 7r6]
vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskārāḥ. na bhagavan anyā sā māyā anyat tadvijñā-

nam. vijñānam eva bhagavan māyā, māyaiva vijñānam.
20 |de nas bcom ldan ’das zhes bya ba la sogs pas ni ci sgyu ma’i skyes
bu ’di zhes bya ba la sogs pa la| ’dri ba’i bsam pa ni ’di* yin te| gal te chos [P28v2]
kyi mchog ’di la byang chub la slob pa’i byang chub sems dpa’ ni sgyu ma’i
skyes bu dang ’dra ba yin te| de lta na sgyu ma’i skyes bu yang slob par
’gyur zhing de nges par ’byung bar ’gyur* ro zhes brjod par bya’o zhe na? [P28v3]
25 rab ’byor de bas na zhes bya ba la sogs pa gsungs te| gal te sgyu ma’i
skyes bu lta bu nyid du ni mi ’dod de rgyu de bas na’o| |na zhes bya ba
tshig gi rgyun du smras pa yin* no| |khyed nyid la dri bar byas zhes bya [P28v4]
ba ni gang dris pa de nyid la dri bar byas pa’o| |ci nus pa zhes bya ba ni ci
’dod pa’o| |ston cig ces bya ba ni shod cig pa’o| |ltar nyan pa dang zhes
30 bya ba ni bdag* gir byas pa’o| |’di zhes bya ba ni tshig nye bar dgod pa’o| [P28v5]
|ji zhes bya ba ni dri ba’o| |ji phung po gzhan la sgyu ma yang gzhan
nam zhes bya ba ni dris pa’i don to| |sgyu ma nyid kyang phung po
zhes bya ba ni rab ’byor* gyis dris pa’i lan no| |don gang sgyu ma mkhan [P28v6]
11 māyā ] , Ed.M V W 70; māyā sa AṣṭaacA 15–16 na hi ] Ed.M V W 70; na AṣṭaA 25 gal
te ] TibD ; gang de TibP N 26 bya ba ] TibD ; bya ba ni TibP N 30 gir ] TibDP ; gi TibN
31 ji zhes bya ba ] TibD ; ci zhes bgyi ba TibP ; ji zhes bgyi ba TibN 31 ji ] TibD ; ci
TibP N
gyis sprul pa’i dngos po’i don bzhin du yang dag par snang ba ma yin te|
de ni ’dir sgyu ma’i sgra’i don to| |de bas na sgyu ma nyid ces gsungs so|
|sgyu ma’i don bstan* nas skyes bu’i don bstan pa’i phyir| [P28v7]
bhagavān āha - tat kiṃ manyase subhūte ’traiṣāṃ saṃjñā samajñā

5 prajñaptir vyavahāraḥ pañcasūpādā*naskandheṣu yaduta bodhisattva
iti? [AṣṭaA 7v1]
|’dir ni ’du shes kun shes pa brtags pa tha snyad yin no zhes bya ba
la khyad par du dpyod par byed pa yin pa’i phyir ’du shes te| shes pa dang
blo zhes bya ba’i don to|*87 |byis pa rnams drang ba’i ched du brtags pa ni [P28v8]
10 brtags pa ste de dag log pa nyid du mi shes pa’i phyir ro| |’phags pa dang
’phags pa* ma yin pa thams cad ’dis tha snyad du byed pas na tha snyad [C772]
do| |de la ’phags* pas ni brtags pa log pa nyid du rtogs pas gzhan la rton [P29r1]
par byed pa’o| |’phags pa ma yin pas ni bden pa nyid du shes nas bdag nyid
kyang ’jug par byed do| |’dir* zhes bya ba ’dis ni bstan* pa’o| |nye bar len [N30r]
15 pa’i phung po lnga la zhes bya ba ni ming la sogs pa rnams rjes su bstan* [P29r2]
pa’o| |byang chub sems dpa’ zhes bya ba ni dngos po med pa dang bdag [D27r]
med pa dag la byang chub sems dpa’o zhes* brtags pa’o| |de bas na ’di [P29r3]
ni sgyu ma’i skyes bu nyid do zhes bya ba ni spyi’i don yin no|
evam ukte, āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat - evam etad
20 bhagavan, evam etat sugata. tena hi bhagavan bodhisattvena mahāsatt-
vena prajñapāramitāyāṃ śikṣamāṇena māyāpuruṣeṇeva śikṣitavyaṃ
bhavaty anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau. tat kasya hetoḥ? sa eva hi
bha*gavan māyāpuruṣo dhārayitavyo yaduta pañcopādānaskandhāḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ? tathā hi bhagavan māyopamaṃ rūpam uktaṃ bhaga- [AṣṭaA 7v2]
25 vatā. yac ca rūpaṃ tat ṣaḍindriyaṃ te pañca skandhāḥ| tathā hi bha-

gavan māyopamā vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskārā uktā bhagavatā. tathā hi
bhagavan māyopamaṃ vijñānam uktaṃ bhagavatā. yac ca vijñānaṃ
tat ṣaḍindri*yaṃ te pañca skandhāḥ. ...
|bcom ldan ’das de de bzhin no| |bde bar gshegs pa de de bzhin te [AṣṭaA 7v3]
30 zhes bya ba ni yongs su dga’ ba’i phyir lan* gnyis su brjod pa yin no| |de [P29r4]
87
This line is not represented in the corresponding section of Dgt. It is possible that
blo was changed to rnam par rig pa but brtags pa does not appear in the Dgt at all.
Whatever the case, I have not tried to fix the correspondence, but I have bolded the words
since they appear to be RĀŚ’s lemma here and possibly correspond to an earlier sNying
mchog translation that got changed.
5 naskandheṣu ] Ed.M V W 71; naskandheṣu AṣṭaA (part.leg) 7 brtags pa ] TibD ; btags

TibP N 8 khyad par du ] TibD ; khyad par TibP N 9–10 brtags pa ni brtags pa ] TibD ;
btags pa ni btags pa TibP N 12 brtags pa ] TibDN ; btags pa TibP 12–13 rton par
byed pa’o ] TibD ; ston par byed do TibP N 13 ma yin pas ni ] TibD ; yin pas na TibP N
26 uktā bhagavatā ] Aṣṭapc A (part. leg.); uktāḥ , Ed.
MV W
72 30 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong
su TibN 30–93.1 de bas na ] TibD ; de bas ni TibP N
bas na zhes bya ba la sogs pa ni byang chub sems dpa’ sgyu ma’i skyes bu
nyid du sgrub cing bstan par bya ba’i phyir bskal pa’i lan yongs su gsal bar
btab par mtshan pa* yin no| |’di lta ste byang chub sems dpa’ bslab par bya [P29r5]
ba ni yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub la’o| |slob pas zhes bya ba ni
5 slob par byed pa’i rgyu la ste| dper na| bung ba nyal nas ’phel byed la| |pad
ma’i* rtsa ba gnas nas skyes zhes bya ba ste| gang gi phyir de shes rab [P29r6]
kyi pha rol tu phyin pa la slob pa ni sems dang ldan pa’i phyir la| sgyu ma
mkhan gyis sprul pa’i skyes bu ni yid med pa yin pa’i phyir ro| |sgyu ma’i* [P29r7]
skyes bu ltar zhes bya ba ni sgyu ma mkhan gyis sprul pa’i skyes bu dang
10 ’dra bar bdag byid mthong ba zhes bya ba’i don to| |de ci’i slad du zhe
na zhes bya ba ni| bdag nyid de ltar mthong ba ni dka’ ba yin na| de ji ltar
shes she na|* sgyu ma mkhan gyis sprul pa’i dngos po’i don ni sgyu ma [P29r8]
ste| de dang ’dra* ba’i skyes bu ni sgyu ma’i skyes bu’o| |gzung bar [C773]
bya’o zhes bya ba ni nges par bya’o| |gzugs ni sgyu ma lta bu zhes bya ba
15 ni gzung bar snang ba’i dngos po* yin pa’i phyir ro| |gang zhes bya ba ni [P29v1]
gang dang ’dra ba’o| |de zhes bya ba ni de dang ’dra ba’o| |de dagces bya
ba ni de dag dang ’dra ba ste| |’dzin pa’i dngos po yang med pa’i phyir
zhes bya bar bsams pa’o| |phung po dang skye* mched la sogs pa med na [P29v2]
’di la sems dang ldan pa ci zhig ce na| sems dang ldan pa’i phung po la sogs
20 pa ni ’khrul pa nyid de|* phung po la sogs pa ni yod pa ma yin no| |sprul [N30v]
pa’i skyes bu ni sprul pa yang med* do| |de bzhin du tshor ba la sogs pa’i
gzhung dag la yang bshad par bya’o| |skye mched drug la yang la lar skyes
bur btags pa yod de| de ni zhar la dbang po drug bzung ba yin no| |* skabs
kyis ni phung po la sogs* pa la skyes bur btags pa yin no| |lhag ma ni ci rigs
25 par btags par bya’o| |de ltar na btags pa’i rnam par rtog pa dgu’o|
|sgyu ma nyid gzugs zhes bya ba nas rnam par shes pa’i bar du ni
(1)
phung por* btags pa’i rnam par rtog pa’o| [P29v5]
30 |sgyu ma nyid mig ces bya ba nas chos zhes bya ba’i bar ni skye mched
(2)
rnams su btags pa’i rnam par rtog pa’o|
(3)
|sgyu ma nyid mig dang gzugs dang mig gi rnam par shes pa dang|* [P29v6]
1 la sogs pa ] TibD ; la sogs pas TibP N 2 bya ba’i ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; bya’i TibP
2 bskal pa’i ] TibD ; brgal ba’i TibP ; brkal ba’i TibN 2 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su
TibN 3 mtshan pa ] TibD ; mtshon pa TibP N 5 rgyu la ste ] TibD ; sgyu la te
TibP N 6 skyes ] TibD ; skye TibP N 6 gang gi phyir de ] TibD ; gang gi phyir TibP N
8 gyis ] TibD ; gyi TibP N 8 yid ] TibD ; yid shes TibP N 9 gyis ] TibD ; gyi TibP N
10 de ci’i ] TibD ; ci’i TibP N 12 gyis ] TibD ; gyi TibP N 16 gang ] TibP N ; nang
TibD 20 ni yod pa ] TibD ; yod pa ni TibP N 22–23 skyes bur ] TibP N ; skyes bu
TibD 23 bzung ba ] TibDN ; gzung ba TibP 24 kyis ni ] TibD ; kyi ni TibP ; kyi mi
TibN 28 btags pa’i ] TibDP ; brtags pa’i TibN
sgyu ma nyid yid dang chos dang yid kyi rnam par shes pa’i bar dang| sgyu
ma nyid nam mkha’i khams kyi bar dang| |sgyu ma nyid rnam par shes pa’i
khams kyi bar ni khams su btags pa’i rnam par rtog pa’o|
5 |sgyu ma* nyid rten cing ’brel bar ’byung ba yin te| sgyu ma nyid
(4)
[P29v7]
ma rig pa dang| sgyu ma nyid ’du byed| sgyu ma nyid rga shi zhes bya ba’i
bar du ni rten cing ’bral par ’byung bar btags pa’i rnam par rtog pa’o|
|sgyu ma* nyid byang chub kyi* phyogs kyi chos sum cu rtsa
(5)
[C774]
10 bdun zhes bya ba ni rnam par byang bar btags pa’i rnam par rtog pa’o| [P29v8]
|sgyu ma nyid stong pa nyid dang mtshan ma med pa dang smon pa

(6)
med pa nyid ces bya ba ni mthong ba’i lam du btags pa’i* rnam par rtog pa’o| [P30r1]
15 |sgyu ma nyid bsam gtan dang gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
(7)
ni bsgom pa’i lam du btags pa’i rnam par rtog pa’o|
|sgyu ma nyid stong pa nyid thams cad ces bya ba ni* khyad par
(8)
[P30r2]
gyi lam du btags pa’i rnam par rtogs pa’o|

20
|sgyu ma nyid stobs bcu nas sgyu ma nyid byang chub ces bya
(9)
ba’i bar ni mi slob pa’i lam du btags pa’i rnam par rtog pa’o|
|chos kyi mchog gis dgu po ’di* dag srab par byed cing mi spong ba dang| [P30r3]
25 de dag dang ldan pa ni snga ma’i rnam par* rtog pa dgu spong bar byed de| [N31r]
|de nas bar chad med pa’i ting nge ’dzin ston par byed de bar chad byed par
nus pa ni bar chad do| |bar chad* byed par mi nus pa ni de ma thag pa’o| [P30r4]
|de ga las she na| de’i de ma thag nyid du mthong ba’i lam skye ba yin te|
des ni ’dzin par rnam par rtog pa gnyis pa rnam pa dgu bstan to|
30 3.3.5 Kalyāṇamitram
|de ltar na ’dis ni rnam par rtog pa bzhi dang ldan pa’i khyad par bstan pa* [P30r5]
yongs su ’dzin pa’i khyad par gyi dbang* du byas nas bstan bcos las– [D28r]
cittānavalīnatvādinaiḥsvābhāvyādideśakaḥ|
tadvipakṣaparityāgaḥ sarvathā samparigrahaḥ|| AA 1.36 ||
35 |zhes gsungs te| rnam* pa kun tu zhes bya ba ni yongs su ’dzin pa rnam [P30r6]
22 btags pa’i ] TibDP ; brtags pa’i TibN 28 de ga las ] TibP N ; de dag las TibD , Ed.Cpn
31 de ltar na ’dis ni ] TibD ; de ltar ’dis TibP ; de ltar ’dis ni TibN 32 yongs su ] TibDP ;
yong su TibN 35 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN
pa bzhi ste| gang yongs su bzung bas byang chub sems dpa’i lam gyi rjes su
’gro zhing lam ma yin pas ma yin te| ’di lta ste thabs mkhas pas dang| dge
ba’i bshes* gnyen dang de gnyis kyis kyang mi mthun pa’i phyogs* yongs su [P30r7]
spong ngo| |de la thabs mkhas pas ni sems mi ’gong ba nyid la sogs pa ste| [C775]
5 rgyu la ’bras bur btags pa’i phyir ro| |ngo bo* nyid med sogs ston byed [P30r7]
pa ni dge ba’i bshes gnyen no|

...mā bhagavan navayānasaṃprasthitā bodhisattvā mahāsattvā imaṃ
nirdeśaṃ śrutvā utrasiṣuḥ saṃtrasiṣuḥ saṃtrāsam āpatsyante.
10 bhagavān āha - yadi subhūte navayānasaṃprasthitā bodhisattvā mahā-

sattvāḥ pāpamitrahastagatā bhaviṣyanti, utrasiṣyanti saṃtrasiṣyanti
saṃtrāsam āpatsyante.* atha cet subhūte navayānasaṃprasthitā bodhi-
sattvā mahāsattvāḥ kalyāṇamitrahastagatā bhaviṣyanti, notrasiṣyanti [AṣṭaA 7v5]
na saṃtrasiṣyanti na saṃtrāsam āpatsyante.

15 |de nyid kyi skabs bstan pa’i phyir theg pa la gsar du zhugs pa zhes
bya ba la sogs pa gsungs so| |mngon du gyur pas ’jigs pa ni skrag pa’o|
|skrag zin pa ni dngangs pa’o|* |de nyid kyi rgyu ni shin tu dngangs [P30v1]
pa’o| |bstan pa ’di thos na zhes bya ba ni sgyu ma’i skyes bur bstan pa’o|
|gal te byang chub sems dpa’i lag tu song na ni zhes bya bar sbyar
20 ro| |ji lta bu’i lag tu song na zhes na| sems dpa’ chen po sdig pa’i grogs
po’i* lag tu song na’o| |’dir ’am zhes bya ba’i sgra rtogs par bya ste| sdig [P30v2]
pa’i grogs po’i lag tu song bar gyur pa ’am zhes bya’o| |88 des pa ma yin pa
dang| mi mkhas pa dang| thabs mkhas pa ma yin te| sems dpa’* chen po [P30v3]
gang dag sems dpa’ chen po’i lag tu ma yin pa de la de* skad ces bya ste don [N31v]
25 gyis de ltar bstan pa yin no| |thabs mi mkhas pa yongs su gtong ba dang|
sdig pa’i grogs po yongs su spong ba rnams ni yongs su ’dzin pa rnam pa* [P30v4]
gnyis po dag go| |de bas na rab ’byor gal te zhes bya ba la sogs pa gsungs
te| sems dpa’ mdzangs pa thabs mkhas pa yin te| de gang dag la chen po
yod pa de dag la de skad ces bya ste| dge ba’i bshes gnyen* gyi lag tu song [P30v5]
30 ba’o| |’dir yang ’am zhes bya ba ni sgra rtogs par ’gyur ro| |’di skad ston
88
Here ’am is the lemma for Dgt’s ram.
1 gang yongs su bzung bas ] TibD ; yos su gzung TibP ; yong su gzung TibN 2 ma
yin pas ] TibD ; yin pas TibP N 3 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 4 ni ] TibDN ,
Ed.Cp ; na TibP 4 ste ] TibD ; yin te TibP N 6 no ] TibD ; yin no TibP N 15 theg
pa ] TibDN ; thegs pa TibP 17 ni ] TibD , Ed.Cp , TibN ; na TibP 18 na ] TibD ; nas
TibP N 18 sgyu ma’i skyes bur ] TibD ; skyes bur TibP N 19 lag ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ;
lags TibP 21 lag ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; lags TibP 24 chen po’i lag tu ] TibD ; chen po
TibP N 25 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 26 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN
26 spong ba rnams ] TibD ; stong pa TibP N 26 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN
27 dag go ] TibDP ; dga’o TibN 30 ’dir ] TibD ; ’di TibP N 30 bya ba ni ] TibD ; bya
ba’i TibP N 30 ’di ] TibD ; de TibP N
pa yin te| thabs mkhas pa dang| dge ba’i bshes gnyen ni yongs su ’dzin pa
gzhan gnyis yin no| |de la gang chos thams cad ngo bo* nyid med par nges [P30v6]
shing bstan pa dang| rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa nyid* dang ldan pa’i [D28v]
mi dmigs pa’i ye shes kyis dge ba’i chos rnams spyod cing de dag yang dag [C776]
5 par rdzogs pa’i byang chub tu yang dag par yongs su bsngo ba de ni* thabs
mkhas pa’o| |de las bzlog pa ni thabs la mi mkhas pa’o| |
evam ukte, āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat - kāni punar
bhagavan bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya kalyāṇamitrāṇi veditavyāni?
bhaga*vān āha - ya enaṃ pāramitāsv avavadanty anuśāsati. ye cās-
10 mai mārakarmāṇy upadiśanti. evaṃ māradoṣā boddhavyāḥ - ime [AṣṭaA 7v5]
māradoṣāḥ. evaṃ mārakarmāṇi boddhavyāni - imāni mārakarmāṇi.

tāni tvayā buddhvā vivarjayitavyānīti. imāni subhūte bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya mahāsaṃnāhasaṃna*ddhasya mahāyānasaṃprasthitas-
ya mahāyānasamārūḍhasya kalyāṇamitrāṇi veditavyāni. [AṣṭaA 7v6]
15 |de skad ces bka’ stsal pa dang zhes bya ba la sogs pa ni dge ba’i bshes
gnyen gyi mtshan nyid zhus pa yin te| zhu ba ni dge ba’i bshes gnyen
gang rnams* lags zhes bya ba la sogs pa’o| |lan ni gang de la zhes bya [P30v8]
ba la sogs pa gsungs te| bdud kyi las nye bar ston pa ni ’dir bdud kyi nyes
pa yang bdud kyi las yin te| bdud kyi bya ba las byung* ba’i phyir dang [P31r1]
20 las yin pa’i phyir ro| |ji ltar ston pa yin zhe na? ’di lta bur zhes bya ba
la sogs pa gsungs so| |byang chub sems dpa’ rnams la bdud kyis byin gyis
brlabs nas byung ba’i* lus la sogs pa’i bya ba ni bdud kyi nyes pa’o| |de ltar [P31r2]
de dag ni byang chub sems dpa’i spyod pa la bar chad byed pa nyid du rig
par bya’o| |bdud kyi nyes pa ’di dag ces bya ba ni gang ngas khyod la
25 bshad pa’o|* |bdud kyi las shes bya ba ni bdud rang nyid sngas rgyas la [P31r3]
sogs pa’i cha byad du byas nas lam log par ston par byed pa’o| |de bzhin du
ston pa zhes bya ba de dag* gis byang chub sems dpa’i* spyod pa las dben [N32r]
pa nyid du rig par bya’o| |’di ni shes bya ba ni ngas khyod la bstan pa dag [P31r4]
go| |’di dag ces bya ba ni bdud kyi las rnam pa gnyis so| |ston zhes bya
30 ba ni de bzhin du zhes bya ba’i* don to| |de bzhin du ston pa zhes bya bar [P31r5]
sbyar ro| |’di nizhes bya ba la sogs pa nas rig par sbyar ro zhes bya ba la
sogs pa ni mjug sdud pa’o| |gang ’di pha rol tu phyin pa las ’byed par byed
cing gang* gi phyir bdud kyi las mi ston pa de dag ni don gyis mi* dge ba’i [P31r6]
bshes gnyen du bstan par shes so| |de ni yongs su ’dzin pa’i khyad par ro| [C777]
35 |nges par ’byed pa’i cha dang mthun pa rdzogs so| |*

1 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 3 bstan pa ] TibD ; brten pa TibP N 5 yongs
su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 6 thabs la ] TibD ; thabs TibP N 9–10 ye cāsmai ] ; ye
’smai Ed.M V W 74 15 la sogs pa ] TibD ; la sogs pas TibP N 24 kyi ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ;
kyis TibP 24 ’di dag ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; ’di ni TibP 31 sbyar ro ] TibD ; bya’o TibP N
33 gang ] TibD ; gang gang TibP N 34 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 35 nges
par ] TibD ; nges par cha TibP N
3.4 Ādhāraḥ 97
3.4 Ādhāraḥ
|sgrub pa yi ni rten gyur pa| |zhes bya ba’i dbang du byas nas bstan bcos
las–
ṣoḍhādhigamadharmasya pratipakṣaprahāṇayoḥ||* [D29r]
5 tayoḥ paryupayogasya prajñāyāḥ kṛpayā saha|| AA 1.37 ||
śiṣyāsādhāraṇatvasya parārthānukramasya ca|

jñānasyāyatnavṛtteś ca pratiṣṭhā gotram ucyate||AA 1.38 ||
|zhes bya ba gsungs te| rten la rigs zhes bya bar sbyar ro| |’dir* rigs ni [P31v1]
skabs kyi byang chub sems dpa’i rigs yin te| so sor nges par gnas pa ni rten
10 zhes bya’o| |ji ste| ci zhig gang gang gi rigs yin zhe na? gang rang bzhin gyis
rnam par dag par dag pa glo bur gyi dri mas* khebs pa de ni rigs yin te| [P31v2]
rdo’i rigs dag la dri ma thams cad sbyangs nas phyi zangs dang lcags dang|
gser| dngul dag gi rigs gsal bar ’byung ba bzhin no| |ji ste rten pa’i chos de
rnams* gang dag yin zhe na? rtogs pa yi ni chos drug dang zhes bya [P31v3]
15 ba la sogs pa smos so| |rtogs pa ni shes pa’o| |de nyid chos de yang rnam
pa drug ni (1) dro ba dang| (2) rtse mo dang| (3) bzod pa dang| (4) chos kyi
mchog* dang| (5) mthong ba’i lam dang| (6) bsgom pa’i lam* mo| [P31v4]
|gnyen po dang ni spong ba dang| |zhes bya ba la gnyen po ni shes [N32v]
pa’o| |spong ba ni mi mthun pa’i phyogs zad pa’o| |de dag yongs su gtugs
20 pa dang| |zhes* bya ba ni de bzhin gshegs pa’i tshul khrims kyi phung po [P31v5]
la sogs pa mthar thug par ’gro ba dang| tshul khrims ’chal pa la sogs pa
mthar thug par spangs pa zhes bya* ba’i don to| |shes rab snying brtser* [C778]
bcas pa dang| |zhes bya ba ni shes rab dang snying rje dag ni nyi ma dang [P31v6]
zla ba’i ’od lta bu gang yin pa dag go| |slob ma mthun mong min nyid
25 dang| |zhes bya ba ni nyan thos dang rang sangs rgyas dang thun mong ma
yin pa’i* ye shes so| |gzhan gyi don gyi go rims dang| |zhes bya ba ni [P31v7]
dus chad pa med pa’o| |lhun gyis grub par ’byung ba’i ye shes kyang yin te|
gang ’di dag gi rten du gyur pa de dag nyid kyang byang chub sems dpa’i
rigs* te| de yang chos kyi dbyings nyid do| |’di ltar bstan bcos las– rgol bar [P31v8]
30 byed pa ni|89
89
It is odd to have RĀŚ add words between ’di ltar bstan bcos las and the actual verse.
However, rgol bar byed pa ni is not part of Tib.’s or Skt.’s verse and can only be placed
here.
8 sbyar ] TibDP ; sbyor TibN , Ed.Cp 9 kyi ] TibD ; kyis TibP N 10 ji ste | ci ] TibD ; ji
lta ste | ji TibP N 12 phyi ] TibD ; phyis TibP N 15–16 rnam pa ] TibDN ; rnam TibP
19 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 21 la sogs pa ] TibD ; la sogs par TibP N 26 go
rims ] TibD ; go rim TibP N 27 ’byung ba’i ] TibD ; byung bar TibP N 28 gi ] TibDP ;
gis TibN
3.4 Ādhāraḥ 98
dharmadhātor asambhedād gotrabhedo na yujyate|| AA 1.39ab||

|zhes bya ba gsungs so| |tha dad pa de med pa’i phyir| |rigs kyi dbye ba
’di ni* sangs rgyas kyi rigs so| |’di ni rang sangs rgyas kyi rigs so|90 [P32r1]
|’di ni nyan thos kyi rigs so| zhes bya ba ’di rung ba ma yin no she na| [D29v]
5 ’dir lan ni bstan bcos las–

ādheyadharmabhedāt tu tadbhedaḥ parigīyate|| AA 1.39cd ||
|ces bya ba gsungs so| |brten pa ni sangs rgyas la sogs pa’i chos tha dad
pa yin te| de bas na de’i dbye bas rigs kyi dbye ba yin no| | nam mkha’ tha
dad pa* med kyang lam gyi dbye bas tha dad de| dbye ba’i lam dang| bya’i [P32r3]
10 lam dang| nyi ma’i lam bzhin no|

evam ukte, āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat – yad bha-
gavān evam āha - imāni subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya mahā-
saṃnāhasaṃnaddhasya mahāyānasaṃprasthitasya mahāyānasamārū-
ḍhasya kalyāṇamitrāṇi veditavyānīti. yac ca bodhisattvo mahāsattva
15 iti bhagavann ucyate, tatra bodhisattva iti bhagavan kaḥ padārtha? [AṣṭaA 8r1]
evam ukte, bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat - apadārthaḥ

subhūte bodhisattvapadārthaḥ. tat kasya hetoḥ? sarvadharmāṇāṃ hi
subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ’saktatāyāṃ śi*kṣate. ...
[AṣṭaA 8r1]
20 |de ltar ’di thams cad mdor bsdus nas rab ’byor gyis zhus pa ste| de skad
ces gsol ba dang zhes* bya ba la sogs pas ni de nyid ston to| |byang chub [P32r4]
sems dpa’ sems dpa’ chen po zhes bgyi ba de la zhes bya ba la| theg
pa chen po thams cad du zhes bya ba lhag ma yin no| |de la zhes bya ba
ni tshig gnyis* la’o| |byang chub sems dpa’ zhes bgyi* ba zhes bya ba ni [P32r5]
25 gang la byang chub kyi sgra’i tshig gi* don du brjod ces bya ba dang| tshig [N33r]
gi don gang lags zhes bya bar rjes su sbyar ro| |’dir rigs kyi don gyi dngos [C779]
po gang* yin zhes bya ba’i don to| |gang la byang chub sems dpa’i rigs yod [P32r6]
pa gang yin pa de ni byang chub sems dpa’o| |de yang bde bar gshegs
pa’i byang chub la yin gyi rigs med pa ni byang chub kyi rten ma yin* no| [P32r7]
30 |byang chub sems dpa’i sgra de nyid kyis byang chub kyi rigs brjod par bya
ba’i phyir ’phags pa rab ’byor gyis ’di zhus so| |bcom ldan ’das kyis
bka’ stsal pa ni| rab ’byor tshig don med pa ni* byang chub sems dpa’i [P32r8]
90
Tib. lemmas do not match the Derge translation that has been inserted by the
Tibetan editors here. The boldfaced type marks here terms that may have been found in
the AA translation used by Tib. translators.
2 |zhes bya ba gsungs so | ] em.; om. TibDP N 7 brten pa ] TibD ; rten pa TibP N
8 yin ] TibDP ; ma yin TibN 8 nam mkha’ ] TibDP ; nam kha’ TibN 9 de ] TibD ;
te TibP N 26 bya bar ] TibD ; bya ba TibP N 26 gyi ] TibDN ; gyis TibP
3.5 Ālambanam 99
tshig don zhes smos te| byang chub kyi rigs gang yin pa de nyid do| | des na
byang chub sems dpa’i tshig gi don zhes bya ba gsungs te| de ni tshig
gi don med pa dang|* rigs kyi dngos por med pa ste chos dbyings zhes bya [P32v1]
ba’i don to| |byang chub sems dpa’i ’di’i tha snyad kyi yul ni gang gi phyir
5 gang phung po la sogs pa’i stong pa nyid dang| chos nyid de ni de’i chos kyi
dbyings te| de* nyid dag cing mthar thug pa ni byang chub ces brjod do| |de [P32v2]
bas na rigs yin na yang dngos por yod pa ni ma yin te dngos po med pa’i
mtshan nyid kyi stong pa nyid do| |yang na byang chub kyi rigs yin yang
rten ni ma yin te snga* phyi tha mi dad pas so| |rten dang brten pa’i dbye*
10 ba ni dngos po la rtogs par byed pa’i phyir ro| |de ci’i phyir zhe na zhes
bya ba ni chos kyi dbyings de rigs nyid du gang las shes she na| rab ’byor
byang chub sems dpa’* zhes bya ba la sogs pas ni lan gsungs so| |gang gi
phyir chags pa med pa la bslab pa de’i phyir chos kyi dbyings nyid byang
chub kyi rigs nyid de| chos thams cad ces bya ba ni chos bco lnga po yin
15 te| rtogs pa yi ni chos* * drug dang| |zhes bya ba la sogs pa gsungs so|
|chags pa med pa zhes bya ba la| gnas pa ni yang dag pa* ma yin pa’i
dngos po la dmigs pa’i phyir mi mthun pa’i phyogs yin la| de dang ’gal ba
yin pa’i phyir chags* pa med de chos de rnams la’o| |ci rigs par de’i gnyen
po yin pa’i phyir ram de dang ’gal ba’i phyir ro| |de dag la chags pa med
20 par slob pa ni dge bar ’gyur ba yin no| |de bas na des rnam par rtog pa ma
lus pa’i* dri ma sel ba yin pa’i phyir ro| | chos kyi dbyings shin tu rnam par
dag pa mngon par ’byung ba na byang chub grub pa yin te| de bas na de
nyid byang chub kyi rigs yin gyi| cig shos ni ma yin no| |chos de dag gi ji
ltar rten yin zhe na?* rigs med pa dang| rigs dman pa de dag gi ni rten ma
25 yin pa’i phyir ro| |de lta mod kyi ’on kyang gzugs med pa’i chos kyi dbyings
ji ltar de dag gi rten yin zhe na? gzugs med pa’i nam mkha’ ni zla ba dang
nyi ma’i ’od dang| mun pa dang* de zad pa’i rten yin no zhes bstan pa lta
bu’o| |de ni bsgrub pa’i rten yin no|
3.5 Ālambanam
30 |dmigs pa’i dbang du byas nas bstan bcos las–
ālambanaṃ sarvadharmās te punaḥ kuśalādayaḥ|

laukikādhigamākhyāś ca ye ca lokottarā matāḥ|| AA 1.40 ||
1 tshig ] TibD ; tshig gi TibP N 3 rigs kyi ] TibD ; rigs TibP N 3 med pa ste
chos ] TibD ; med par ste chos kyi TibP N 5 chos ] TibD ; chos nyid TibP N
11 kyi ] TibDP ; kyis TibN 15 rtogs pa ] TibD ; rtog pa TibP N 16 ma yin pa’i ] TibD ;
yin pa’i TibP N 18 de ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; do TibP 20 rtog pa ] TibDP ; rtog pa TibN
23 gyi | cig shos ] TibD ; gyis cig shos TibP ; gyis cig shogs TibN 26 nam mkha’ ] TibDP ;
nam kha’ TibN 28 rten yin ] TibD ; rten TibP N
3.6 Samuddeśaḥ 100
sāsravānāsravā dharmāḥ saṃskṛtāsaṃskṛtāś ca ye|

śiṣyasādhāraṇā dharmā ye cāsādhāraṇā muneḥ|| AA 1.41 ||
zhes bya ba gsungs so| |dge ba la sogs pa zhes bya ba ni dge ba dang| mi
dge ba dang| lung du ma bstan pa’o| |’jig rten pa yi rtogs pa dang| |zhes
5 bya ba rtogs par bya ba yin pas rtogs pa* ste dge ba’o| |’jig rten pa dang [P33r4]
’jig rten las* ’das pa’i dge ba zhes bya ba’i don to| |* lhag ma ni go sla’o| [C781]
|de nyid rab ’byor byang chub sems dpa’ sems dpa’ chen po zhes bya [D30v]
ba la sogs pa gsungs so|* [P33r5]
...sarvadharmāṇāṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ’nubodhanārthe-

10 nāsaktatāyām anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate. bodh-
yarthena tu subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattva ity ucyate.
|mngon par rtogs pa bdun gyi go rims kyis rtogs par bya ba ni khong du
chud pa ste| de nyid kyi don gyi thabs so|91 |’dis don rtogs par byas pa
des na chos thams cad la* ma chags pa yod na yang dag par rdzogs [N34r]
15 pa’i byang chub* tu ’tshang rgya bar ’gyur ro| |ni zhes bya ba ni gang [P33r6]
gi phyir gyi don te| gang gi phyir chos thams cad la dmigs pa ni grub pa’i
dmigs pa’o|
3.6 Samuddeśaḥ
|ched du bya ba’i dbang du byas nas bstan bcos las–
20 sarvasattvāgratācittaprahāṇādhigamatraye|
tribhir mahattvairuddeśo vijñeyo ’yaṃ svayambhuvām|| AA 1.42||
|zhes bya ba la ’di gsungs so| |rang ’byung bar ’gyur bas na rang ’byung
ba ste* byang chub sems dpa’o| |de ni ’di’i ched du bya ba’o| |ched du [P33r8]
bya ba gang gis yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub thob par ’gyur te| ’di
25 lta ste sems can thams cad kyi mchog nyid theg pa gsum gyis bsdus
pa’i* gnas pa yin te| ji lta bu’i ched du zhe na? chen po gsum dag gis grangs [P33v1]
su byas pas na chen po nyid de| sems dang spong ba dang rtogs pa’o| |de
nyid ni gsum ste| de yang ’di skad ston te| chen po’i ched kyi ye shes la
sogs* pa ni ched du bya ba chen po ste chen po’i byed kyi yul yin pa’i phyir [P33v2]
91
RĀŚ mentions only seven mngon par rtogs pa bdun as per the introductory section.
5 rtogs par ] TibD ; rtog par TibP N 5 rtogs pa ] TibD ; rtog pa TibP N 12 rtogs
pa ] TibD ; rtog pa TibP N 12 go rims kyis ] TibD ; go rim gyis TibP N 12 khong
du ] TibDP ; khong TibN 16 grub pa’i ] TibD ; sgrub pa’i TibP N 23 ched du
bya ba’o ] TibDN ; phyed du bya’o TibP 24 thob par ] TibD ; ’thob par TibP N
26 gis ] TibD ; gi TibP N 27 rtogs pa’o ] TibDN ; rtog pa TibP 29 byed ] TibD ; ched
TibP N
ro| |sems can thams cad la sems pa’i sems dpa’ chen po ’di la yod pas na
sems dpa’ chen po’o|92 |mngon par rtogs pa’i* rgyan gyi tshig ’di ni bcom [P33v3]
ldan ’das kyis shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa chen po dag las–
de ltar ched du sems can thams cad kyi mchog tu gyur pa ni de’i
5 sems* chen po ye shes chen po yin no| |Pañca?| | [C782]
|zhes gsungs* te| ’dir yang ched du bya ba ni| [P33v4]
sems can gyi phung po chen po dang| sems can gyi ris chen po’i
gtso bo byed par ’gyur bas na sems dpa’ chen po | |Pañca??| |93
|zhes bcom ldan ’das kyis gsungs so| |shA ri’i bus* zhus pas ni spong ba chen [P33v5]
10 po bstan to| |rab ’byor gyis zhus pas ni rtogs pa chen po bstan to| |de bas
na mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan gyi tshig gzhan du byas te–
sarvasattvāgratācittaprahāṇādhigamatraye|* [D31r]
tribhir mahattvair uddeśo vijñeyo ’yaṃ svayambhuvām|| AA 1.42||94

|zhes bya ba gsungs so| |de nyid kyi phyir skabs su bcom ldan ’das kyis
15 byang chub kyi don gyi zhes bya ba la sogs pa gsungs so|* |ni zhes bya ba ni [P33v7]
nges par bzung ba’o| |byang chub don du gnyer bas na don dang ’dod pa’o|
|de’i ched du sems pa nyid yin pas na sems dpa’ chen po zhes brjod do|
|de bas na sems dpa’ chen po’i sgra ni ched* du brjod pa yin pas so| [P33v8]
subhūtir āha - yat punar bhagavān evam āha - bodhisattvo mahāsattva

20 iti, kena kāraṇena bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattva* ity ucyate?
[AṣṭaA 8r3]
bhagavān āha - mahataḥ sattvarāśer mahataḥ sattvanikāyasyāgratāṃ
kārayiṣyati, tenārthena bodhisattvo mahāsattva ity ucyate.
|’phags pa rab ’byor gyis zhus pa ni rab ’byor gyis gsol pa zhes bya ba
la sogs pa’o| |bcom ldan ’das kyis bka’ stsal pa| sems can gyi phung
25 po chen po dang zhes bya ba* la sogs pa ni bstan pa’o| |sems can gyi [P34r1]
ris zhes bya ba ni rjes su bstan pa’o| |de’i gtso bo nyid ni theg pa gsum gyis
yang dag par btul ba’i sa yin te ched du bya ba’o| |sems can gyi* phung po’i [P34r2]
gtso bo nyid ni chen po nyid de| de sems can gyi phung po chen po nyid
kyi zhes bya bar ’gyur te de ltar na sems can gyi phung po chen po nyid do|
92
This may be commenting on the Skt. verse’s term mahattvāir
93
This appears to be a quote from the Pañca, but I have not been able to find it.
94
It is not clear from Tib. whether RĀŚ intended to change this verse that he already
cited and glossed above and if so, how. Until further analysis can be undertaken, I have
left the Tibetan here as is reported and simply cited the same extant Sanskrit.
1 sems pa’i ] TibD ; sem dpa’i TibP N 5 chen po ] TibD ; chen po ni TibP N 10 rtogs
pa ] TibD ; rtog pa TibP N 11 gyi ] TibD ; gyis TibP N 14 kyi phyir ] TibD ; kyi
TibP N 16 bzung ba’o ] TibD ; gzung ba’o TibP N 16 gnyer bas ] TibDP ; gnyer ba
TibN 27 gyi ] TibD ; gyis TibP N 28 gyi ] TibD ; gyis TibP N 29 kyi ] TibDP ; kyis
TibN
atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantam etad avocat - mamāpi

bhagavan pratibhāti yenārthena bodhisattvo mahāsattva ity ucyate.
bhagavān āha* - pratibhātu te śāriputra yasyedānīṃ kālaṃ manyase.
[AṣṭaA 8r4]
āyuṣmān śāriputra āha - mahatyā ātmadṛṣṭyāḥ, sattvadṛṣṭyāḥ, jī-
5 vadṛṣṭyāḥ, pudgaladṛṣṭyāḥ, bhavadṛṣṭyāḥ, vibhavadṛṣṭyāḥ, uccheda-
dṛṣṭyāḥ, śāśvatadṛṣṭyāḥ, svakāyadṛṣṭyāḥ, etāsām evam ādyānāṃ dṛṣṭī-
nāṃ prahāṇāya dharmaṃ deśayiṣyatīti, tenārthena bodhi*sattvo mahā-
sattva ity ucyate. [AṣṭaA 8r5]
|de nas bcom ldan ’das zhes bya ba la sogs pa la* dus la zhes bya ba ni [P34r3]
10 skabs so| |bdag tu lta ba la sogs pa la don gcig go| |de dag gi lta ba ni
grub pa’i mtha’i bye brag* gis de’i dngos por mngon par zhen pa’o| |’byung [C783]
ba ni ’khor ba’o| |’jig pa ni mya ngan* las ’das pa’o| |de gnyis kyi lta ba ni [P34r4]
gtso bo nyid du nges pa’o| |mya ngan las ’das pa thob pa ni chad pa yin no
zhes bya ba ni chad par lta ba’o| |bdag ni rtag par gnas pa yin no zhes bya
15 ba ni rtag par* lta ba’o| |lus ni phung po dang| khams dang| skye mched [P34r5]
la sogs pa’o| |de dag gi ngo bo nyid med pa la ngo bo nyid du mngon par
zhen pa ni rang gi lus la lta ba’o| |’di lta bu zhes bya ba ni ji skad du
bstan pa’o|* |sogs pa zhes bya ba ni tshul khrims dang brtul zhugs mchog [P34r6]
tu ’dzin pa la sogs pa log pa’i lta ba rnams kyang rtogs par bya ba yin no|
20 |chos zhes bya ba ni lam la rigs* pa ste de ni spong ba chen po nyid* do| [N35r]
[P34r7]
atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat - mamāpi bha-
gavan pratibhāti yenārthena bodhisattvo mahāsattva ity ucyate.
bhagavān āha - pratibhātu te subhūte yasyedānīṃ kālaṃ manyase.
subhūtir āha - bodhisattvo mahāsattva iti bhagavann ucyate.* yad
25 api tad bhagavan bodhicittaṃ sarvajñatācittam anāsravaṃ cittam [AṣṭaA 8r6]
asamaṃ cittaṃ asamasamaṃ cittam asādhāraṇaṃ sarvaśrāvakapratye-

kabuddhaiḥ, tatrāpi citte asakto ’paryāpannaḥ. tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi tat sarvajñatācittam anāsravam aparyāpannam. tad yad api
tat sarvajñatācittam anāsravam aparyāpannam. tatrāpi* citte asakto
30 ’paryāpannaḥ. tenārthena bodhisattvo mahāsattva iti saṃkhyāṃ gac- [AṣṭaA 8v1]
chati.
|de nas bcom ldan ’das la zhes bya ba la sogs pa gsungs so| |byang chub
kyang yin sems* kyang yin pa’o| |thams cad mkhyen pa yang yin sems kyang [D31v]
yin no| |zag pa med pa ni bag chags dang* bcas pa’i zag pa thams cad nges [P34r8]
35 par sbyangs pa’o| |so so’i skye bo thams cad mi mnyam pa ni mnyam pa
med pa’o| |mnyam pa med pa’i sangs rgyas de dang mnyam pa ni mi mnyam
pa dang mnyam pa’o| |ma chags pa ni* bstan pa’o| |yongs su ma zin pa ni [P34v1]
4 mahatyā ātma ] AṣṭapcA , Ed.

MV W
80; mahatyātma Aṣṭaac
A 13 ni ] TibD ; na TibP N
16 gi ] TibDP ; gis TibN 35 mi ] TibD ; dang TibP N 37 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su
TibN
3.7 Saṃnāhapratipattiḥ 103
rjes su bstan pa’o| |de la yang rlom sems med pa’i phyir zhes bya bar bsams
pa’o| |yang gi sgra ni gzhan lta ci smos zhes pa’o| |lhag ma ni rtogs par sla
ste|* bshad pa dang ’dra ba nyid de de ni rtogs pa chen po nyid do| |sgrub [P34v2]
pa’i ched du bya ba rdzogs so||
5 3.7 Saṃnāhapratipattiḥ
|sgrub pa nyid bshad par bya ste| de yang rnam pa bzhi ste–
(1)
go cha’i sgrub pa dang| (2) ’jug pa’i sgrub pa* dang| (3) tshogs [P34v3]
kyi sgrub pa dang| (4) nges par* ’byung ba’i sgrub pa’o| [C784]
|de la dang po go cha’i sgrub pa bshad par bya ba ste| de ltar na gnas brtan
10 shes rab chen pos sems dpa’ chen po’i rgyu mtshan de nyid bstan pa’i* phyir [P34v4]
de nas tshe dang ldan pa shA ri’i bus zhes bya ba la sogs pa smras so|
atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat -
kena kāraṇenāyuṣman subhūte tatrāpi citte ’sakto ’paryāpannaḥ?
subhūtir āha - acittatvād āyuṣman śāriputra tatrāpi citte ’sakto ’paryā-
15 pa*nnaḥ.
[AṣṭaA 8v2]
śāriputra āha - kiṃ punar āyuṣman subhūte ’sti tac cittaṃ yac cittam
acittam?
subhūtir āha - kiṃ punar āyuṣman śāriputra tatrācittatā*yām astitā
vā nāstitā vā vidyate vopalabhyate vā? [AṣṭaA 8v3]
20 śāriputra āha - no hīdam āyuṣman subhūte.

subhūtir āha - tad yady āyuṣman śāriputra tatrācittatāyām astitā vā
nāstitā vā na vidyate vā nopalabhyate vā, tat katham āyuṣmān śāripu-
tra evam āha - asti taccittaṃ yaccittam acittam iti?
śāriputra āha - sādhu sādhv āyuṣman subhūte. yathāpi nāma tvaṃ
25 bhagavatāraṇāvihāriṇām agratāyāṃ nirdiṣṭo nirdiśasi.
atha khalv āyuṣmān* pūrṇo maitrāyaṇīputro bhagavantam etad avo-
cat - mahāsattvo mahāsattva iti yad idaṃ bhagavann ucyate, mahāsaṃ- [AṣṭaA 8v3]
nāhasaṃnaddhaḥ sa sattvaḥ. mahāyānasaṃprasthito mahāyānasamā-

rūḍhaś ca sa sattvaḥ. tasmāt sa mahāsattvo mahāsattva iti saṃkhyāṃ
30 gacchati.
|’jug pa nyid ni ’dzeg pa yin te gang gi phyir| ’jug pa’i sgrub pa theg chen
la| |’dzeg pa yin par shes par bya| |zhes bya ba’i* tshig gis so| |go cha chen [P34v5]
2 pa’o ] TibD ; so TibP N 9 bya ba ] TibD ; bya TibP N 17 acittam ] Ed.M V W 83; eti
AṣṭaA 20 subhūte ] Aṣṭapc A , Ed.
MV W
83; om. Aṣṭaac
A 29 saṃkhyāṃ ] Ed.M V W 83;
saṃkhyā AṣṭaA
po bgo bar sems dpas na sems dpa’ chen po’o| |theg pa chen po la
gnas par sems dpas na sems dpa’ chen po ste| bar gyi tshig mi mngon par
byas pa yin pa’i phyir zhes bya bar* bsams pa’o| |de la pha rol tu phyin pa [P34v6]
drug la so sor go cha nye bar sbyar bar bya ste| go cha’i sgrub pa ni shes rab
5 kyi pha rol tu phyin pa chen po dag las byis pa rnams kyis go cha bzhin du
bstan to| |* de’i dbang du byas nas bstan bcos las– [P34v7]
dānādau ṣaḍvidhe teṣāṃ pratyekaṃ saṃgraheṇa yā|

sannāhapratipattiḥ sā ṣaḍbhiḥ ṣaṭkair yathoditā|| AA 1.43 ||
|ces bya ba yin te* ji ltar mdo las drug tshan drug gis bstan pa de bzhin du [P34v8]
10 zhes bya ba’i don to| |bcom ldan ’das ma ’dir ni bstan bcos kyi don gzhan
du brjod par bya ste|
|go cha khrab dang bsrungs pa dang| |gang phyir* sgrub pa dbu [P35r1]
ma yin||
rnam kun rnam pa thams cad kyis| |ji skad bstan pas* pha rol [D32r]
15 gnon| |95
|zhes bya ba yin te–
atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat* - mahāsaṃnā-
hasaṃnaddho mahāyānasaṃnaddha itīdaṃ bhagavann ucyate, kiyatā [AṣṭaA 8v5]
bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo mahāsaṃnāhasaṃnaddho bhavati?

20 bhagavān āha - iha subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasyaivaṃ bha-
vati - aprameyā mayā sattvāḥ parinirvāpayitavyā iti. asaṃkhyeyā
mayā sattvāḥ parinirvāpa*yitavyā iti. na ca te santi yair ye parinirvā-
payitavyā iti. sa tāṃs tāvataḥ sattvān parinirvāpayati. na ca sa [AṣṭaA 8v6]
kaścit sattvo yaḥ parinirvṛto yena ca parinirvāpito bhavati. tat kasya

25 hetoḥ? dharmataiṣā subhūte dharmāṇāṃ māyādharmatām upādāya
syāt| yathāpi nāma subhūte dakṣo māyākaro vā māyākā*rānte vāsī vā
caturmahāpathe mahāntaṃ janakāyam abhinirmimīte. abhinirmāya [AṣṭaA 9r1]
tasyaiva mahato janakāyasyāntardhānaṃ kuryāt. tatkiṃ manyase

subhūte ’pi nu tatra kenacit kaścidd hato vā mṛto vā nāśito vā an-
30 tarhito vā?
subhūtir āha - no hīdaṃ bhagavan.
bhagavān āha - evam eva subhūte bo*dhisattvo mahāsattvo ’prameyā-
nasaṃkhyeyān sattvān parinirvāpayati. na ca sa kaścit sattvo yaḥ [AṣṭaA 9r2]
95
go cha khrab=paṭṭikasaṃnāha. Cf. LC=khrab, BHSD paṭṭikā (2) Not yet identified.
paṭṭikasannāha=go cha khrab, gupta?=bsrung ba, pha rol gnon=parākrama.
1 dpas ] TibD ; pas TibP N 2 dpas ] TibD ; pas TibP N 9 gis ] TibDP ; gyi TibN
12 bsrungs pa ] TibD ; bsrung ba TibP N 12 sgrub pa ] TibD ; bsgrub pa TibP N
25 māyādharmatām ] Aṣṭapc A , Ed.
MV W
88; yādharmatām AṣṭaacA
parinirvṛto yena ca parinirvāpito bhavati. saced bodhisattvo mahāsatt-

va imaṃ nirdeśam evaṃ nirdiśyamānaṃ śrutvā nottrasyati na saṃtras-
yati na saṃtrāsam āpadyate, iyatāyaṃ subhūte bodhi*sattvo mahāsatt-
vo mahāsaṃnāhasaṃnaddho veditavyaḥ. [AṣṭaA 9r3]
5 |de bas go cha’i mtshan nyid rab ’byor gyis zhus pa na| bcom* ldan ’das [P35r2]
kyis bka’ stsal pa| byang chub sems dpa’ sems dpa’ chen po ’di
snyam du zhes bya ba ni ’di ltar sems dpa’o| |ji ltar zhe na? sems can dpag
tu med paes bya ba la sogs pa* smras so| [P35r3]
|yul phyogs dang grong phyogs su chad pa med pa yin te dpag* tu med [C785]
10 pa dang| grangs med pa yongs su mya ngan las ’da’ bar bya ba ni lam bstan
pas mya ngan las ’das pa thob par bya ba’o* | |’di tsam gyis ni ji skad bstan [P35r4]
pas pha rol gnon cing skur pa ’debs pa’i gnyen po bstan pa’o| |bdag gis
sems can grangs med pa| |zhes bya ba la sogs pa ni sgro btags pa’i gnyen
po’i* sgo nas gsungs te| byed pa dang las bkag pas bya ba bkag pa yang [P35r5]
15 rtogs pa yin no| |de ltar mtha’ gnyis kyi gnyen po’i sgo nas dbu ma’i lam yin
no| |ji ltar mya ngan las bzla ba’i* bsam pa’i dus ji lta ba mya ngan las ’das [P35r6]
pa’i dus su yang de ltar yin no zhes bstan pa’i phyir|96 sems can de dag
ces bya ba la sogs pa nas gang yang med do snyam du sems so zhes* [P35r7]
bya ba’i bar te| des ni thos pa las byung ba’ishes rab kyi go cha bstan nas|
20 bsams pa las byung ba’i shes rab dri bar bya ba’i phyir| de ci’i phyir zhe
na zhes bya ba la sogs pa gsungs so| |de mtha’ gnyis dang bral ba gang las
shes ji ltar rigs she na| rigs pa’i* rgyu chos rnams kyi chos nyid ’di yin [P35r8]
te zhes bya ba smos so| |chos rnams ni phung po la sogs pa’o|| de dag ni
mtha’ gnyis dang bral ba nyid de ’di ni chos nyid kyi rang bzhin yin no| |ji
25 ltar zhe na?* sgyu ma’i chos nyid nye bar bzung na zhes smos* te| de [P35v1]
ltar na chos rnams kyi ngo bo nyid ni gsum ste– [N36r]
|dang po ni btags pa ste gzung ba dang ’dzin pas bsdus pa phung po

(1)
la sogs pa’o|
30
(2)
|gnyis pa ni gzhan* gyi dbang yin te ryu’i dbang du gyur pa rdzas su [P35v2]
96
In root text, the word spelled mya ngan las bzlas pa is used to translate parinirvā-
payitvā etc. This is an alternate Tib. translation/spelling for mya ngan las ’das pa. Al-
though the use of the two side by side here by the commentary’s translator could be a men-
tal slip, it seems fine to leave them as such.
2 nirdiśyamānaṃ ] Ed.M V W 89; nirdeśyamānaṃ AṣṭaA 7 dpa’o ] TibD ; pa’o TibP N

7–8 sems can dpag tu med pa ] z; h 10 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 11 bya
ba’o ] TibD ; bya’o TibP N 12 gis ] TibDN ; gi TibP 13–14 gnyen po’i ] TibD ; sny-
ing po’i TibP N 16–17 dus ji lta ba mya ngan las ’das pa’i dus ] TibP N ; dus TibD
19–20 shes rab kyi go cha bstan nas | bsams pa las byung ba’i ] TibD ; om. TibP N
21 gang las ] TibD ; gang TibP N 24 yin no ] TibD ; no TibP N 28 btags pa ] TibDN ,
Ed.Cp ; brtags pa TibP
yod pa btags pa’i gzhi’o|
|gsum pa ni yongs su grub pa ste de bzhin du rtag tu yod cing de yang

(3)
gzhan gyi dbang las btags pas stong pa nyid do|

5
|sgyu ma* mkhan gyis rde’u la sogs pa la sngags btab pa’i bya bas* glang [P35v3]
po che la sogs pa’i gzugs* med kyang rnam pa ni ’dir sgyu ma yin te| de [D32v]
dang chos mthun par rnam par rig pa tsam nyid yang dag par yod kyang* [C786]
’khrul pa’i dbang gis phung po la sogs pa’i ngo bor snang ba ni sgyu ma [P35v4]
10 zhes brjod do| |de’i chos nyid nye bar bzung ba ni shes pa’o| |de la chos
rnams kyi chos nyid ces brjod kyi phung po la sogs pa brdzun pa la ni ma* [P35v5]
yin te gang gi phyir brdzun pa’i chos rnams nyid yin na ni de yang brdzun
pa nyid du ’gyur te| don dam par ni ma yin no| |rnam par rig pa tsam yang
med na ni rgyu med par yang ye shes dam pa skye bar mi ’gyur te| gang gi
15 phyir* de’i yul du gyur pa’i phyir don dam pa yang yod par ’gyur ro| |gal [P35v6]
te rnam par rig pa yod kyang de nyid kyi chos nyid med na ni de’i tshe de’i
bdag nyid med pas yang dag pa’i ye shes skyes kyang rig par mi ’gyur te|* [P35v7]
de bas na sangs rgyas dang byang chub sems dpa’ rnams kyis don dam pa
gzigs par mi ’gyur ro|
20 |gzhan yang skyes bu rnam pa nyid kyi rnam par rig pa rang nyid la yod
cing phung po la sogs pa’i rnam pa gal te mi snang* na ni de’i tshe skyes [P35v8]
bu rnams kyis mthong bar mi ’gyur te| ’brel pa med pa’i phyir ro| |yang na
gang gcig mthong bar ’gyur ba des thams cad kyang mthong bar ’gyur bas
thal ches par ’gyur ro| |de bas na* rnam par rig pa ni yod cing phung po la [P36r1]
25 sogs pa’i ngo bos ni med do zhes brjod na ni mtha’ gnyis dang bral ba grub
po|
|’di nyid ’jig rten gyi grags pa’i dpes* kyang rtog par bya bayin pa’i*
phyir zhes bya ba la sogs pa gsungs so|97 |yin pa ni ’di ma yin pa ma yin
no| |’di lta ste dper na zhes bya ba la dper na zhes bya ba ni de nyid
30 ji ltar zhes bya ba’i don to| |de nyid rab tu grags* pa’i dpe bstan pa ni ’di
lta’i sgra’o|98 * |mkhas pa ni mdzangs pa’o| |sgyu ma byed pa ni sgyu
97
If the lemma here includes rtogs par bya ba, this could be an artifact of an earlier
version of the translation or just a gloss of nye bar bzung na referring to the Derge sentence:
rab ’byor sgyu ma’i chos nyid nye bar bzung na chos rnams kyi chos nyid ’di yin pa’i phyir
98
The previous translation’s lemma was apparently ’di lta ste dper na=skt. yathāpi
1 btags pa’i ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; brtags pa’i TibP 3 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN
4 btags pas ] TibD ; brtags pas TibP N 10 bzung ba ni shes pa’o ] TibD ; gzung ba ni
zhes pa’o TibP N 11 brdzun pa ] TibD ; rdzun pa TibP N 12 brdzun pa’i ] TibD ; rdzun
pa’i TibP N 12–13 brdzun pa ] TibD ; rdzun pa TibP N 20 rnam pa ] TibD ; rnams
TibP N 20 rnam par ] TibDP ; rnam pa TibN 24 rig pa ni ] TibD ; rig pa TibP N
27 kyang rtog par bya ba ] TibD ; rtogs par bya ba’i phyir TibP N
mas ’tsho ba’o| |de’i nye gnas ni gang de’i slob ma yin gyi sgyu mas ’tsho
ba ni ma yin pa’o| |skye bo’i tshogs ni skye bo’i* phung po’o| |mi snang
bar byas pa ni yang dag par ma mthong ste| sprul pa nye bar bsdus pa’i
phyir ro| |de ji snyam du sems zhes bya ba ni spyir dris nas khyad par
5 ’dri ba’o| |de la yang gang* ni ’on kyang* zhes bya ba’i don to| |bsad pa
zhes bya ba ni gzhan gyis bsad pa’o| |shi ba ni rang shi pa’o| |bshig pa ni
mi mthong bar byas pa’o| |mi snang bar byas pa ni rang nyid mi snang
bar byas pa’o|* |bsams pa las byung ba’i shes rab bstan nas| bsgoms pa las
byung ba’i shes rab bstan par bya ste| bsgom pa yang rnam pa gsum ste|
10 zhi gnas dang| lhag mthong dang| zhi gnas* dang lhag mthong zung du ’brel
par ’jug pa’o| |de la zhi gnas kyi dbang du byas nas gal te zhes bya ba la
sogs pa gsungs so| |’di ltarlmbstan pa zhes bya ba ji skad thos pa bsams pa
las* byung ba’i don to| |’di zhes bya ba ni rab ’byor ’di la byang chub
sems dpa’ sems dpa’ chen po ’di snyam du zhes bya ba la sogs pa rgya
15 cher rab bstan to| |de la mi skrag ces bya ba ni dmigs pa rnam* drug gis
so| |sems yang dag par bsdus kyang brnab sems dang yid mi bde ba la dmigs
pa ’byung ba na| mi skrag cing de nyid sel bar byed de g.yeng ba’i nyes pa
mthong ba’i phyir ro| |ming* dang zhes bya ba ni sems la skyon med cing
rang gi ngang gis ’byung ba’i don mngon par ’du byed pas mi dngang ste|
20 de byed ces bya ba’i tha tshig go| |shin tu dngang bar mi* ’gyur bas
zhes bya ba ni lhun gyis grub* cing rang gi ngang gis ’byung ba’i mnyam
par gzhag pa’i sems kyis ’bad par mi* byed pas shin tu dngang bar mi ’gyur
ba’o| |’di tsam gyis zhes bya ba ni zhi gnas ’dis sems can thams cad* yongs
su mya ngan las ’da’ ba la go cha bstan pas so|
25 atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat - yathāhaṃ

bhagavan bhagavato bhāṣitasyārtham ājānāmi, tathāsaṃnāhasaṃnad-
dho batāyaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
bhagavān āha - evam etat subhūte, evam etat. asa*ṃnāhasaṃnaddho

batāyaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ. tat kasya hetoḥ? akṛtā [AṣṭaA 9r4]
30 hi subhūte sarvajñatāvikṛtānabhisaṃskṛtā. te ’pi sattvā akṛtā avikṛtā

anabhisaṃskṛtāḥ, yeṣāṃ sattvānām arthāyāyaṃ saṃnāhasaṃnaddhaḥ.
nāma instead of just dper na as it now stands in the Derge kangyur root text. RĀŚ
is probably explaining why there is a nāma with yāthāpi(glossed as ji ltar here) in the
explanation about ’di lta’i sgra=nāmaśabdaḥ.
6 rang shi pa’o ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; nga shi ba’o TibP 6–7 ni mi ] TibP N ; ni TibD
12 ltar ] TibD ; lta bur TibP N 12 bya ba ] TibD ; bya ba ni TibP N 15 rab
bstan ] TibP ; bstan TibDN , Ed.Cp 15 skrag ] TibDP ; bskrag TibN 16 kyang ] TibD ;
yang TibP N 20 dngang bar ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; dngang par TibP 22 gzhag pa’i ] TibD ;
bzhag pa’i TibP N 22 dngang bar ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; dngang par TibP 23–24 yongs
su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN
evam ukte, āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat - evam etad

bhagavan, e*vam etat sugata. tat kasya hetoḥ? tathā hi bhagavan
rūpam abaddham amuktam. evaṃ vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskārāḥ. tathā [AṣṭaA 9r5]
hi bhagavan vijñānam abaddham amuktam. rūpatathatāpi bhagavan

5 abaddhā amuktā. evaṃ vedanātathatāpi saṃjñātathatāpi saṃskārata-
thatāpi. vijñānatathatāpi bhagavan abaddhā amuktā.
atha* khalv āyuṣmān pūrṇo maitrāyaṇīputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim
etad avocat - rūpam āyuṣman subhūte ’baddham amuktam iti vadasi. [AṣṭaA 9r6]
evaṃ vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārāḥ. vijñānam āyuṣman subhūte ’bad-

10 dham amuktam iti vadasi. rūpatathatāpy āyuṣman subhūte ’baddhā-
mukteti vadasi. evaṃ vedanātathatā*pi saṃjñātathatāpi saṃskārata-
thatāpi, vijñānatathatāpy āyuṣman subhūte ’baddhāmukteti vadasi. [AṣṭaA 9v1]
atha katamat tad āyuṣman subhūte rūpaṃ yad rūpam abaddham

amuktam iti vadasi? evaṃ katamā sā vedanā, katamā sā saṃjñā,
15 katame te saṃskārāḥ? katamat tad āyuṣman subhūte vijñānaṃ yad
vijñānam abaddham amuktam i*ti vadasi? katamā sā āyuṣman su-
bhūte rūpatathatā yā rūpatathatāpy abaddhāmukteti vadasi? evaṃ [AṣṭaA 9v2]
katamā sā vedanātathatā saṃjñātathatā saṃskāratathatā? katamā

sāyuṣman subhūte vijñānatathatā yā vijñānatathatāpy abaddhāmuk-
20 teti vadasi?
evam ukte, āyuṣmān subhūtir āyu*ṣmantaṃ pūrṇaṃ maitrāyaṇīpu-
tram etad avocat - yad āyuṣman pūrṇa māyāpuruṣasya rūpaṃ tad [AṣṭaA 9v3]
abaddham amuktam. evaṃ yā māyāpuruṣasya vedanā, yā māyāpuru-

ṣasya saṃjñā, ye māyāpuruṣasya saṃskārāḥ. yad āyuṣman pūrṇa
25 māyāpuruṣasya vijñānaṃ tad abaddham amuktam. yāyu*ṣman pūrṇa
māyāpuruṣasya rūpatathatā sābaddhāmuktā. evaṃ yā māyāpuruṣasya [AṣṭaA 9v4]
vedanātathatā saṃjñātathatā saṃskāratathatā. yāyuṣman pūrṇa mā-

yāpuruṣasya vijñānatathatā sābaddhāmuktā. tat kasya hetoḥ? asad-
bhūtatvād abaddhāmuktā, viviktatvād abaddhāmuktā, anutpannat-
30 vā*d abaddhāmuktā. ayaṃ sa bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya mahā-
saṃnāhasaṃnaddhasya mahāyānasaṃprasthitasya mahāyānasamārū- [AṣṭaA 9v5]
ḍhasya mahāsaṃnāho ’saṃnāhaḥ.

evam ukte, āyuṣmān pūrṇo maitrāyaṇīputras tūṣṇīm abhūt.
|de nas bcom ldan ’das laes bya ba la sogs pas ni lhag mthong gsungs te| de
35 yang dngos po la mi dmigs pa dang| don dam pa’i stong pa nyid* do| |stong [P36v5]
pa nyid ni mthong ba med pa yin| gang dag la gang gi rnam pas yongs su
mya ngan las ’das par yang ma mthong ba’o| |don bdag gis ’tshal te zhes
bya ba ni don dam par bdag gis* ’tshal te| go cha ma mchis pa’i go cha bgos [P36v6]
5 saṃjñātathatāpi ] Aṣṭapc
A Ed.
MV W
89; saṃjñātathātāpi Aṣṭaac
A 13 yad rūpa ] Aṣṭapc
A,
Ed.M V W 92; om. Aṣṭaac
A 29 abaddhāmuktā ] Ed.MV W
93; abaddhād abaddhāmuktā
AṣṭaA 34 de nas bcom ldan ’das la ] z; h 35 mi dmigs pa ] TibD ; dmigs pa TibP N
36 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN
pa’o| |kye ma zhes bya ba’i sgra ni don dam pa mnyan pa’i ’os su ’gyur pa’i
phyir ro| |rab ’byor zhes bya ba la sogs pa la| thams cad mkhyen pa
nyid ces* bya ba ni* chos kyi dbyings nyid rnam par dag pa’o| |de’i rang [P36v7]
bzhin nyid yin te| de bas na de kho na bzhin du btags pas ma byas pa’o| [D33v]
5 |rnam par ma byas pa’o| |rnam par ma byas zhes bya ba ni ’dod chags* [P36v8]
la sogs pa’i skyon gyis dri mar ma byas pa nyid do| |mngon par ’du ma
byas pa zhes bya ba ni gnyen pos dag par ma byas pa nyid do| |sems can
de dag kyang zhes bya ba ni de dag kyang don dam pa nyid du* chos kyi [P37r1]
dbyings kyi ngo bo nyid kyi phyir ro| |de ci’i phyir zhe na? bcom ldan ’das
10 ’di ltar zhes bya ba la sogs pa ni rab ’byor gyis zung du ’brel par ’jug pa’i
lam bstan pa’i phyir smras pa’o|
|dang po ’dir* lhag mthong nyid kyi skabs yin pa’i phyir te| ’on kyang [P37r2]
btags pa dang| yongs su grub pa’i ngo bo dag gis ’ching ba dang thar pa’i
dngos po med par mthong ba’i phyir lhag mthong ngo| |gzhan dbang la de* [P37r3]
15 gnyis kyi ngo bor mthong ba’i phyir zhi gnas so| |de la phung po nyid brtags
pa nyid de ngo bo nyid* kyis med pa yin na| de dag de bzhin nyid du ga [C789]
la yod|* des na de dang de yang ma bcings ma grol ba ste| yang dag* par
med pa’i phyir dang skye ba med pa’i phyir ro| |de nas tshe dang ldan
pa gang po zhes bya ba la sogs pa ni zhi gnas kyi skabs bstan to|
20 |de skad ces smras pa dang zhes bya ba la sogs pa ni rab ’byor gyis
zhi gnas ston pa yin te|* sgyu ma’i skyes bu zhes bya ba’i tshig gis so|
|’di ltar glang po la sogs pa’i gzugs su snang ba’i shing rta dang rde’u la sogs
pa ni sgyu ma’o| |’di yang de dang chos mthun pa’i phyir rnam par rig* pa
nyid phung po la sogs pa’i gzugs su ston pa ni sgyu ma nyid du brjod do|
25 |sgyu ma yang yin skyes bu yang yin pa dang| sems dang ldan pa’i phyir te|
de bas nasgyu ma’i skyes bu’o|* |de’i ngo bo nyid bzhin du zhi gnas kyang
ma bcings ma grol ba zhes bya ba’i don to| |’dis ni zhes bya ba la sogs pa
nas go chachen po’o zhes bya ba’i bar gyis ni zhi gnas kyi mjug sdud do|
|go cha med* pa’o zhes bya ba ’dis ni lhag mthong gi mjug sdud do| |de
30 bas na ’di ni zung du ’brel ba’i lam mo| |’dir theg pa chen po la yang
dag par zhugs pa dang| theg pa* chen po la yang dag par gnas* pa
zhes bya ba’i tshig gis ni theg pa la zhugs pa’i dus nas yang go cha yongs su
ma btang ba’i phyir ro| |byams ma’i bu cang mi smra bar gyur to zhes
bya ba ni gtam yongs su* rdzogs pa’o| |de ni go cha’i sgrub pa’o|
1 mnyan pa’i ] TibD ; snyan pa’i TibP N 6 gyis ] TibD ; gyi TibP N 10 la sogs
pa ] TibD ; la sogs pas TibP N 13 btags pa ] TibD ; brtags TibP N 13 yongs su ] TibDP ;
yong su TibN 17 des na ] TibD ; de na TibP N 19 la sogs pa ] TibD ; la sogs pas TibP N
20 la sogs pa ] TibD ; la sogs pas TibP N 23 ’di ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; ’dir TibP 26 de bas
na ] TibD ; de bas TibP N 28 chen po’o ] TibD ; chen po TibP N 32 nas ] TibD ; na
TibP N 32 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 34 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN
3.8 Prasthānapratipattiḥ 110
3.8 Prasthānapratipattiḥ
atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat - evaṃ bhaga-
van bodhisattvo ma*hāsattvo mahāsaṃnāhasaṃnaddhaḥ san mahāyā-
nasaṃprasthito mahāyānasamārūḍho bhavati. katamac ca tan mahā- [AṣṭaA 9v6]
5 yānam? kathaṃ vā tatsaṃprasthito veditavyaḥ? kuto vā tan mahā-

yānaṃ niryāsyati? kena vā tan mahāyānaṃ saṃprasthitam? kva vā
tan mahāyānaṃ sthāsyati? ko vānena mahāyānena ni*ryāsyati?
[AṣṭaA 10r1]
|de nas bcom ldan ’das zhes bya ba la sogs pas ni| rab ’byor gyis theg
pa chen po la ji ltar zhugs pa dang| theg pa chen po la gnas pa ’di nyid* [P37v3]
10 dpyad pa’i phyir de gang lags zhes bya ba la sogs pa smos so| |’di dag ni
dri ba drug go|
|’dis ’gro bas na theg pa’o| |theg pa chen po de* gang lags zhes
(1)
[C790]
bya ba ni dri ba dang po’i don to|

15
|de gang ltar yang* dag par ’jug pa zhes bya ba ni rab tu gnas
(2)
[P37v4]
pa ste rab kyi sgra gang na yod na ’gro ba la ’jug pa yin no|
|gang gis ’gro ba de ni theg pa ste| ’gro ba ni bya ba’o| |des na*
(3)
[N38r]
20 gang gis bya ba des ’gro* bar ’gyur ro zhes bya ba’i don to| |’gro ba ni nges [P37v5]
par ’byung ba’i don to| |des na gang nas nges par ’byung bar ’gyur zhes bya
bar dri ba yin no|
|’gro ba ni gang zhig gi mtshan nyid yin pas des na de* gang gis
(4)
[P37v6]
25 ’jug par ’gyur zhes dris pa yin no|
|’gro zhing song nas la lar gnas pa’i don yin pas des na gang du gnas
(5)
par ’gyur ba zhes dris pa yin no|
30 |’dis dman pa’i rigs nges par ’byung* ba ma yin te| des na des gang
(6)
[P37v7]
zhig nges par ’byung bar ’gyur zhes dris pa yin no|
|de skad ces gsol ba dang zhes bya ba la sogs pas ni bcom ldan ’das kyis
lan bka’ stsal pa yin no|
3 mahāsattvo ] Ed.M V W 93; mahāsattvo mahāsattvo AṣṭaA 8 de nas ] TibD ; de nas
yang TibP N 8 bcom ldan ’das ] TibD ; bcom ldan ’das la TibP N 10 la sogs pa ] TibD ;
la sogs TibP N 10 ni ] TibP N ; gi TibD 13 de ] TibP N ; de dag TibD 16 zhes ] TibDP ;
ces TibN 17 kyi ] TibDP ; kyang TibN 30 ma yin ] TibD ; yin TibP N
evam ukte, bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat - mahāyā-

nam iti subhūte ’prameyatāyā etad adhivacanam. aprameyam iti sub-
hūte ’pramāṇatvena. yad api subhūta evaṃ vadasi - kathaṃ vā tat-
saṃprasthito veditavyaḥ? kuto vā tan mahāyānaṃ niryāsyati? kena
5 vā tan mahāyānaṃ saṃprasthi*tam? kva vā tan mahāyānaṃ sthāsy-
ati? ko vānena mahāyānena niryāsyatīti? pāramitābhiḥ saṃprasthi- [AṣṭaA 10r2]
taḥ. traidhātukān niryāsyati. yenānārambaṇaṃ99 tena saṃprasthi-

tam. sarvajñatāyāṃ sthāsyati. bodhisattvo mahāsattvo niryāsyati.
api tu khalu punar na kutaścin niryāsyati. na kenāpi saṃprasthitam.
10 na * kvacit sthāsyati. api tu sthāsyati sarvajñatāyām asthāna yogena.
nāpi kaścit tena mahāyānena niryāto nāpi niryāsyati nāpi niryāti. tat [AṣṭaA 10r3]
kasya hetoḥ? yaś ca niryāyāt, yena ca niryāyāt, ubhāv etau dharmau

na vidyete nopalabhyete. evam avidyamāneṣu sarvadharmeṣu katamo
dharmaḥ* katamena dharmeṇa niryāsyati?100
[AṣṭaA 10r4]
15 |theg* pa chen po zhes bya ba la ’di ni theg pa chen po gzung ngo| |dpag [P37v8]
tu med pa’i tshig bla dags zhes bya ba ni rjod par byed pa’o| |tshad
med pa zhes bya ba ni dpag tu med pa nyid dang* ldan pa’o| |de la (a) dang [P38r1]
po ni dge ba’i chos thams cad kyi rang bzhin yin pa’i phyir ro| |(b) gnyis pa
ni gus pa dang dus ring por rgyun mi ’chad pa la sogs pa yin pa’i phyir ro|
20 |yang* dag par ’jug pa zhes bya ba ni go cha bgos nas rab tu gnas pa [P38r2]
yin pas yang dag par ’jug pa’o| |des na go cha ni ’og nges par ’byung ba’i
ni gong du ’gro ba ’ang de ni yang dag par gnas pa’i* sgrub pa’o| |yang dag [P38r3]
par gnas pa de yang rnam pa gnyis te| (1) yang dag* par ’jug pa’i sgrub pa [D34v]
99
The pdf of Mitra’s edition has a note that Walleser agrees with anārambaṇaṃ�
100
I have omitted this line for several reasons: (a) both Tib. and AṣṭaB (Add. 1464)
omit this sentence, (b) neither of the Skt. sentences makes much sense here following the
rhetorical question that precedes, (c) neither Haribhadra nor RĀŚ comment upon it, (d) of
the two, the AṣṭaA sentence seems more coherent, but is written over top of a line erasure
and squeezed into smaller akṣaras. This suggests that it was an editorial correction, which
I would conjecture was made here, because the editor thought (as I do) that the sentence
reported in AAĀ, Mitra, Vaidya–which is basically a repeat of what Subhūti stated as the
conclusion to the previous section–was originally copied and then transmitted due to some
sort of eye skip.
5 mahāyānaṃ ] Aṣṭapc A, Ed.M V W 98; om. Aṣṭaac A 5 tan mahāyānaṃ ] Aṣṭapc

A,
MV W ac MV W
Ed. 98; om. AṣṭaA 6 pāramitābhiḥ ] Ed. 98; pāramitābhi AṣṭaA
7 yenānārambaṇaṃ ] AṣṭaA ; yenānārambaṇaṃ Ed.M V W 104; mi dmigs paTib
12 hetoḥ ] Ed.M V W 105; heto AṣṭaA 14 dharmaḥ ] Ed.M V W 105; dharma AṣṭaA
14 niryāsyati? ] niryāsyati? evam khalu bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ
niryāsyati AṣṭaA evaṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo mahāyānasaṃnaddho
mahāyānasaṃprasthito mahāyānasamārūḍho bhavatiEd.M V W 105; om.AṣṭaB , Tib;
| 15 ni ] TibD ; ni zhes bya ba ni TibP N 15 chen po ] TibD ; chen por TibP N
18 kyi ] TibD ; kyis TibP N 21 go cha ] TibD ; go cha’i TibP N 22 gong du ] TibD ;
gong du ’ang TibP N 22 ’gro ba ’ang ] TibD ; ’gro ba TibP N
dang| (2) tshogs kyi sgrub pa’o| |de la (a) ’gro bar rtsom pa ni chas pa’o| |(b)
lhag par byas pa dag ni lci ba’i phyir* khur* te rnam pa thams cad kyi khur [P38r14]
yin pas tshogs so| |de gnyis kas pha rol tu phyin pa drug po thams cad yang [C791]
dag par bsdus pa’i phyir dang| pha rol tu phyin pa de’i ngo bo yin pa’i phyir
5 dang| pha* rol tu phyin pa dang rjes su mthun pa’i phyir ram| pha rol tu [P38r5]
phyin pa’i ’bras bu yin pa’i phyir ci rigs par sbyar ro|
|khams gsum nas zhes bya ba ni gang cung zad nyon mongs pa can
nam nyon mongs* pa can* ma yin pa’i mi shes pa de ni ’dir khams gsum pa [N38v]
yin te|
10 abhūtaparikalpas tu cittacaittās tridhātukāḥ...||MAV1.9ab||101
|zhes bshad pas so| |des na nges par ’byung bar ’gyur ba* ni nyan thos [P38r7]
kyi theg pa ni nyon mongs pa can nyid la nges par ’byung ba’o| |dmigs pa
med pa ni mi dmigs pa nyid de chos kyi dbyings so|102 |de’i mtshan nyid
kyis yang dag par ’byung ba ni shing dang* lha khang la sogs pa sngar ma [P38r8]
15 mthong ba’i grong du ’byung ba yin no| |lan drug po ’di dag gis theg pa
chen po rnam pa drug tu smras so| |(1) dpag tu med pa’i chen po nyid dang|* [P38v1]
(2)
yang dag par ’jug pa’i chen po nyid dang| (3) nges par ’byung ba’i chen
po nyid dang| (4) mtshan nyid chen po nyid dang| (5) thob pa’i chen po nyid
dang| (6) gnas kyi chen po nyid do| | yang na rnam pa bdun te (7) gzhal du
20 med pa* dang| dpag tu med pa’i dbye bas so| | [P38v2]
skur pa ’debs pa’i gnyen po bstan nas sgro ’dogs pa’i gnyen po bstan pa’i
phyir| ’on kyang gang nas zhes bya ba la sogs pa nas de skad ces bka’
stsal ba dang* zhes bya ba’i bar gyis gsungs so| |pha rol tu phyin pa la [P38v3]
25 yang dag par zhugs pa zhes bstan pa la de dag gi mtshan nyid ni rnam
pa lnga bshad par bya ste|103
|go rims bzhin du rigs dang| smon lam dang| [P38v4]
lhag pa’i bsam pa dang|* gzhi dang ngo bo nyid de|104 [C792]
rigs ni chos nyid do| |gzhi ni yul lo| |lhag ma ni rtogs par sla’o|
101
The verse is also cited in Sthiramati’s Triṃśikāvijñaptibhāṣyaṃ. In Nagao’s Mad-
hyāntavibhāgabhāṣyam, this verse is numbered 1.8ab, but I have followed the number-
ing in Pandeya’s Madhyāntavibhāgakārikā.
102
Lemma does not match the Derge kangyur root text.
103
In root text cited above, the translation reads: pha rol tu phyin pa rnams kyi sgo nas
yang dag par zhugs nas. It is not clear whether this is a lemma for that sentence.
104
I have made formatted these four as a quote, because it is followed by glosses, but
it is not clear where this citation comes from or where it begins. It could begin after go
rims bzhin du and end before the de.
17 yang dag par ] TibD ; yang dag pa’i TibP N 19 yang na ] TibD ; yang TibP N 27 go
rims ] TibDP N ; go rim TibP 28 gzhi ] TibDP N ; bzhi TibP
|gang byang chub sems dpa’i chos nyid la gnas te byang chub kyi sems
kyis* snying rje sngon du ’gro ba’i bsam pas dngos po thams cad gtong ba [P38v5]
dang| |de bzhin du spong ba thams cad cig car srung ba* dang| de bzhin du [D35r]
rnam pa thams cad du sdug bsngal thams cad la ji mi snyam* pa’i bzod pa [P38v6]
5 dang| |de bzhin du lus dang ngag dang yid kyi las dge ba’i chos thams cad
kyi tshogs sgrub par byed pa nyid ni go rims ji lta ba bzhin du sbyin pa* [N39r]
dang| |tshul khrims dang|* bzod pa dang| brtson ’grus kyi pha rol tu phyin [P38v7]
pa nyid do| |de bzhin du las thams cad la lus dang ngag dang yid rnam pa
thams cad du dbang du byas nas rnam pa thams cad du sems gnas* pa dang| [P38v8]
10 chos thams cad kyi rnam pa la rab tu rnam par ’byed pa ste| de dag ni go
rims bzhin du bstan pa dang| shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’o| |de la ’jug
pa’i sgrub pa’i dbang du* byas nas bstan bcos las– [P39r1]
dhyānārūpyeṣu dānādau mārge maitryādikeṣu ca|

gatopalambhayoge ca trimaṇḍalaviśuddhiṣu|| AA 1.44 ||
15 uddeśe ṣaṭsv abhijñāsu sarvākārajñatānaye|

prasthānapratipajjñeyā mahāyānādhirohiṇī|| AA 1.45 ||
zhes bya ba gsungs te| de dag ni sgrub pa* rnam pa dgu ste| yul gyi dbye [P39r3]
bas so|
3.8.1 Dhyānārūpyaprasthānam
20 |yul gyi bdun pa yin te bsam gtan gzugs med ces bya ba la sogs pa gsungs
so|105 |de la–
3.8.1.1 Caturdhyānāni
bsam gtan bzhi las–

25
|dang po la yan lag lnga* ste| (a−b) rtog pa dang dpyod pa ni gnyen
(1)
[P39r4]
po’i yan lag go| |(c−d) dga’ ba dang bde ba ni phan yon gyi yan lag go| |(e)
sems rtse* gcig pa nyid ni zhi gnas kyi yan lag go| [C793]
30 |gnyis pa ni yan lag bzhi ste|* (a) nang rab tu dang ba ni gnyen po’i
(2)
[P39r5]
yan lag go| |(b−d) lhag ma ni snga ma bzhin no|
105
Haribhadra describes this one as dhyānārūpyasamāpattivyutthānaprasthānaṃ
3 srung ba ] TibD ; bsrung ba TibP N 5 las ] TibD ; las kyi mtha’i TibP N 6 go
rims ] TibD ; go rim TibP N 10–11 go rims ] TibD ; go rim TibP N
|gsum pa ni yan lag lnga ste| |(a−c) btang snyoms dang| dran pa dang|
(3)
shes bzhin ni gnyen po’i yan lag go|* |(d) bde ba ni phan yon gyi yan lag go| [P39r6]
|(e) lhag ma ni snga ma bzhin no|
5 |bzhi pa ni yan lag bzhi ste| (a−b) btang snyoms yongs su dag pa dang|
(4)
dran pa yongs su dag pa ni gnyen po’i yan lag go| |(c) sdug bsngal yang* ma [P39r7]
yin pa’i tshor ba ni phan yon gyi yan lag go| |(d) lhag ma ni snga ma bzhin
no|
3.8.1.2 Caturārūpyāḥ
10
|gzugs med pa ni rnam pa bzhi ste–
|rnam pa thams cad du gzugs* kyi ’du* shes las yang dag par ’das nas
(1)
[N39v]
thogs* pa’i ’du shes rnams nub par gyur cing sna tshogs kyi ’du shes yid la [D35v]
15 mi byed pas nam mkha’ mtha’ yas so snyam pa ni nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye [P39r8]
mched do|
|nam mkha’i ’du shes las yang dag par* ’das nas rnam par shes pa
(2)
[P39v1]
mtha’ yas so snyam pa ni rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched do|
20
|shes bya dang shes pa’i ’du shes dag las yang dag par ’das nas ci yang
(3)
med do snyam pa ni ci yang med pa’i skye* mched do| [P39v2]
|ci yang med pa’i ’du shes las kyang yang dag par ’das phra ba ni ’du
(4)
25 shes med pa dang ’dra ba yang dag par spyod pa’i phyir ’du shes med ’du
shes med min skye mched de srid pa’i rtse mo’o| |de* dag ni bsam gtan dang [P39v3]
gzugs med pa’i ’jug pa’o|
3.8.2 Pāramitāprasthānaṃ
|sbyin sogs zhes bya ba ni sngar bshad pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa drug po
30 dag nyid de dag ni pha rol phyin pa’i ’jug pa’o|
2 bde ba ] TibD ; bden pa TibP N 5 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 6 yongs

su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 14 rnams ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; rnam TibP 15 nam
mkha’ ] TibDP ; nam kha’ TibN 15 nam mkha’ ] TibDP ; nam kha’ TibN 18 shes
pa ] TibD ; shes par TibP N 24 ’das ] TibD ; ’das nas TibP N 26 ni ] TibD ; gi TibP ;
gisTibN
3.8.3 Mārgaprasthānaṃ
|lam dang zhes bya ba la lam* ni byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos sum cu [P39v4]
rtsa bdun gyi chos te| |de dag bsgom pa ni lam gyi ’jug pa’o|
3.8.4 Apramāṇaprasthānaṃ
5 |byams pa la sogs pa zhes bya ba la tshad med pa’i sems can thams cad
la* dmigs pa’i* phyir tshad med pa’o| |de la rnam pa bzhi ste| |(a) byams pa [C794]
dang| |(b) snying rje dang| |(c) dga’ ba dang| |(d) btang snyoms dang| de dag [P39v5]
gi go rims bzhin du–
10
(a)
|bde ba dang ldan par ’dod pa dang|
(b)
|sdug bsngal dang* bral bar ’dod pa dang| [P39v6]
(c)
|bde ba dang mi ’bral bar ’dod pa dang|
15
(d)
|kun nas nyon mongs pa med par ’dod pa’o|
(a)
|kye ma sems can thams cad ni bde ba dang ldan par gyur cig
snyam pa dang|
20
(b)
|sdug bsngal* dang bral bar gyur cig snyam pa dang| [P39v7]
(c)
|bde ba dang mi ’bral bar gyur cig snyam pa dang|
25
(d)
|kun nas nyon mongs pa dang bral bar gyur cig snyam pa’o|
|de lta bu’i rnam pa’i ting nge ’dzin te de dag ni tshad* med* pa’i ’jug pa’o| [P39v6]
[N40r]
3.8.5 Anupalambhayogaprasthānaṃ
|stong pa nyid nyi shus chos thams cad la mi dmigs pa’i tshul gyis bsgom pa
30 ni mi dmigs pa dang ldan pa’i ’jug pa’o|
3.8.6 Trimaṇḍalaviśuddhiprasthānaṃ
|sbyin pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa la spyod pa ni sbyin par bya ba dang| |sbyin
pa po dang|* |len pa po mi dmigs pa nas| |shes rabs kyi pha rol tu phyin pa [P40r1]
8 go rims ] TibD ; go rim TibP N

3.9 Sambhārapratipattiḥ 116
la spyod pa dang| |byang chub sems dpa’ dang yid la byed pa mi dmigs pa’i
bar de ni ’khor gsum yongs* su dag pa’i ’jug pa’o|* [D36r]
[P40r2]
3.8.7 Uddeśaprasthānaṃ
|sgom pa po ’am| bsgom par bya ba ’am| sgom pa gang yang med pa de ni
5 sgom pa mi dmigs pa ste sgom pa rnam par ’jig pa’o| |de’i don dang de’i
ched du gang dge ba’i chos thams cad bsgom pa de ni ched du* bya ba’i ’jug [P40r3]
pa’o|
3.8.8 Abhijñāprasthānaṃ
|mngon par shes pa drug gi sangs rgyas kyi zhing sna tshogs su ’gro zhing
10 der sangs rgyas rnams mchod pa dang| de dag la theg pa chen po’i chos nyan
cing sems can rnams la yongs su smin* par byed pa dang| rang gi sangs rgyas [P40r4]
kyi zhing yongs su sbyong ba ni mngon par shes pa drug gi ’jug pa’o|
3.8.9 Sarvākārajñatāprasthānaṃ
|rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa nyid rjes su thob cing ’khor lo bskor* ba [C795]
15 dang| phyogs bcu’i* sangs rgyas thams cad kyis bsngags pa ni rnam pa kun [P40r5]
mkhyen pa’i ’jug pa ste| ’jug pa’i sgrub pa yang rdzogs so| |
3.9 Sambhārapratipattiḥ
|tshogs kyi sgrub pa’i dbang du byas nas bstan bcos las–
(1)
dayā (2) dānādikaṃ ṣaṭkaṃ (3) śamathaḥ savidarśanaḥ|
20 yuganaddhaś ca yo mārga (4) upāye yac ca kauśalam||AA 1.46||
(5−6)
jñānaṃ puṇyaṃ ca (7) mārgaś ca (8) dhāraṇī (9) bhūmayo daśa|
(10)
pratipakṣaś ca vijñeyaḥ sambhārapratipatkramaḥ||AA 1.47||
|zhes bya ba gsungs te|106

106
For the next sub-heading, I have followed the Tibetan, which suggests *maitryādis-
ambhāraḥ. Haribhadra calls this karuṇādisambhāraḥ instead.
9 gi ] TibD ; gis TibP N 11 rnams la ] TibD ; rnams TibP N 11 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong
su TibN 12 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 14 ’khor lo ] TibD ; chos kyi ’khor lo
TibP N 15 kyis ] TibD ; kyi TibP N 16 | | ] TibD ; | | | | TibP N
3.9.1 Maitryādisambhāraḥ
|tshogs rnams kyi mthar ji ltar srid pa’i chos nyid gang yin pa la so sor rtog
pa ni* brtse ba la sogs pa’i tshogs so| |de la dmyal ba dang yi dags dang| [P40r8]
dud ’gror * skyes pa dag la sdug bsngal thams cad rab tu zhi ba dang| sangs [N40v]
5 rgyas rnams la dad pa dang| lha dang mi rnams su skye bar ’dod pa ni* skye [P40v1]
ba’i tshogs so|
3.9.2 Dānādisambhāraḥ
|sbyin pa la sogs pa’i tshogs drug gi pha rol tu phyin pa drug po de dag nyid
do|
10 3.9.3 Śamathavipaśyanāyuganaddhasambhāraḥ
|zhi gnas dang lhag mthong dang zung du ’brel ba’i tshogs gsum pa ni go
cha’i sgrub pa dang ’dra’o|107
3.9.4 Upāyakauśalādisambhāraḥ
|gang yang* rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa nyid dang ldan pa’i yid la byed [P40v2]
15 pas mi dmigs pa’i tshul gyis pha rol tu phyin pa dag la spyod pa gzhan dag
la yang dag par ’dzin du ’jug pa de ni thabs la mkhas pa’i tshogs so|* [P40v3]
3.9.5 Jñānasambhāraḥ
|gang stong pa nyid nyi shu dag yongs su shes pa de ni ye shes kyi tshogs so|
3.9.5.1 Śūnyatā Viṃśatividhā

20
|de dag kyang bcom ldan ’das yum chen mo dag las rgya cher gsungs te–
|(1) adhyātmaśūnyatā*| (2) bahirdhāśūnyatā| (3) adhyātmabahird- [D36v]
hāśūnyatā*| (4) śūnyatāśūnyatā| (5) mahāśūnyatā| (6) paramārtha- [P40v14]
śūnyatā| (7) saṃskṛtaśūnyatā| (8) asaṃskṛtaśūnyatā* | (9) atyanta- [C796]
25 śūnyatā|* (10) anavarāgraśūnyatā| (11) anavakāraśūnyatā| (12) pra- [P40v5]
kṛtiśūnyatā| (13) sarvadharmaśūnyatā| (14) svalakṣaṇaśūnyatā| (15)

anupalambhaśūnyatā|* (16) abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatā| (17) bhāvaśūn- [P40v6]
107
Haribhadra’s corresponding passage reads vidarśanaṃ here instead of vipaśyanā.
2–3 rtog pa ] TibD ; rtogs pa TibP N 4 skyes pa dag ] TibD ; skyes pa TibP N 12 sgrub
pa ] TibD ; bsgrubs pa TibP N 18 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 21 dag ] TibDN ,
Ed.Cp ; bag TibP
yatā| (18) abhāvaśūnyatā| (19) svabhāvaśūnyatā| (20) parabhāva-

śūnyatā ca|*... dharmaniyāmatā bhūtakoṭis tasyā yā tayā śūny- [P40v7]
atā akūṭasthāvināśitām upādāya tat kasya hetoḥ prakṛtir asyaiṣā.108
|zhes gsungs pa yin no| |gang gi phyir ’di dag ji ltar rigs par rang gi ngo* bo [P40v8]
5 gang yin pa de nyid kyis stong pa nyid de rtag pa’i ngo bo yin pa’i phyir ro|
|rtag pa yang ther zug tu gnas pa dang| ’jig pa’i chos can ma yin te de dag
gi rang bzhin ni rnam* pa gnyis po de dag go| |de bas na de ni de’i* stong [N41r]
pa nyid do| |de ci’i phyir zhe na zhes bya ba ni des de’i stong pa nyid de [P41r1]
gang las skyes zhes bya ba’i tha tshig go| |’di’i rang bzhin zhes bya ba la
10 sogs pas ni gang las kyang mi skye ba zhes ston to| |de la–
(1)
nang gi chos rnams ni mig* la sogs pa drug ste| de dag gis ni nang [P41r2]
stong pa nyid do|
15 |(2) |phyi’i chos rnams ni gzugs la sogs pa drug ste| de dag gis stong pa
nyid stong pa nyid do|
|(3) |mig la sogs pa ni gzugs la sogs pa de dag gi stong pa nyid de| |de’i
yul* nyid kyis stong pa zhes bya ba’i don to| gzugs la sogs pa yang mig la [P41r3]
20 sogs pas stong pa nyid de de’i yul can nyid kyis stong pa zhes bya ba’i don to|
|(4) |chos thams cad kyi stong pa nyid gang yin pa de nyid stong pa nyid* [C797]
de de ni stong pa* nyid stong pa nyid do| [P41r4]
25 |(5) |chen po stong pa nyid ni phyogs rnams kyi stong pa nyid do|
|(6) |don dam pa ni mya ngan las ’das pa ste de des stong pa ni don dam
pa stong pa nyid do|
108
I could not find any Pañca quote in Dutt’s edition that corresponds exactly to the
Tibetan quotation. It may be a paraphrase or have come from a different rescension.
Whatever the case, I have made a hybrid of two quotes here, so that Sanskritists can get
more from the comments in this section. The twenty śūnyatā-s in the first part come
from Dutt (24:10). The refrain in the second part (after the elipsis) runs throughout the
section with some variation. I have inserted a line that comes from Dutt (198) at the end
of that section, even though it differs in that dharmaniyāmatā bhūtakoṭis is not likely to
be translated by the Tibetan rigs pa, because it had the closest sentence structure.
4 rigs par ] TibD ; rig par TibP N 5 rtag pa’i ] TibD ; de brtags pa’i TibP N
9 ’di’i ] TibD ; de’i TibP N 15 de dag gis ] TibP N ; de de dag gis TibD 18 gi ] TibD ;
gis TibP N
|(7) |’dus byas ni ’dod pa dang gzugs dang gzugs med pa’i khams te de
dag gis* stong pa ni ’dus* byas stong pa nyid do| [P41r5]
[D37r]
| |gang skye ba med pa dang ’gag pa med pa dang| |gnas pa med pa

(8)
5 dang| |mi ’gyur ba nyid de ni ’dus ma byas te de’i stong pa nyid ni ’dus ma
byas stong pa nyid do|
|(9) |gang gi mtha’ mi dmigs pa de ni mtha’* las ’das pa ste| |de mtha’ [P41r6]
las ’das pa stong pa nyid do|

10
|(10) |gang la thog ma dang tha ma med pa de la dbus kyi dngos po ’ong
ba dang ’gro ba med pas thog ma dang bar dang tha ma yang med de| |dang
po dang bar ma dang tha mes stong pa de ni thog ma dang tha ma med* pa [P41r7]
stong pa nyid do|

15
|(11) |gang la spangs pa de ni dor ba ste| |des stong pa ni dor ba med pa

stong pa nyid de|
|(12) |gang la chos thams cad ni rang bzhin gyis nyan thos la sogs pas ma
20 byas pas mi ’gyur ba nyid do| |des stong pa ni rang bzhin* stong pa nyid do| [N41v]
|(13) |chos* thams cad chos thams cad kyis stong pa ni chos thams cad [P41r8]
stong pa nyid do| |gzugs so rung ba ni gzugs kyi mtshan nyid do|
25 |(14) |tshor ba’i mtshan nyid ni myong ba’o| |’du shes kyi mtshan nyid ni
mtshan mar ’dzin pa’o zhes shes par bya ste| |chos* de dag thams cad rang [P41v1]
gi mtshan nyid kyis stong pa ni rang gi mtshan nyid do|
|(15) |mi dmigs pa stong pa nyid ni ’das pa dang ma ’ong pa dang da ltar
30 byung ba rnams phan tshun mi dmigs pa yin te thog ma nas rnam par dag
pa’i phyir ro|* [P41v2]
|(16) |gang rten cing ’brel par byung pa de ni sngos po med pa’i ngo bo
nyid yin te de ltar na yang dag par sbyor ba las byung* ba’i chos rnams kyi [C798]
35 rang gi ngo bo nyid ni yod pa ma yin te| |rten cing ’brel par ’byung ba nyid
yin pas yang dag par* sbyor bas stong pa ni dngos po med pa’i ngo bo nyid [P41v3]
stong pa nyid do|
8 de ] TibD ; des TibP N 19 la sogs pas ] TibD ; la sogs pa TibP N 25 myong

ba’o ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; myo ba’o TibP
|(17) |dngos po ni nye bar len pa’i phung po lnga ste des stong pa ni dngos
po stong pa nyid do|
|(18) |dngos po med pa ni ’dus ma byas te de stong pa ni dngos po med

5 pa stong pa nyid do||
|(19) |rang gi ngo bo* yin pas na rang gi ngo bo ste des stong pa ni rang [P41v4]
gi ngo bo stong pa nyid do|
10 |(20) |gzhan gyi ngo bo ni chos nyid de chos kyi dbyings so| |des stong pa
ni gzhan gyi ngo bo stong pa nyid do|
3.9.6 Samādhisambhāraḥ
|dpa’ bar ’gro ba dang rin chen phyag rgya dang seng ge rnam par rol* ba [P41v5]
la sogs pa ni ting nge ’dzin gyi tshogs so| 109
15 3.9.7 Mārgasambhāraḥ
|lam gyi tshogs ni byang chub kyi phyogs rnam pa mang po yin pas de bshad
par* bya’o| [D37v]
3.9.7.1 Saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣā Dharmāḥ
20 |de yang (1−4) dran pa nye bar gzhag pa bzhi dang| |(5−8) yang dag par spong
ba bzhi dang| |(9−12) rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa bzhi* dang| |(13−17) dbang po [P41v6]
lnga dang| |(18−22) stobs lnga dang| |(23−29) byang chub kyi yan lag bdun
dang| |(30−37) ’phag pa’i lam yan lag brgyad de de ni byang chub kyi phyogs
kyi chos rnams so| |de la–110
25
(1−4)
Catvāri Smṛtyupasthānāṇi
|gang gi rjes su lta bas dran pa nye bar gnas pa de ni dran* pa nye bar gzhag [P41v7]
pa’o| |dmigs pa’i bye brag gis ni bzhi ste|* [N42r]
109
Haribhadra calls this one puṇyasambhāraḥ
110
The headings (below) for 1-37–such as (1−4) Dran pa nye bar gzhag pa bzhi and
so on–are numbered, capitalized, and bolded are phrases added to the text by me so that
RĀŚ’s explanations of the thirty seven are more easily searchable.
20 gzhag pa ] TibD ; bzhag pa TibP N 23 de de ] TibD ; de de dag TibP N 28–29 gzhag

pa’o ] TibDP ; bzhag pa’o TibN
|lus dran pa nye bar gzhag pa dang| |tshor ba dran pa nye bar
gzhag pa dang| |sems dran pa nye bar gzhag pa dang| |chos drang
pa nye bar gzhag pa’o| |de la nang gi lus la* lus kyi rjes su lta [P41v8]
zhing gnas pa dang| |lus dang ldan pa’i rnam par rtog pas rnam
5 par rtog par yang mi byed de de yang mi dmigs pa’i tshul gyis
brtun pa shes bzhin can dran pa dang ldan pas so| |de bzhin du
phyi’i lus dang| |de bzhin du nang dang phyi’i* lus dang| |de [P42r1]
bzhin du nang dang phyi dang phyi nang gi* tshor ba dang sems [C799]
dang| |chos dang tshor ba’i rjes su lta ba nas| |chos kyi rjes su
10 lta zhing gnas so zhes bya ba’i bar du ste| |chos dang ldan pa’i
rnam par rtog pas rnam par rtog par* yang mi byed la| |de yang [P42r2]
mi dmigs pa’i tshul gyis brtun pa shes bzhin can dran pa dang
ldan pas ’jig rten la phan pa’i sems dang| |yid mi bde ba rnam
par bsal nas so|
15
|’dir (1) nang gi lus ni rang gi mig la sogs pa drug go| |phyi* rol gyi lus [P42r3]
ni rang gi lus las phyi rol gyi ’dus byas so| |phyi nang gi lus ni lhag ma
’byung pa dang ’byung ba las gyur ba rang gi lus su gtogs pa’o|
20
(2)
|tshor ba la sogs pa yang lus la dmigs pa’i dbye bas rnam pa gsum* [P42r4]
ste| |tshor ba ni bde ba dang sdug bsngal ba dang bde ba yang ma yin sdug
bsngal ba yang ma yin pa’o|
(3)
|chos ni sems las byung ba dge ba dang mi dge ba’o| |lus la sogs pa la
25 rjes su lta ba ni lus la sogs pa’i chos nyid* la rjes su lta ba’o| |lus la sogs [P42r5]
pa dang ldan pa ni lus la sogs pa’i ming dang ldan pa’o| |’di ni bdag gi
lus te bdag gi lus la rtag pa dang mi rtag pa dang bde ba dang sdug bsngal
ba zhes bya ba la sogs pas rtog pa ni rnam par rtog pa’o|* |de la yang [P42r6]
mi dmigs pa’i tshul gyis rjes su lta ba ni* rnam par mi rtog pa’o| |gus [D38r]
30 par byed pa dang* rtag tu byed pa’i sbyor ba yin pas na brtun pa’o| |rjes [N42v]
su lta ba dang shes bzhin gyi sbyor bas na shes bzhin no| |mi brjed pa’i
bdag nyid* dang| |rgyun tu srung bar byed pa’i bdag nyid dang| |phyi rol [P42r7]
du mi g.yeng bar byed pa’i bdag nyid kyi dran pa ldan pa’o| |’di dag nyid
1 gzhag pa ] TibD ; bzhag pa TibP N 2 gzhag pa ] TibD ; bzhag pa TibP N 2 gzhag
pa ] TibD ; bzhag pa TibP N 3 gzhag pa’o ] TibD ; bzhag pa’o TibP N 5 rtog par ] TibD ;
rtog pa TibP N 6 brtun pa ] TibD , Ed.Cpn ; rdzun pa TibP N 12 brtun pa ] TibD ;
rtun pa TibP N 12 shes bzhin can ] TibD ; shes bzhin TibP N 17 las ] TibDP ; la TibN
17 gyi ] TibDN ; gyis TibP 21 sdug bsngal ba ] TibP N ; sdug bsngal TibD 25 lta
ba ] TibD ; blta ba TibP N 25 lta ba’o ] TibD ; blta ba’o TibP N 27 mi rtag pa ] TibD ;
mi rtag TibP N 30 brtun pa’o ] TibD ; rtun pa TibP N 31 lta ba ] TibD ; blta ba TibP N
brtson ’grus dang shes rab dang dran pa yin te| |’du dag gi phan yon bstan
pa’i phyir ’jig rten la brnab* sems dang| |yid* mi bde ba bsal te zhes [P42r8]
bya ba gsungs so| |bsal te zhes bya ba ni spangs pa’o| |’jig rten ni ’jig rten [C800]
gyi chos la’o|111 |rnyed pa dang grags pa dang bstod pa la ni brnab sems so|
5 |ma rnyed pa dang ma grags* pa dang sdug bsngal ba dang smad pa la ni [P42v1]
yid mi bde ba’o|
(4)
|’di dag ye shes yang dag par ’dzin pas na yang dag par ’dzin pa’o|
(5−8)
10 Yang dag par spang pa bzhi
|yang na yang dag par spang pa’o| |de ni rnam pa bzhi ste| ’di lta ste|
(5)
|mi dge ba’i chos skyes pa rnams* spang ba’i phyir ’dun pa skyed do| [P42v2]
15 |’bad do| |brtson ’grus rtsom mo| |ye shes rab tu ’dzin to| |yang dag par rab
tu ’jog go zhes bya ba dang|
(6)
|de bzhin du sdig pa mi dge ba’i chos rnams ma skyes pa mi bskyed pa’i
phyir ’dun pa skyed do* zhes bya ba la sogs pa dang| [P42v3]
20
(7)
|de bzhin du dge ba’i chos ma skyes pa rnams skyes pa’i phyir zhes bya
ba dang|
(8)
|de bzhin du dge ba’i chos skyes pa rnams gnas pa dang phyir zhing ’byung
25 ba’i phyir ’dun pa skyed do zhes bya ba la sogs pa’o|* [P42v4]
|de la go cha’i brtson ’grus kyis ’di ltar bya’o snyam pa’i ’dun pa skyed
do zhes bya ba’o| |sbyor ba’i brtson ’grus kyis ni ’bad de| |skyo ba med
pa’i brtson ’grus kyis ni brtson ’grus rtsom mo| |thabs kyi brtson ’grus
30 kyis ni ye* shes rab tu ’dzin to| |yang dag par rab tu ’jog go| |de la by- [P42v5]
ing ba la ni sems rab tu ’dzin pas mtho bar byed do| |rgod pa la ni mn-
gon par bsdus pas sems yang dag par rab tu ’jog go|
111
Double check P and N for a double la here.
4 gyi chos la’o ] TibD ; gyis chos la la’o TibP ; gyi chos la la’o TibN
14 spang ba’i ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; spang pa’i TibP 14 skyed ] TibD ; bskyed TibP N
15 rtsom ] TibD ; brtsom TibP N 18 bskyed pa’i ] TibD ; skyed pa’i TibP N 21 skyes
pa’i ] TibD ; bskyed pa’i TibP N 25 skyed ] TibD ; bskyed TibP N 27 skyed ] TibD ;
bskyed TibP N 28 de | |skyo ba ] TibD ; do | |skye TibP N 29 rtsom ] TibD ; brtsom
TibP N 29 kyi ] TibD ; kyis TibP N 31 mtho bar ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; mtho par TibP
(9−12)
rdzu ’phrul
|rdzu ’phrul ni ’jig rten las ’das pa’i** chos rnams ni rdzu ’phrul gyi gnas pa [P42v6]
yin pa’i phyir rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa’o| |de yang bzhi ste– [N43r]
5 |(9) ’dun pa’i ting nge ’dzin dang| (10) brtson ’grus* kyi ting nge [D38v]
’dzin dang| |(11) sems kyi ting nge ’dzin dang| |(12) dpyod* pa’i [C801]
ting nge ’dzin to|

(9)
|’di ltar la la ni ’dun* pa drag po dang ldan pas rtse gcig pa’i mtshan [P42v7]
nyid kyi ting nge ’dzin skye ba’o|112

10
(10)
|la la ni yang dag par spong ba’i brtson ’grus kyis mi dge ba’i tshogs mi
skye pa nyid dang len par bstan to|
(11)
|la la ni zhi gnas dang rab tu ’dzin pa dang* btang snyoms kyi mtshan [P42v8]
15 nyid kyis sems yongs su ’dzin to|
(12)
|la la ni mi dge ba’i las phra mo yang dag par spyod dam ’on te yang
dag par mi spyod ces gang bdag nyid yongs su dpyod pa des ni yang dag
par nges par spong ngo|
20
|de dag gis* kun nas dkris pa thag ring du gyur nas bag la nyal spang pa’i [P43r1]
phyir gong du yang dag par spong ba bzhi po de dag gis brtson ’grus rtsom
pa na spong pa’i ’du byed brgyad mngon par ’byung ba yin te|
|(a) ’dun pa dang (b) brtson ’grus* dang| |(c) dad pa dang| |(d) [P43r2]
25 shin tu sbyang pa dang| |(e) dran pa dang| |(f ) shes bzhin dang|
|(g) sems pa dang| |(h) btang snyoms so|
|de la–
(a)
|nam zhig bdag la ’jig rten dang ’jig rten las ’das pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
skye bar ’gyur zhes bya ba ni ’dun pa’o|* [P43r3]
30
(b)
|mi dge ba’i chos thams cad nges par ’joms pa ni brtson ’grus so|
112
la la is not dittography.
5 ’dun pa’i ] TibDP ; bdun pa’i TibN 8 gcig pa’i ] TibD ; gcig pa nyid kyi TibP N
11–12 mi skye pa ] TibD ; bskyed pa TibP N 15 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN
18 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 19 spong ngo ] TibD ; bpyod do TibP N 22 spong
ba ] TibD ; spong pa TibP N 22–23 rtsom pa ] TibD ; brtson pa TibP ; brtsom pa TibN ,
Ed.Cp
(c)
|gong ma’i chos rtogs par bya ba la dad pa ni dad pa’o|
(d)
|de sngon du ’gro ba ni shin tu sbyangs pa’o|
5
(e)
|de la zi gnas kyi phyogs ni dran pa’o|
(f )
|lhag mthong gi phyogs ni shes* zhin no| [P43r4]
(g)
|de la sems mngon par ’du byed pa ni sems pa’o||
10
|(h) |kun nas nyon mongs pa ma yin pa ni btang snyoms so|
|’dun pa la sogs pa’i ting nge ’dzin spong pa’o ’du byed dang ldan pa rdzu
’phrul gyi rkang pa de–
15 |dben pa la gnas pa dang|* |’dod chags dang bral ba la gnas pa [P43r5]
dang|*|’gog pa la gnas pa dang| |rnam par spong bas yongs su [N43v]
bsgyur ba sgom par byed do| [C802]
|de la dben pa ni nyon mongs pa las so| |’dod chags dang bral ba ni
srid pa las so| |’gog pa ni sdug bsngal* lo| |rnam par spong ba ni phung [P43r6]
20 po thams cad spangs pa ste| |de ni rnam par spong bas yongs su bsgyur ba’o|
(13−17)
Dbang po lnga
|dbang byed pa ni dbang po ste dad pa la sogs pa snga yin no| |’jig rten
25 las ’das pa’i chos bskyed pa la dbang thob pa’o phyir*dbang po* rnams su [P43r7]
’gyur ba yin te| |(13−17) dad pa’i dbang po nas shes rab kyi dbang po’i bar [D39r]
du’o| |rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa dang ldan pa’i rtags mthong bas gong du
khyad par gyi chos ’byung ba la re ba skyes te ston pa dang nyan thos kyi
theg pa la yid ches pa* skye’o| |yid ches pa de gang du ’jig rten las ’das pa’i [P43r8]
30 chos ’byung ba la dbang byed pas dad pa’i dbang po zhes bya’o| |dbang
po’i stobs kyis kyang brtson ’grus la sogs pa shin tu lhag par skye ste| |des
de zhin du ’jig rten las ’das pa’i chos* ’byung ba la dbang byed pas brtson [P43v1]
9 Cf. (Abhidharmadvīpa): cittābhisaṃskāraś cetanā. 9 Cf. (Upadeśānusāriṇī): ayat-

nayatnayoś cetanopekṣābhyāṃ prahāṇāc cittasamādhiḥ. tatra cittābhisaṃskāraś cetanā.
asaṃkleśa upekṣā...
1 rtogs par ] TibD ; rtog par TibP N 9 ’du byed pa ] TibP N ; ’du shes pa TibD 16 ’gog
pa la ] TibD ; ’gog pa TibP N 16 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 19 lo ] TibD ; las so
TibP N 20 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 25 bskyed pa ] TibD ; skyed pa TibP N
27 mthong bas gong du ] TibD ; mthong bas TibP N 29 theg pa ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; thob
pa TibP 29 gang du ] TibD ; gong du TibP N
’grus la sogs pa’i dbang po zhes bya’o| |des na dbang po lngar ’gyur ro|
(18−22)
Stob lnga
5 |dbang po lnga bsgom pa la ji ltar bdud la sogs pa mi mthun pa’i phyogs kyi
mi tshugs shing thub par dka’ bas de ltar* ’phel bas stobs zhes bya ba mang [P43v2]
du ’gyur te| |(18−22) dad pa’i stobs nas shes rab kyi stobs kyi bar ro| mthong
ba’i lam la yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rtogs na byang chub dang yang
dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub bo|
10
(23−29)
rDzogs pa’i byang chub kyi yan lag bdun
|de’i yan* lag ni yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub kyi yan lag bdun te| [P43v3]
15
(23)
|dran pa yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag dang|
(24)
|chos rnam par ’byed pa yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag dang|
(25)
|brtson ’grus yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag dang|
20
(26)
|dga’* ba yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag dang| [P43v3]
(27)
|shin tu sbyangs pa yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag dang|* [C803]
25
(28)
|ting nge ’dzin yang* dag byang chub kyi yan lag dang| [N44r]
(29)
|btang snyoms yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag go|
|de la chos rnam par ’byed pa* yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag [P43v5]
30 la sogs pa bsum ni lhag mthong gi phyogs so| |shin tu sbyangs pa dang|

|ting nge ’dzin dang| |btang snyoms ni zhi gnas kyi phyogs so|
(30−37)
’Phags pa’i lam rnam pa brgyad
35 |de dag thob pas bdag gis nyon mongs pa mthong bas spang bar bya ba
5 bsgom pa ] TibD ; sgom pa TibP N 6 dka’ bas ] TibD ; dka’ ba TibP N 8 yang dag
pa ] TibDP ; yang dag par TibN 9 bo ] TibD ; gi TibP N 13 ni ] TibD ; gi TibP N
19 brtson ’grus ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; con ’grus TibP 23 yan lag ] TibD ; yan lag gang
TibP N 29 yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag ] TibD ; om. TibP N
spang bar mthong nas| bsgom* pas spang bar bya ba de dag spang ba’i [P43v6]
phyir ’phags pa’i lam phung po gsum du sgom par byed de|
|(31) yang dag pa’i lta ba dang| |(32) yang dag pa’i rtog pa dang|
|(33) yang dag pa’i ngag dang| |(34) yang dag pa’i las kyi mtha’
5 dang| |(35) yang dag ’tsho ba dang|* |(36) yang dag pa’i rtsol ba [P43v7]
dang| |(37) yang* dag pa’i dran pa dang| |yang dag pa’i ting nge [D39v]
’dzin to|
|de la dang po gnyis dang yang dag par rtsol ba ni shes rab kyi phung
po’o| |yang dag pa’i dran pa dang| |yang dag ting nge ’dzin ni ting
10 nge ’dzin gyi phung po’o| |lhag ma* ni tshul khrims kyi phung po ste| |de [P43v8]
yang dbus dang mtha’ rnam par ’byed pa las–

...āśrayāṅgaṃ svabhāvāṅgaṃ niryāṇāṅgaṃ tṛtīyakam||MAVi 4.8cd||
caturtham anuśaṃsāṅgaṃ niḥkleśāṅgaṃ tridhā matam|
nidānenāśrayeṇeha svabhāvena ca deśitam| | MAVi 4.9 ||
15 |zhes bya ba gsungs so|113
|de la dran pa ni byang chub kyi gnas so| |chos rnam par ’byed pa ni
rang bzhin no| |brtson ’grus ni nges par ’byung ba’o| |dga’* ba ni phan [P44r2]
yon no| kun nas nyon mongs pa’i gnas ngan len gyi rgyu las byung ba’i phyir
shin tu sbyangs pa ni kun nas nyon mongs pa med pa’i gzhi ste| de ni
20 de’i gnyen po yin pa’i phyir ro| |ting nge ’dzin ni gnas so| |btang snyoms* [C804]
ni ngo bo nyed do|* [P44r3]
paricchedo ’tha samprāptiḥ parasambhāvanā tridhā|

vipakṣapratipakṣaśca mārgasyāṅgaṃ tad aṣṭadhā|| MAVi 4.10||
dṛṣṭau śīle ’tha saṃlekhe paravijñaptir iṣyate|
25 kleśopakleśavaibhutvavipakṣapratipakṣatā|| MAVi 4.11||114
|de la mthong ba’i lam la yongs su gcod pa ni yang dag pa’i lta ba’o|
|gzhan gyis go bar byed pa ni yang dag pa’i rtog pa’o| |yang dag pa’i ngag
kun nas slong bar go bar byed pa’i phyir ro| gzhan* yid ches par byed [P44r4]
113
This Sanskrit is based on MAVi, ed. Pandeya, 4.8cd-4.9
114
This Sanskrit is based on MAVi, ed. Pandeya, 4.10-11
1 spang bar ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; spang par TibP 1 bsgom pas spang bar bya ba ] TibD ;
sgom pas spang bya TibP N ; sgom bas spang byaTibP 1 spang ba’i ] TibD ; pa’i
TibP N 3 lta ba ] TibD ; blta ba TibP N 8 dang po ] TibP ; dngos po TibDN , Ed.Cp
8 gnyis ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; gzhis TibP 26 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 27 gzhan
gyis ] TibD ; gzhan TibP N 27 byed pa ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; byed pa’i TibP 28 byed
pa’i ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; pyed pa’i TibP
pa’i yan lag ni rnam pa gsum ste| |yang dag pa’i ngag dang| |yang dag pa’i
30 las kyi mtha’ dang ’tsho ba’o| |de dag gis ni go rims bzhin du gsum la yid
ches par gyur ro| |gtam dang ’bel ba’i gtam rnam par nges pas shes* rab la [P44r5]
yid ches par ’gyur ro| |mi bya ba mi byed pa’i phyir ni tshul khrims so|
|chos kyi rim par chos gos la sogs pa tshol ba ni yo byad bsnyungs pa’o|
|mi mthun pa’i gnyen po’i yan lag ni rnam pa gsum ste| |yang dag pa’i
5 rtsol ba* dang| |yang dag pa’i dran pa dang| |yang dag pa’i ting nge ’dzin [P44r7]
to|* |de dag ni go rims bzhin du bsgom pas spang bar bya ba’i nyon mongs [D40r]
pa dang| |nye ba’i nyon mongs pa bying ba dang| |rgod pa dang| |mi mthun
pa’i phyogs khyad par can gyi yon tan* mngon par sgrub pa la ’gegs byed [P44r8]
pa’i gnyen po’i don to| |de dag ni dran pa nye bar gzhag pa la sogs pa re re’i
10 dbye ba yin te| byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos sum cu rtsa bdun du ’gyur
ro| |zad la mi skye ba’i ye shes ni byang chub po| |de’i phyogs* ni rjes su [P44v1]
mthun pa ste| de dag ni byang chub kyi phyogs so| |de dag ni ’di la lam
yin te thams cad kyang* lam gyi tshogs te| |ci rigs par brtson ’grus dang| [C805]
|bsam gtan dang| |shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pas yang dag par bsdus* pa [P44v2]
15 yin no|
3.9.8 Dhāraṇīsambhāraḥ
|gzungs* zhes bya ba gcig gis tshig tu byas pa ni rigs kyi dbang du byas [N45r]
pa yin te| |gzungs rnams ma lus gzungs kyi tshig go|| AA ra pa tsa la sogs
pa’i yi ge de dag la de’i don de bzhin nyid du ’jug par* sgom pa na bsgom [P44v3]
20 pa yongs su rdzogs pa na de’i don la bzod pa bskyed par ’gyur te| |de ni
bzod pa’i gzungs so| |de nas phyogs bcu’i sangs rgyas dang byang chub
sems dpas bstan pa’i chos kyi phung po ’dzin pa’i rgyur gyur* pa ni chos [P44v4]
kyi gzungs so| |de nas de’i don ’dzin pa’i rgyu ni don gyi gzungs so| |de
nas sems can yongs su bskyab pa’i phyir sngags don yod pa ston pa la dbang
25 ba ni sngags kyi gzungs te| |de la–
|aa ni chos thams cad kyi sgo ste thog* ma nas skye ba med pa’i [P44v5]
phyir ro zhes bya ba la–
30 |aa’i sgo ni thabs te| |chos thams cad yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du
29–30 yang dag pa’i las ] TibD ; las TibP N 30 go rims ] TibD ; go rim TibP N 1 ’bel
ba’i ] TibD ; ’brel pa’i TibP ; ’brel ba’i TibN , Ed.Cp 2 phyir ni ] TibD ; phyir TibP N
3 kyi ] TibD ; kyis TibP N 5 rtsol ba ] TibD ; tshol ba TibP N 6 go rims ] TibD ; go rim
TibP N 8 sgrub pa ] TibD ; bsgrub pa TibP N 9 nye bar gzhag pa ] TibDN , Ed.Cp ; nye
bar gzhags pa TibP 18 ma lus ] TibD ; ma lus pa TibP N 19 sgom pa ] TibD ; bsgom
pa TibP N 19–20 bsgom pa ] TibD ; sgom pa TibP N 20 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su
TibN 24 yongs su ] TibDP ; yong su TibN 30 ni ] TibD ; nas TibP N 30 yang dag
pa ] TibD ; yang dag par TibP N
rtogs pa’i phyir ro| |ji ltar shes she na chos thams cad thog ma nas skye ba
med pa’i phyir ro| |gang gi phyir chos thams* cad kyi de bzhin nyid nam [P44v6]
mkha’ dang mnyam ste| |des ni skye ba med cing dang po nyid nas dri ma
dang bcas pa’i gnas skabs nyid nas kyang skye ba med pa yin te| |de bas na
de bzhin nyid la skye ba med pa nyid kyis yi ge aa’i don to|
5 |yi ge* ra’i sgo ni chos thams cad rdul dang bral ba’i phyir te| |de bas [P44v7]
na ji ltar nam mkha’ la rdul gyis mi gos pa de bzhin du de yang nyon mongs
pa’i rdul gyis te| |’di ni yi ge ra’i don to|
|yi ge pa ni chos* thams cad kyi sgo ste don dam par khyad par med pa’i [D40v]
10 phyir| |’di ni chos thams* cad don dam par khyad par med do| |de yang de [P44v8]
bzhin nyid du de lta* bu yin te| |de ni pa’i don to| [C806]
|yi ge tsa ni chos thams cad kyi sgo ste| |’chi ’pho dang skye ba mi dmigs
pas ’di ni de bzhin nyid la ’chi ba dang skye ba med pa’i phyir tsa’i don to|
15
|yi ge na ni* chos thams* cad kyi sgo ste ming dang bral bas na bdag gi [N45v]
ming med pa’i phyir na’i don to| [P45r1]
|de bzhin du yi ge aa la sogs pa la de bzhin du rig par bya ste| |de ni gzungs
20 kyi tshogs so|
31 she ] TibD ; zhes TibP ; zhe TibN 32–128.1 nam mkha’ ] TibDP ; nam kha’ TibN
3 de bzhin nyid ] TibDP ; de bzhin ba nyid TibN 6 nam mkha’ ] TibDP ; nam kha’
TibN 7 rdul ] TibD ; don TibP N 10 do ] TibD ; de TibP N 11 pa’i ] TibP N ; med
pa’i TibD 19 aa ] em.; la TibD ; om. TibP N
3.9.8.1 SANSKRIT EDITION BEGINS AGAIN
3.9.9 Bhūmisambhāraḥ [A22r1]
*...bhūmayo daśa...||AA 1.47v||
ity āryabodhisattvānāṃ daśa bhūmayo bhūmisambhāraḥ. tāś ca–115

(1)
5 pramuditā (2) vimalā (3) prabhākarī (4) arciṣmatī (5) sudurjayā
(6)
abhimukhī (7) dūraṃgamā (8) acalā (9) sādhumatī (10) dhar-
mameghā ca.
3.9.9.1 Daśa Bhūmayaḥ
10 tatra–
(1)
yad asyām prathamataḥ svaparārthasampādakalokottaramārgalābhāt bo-
dhisattvaḥ pramuditas tenaiṣā bhūmiḥ pramuditā.
(2)
yato ’syām dauḥśīlyavaimalyaṃ tasmād vimalā.
15
(3)
yato ’syām acyutasamādhiniśrito mahādharmāvabhāsas tasmāt pra-
bhākarī.
115
The first two bhūmi-s in italics are backtranslation from Tib.
7 Cf. (MAViṭ 75): tatra bhūmayo daśa-pramuditā-vimalā-prabhākarī-arciṣmatī-sudur-

jayā-abhimukhī-dūraṅgamā-acalā-sādhumatī-dharmameghā ca. 7 Cf. (DBhS): katamā
daśa? yaduta pramuditā ca nāma bodhisattvabhūmiḥ, vimalā ca nāma, prabhākarī ca nāma,
arciṣmatī ca nāma, sudurjayā ca nāma, abhimukhī ca nāma, dūraṃgamā ca nāma, acalā
ca nāma, sādhumatī ca nāma, dharmameghā ca nāma bodhisattvabhūmiḥ. 12 Cf. (BhK1
224): ata evāsyāṃ bhūmau prathamato ’nadhigatatattvādhigamād bodhi- sattvaḥ pramu-
dito bhavati. tata eṣā bhūmiḥ pramuditety ucyate. 12 Cf. (AAĀ 99): prathamāpūr-
vadharmatattvādhigamena pramodalābhāt pramuditā bhūmiḥ prāpyate. 14 Cf. (MSA
20.33ab p.174): dauḥśīlyābhogavaimalyād vimalā bhūmir ucyate. 14 Cf. (AAĀ 100):
dvitīyā sarvadauḥśīlyamalāpagamād vimalā bhūmir adhigamyate. 17 Cf. (MSA 20.33cd
p.174): mahādharmāvabhāsasya karaṇāc ca prabhākarī 17 Cf. (DBhs Vaidya 59-60,
ln 525): (in a slightly different context)-sa daśabhyo digbhyo ’prameyāṇāṃ buddhānāṃ
bhagavatāṃ sakāśād ekakṣaṇalavamuhūrtenā apramāṇān mahādharmāvabhāsān mahād-
harmālokān mahādharmameghān sahate saṃpratīcchati svīkarotisaṃghārayati. 17 Cf.
(AAĀ 100): tṛtīyā lokottarajñānāvabhāsakaraṇāt prabhākarī bhūmir.
16 acyuta° ] A; acyu(?)ta° Ed.J ; ma nyams pa Tib 16 mahā ] em.; mahān A, Ed.J ;

om. TibD
(4)
yato ’syāṃ bodhipakṣyaiḥ saṃkleśendhanadahanaṃ tasmād arciṣ-
matī.
(5)
yato ’syāṃ laukikalokottarayor avidyāsatyajñānayor anyonyavirodhāt.
5
(6)
yato ’syāṃ pratītyasamutpādapravicayād abhimukho bhavaty asaṅga-
mukhākhyaḥ prajñāpāra*mitāvihāras tasmād abhimukhī. [A22r2]
(7)
yato ’syāṃ bodhipakṣyasatyapratītyasamutpādālambano nirnimittavihā-
10 raḥ sābhogavāhī tasmād dūraṃgamā.
(8)
yato ’syāṃ sa eva svarasavāhitvād acalas tasmād acalā.
2 Cf. (MSA 20.34 p.174): arcirbhūtā yato dharmā bodhipakṣāḥ pradāhakāḥ. arciṣmatīti
tadyogāt sā bhūmir dvayadāhataḥ. 2 Cf. (AAĀ 100): caturthī sakalakleśendhanada-
hanajvālayopetatvād arciṣmatī bhūmir abhiruhyate. 2 Cf. (BhK1 226): asyāṃ bhū-
mau bodhisattvasyābhīkṣṇaṃ kāyavāṅmanojalpasamatikramaṇāya bodhipakṣair dharmair
viharaṇāt, viryaparamitātiriktatarā bhavati. iyaṃ ca sakalakleśendhanadāhasamarthasya
bodhipakṣadharmārciṣa udgatatvād arciṣmatīty ucyate. 4 Cf. (MSA 20.35 p.174 -Differs):
sattvānāṃ paripākaś ca svacittasya ca rakṣaṇā| dhīmadbhir jīyate duḥkhaṃ durjayā tena
kathyate. 4 Cf. (AAĀ 101-Differs): pañcamī suṣṭhu duḥkhena jīyata iti sudurjayā bhūmir
ākramyate. 7 Cf. (BhK1 226): asyāṃ ca bodhisattvasya pratītyasamutpādabhāvanāvihārāt
prajñāpāramitātiriktatarā bhavati. ata eva prajñāpāramitāyā atiriktataratvāt sarvabud-
dhadharmeṣu abhimukho ’syāṃ bhūmau vartata iti kṛtvā abhimukhīty ucyate. 7 Cf. (MSA
20.36 p.174-Differs): ābhimukhyād dvayasyeha saṃsārasyāpi nirvṛteḥ. uktā hy abhimukhī
bhūmiḥ prajñāpāramitāśrayāt. 7 Cf. (AAĀ 101): ṣaṣṭhī sarvabuddhadharmābhimukhyād
abhimukhī bhūmir ājñāyate. 10 Cf. (BhK 3 198ff): ato ’syām upāyapāramitā ’tirik-
tatarā bhavati. iyaṃ ca bhūmir anābhogamārgopaśleṣāt suṣṭhu dūraṃgamāt, dūraṃgamā.
sa niśchidrānimittavihārī bhavati. yāvan na śaknoty anābhogavāhinam animittavihāraṃ
samāpattuṃ tāvat saptamī bhūmiḥ... so ’nābhogānimittavihārī ca bhavati. yāvan na
śaknoti paryāyaniruktyādiprabhedaiḥ sarvākārasarvadharmadeśanāyāṃ vaśībhavituṃ tā-
vad aṣṭamī bhūmiḥ. 10 Cf. (MSA 20.37ab p.174-Differs): ekāyanapathaśleṣād bhūmir
dūraṃgamā matā. 10 Cf. (AAĀ 102-Differs): saptamī samyaganābhogamārgopaśleṣāt
suṣṭhu dūraṃ gatatvāt dūraṃgamā bhūmiḥ samīyate. 12 Cf. (MSA 20.37cd-Differs):
dvayasaṃjñāvicalanād acalā ca nirucyate. 12 Cf. (AAĀ 103-Differs): aṣṭamī nimit-
tābhogāprakampyatvād acalā bhūmir anubhūyate. 12 Cf. (ĀmMañ, 27): yato ’syāṃ
prañidhānapāramitayā yathāpraṇidhānaṃ phalasamṛddher bodhipakṣasatyapratītyasamut-
pādālambano nirnimittavihāraḥ svarasavāhitvād acalaḥ, tasmād acalā.
4 laukikalokottarayor avidyāsatyajñānayor anyonyavirodhāt ] em. and recon.;

laukikalokottarayor vidyāsatyajñānanyo+nyonyavirodhād Apc ; laukikalokottarayor
vi | dyāsatyajñānanyo+nyonyavirodhādAac ; vidyāsatyajñānayor anyonyavirodhād Ed.J ;
’jig rten las ’das pa’i ma rig pa dang bden pa’i shes pa phan tshun ’gal ba Tib
7 °mukhā°� ] A, Ed.J ; °bde ba (v.l.)° Tib 7 °vihāras ] A, Ed.J ; °zhing gnas pa (v.l.)
Tib 9 satyapratītyasamutpādālambano ] em., Ed.J ; satyasamutpādālambano A; bden
pa dang rten cing ’brel par ’byung ba Tib 10 °raḥ sābhogavāhī ] em.; °ra ābhogavāhī
A, Ed.J ; gnas shing rtsol ba dang bcas pa (suggesting *sābhoga) Tib
(9)
yato ’syāṃ pratisaṃvidbhir dhārmakathikatvād bodhisattvaḥ sādhus
tasmāt sādhumatī.
(10)
5 yato ’syāṃ bodhisattvo ’bhiṣicyate yauvarājyāya* tasmād dharma- [D41r]
meghā. miha secane * ghañ kutvaṃ. [A22r3]
etāḥ pratyekaṃ ṣaḍbhiḥ pāramitābhiḥ saṃgṛhītāḥ. yathākramaṃ tv

etāsu daśapāramitā atiricyante.
10 3.9.9.2 Daśa pāramitāḥ
katamā daśa ?
dānaṃ śīlaṃ kṣamā vīryaṃ dhyānaṃ prajñā upāyatā|
praṇidhānaṃ balaṃ jñānam etāḥ pāramitā daśa|| MAVi 5.5 ||
15 tatra– (1−6) ṣaṭpāramitopacitasya kuśalamūlasyānuttarāyāṃ samyaksambodhau
samyakpariṇāmanam (7) upāyapāramitā tenopāyena* tasyākṣayīkaraṇāt, āha [A22r4]
ca–
ā bodheḥ kṣayaṃ eti svalpam api na bodhipariṇataṃ kuśalam|
ā saṃvartāt patitaḥ payonidhau salilabindur iva||116
116
I have not figured out where this verse in Āryā meter comes from.
3 Cf. (ĀmMañ 27): yato ’syāṃ balapāramitayā vineyasattvānāṃ dānapriyavādy-

atārthacaryāsamānārthatālakṣaṇair akṣayaiś caturbhiḥ saṃgrahavastubhiḥ pratisaṃvidb-
hir dhārmakathikatvād bodhisattvaḥ sādhus tasmāt sādhumatī. 3 Cf. (MSA 20.38ab
p.174): pratisaṃvinmatisādhutvād bhūmiḥ sādhumati matā (note: unmetrical). 3 Cf.
(AAĀ 103-Differs): navamī dharmadeśanākauśalato ’navadyatvāt sādhumatī bhūmiḥ
sākṣātkriyate. 6 Cf. (Kāś 250): miha secane 6 Cf. (Aṣṭādhyāyī, 8.2.32): dāder dhātor
ghaḥ 6 Cf. (AAĀ 103ff-Differs): daśamī dharmameghāmbupravarśaṇād dharmameghā
bodhisattvabhūmiḥ. 6 Cf. (ĀmMañ 27): yato ’syāṃ bodhisattvo dharmeṣv abhiṣicyate
yauvarājyāya tasmād dharmameghā. miha secane ghañ. nāmni ghatvam. jñānapārami-
tayā ’kṣayābhiḥ pratisaṃvidbhir vineyāvahanakaradharmadeśakatvān mahāmeghavad anā-
bhogena sarvadharmam abhivarṣati tuṣitabhavanādikrameṇa lokasya kuśalasasyābhivṛddh-
yartham (sic!) iti ca dharmameghā.
2 pratisaṃvidbhir ] em., Ed.J ; pratisaṃvidbhi A; so so yang dag par rig pa dag gis Tib
5 yauvarājyāya ] em., Ed.J ; yaurājyāya A; rgyal tshab du Tib. 6 miha secane ghañ
kutvaṃ ] A; om. Ed.J ; om. Tib 8 tv ] A; om. Ed.J ; om. Tib 13 vīryaṃ ] A; vīrya
Ed.J ; brtson ’grus Tib 15 ṣaṭpāramitopacitasya ] A; yatpāramitopacitasya Ed.J ; pha
rol tu phyin pa drug Tib 16 upāyapāramitā ] Apc , Ed.J ; upādāyapāramitā Aac ; thabs
kyi pha rol tu phyin pa Tib 18 bodheḥ kṣayaṃ eti ] tent. em.; bodhe kṣayam iti A,
Ed.J ; byang chub bar du zad pa med Tib 19 ā saṃvartāt ] degemination; ā saṃvarttāt
A; āsamantāt Ed.J ; ’jig pa’i skal bar Tib
iti.
(8)
bhadracaryādikaṃ praṇidhānapāramitā, yayā pratijanma ṣaṭ pāra-
mitāś carati.
5
(9)
bhāvanābalaṃ pratisaṃkhyānabalaṃ ca balapāramitā, yayā pratya-
haṃ pratikṣaṇaṃ vā tāś carati.
(10)
yathābhiprāyam ayathāruta mahāyānasya *parijñānaṃ jñānapāra- [A22r5]
10 mitā.
bhūmīnāṃ vistara āryadaśabhūmakādau.117 parikarmāṇi punar āsāṃ
mahatyor bhagavatyor uddiṣṭāni nirdiṣṭāni ca bhūmīnāṃ parikarmāṇy adhi-
kṛtya śāstre trayoviṃśatiḥ ślokāḥ. tāni yathābhūmi pṛthakkṛtya vakṣyāmaḥ.
3.9.9.3 Daśabhūmīnām Parikarmāṇi

15
3.9.9.3.1 Prathamabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi

labhyate prathamā bhūmir daśadhā parikarmaṇā|
(1)
āśayo (2) hitavastutvaṃ (3) sattveṣu samacittatā|| AA 1.48||
(4)
tyāgaḥ (5) sevā ca mitrāṇāṃ (6) saddharmālamba*naiṣaṇā| [A22r6]
20 sadā (7) naiṣkramyacittatvaṃ (8) buddhakāyagatā spṛhā|| AA 1.49||

(9)
dharmasya deśanā (10) satyaṃ daśamaṃ vākyam iṣyate|
jñeyaṃ ca parikarmaiṣāṃ* svabhāvānupalambhataḥ|| AA 1.50|| [D41v]
daśadheti daśavidhena. tac cāśayādi. (1) āśayaḥ śraddhāchandau. (2) hi-

tavastutvaṃ sarvasattvahitaiṣitā. (3) hetur asyāḥ sattveṣu samacittatā.
(4)
25 tyāgo dānapāramitā. (5) eṣaṇā paryeṣaṇā. (6) sā ca saddharmā*lambanā [A22r7]
117
According to BHSD, both the titles daśabhūmaka and daśabhūmika occur.
10 Cf. (MAVi 34): jñānapāramitāyāḥ ātmaparayor dharmasaṃbhogaparipācanāvaraṇam

āvaraṇaṃ, ayathārutaśrutārthāvabodhāt. 18 Cf. (AAv 28 v.48): labhyate prathamā
bhūmir daśadhā parikarmaṇā. āśayo hitavastutvaṃ sattveṣu samacittatā.
3–4 ṣaṭ pāramitāś ] A; yatpāramitāś Ed.J ; pha rol tu phyin pa drug Tib 7 vā ] A;
om. Ed.J ; ’am Tib 9 ayathāruta ] A; ayathārutaṃ Ed.J ; ji bzhin pa ma yin par Tib
9 parijñānaṃ ] em., Ed.J ; prarijñānaṃ A; yongs su shes pa Tib 12 mahatyor ] em.,
Ed.J ; mahatyo A; chen mo dag Tib 12 parikarmāṇy ] em.; parikarmaṇy A, Ed.J ;
sbyong ba Tib 17 prathamā ] em., Ed.J ; mā Aac ; daśamā Apc ; dang po Tib
18 sattveṣu ] Apc , Ed.J ; om. Aac ; sems can rnams la Tib 24 samacittatā ] A; praśa-
macittatā Ed.J ; sems mnyam pa nyid Tib
dharmaparyeṣṭir ity arthaḥ. (7) gṛhāvāsān niṣkramaṇaṃ niṣkramaḥ, svārthe

ṣyañ naiṣkramyaṃ taccittatā. (8) spṛhety atra sadeti vartate.118 (10) satyaṃ
vākyam iti satyavacanaṃ tad daśamam| eṣām ity āśayādīnām.
3.9.9.3.2 Dvitiyabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi

(1)
5 śīlaṃ (2) kṛtajñatā (3) kṣāntiḥ (4) prāmodyaṃ (5) mahatī kṛpā|
(6)
gauravaṃ (7) guruśuśrūṣā (8) vīryaṃ dānādi*ke ’ṣṭamam||AA 1.51|| [A22v1]
(1)
śīlaṃ śīlapariśuddhiḥ|119 (3) kṣāntiḥ kṣāntibalam. (4) pramoda eva prā-
modyam.(5) mahatī sarvasattvāparityāgitayā. (6) gauravaṃ gauravārheṣu.
(7)
guruśuśrūṣā kalyāṇamitreṣu śāstrasaṃjñā. (8) dānādika iti pāramitāsu.
10 aṣṭamagrahaṇād aṣṭāv eva parikarmāṇi dvitīyāyām.
3.9.9.3.3 Tṛtīyabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi

(1)
atṛptatā śrute (2) dānaṃ dharmasya ca nirāmiṣam|
(3)
buddhakṣetrasya saṃśuddhiḥ (4) saṃsārāpari*kheditā||AA 1.52|| [A22v2]
(5)
hrīr apatrāpyam ity etat pañcadhāmananātmakam|| AA 1.53ab||
15
(1)
śrutaṃ bāhuśrutyam.120 (3)
saṃśuddhiḥ pariśuddhiḥ. sā tasyām eva
118
RĀŚ’s commentary skips (9) dharmasya deśanā. Cf. Pañca 1:218: tatra katamad bod-
hisattvasya mahāsattvasya dharmavivaraṇaparikarma yad bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ sam-
mukhībhūtasya tathāgatasya parinirvṛtasya vā sattvānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayati.
119
RĀŚ’s commentary skips (2) kṛtajñatā. Cf. Pañca 1:218-9: tatra katamā
bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya kṛtajñatā kṛtaveditā yad bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bod-
hisattvacaryāṃ caran alpam api kṛtam āsaṃsārān na nāśayati prāg eva bahu iyaṃ ucy-
ate bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya kṛtajñatā kṛtaveditā.
120
RĀŚ’s commentary skips (2) dharmadānam. Cf. Pañca 1:219: tatra katamā bod-
hisattvasya mahāsattvasya nirāmiṣadharmadānavivaraṇatā yad bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
dharmaṃ deśayati sa tena dharmadānakuśalenātmano bodhim api na pratikāṃkṣati iyaṃ
ucyate bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya nirāmiṣadharmadānavivaraṇatā.
15 Cf. (Pañca 1:219): tatra katamā bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya bāhuśrutyatṛptatā

yat kiñcid buddhair bhagavadbhir bhāṣitam iha vā lokadhātau samantād vā daśadiśi
loke tat sarvam ārādhayiṣyāmīti yā atṛptatā iyaṃ ucyate bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
bāhuśrutyatṛptatā.
3 vākyam ] A; coktam Ed.J ; ngag Tib 5 prāmodyaṃ ] corr., Ed.J ; pramodya A; rab
tu dga’ Tib 6 dānādike ] em. (Cf. RĀŚ gloss below); dānādiko A; sbyin la sogs
Tib 9 kalyāṇamitreṣu śāstrasaṃjñā ] A; kalyāṇamitreṣaśāstṛsaṃjñā Ed.J ; dge ba’i
bshes gnyen rnams la brten pa’i du shes (sic.) Tib 12 dānaṃ ] corr., Ed.J ; dāna A;
sbyin pa Tib 13 saṃsārāparikheditā ] A; saṃsāropari kheditā Ed.J ; ’khor bas yongs su
mi skyo Tib
puṇyapariṇāmanāt.121 (5) amananātmakaṃ, tenāmananāt.122 pañcadheti

vacanāt pañcaiva parikarmāṇi tṛtīyāyām.
3.9.9.3.4 Caturthabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi

(1−2)
vanāśālpecchatā (3) tuṣṭir (4) dhutasaṃlekhasevanam||AA 1.53cd||
(5)
5 śikṣāyā * aparityāgaḥ (6) kāmānāṃ vijugupsanam| [D42r]
(7−8)
nirvitsarvāstisaṃtyāgā*v (9−10) alīnatvānapekṣate||AA 1.54|| [A22v3]
(1)
vanāśā araṇyavāsas123 tatkāryatvāt.124 (3)
tuṣṭiḥ saṃtuṣṭiḥ.(4) dhutagu-
121
Tib.’s variant reading: de la de dag nyid bsod nams yongs su bsngo bas rlom sems
med pa’i bdag nyid seems to misconstrue RĀŚ’s gloss. RĀŚ’s commentary skips (4)
saṃsārāparikheditā. Cf. Pañca 1:219: tatra katamā bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya aparimi-
tasaṃsārāparikheditā yā kuśalamūlopastambhatā yaiḥ kuśalamūlair upastaadhaḥ sattvānāñ
ca paripācayati buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayati na ca jātu khedam āpadyate yāvan na sar-
vadharmān sarvākārajñatāṃ ca paripūrayati iyaṃ ucyate bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
aparimitasaṃsārāparikheditā.
122
The unmentioned hrīr apatrāpyam should be included in (5) , but Tib. reads tenā-
mananāt as an explanation of amananātmakaṃ as a reason for all five somehow.
123
Given the feminine ending and lack of sandhi, the scribe appears, if we allow for his
common confusion of s for ś, to have intended vana + āśā, which could fit the gloss vāsa
in the sense of perfuming. However, the Tib. nags gnas ni dgon pa na gnas pa supports
the reading *vanāso ’raṇyavāsas, which could well be the lectio difficilior, taking the gloss
vāsa more naturally in the sense of abiding. Cf. BHSD 110 āsa.
124
RĀŚ’s commentary skips (2) alpecchatā. Cf. also Pañca 1:220: tatra katamā bodhi-
1 Cf. (Pañca 1:219): tatra katamā bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya buddhakṣetra-

pariśodhanakuśalamūlapariṇāmanā yaiḥ kuśalamūlair buddhakṣetraṃ pariśodhayan ātma-
paracittaṃ pariśodhayati teṣāṃ kuśalamūlānāṃ yā pariṇāmanā iyam ucyate bodhi-
sattvasya mahāsattvasya buddhakṣetrapariśodhanakuśalamūlapariṇāmanā. 1 Cf. (Pañca
1:220): tatra katamad bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya hrīr apatrāpyavyavasthānam yā
sarvaśrāvakapratyekabuddhacittajugupsanatā idaṃ ucyate bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
hrīr apatrāpyavyavasthānam. 2 Cf. (AAĀ 100): sarvabuddhabhāṣitadharmadhāraṇābhi-
prāyaḥ, lābhādinirapekṣatayā saddharmaprakāśanam, buddhakṣetrapariśodhanakaradhar-
māṇāṃ tatraiva pariṇāmanā, sattvārthakaraṇāya na jātu citkhedāpattiḥ, śrāvakapratyek-
abuddhamanaskārādibhiḥ svaparāpekṣayā lajjā cety evaṃ pañcadhāparikarmaṇā pūrvavat
kṛtānavabudhyamānasva- bhāvaparikarmaṇā. 4 Cf. (AAv 30 V.53cd): vanāśālpecchatā
tuṣṭir dhūtasaṃle- khasevanam. 6 Cf. (AAv 30 V.54): śikṣāyā aparityāgaḥ kāmānāṃ
vijugupsanam. nirvitsarvāstisaṃtyāgo ’navalīnānapekṣate.
4 vanāśālpecchatā tuṣṭir ] em., Ed.J ; vaṇāsālpecchatā tuṣṭi A; vanāsālpecchatā tuṣṭir;

nags gnas ’dod chung chog shes Tib 5 aparityāgaḥ ] em., Ed.J ; ariparityāgaḥ A; yongs su
mi gtong Tib 6 nirvitsarvāstisaṃtyāgāv (9−10) alīnatvānapekṣate ] em. (see RĀŚ gloss);
nirvitsarvāstisaṃtyāgāvalīnānapekṣate A; nirvitsaṃtyāgā<vana>valīna<tvān>apekṣate
Ed.J ; mya ngan ’das dang bdog kun gtong| |mi zhum pa dang lta ba med (v.l.) Tib
7 vanāśā ] em.; vanāsā A; vanasya <vanāśa> Ed.J ; nags gnas Tib 7 tatkāryatvāt ] A,
Ed.J ; ’am yang na de byed pa (v.l. suggesting *tatkāryaṃ vā) Tib
ṇasaṃlekhasya sevanaṃ anutsargaḥ.125 (7−8) nirvitsarvāstisaṃtyāgāv

iti nirvedaḥ sarvasatāṃ tyāgaś ca. (9−10) alīnatvānapekṣata ity anavalī-
nacittatā sarvavastunirapekṣatā ca, anavalīnatvaṃ asaṃkucitatvam.
daśeti vakṣyamāṇam anuvartate. tato daśaiva parikarmāṇi caturthyām.
5 3.9.9.3.5 Pañcamabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi

(1)
saṃstavaṃ (2) kulamātsaryaṃ (3) sthānaṃ saṃgaṇikāvaham|
(4)
ātmotkarṣaparāvajñe (5) karmamārgān daśāśubhān|| AA 1.55 ||
(6)
mānaṃ (7) stambhaṃ (8) viparyāsaṃ (9) vimatiṃ (10) kleśamarṣaṇam|
vivarjayan samāpnoti daśaitān pañcamīṃ bhuvam|| AA 1.56 ||
(1)
10 saṃstavo gṛhipravrajitaiḥ. (2) kuleṣu upasaṃkramanīyagṛheṣu mātsaryam.
(3)
saṃgaṇikā apratirūpakathā. (4) utkarṣa utkarṣaṇam. avajñā paṃsanam.
(5)
karmamārgāḥ karmapathāḥ. (6) māna*ś cittonnatiḥ. (7) stambho gu- [A22v5]
ruṣv apraṇatakāyatā. (8) viparyāso viparītārthagrāhaḥ. (9) vimatir vicikit-

sā. (10) kleśamarṣaṇaṃ rāgadveṣamohādhivāsanam.
15 etān iti saṃstavādīn.
3.9.9.3.6 Ṣaṣṭhabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi

(1−6)
dānaśīlakṣamāvīryadhyānaprajñāprapūrakaḥ|
(7−9)
śiṣyakhaḍgaspṛhātrāsacetasāṃ parivarjakaḥ||AA 1.57||
sattvasya mahāsattvasya alpecchatā yad bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bodhim api necchati iyaṃ
ucyate bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya alpecchatā.
125
RĀŚ’s commentary skips (5) śikṣāyā aparityāgaḥ and (6) vijugupsanam. Cf. Pañca
1:220: tatra katamā bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya śikṣāyā aparityāgitā yaḥ sarvaśiṣāṇām
apracāraḥ iyaṃ ucyate bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya śikṣāyā aparityāgitā tatra katamā
bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya kāmaguṇajugupsanatā yaḥ kāmacittasyānutpāda iyaṃ ucyate
bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya kāmaguṇajugupsanatā.
9 Cf. (AAv 30): mānaṃ stambhaṃ viparyāsaṃ vimatiṃ kleśamarṣaṇam | vi-

varjayan samāpnoti daśaitān pañcamī bhuvam || 18 Cf. (AAv 30 and AAĀ
101:20): dānaśīlakṣamāvīryadhyānaprajñāprapūraṇāt| śiṣyakhaḍgaspṛhātrāsacetasāṃ
parivarjakaḥ||
4 vakṣyamāṇam anuvartate ] A; vakṣyamāṇa anuvartate Ed.J ; ’og nas bshad pa dag

kyang ’dis rjes su ’brang (v.l.) Tib 6 kulamātsaryaṃ ] A; kulamātsarya Ed.J ;
khyim la ’khren pa Tib 6 saṃgaṇikāvaham ] em., Ed.J ; saṅgaṇiko vaham A; ’du
’dzir gyur pa’i gnas Tib 8 mānaṃ stambhaṃ ] em., Ed.J ; mānasambha A; rlom
pas khengs Tib 9 vivarjayan ] em., Ed.J ; vivarjyena A; rnam spangs na Tib
10 upasaṃkramanīyagṛheṣu ] em., Ed.J ; upasaṃmānīyagṛheṣu A; khyim du song nas
Tib 11 utkarṣa utkarṣaṇam ] em.; utkarṣaṇam om. A, Ed.J ; bstod pa stod par byed
pa’o Tib 13 viparītārthagrāhaḥ ] A; viparātārthagrāhaḥ Ed.J ; phyin ci log gi don ’dzin
pa Tib 14 kleśamarṣaṇaṃ ] em. (loc. cit.); kleśamarddanaṃ A; nyon mongs pa bzod
pa Tib
(10−12)
yācito ’navalīnaś ca sarvatyāge ’py adurmanāḥ|
kṛśo ’pi nārthināṃ kṣeptā ṣaṣṭhīṃ bhūmiṃ sa*maśnute||AA 1.58|| [A22v6]
(1−6)
ṣaṇṇāṃ pāramitānāṃ pratyekaṃ pūraka iti ṣaḍ dharmāḥ. (7−9) śrāvaka-
spṛhāyāḥ pratyekabuddhaspṛhāyāḥ* paritrasanacittasya ca parivarjaka [D42v]
5 iti trayaḥ.(10−12) yācitasyānavalīnacittatā, sarvasvatyāge ’py adaurmanas-

yaṃ, daurbalye ’pi na yācakānāṃ kṣepa iti trayaḥ.
ebhir dvādaśabhir dharmaiḥ ṣaṣṭhīṃ bhūmiṃ prāpnoti.
3.9.9.3.7 Saptamabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi

(1)
ātma(2) sattvagraho (3) jīva(4−5) pudgaloccheda*(6) śāśvate| [A22v7]
(7)
10 nimitta(8) hetvoḥ(9) skandheṣu(10) dhātuṣv(11) āyataneṣu ca||AA 1.59||
traidhātuke (12) pratiṣṭhānaṃ (13) saktir (14) ālīnacittatā|

(15−17)
ratnatritaya(18) śīleṣu taddṛṣṭyabhiniveśitā||AA 1.60||
(19)
śūnyatāyāṃ viṣādaś ca (20) tadvirodhaś ca viṃśatiḥ|
kalaṅkā yasya vicchinnāḥ saptamīm ety asau bhuvam||AA 1.61||126
(1−3)
15 trivimokṣamukhajñānaṃ (4) trimaṇḍalaviśuddhitā|
(5−6)
karuṇāmananā (7−8) dharmasamataikanayajñatā||AA 1.62||* [A23r1]
(9)
anutpādakṣamājñānaṃ (10) dharmāṇām ekadheraṇā|
(11)
kalpanāyāḥ samudghātaḥ(12−3) saṃjñādṛkkleśavarjanam||AA 1.63||
(14)
śamathasya ca nidhyaptiḥ (15) kauśalaṃ ca vidarśane|
(16)
20 cittasya dāntatā (17) jñānaṃ sarvatrāpratighāti ca||AA 1.64||
126
AAĀ MSS read vivādaś. See Youngjin Lee’s forthcoming editon of AAv, v. 61.
16 Cf. (Pañca, Dutt PSP1 223): tatra kathaṃ bodhisattvena mahāsattvena sarvasattvā
nāvamantavyāḥ yad uta maitrīparipūryā evaṃ sarvasattvā nāvamantavyāḥ. 16 Cf. (AAv
32V.62 and AAĀ 102:28): dharmasamataikanayajñatā.
1 ’py ] corr.; py A, Ed.J ; om. Tib 4 paritrasanacittasya ] em., Ed.J ; paritasanacit-

tasya A; skrag pa’i sems Tib 5–6 adaurmanasyaṃ ] A, Ed.J ; mi dga’ ba nyid Tib
6 ’pi ] corr.; pi A, Ed.J ; kyang Tib 7 dharmaiḥ ] em., Ed.J ; dvarmaiḥ A; chos Tib
7 bhūmiṃ ] em., Ed.J ; bhūbhiṃ A; sa Tib 9 śāśvate ] em., Ed.J ; sāśvate A; rtag Tib
11 saktir ] em., Ed.J ; śaktir A; chags Tib 13 viṣādaś ] em., Ed.J ; viśādaś A; rtsod pa
Tib 15 °maṇḍala°� ] em., Ed.J ; maṇḍa A; ’khor gsum Tib 16 karuṇāmananā ] A;
karuṇā | mananā Ed.J ; snying rje dang ni rlom sems med (suggesting *karuṇā ’mananā)
Tib 16 dharmasamataika° ] em., Ed.J ; dharmaḥ samataika° A; chos mnyam nyid Tib
17 °kṣamā°� ] em.; kṣama A, Ed.J bzod Tib 19 vidarśane ] em., Ed.J ; vidarśano A;
lhag mthong la Tib
(18)
sakter abhūmir (19) yatrecchaṃ kṣetrāntaragatiḥ samam|
(20)
sarvatra svātmabhāvasya darśanaṃ ceti viṃśatiḥ||AA 1.65||
dvitīyena viṃśatiśabdena viṃśatir adhikā guṇāḥ. paripūrṇā iti śeṣaḥ.127

*ātmagrahādayo viṃśatiḥ kalaṅkā doṣāḥ yasya vicchinnāḥ prahīṇās [A23r2]
5 trivimokṣamukhajñānādayaś ca viṃśatir guṇāḥ paripūrṇāḥ, sa sapta-

mīṃ bhūmiṃ prāpnotīti samāsato ’rthaḥ. graho ’bhiniveśaḥ. tasya viśeṣa-
ṇam ātmādir āyatanaparyantaḥ śāśvate iti samāhāradvandvaḥ. saptamīvi-
bhaktiḥ kṛtā. ratnatritayetyādi buddhādi*ratnādidṛṣṭiḥ.128 * tasyām abhi- [A23r3]
niveśitā niśrayaḥ. viṣādaḥ khedaḥ. tadvirodhaḥ śūnyatāyāṃ bādhanam. [D43r]
10 samam iti sahety arthaḥ.

tatra kalaṅkanirdeśānām arthaḥ. (1) ātmagrāhaḥ.(2) sattvagrāhaḥ.(3) jī-
vagrāhaḥ.(4) pudgalagrāhaḥ.(5) ucchedagrāhaḥ.(6) śāśvatagrāhaḥ.(7) nimitta-
grāhaḥ(8) hetugrāhaḥ(9) skandhagrāhaḥ.(10) dhātugrāhaḥ.(11) āyatanagrāhaḥ.
(12)
traidhā*tuke pratiṣṭhānam|(13) traidhātuke adhyavasānam. (14) trai- [A23r4]
15 dhātuke ālayaḥ, (15) buddhadṛṣṭiniśrayaḥ.(16) dharmadṛṣṭiniśrayaḥ.(17) saṅgha-

dṛṣṭiniśrayaḥ.(18) śīladṛṣṭiniśrayaḥ.(19) śūnyā dharmā iti viṣādaḥ, (20) śūnyatā-
virodhaś ceti.
127
For reconstructing the Sanskrit here, I referred to the same Tib. phrases below yon
tan nyi shu yongs su rdzogs pas which translate viṃśatir guṇāḥ paripūrṇāḥ
128
In my reconstruction, I have taken Tib’s bsdu ba’i dbye ba yin as samāhāradvandvaḥ,
since it translates this same term four times elsewhere in Sāratamā. See my notes regarding
this passage in Tib. edition.
2 Cf. (AAv 65): ...ceti viṃśatir.
1 sakter ] em., Ed.J ; śakter A; chags pa’i Tib 2 ceti viṃśatiḥ ] recon.; +++++ A; om.
Ed.J ; dang nyi shu’o Tib 3 dvitīyena viṃśatiśabdena viṃśatir adhikā guṇāḥ. paripūrṇā
iti śeṣaḥ ] recon.; lac. 26 akṣ A; om. Ed.J ; gnyis pa nyi shu’i sgra la ni yon tan nyi shus lhag
pa yin te | yongs su rdzogs pa zhes bya ba ni lhag ma ste TibP 4 prahīṇās ] rem. daṇḍa;
prahīṇāḥ| A, Ed.J ; rab tu nyams pa’o Tib 5 viṃśatir guṇāḥ ] em., Ed.J ; viṃśatiḥ | gunā
Apc ; viṃśati| gunā Aac ; yon tan nyi shu Tib 6 ’bhiniveśaḥ ] em., Ed.J ; ’bhiniveṣaḥ A;
mngon par zhen pa’o Tib 7 śāśvate iti ] em.; sāsvate iti A; śāśvateti Ed.J ; rtag pa
zhes bya ba ni Tib 7–8 °āhāradvandvaḥ. saptamīvibhaktiḥ kṛtā. ratnatritayetyādi bud-
dhādi ] recon.; lac. 24 akṣ A; om. Ed.J ; rtag pa zhes bya ba ni gcig tu bsdu ba’i
dbye ba yin te | rnam par dbye ba bdun par byas so| |dkon mchog gsum dang zhes bya
ba la sogs pa la sangs rgyas la sogs pa dkon mchog la sogs pa la lta ba’i bar du’o Tib
8–9 abhiniveśitā niśrayaḥ ] A, Ed.J ; mngon par zhen pa ni gnas pa’o (v.l. suggesting *niś-
cayaḥ) Tib 9 śūnyatāyāṃ ] A; śūnyatāyāḥ Ed.J ; stong pa nyid laTib 11 arthaḥ ] em.,
Ed.J ; ārthaḥ A; don Tib 12–13 nimittagrāhaḥ ] em., Ed.J ; nimittaḥ grāhaḥ A; mtshan
mar ’dzin pa Tib 13 dhātugrāhaḥ ] recon.; ++++ A; om. Ed.J ; khams su ’dzin pa
Tib 13 āyatanagrāhaḥ ] recon.; ++++++ A; om. Ed.J ; skye mched du ’dzin pa Tib
14 traidhātuke pratiṣṭhānam ] recon.; ++++++++ A; om. Ed.J ; khams gsum la gnas
pa Tib 14 traidhā° ] recon.; ++ A; om. Ed.J ; khams gsum pa la Tib 16 śūnyatā ] A;
śanyatā Ed.J ; stong pa nyid Tib
guṇanirdeśānām arthaḥ. (1) śūnyatāparipūrtiḥ, (2) ānimittasākṣātkriyā (3) a-

praṇihitajñānam, (4) trimaṇḍalaviśuddhitā, (5) karuṇā sarvasattveṣu kṛpā,
(6)
teṣu cāmananā,*(7) sarvadharmasamatādarśanam,(8) bhūtanayaprative- [A23r5]
dhaḥ, (9) anutpādakṣāntijñānam, (10) ekanayanirdeśaḥ, (11) sarvadharmāṇāṃ

5 kalpanāsamudghātaḥ(12) saṃjñādṛṣṭivivartaḥ, (13) kleśavivartaḥ, (14) śama-
thanidhyaptiḥ, (15) vipaśyanākauśalyam,(16) dāntacittatā,(17) sarvatrāpra-
tighāti jñānam, (18) anunayasyābhūmiḥ, (19) yathecchākṣetragamanam,
(20)
tatra ca buddhaparṣanmaṇḍale svātmabhāvasaṃdarśanam iti.
3.9.9.3.8 Aṣṭamabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi

(1)
10 sarvasattvamanojñā*nam (2) abhijñākrīḍanaṃ (3) śubhā| [A23r6]
buddhakṣetrasya niṣpattir (4) buddhasevāparīkṣaṇe||AA 1.66||

(5)
akṣajñānaṃ (6) jinakṣetraśuddhir (7) māyopamā sthitiḥ|
(8)
sañcintya ca bhavādānam* idaṃ karmāṣṭadhoditam||AA 1.67|| [D43v]
8 Cf. (Pañca PSP1 216): katame viṃśatiḥ yad uta ātmagrāho ’sya na bhavati sattva-
grāho jīvagrāhaḥ pudgalagrāha ucchedagrāhaḥ śāśvatagrāhaḥ nimittasaṃjñā hetudṛṣṭiḥ
skandhābhiniveśo dhātvabhiniveśaḥ āyatanam ṛddhis traidhātuke pratiṣṭhānaṃ traidhā-
tukādhyavasānaṃ traidhātuke ālayo buddhaniśrayadṛṣṭyabhiniveśo dharmaniśrayadṛṣṭyab-
hiniveśaḥ saṃghaniśrayadṛṣṭyabhiniveśaḥ śīlaniśrayadṛṣṭyabhiniveśaḥ śūnyā dharmā iti
vivādaḥ śūnyatāvirodhaś cāsya na bhavati ime subhūte viṃśatir dharmā bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya saptamyāṃ bhūmau vartamānasya na bhavanti tena viṃśatir eva dhar-
māḥ saptamyāṃ bhūmau sthitena paripūrayitavyāḥ katame viṃśatiḥ yad uta śūnyatā-
paripūritā nimittasākṣatkriyā apraṇihitajñānaṃ trimaṇḍalapariśuddhiḥ kṛpākāruṇyañ ca
sarvasattveṣu teṣv anavamanyanā sarvadharmasamatādarśanaṃ tatra cānabhiniveśaḥ bhū-
tanayaprativedhas tena cāmanyanā anutpādakṣāntir anutpādajñānam ekanayanirdeśaḥ
sarvadharmāṇāṃ kalpanāsamudghātaḥ saṃjñādṛṣṭivivarttaḥ kleśavivarttaḥ śamathanid-
hyaptiḥ vipaśyanākauśalyaṃ dāntacittatā sarvatrāpratihatajñānacittatā anunayasyābhu-
mir yatrecchākṣetragamanaṃ tatra ca buddhaparṣanmaṇḍale sthitvātmabhāvasandarśanam
ime viṃśatir dharmā bodhisattvena mahāsattvena saptamyāṃ bhūmau vartamānena
paripūrayitavyāḥ. 11 Cf. (AAv 33 and AAĀ 103:15): sarvasattvamanojñānam ab-
hijñākrīḍanaṃ śubhā| buddhakṣetrasya niṣpattir buddhasevāparīkṣaṇe| | 13 Cf. (AAv
33 and AAĀ 103:17): akṣajñānaṃ jinakṣetraśuddhir māyopamā sthitiḥ| saṃcintya ca
bhavādānam idaṃ karmāṣṭadhoditam||
1 paripūrtiḥ ] em., Ed.J ; paripūriḥ A; yongs su rdzogs pa Tib

J
2 °ṇḍalaviśuddhitā ] recon., Ed. ; ++++++ A; ’khor gsum yongs su dag pa
Tib 2 karuṇā sarvasattveṣu kṛpā ] recon.; ++++++++++ A; karuṇā (om.
7 akṣ) Ed.J ; snying rje ni sems can thams cad la brtse ba’o Tib 3 teṣu
cāmananā ] recon.; ++++++ A; mananā (om. 3 akṣ) Ed.J ; de dag la yang
rlom sems med pa’o Tib 5 kalpanāsamudghātaḥ ] A; kalpanāsamuddhātaḥ Ed.J ;
kun tu ’joms pa Tib 6 dāntacittatā ] A; dātucittatā Ed.J ; sems dul ba dang
TibP (47v8) 6–7 sarvatrāpratighāti jñānam ] tent.em.; om. A, Ed.J ; thams cad
du thog pa med pa’i ye shes dang TibP (47v8) 7 yathecchākṣetra ] ; yathocchākṣe-
tra A 8 °le svātmabhāvasa°� ] recon., Ed.J ; ++++++ A; bdag gi ngo bo Tib
10 sarvasattvamanojñā° ] recon., Ed.J ; +++++++ A; sems can kun yid shes pa Tib
12 akṣajñānaṃ ] em., Ed.J ; akṣayajñānaṃ A; dbang po shes Tib
iti. śubhā niṣpattir iti sambandhaḥ, pariśuddhety arthaḥ. aṣṭadheti va-

canāt, aṣṭāv eva parikarmāṇy aṣṭamyām. tadyathā–
(1)
sarvasattvacittānupraveśaḥ. (2) abhijñayā vikrī*ḍanam. (3) buddhakṣet- [A23r7]
5 raniṣpādanam.(4) buddhānāṃ sevā ca parīkṣaṇaṃ cety ekīkriyete. (5) ind-

riyaparāparajñānam. (6) buddhakṣetrapariśodhanam. (7) māyopamasya
samādher abhīkṣṇaṃ samāpattiḥ. (8) saṃcintyabhavopapattiś ca. dvivi-
dhaṃ buddhakṣetram ādau bhājanalokaḥ paścāt sattvaloka iti.
3.9.9.3.9 Navamabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi

(1)
10 praṇidhānāny anantāni (2) devādīnāṃ rutajñatā|
(3)
nadīva prati*bhānānāṃ (4) garbhāvakrāntir uttamā||AA 1.68|| [A23v1]
(5−6)
kulajātyoś ca (7) gotrasya (8) parivārasya (9) janmanaḥ|
(10−12)
naiṣkramyabodhivṛkṣāṇāṃ guṇapūreś ca saṃpadaḥ||AA 1.69||
aṣṭamānantaraṃ navamī. tasyāḥ parikarmāṇi dvādaśa–
15
(1)
anantaṃ praṇidhānam, (2) devādirutajñānam, (3) paripūrṇaṃ prati-
bhānam, (4) garbhāvakrāntisampat, (5) kulasaṃpat, (6) jātisaṃpat, (7) got-
rasaṃpat, (8) parivārasaṃpat, (9) janmasaṃpat, (10) naiṣkramyasaṃpat,
(11)
bodhi*vṛkṣasaṃpat, (12) guṇapūrisampac ca. [A23v2]
20 3.9.9.3.10 Daśamabhūmeḥ Parikarmāṇi

nava bhūmīr atikramya buddhabhūmau pratiṣṭhate|
yena jñānena sā jñeyā daśamī bodhisattvabhūḥ|| AA 1.70 ||
nava bhūmīr iti gotrādibhūmīḥ. tatra (1) gotrabhūmiḥ nirvāṇagotrakāṇām,
(2)
aṣṭamakabhūmiḥ srotaāpattiphalapratipannakasya,129 (3) darśanabhūmiḥ
25 srotaāpannasya, (4) tanubhūmiḥ* sakṛdāgāminaḥ, (5) vītarāgabhūmir anāgā- [D44r]
129
I have normalized the spelling here and throughout from śrotaāpatti to srotaāpatti.
6 Cf. (AAĀ103:16): divyacakṣuṣo niṣpattiḥ.
4 abhijñayā vikrī° ] recon.; ++++++ A; abhijñācittatā <vikrīḍanam> Ed.J ; mngon

par shes pas rnam par brtse ba TibP (48r3) 5 ekīkriyete ] A; ekīkriyate Ed.J ; gcig tu
byas pa Tib 7 bhavopapattiś ] em., Ed.J ; bhavopattiś A; srid par bsams bzhin du
skye ba’o Tib 10–11 °tā |(3) nadīva bhānānāṃ ] recon., Ed.J ; °++++++ A; skad
shes spobs pa chu bo lta bu Tib 12 kulajātyoś ca ] em., Ed.J ; kulajātyosya A; rigs
Tib 16–17 paripūrṇaṃ pratibhānam ] A; chu bo lta bu (v.l. suggesting *nadīva) Tib
18 °ṣkramyasaṃpat ] recon., Ed.J ; ++++ A; nges par ’byung ba phun sum tshogs pa
Tib 19 bodhi ] recon., Ed.J ; ++ A; byang chub Tib 22 daśamī ] em., Ed.J ; daśab-
hūmī A; bcu ba Tib
minaḥ, (6) kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ iti jñānāt kṛtā*vī130 arhan. tasya bhūmiḥ kṛtā- [A23v3]
vibhūmiḥ, (7) śrāvakabhūmiḥ śrāvakasya. saiva ṣaḍvidhā, (8) pratyekabuddha-

bhūmiḥ pratyekabuddhasya, (9) bodhisattvabhūmiḥ bodhisattvasya. pūrvoktā
nava bhūmayaḥ, (10) etā nava bhūmīr atikramya yena jñānena bodhisatt-
5 vo buddhabhūmau pratiṣṭhito bhavati sā daśamī bodhisattvabhūmiḥ.
iti bhūmisambhāraḥ.
3.9.10 Pratipakṣasaṃbhāraḥ
3.9.10.1 Vikalpāḥ
10 pratipakṣasaṃbhāram adhikṛtya śāstram–
pratipakṣo ’ṣṭadhā jñeyo *darśanābhyāsamārgayoḥ| [A23v4]
grāhyagrāhavikalpānām aṣṭānām upaśāntaye||AA 1.71||
abhyāso bhāvanā. grāho grāhakaḥ. darśanamārge dvau grāhyavikal-

pau (1) vastumātrādhiṣṭhānaḥ (2) pratipakṣadhiṣṭhānaś ca. dvau grāhakavi-
15 kalpau (3) pudgaladravyādhiṣṭhānaḥ (4) pudgalaprajñaptyāśrayādhiṣṭhānaś ca.
(5−8)
evaṃ bhāvanāmārge ’pi. teṣam aṣṭānām prahāṇāyāṣṭau pratipakṣā iti
prati*pakṣasambhāraḥ. [A23v5]
3.9.10.2 Pratipakṣāḥ
20 tatra darśanamārge–
130
Although Tib. does not attest the word kṛtāvī, I have made this conjectural emen-
dation on the basis of missing syllables, the legible vī, and the overall sense.
2 Cf. (Dag ldan C298): |nyan thos kyi sa ni nyan thos kyi sa ste drug po de nyid do|
12 Cf. (AAv 34v.71a): unmetrical–pratipakṣo ’ṣṭadhā jñeyo darśanābhyāsamārgayoḥ|
grāhyagrāhakavikalpānām aṣṭānām upaśāntaye| | 12 Cf. (AAĀ 106:1): pratipakṣo ’ṣṭadhā
jñeyo darśanābhyāsamārgayoḥ| grāhagrāhyavikalpānām aṣṭānām upaśāntaye| |
1 iti jñānāt kṛtā° ] recon., Ed.J ; +++++ A; khong du chud pa’i phyir Tib
2–3 pratyekabuddhabhūmiḥ ] ; om. A, Ed.J ; rang sangs rgyas kyi sa Tib 4 nava bhū-
mayaḥ ] A, Ed.J ; sngar bshad pa’i sa rnams (v.l.) Tib 5 daśamī ] em.; daśami A; bcu
ba Tib 6 iti ] em., Ed.J ; eti A; de dag ni Tib 10 °pakṣasaṃbhāram ] recon.; +++++
A; prati<pakṣa>m Ed.J ; gnyen po’i tshogs Tib 11 pakṣo ’ṣṭadhā jñeyo ] recon., Tib;
++++++++ A; gnyen po rnam pa brgyad ces bya Tib 13 grāho ] Aac ; grāhyo Apc ;
gzung ba Tib 15 °prajñaptyāśrayādhiṣṭhānaś ] A; prajñaptyādhiṣṭhānaś Ed.J ; btags
pa’i gzhi la brten pa’o Tib 16–17 °vanāmārge ’pi. teṣam aṣṭānām prahāṇāyāṣṭau prati-
pakṣā iti prati°� ] recon.; lac. 23 akṣ A; <evaṃ bhāvanāmārge vikalpa>prahāṇāya aṣṭau
pratipakṣāḥ | prati Ed.J ; de dag ni bsgom pa’i lam la yang ngo | brgyad po ’di dag spang
ba’i phyir gnyen po brgyad ni gnyen po’i tshogs so Tib
3.10 Niryāṇam 141
(1)
tathatādīnāṃ rūpādīnāṃ svapnādīnāṃ ca grāhyavastūnām upalambho
vikalpaḥ. taddharmatopalambhalakṣaṇo ’nupalambhaḥ pratipakṣaḥ.
(2)
dānādīnāṃ buddhadharmaparyantānāṃ pratipakṣavastūnām upalam-
5 bho vikalpaḥ. anupalambhaḥ pratipakṣaḥ.
(3)
arhato dānādīnāṃ pudgaladravyāṇām upalambho vikalpaḥ. anupa * - [A23v6]
lambhaḥ pratipakṣaḥ.
(4)
10 nāmasaṃketavyavahārāder upalambho vikalpaḥ. anupalambhaḥ pra-
tipakṣaḥ.
bhāvanāmārge tu
(5)
15 na sthitā nāsthitāḥ sarvadharmā asthānayogena. dharmadhātuyogene-
ty* arthaḥ. iti grāhyavastūnām anupalambhaḥ. [D44v]
(6)
dānādīnāṃ pratipakṣavastūnām anupalambhaḥ.
(7)
20 srotaāpannādināṃ pudgaladravyāṇām anupalambhaḥ.
(8)
srotaāpannādīnāṃ pudgalaprajñaptyāśrayāṇāṃ srotaāpattiphalādīnām
anupalambhaḥ. iti pratipakṣasaṃbhāraḥ, samāptā ca saṃbhārapratipattiḥ.
25 3.10 Niryāṇam
evam ukte, āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat – mahāyā-
naṃ mahāyānam iti bhagavann ucyate, sadevamānuṣāsuraṃ lokam
abhibhūya niryāsyati....
niryāsyatīty anena niryāṇapratipattiḥ prastāvitā. tām adhikṛtya śāstram–
4 dānādīnāṃ ] em., Ed.J ; yānādīnāṃ A; sbyin pa la sogs pa Tib 7 arhato dānādīnāṃ
pudgaladravyāṇām upalambho vikalpaḥ. ] recon.; lac. 17 akṣ A; om. Ed.J ; dgra bcom
pa’i sbyin pa la sogs pa dang gang zag gi rdzas Tib 7 anupa° ] recon.; +++ A;
om. Ed.J ; mi dmigs pa Tib 8 °lambhaḥ ] em.; °lambha A, Ed.J ; mi dmigs pa Tib
10 °anupalambhaḥ ] em.; °anupalambha A, Ed.J ; mi dmigs pa Tib 20 °pannādināṃ
pudgaladravyāṇām anupalambhaḥ ] recon.; lac. 15 akṣ A; om. Ed.J ; rgyun tu zhugs pa
la sogs pa gang zag gi rdzas mi dmigs pa Tib 22 srotaāpannādīnāṃ pudga° ] recon.;
lac. 8 akṣ A; om. Ed.J ; rgyun tu zhugs pa’i zhugs pa la sogs pa gang zag
Tib 27 mahāyānam ] Ed.M V W 106; mahāyam AṣṭaA 28 abhibhūya ] em.; abhibhavan
AṣṭaA ; zil gyis mnan nas TibD 29 anena ] A; etena Ed.J ; ’dir Tib 29 śāstram ] em.,
Ed.J ; śāstraṃ A; bstan bcos las Tib
(1)
uddeśe (2) samatāyāṃ ca (3) sattvārthe (4) yatnavarjane|
(5)
atyantāya ca niryāṇaṃ (6) niryāṇaṃ prāptilakṣaṇam ||AA 1.72||
(7)
sarvākārajñatāyā*ṃ ca (8) niryāṇaṃ mārgagocaram| [A24r1]
niryāṇapratipaj jñeyā seyam aṣṭavidhātmikā||AA 1.73||
5 3.10.1 Uddeśaniryāṇam
etad āha evam ukta ityādinā. subhūtir avocad iti. kim avocat? mahāyā-
nam ityādi. yasmād anena sadevamānuṣāsuraṃ lokam abhibhūya bod-
hisattvo niryāsyati tasmād idaṃ yānaṃ mahāyānam ity ucyate. abhi-
bhūya niryāsyatīti samānakāle ktvāpratyayaḥ. saṃmīlya *hasatītyādi- [A24r2]
10 vat.131 kasmād asau sarvalokam abhibhavati? tadalabhyasya māhātmyasya

lābhāt. kiṃ punas tat? sattvarāśer agratāsaṃpādanam. cittamahattayā
prahāṇamahattayā adhigamamahattayā ca mahat. itīdam uddeśaniryāṇam.
3.10.2 Samatāniryāṇam
...ākāśasamatayā132 tan mahāyānam...
15 ākāśasamatayā tan mahāyānam iti. tad yānaṃ mahad ucyata iti

sambandhaḥ. ākāśasamatayeti. kathaṃ sa*matā? yathākāśaṃ na digbhir [A24r3]
bhidyate, avarṇasaṃsthānam, apratigham, anidarśanam, anantam, amadh-

yam, na hīyate, na vardhate, notpadyate,* na nirudhyate, na kāmadhātu- [D45r]
paryāpannam, na rūpadhātuparyāpannam, nārūpyadhātuparyāpannam, ta-

131
Like elsewhere, Tib. omits this grammatical explanation.
132
The reading ākāśasamatayā is further supported by Haribhadra and RĀŚ, who ex-
plain mahat, respectively, using the terms mahattvam and mahattayā, but never gloss any-
thing like the term atimahattayā.
4 Cf. (AAv 35v.72-3 and AAĀ 128:6): sarvākārajñatāyāṃ ca niryāṇaṃ mārgagocaram|

niryāṇapratipaj jñeyā seyam aṣṭavidhātmikā || 10 Cf. (Kāś 3.4.21)): svap iti cakṣuḥ
saṃmīlya hasatīty upasaṃkhyānam apūrvakālatvāt. 12 Cf. (AAĀ 80): cittamahattve
sati prahāṇaṃ mahad iti prahāṇamahattvapratipādanāya gurvāyattatayānujñāmārgaṇaṃ
praty āha śāriputro– mamāpītyādi.
2 °tyantāya ca niryāṇaṃ niryāṇaṃ prāptilakṣaṇam ] recon., Ed.J ; lac. 15 akṣ

A; shin tu nges bar ’byung ba dang | |thob pa’i mtshan nyid nges ’byung Tib
3 sarvākārajñatāyā ] recon., Ed.J ; lac. 7 akṣ A; rnam pa thams cad mkhyen nyid Tib
6 avocat ] A; avocata Ed.J ; gsol ba yin Tib 11 cittamahattayā ] em. (see parallel);
sattvarāśimahattayā A, Ed.J ; sems chen po Tib 14 ākāśasamatayā ] AṣṭaA , AṣṭaB ,
Add. 1643; ākāśasamatayā atimahattayā Ed.M V W 106 ; nam mkha’ ltar mñam pa ñid
kyi phyir TibD 15 ākāśasamatayā ] A; ākāśamahattayā Ed.J ; nam mkha’ dang mnyam
pa nyid kyis Tib 17 anidarśanam ] A; anirdarśanam Ed.J ; bstan du med pa Tib
thaiva mahāyānam. tasmād ākāśasamatayā mahat tad yānam. iti samatā-

niryāṇam.
3.10.3 Sattvārthaniryāṇam
...yathākāśa aprameyāṇām asaṃkhyeyānām aparimāṇānāṃ.133 sattvānām
5 avakāśaḥ.* evam eva bhagavan tasmin yāne aprameyāṇām asaṃkhyeyānām
aparimāṇānāṃ sattvānām avakāśaḥ. anena bhagavan paryāyeṇa mahāyā- [AṣṭaA 10r5]
nam idaṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānām. ...
yathākāśa ityādi.ākāśe* ’vakāśo ’ntarbhāvāt. mahāyāne ’vakāśaḥ tena [A24r4]
teṣām arthakaraṇāt. lokadhātubhiḥ saṃkhyābhir digbhiś cāparicchinnatvāt

10 aprameyā asaṃkhyeyā aparimāṇāḥ. paryāyeṇeti prakāreṇa. kathañ ca
tāvatām avakāśaḥ, yataḥ sattvāsattayā ākāśāsattā, ākāśāsattayā mahāyānā-
sattā, mahāyānāsattayā sarvadharmāsattā. iti hi sattvā*ś cākāśaṃ ca mahāyā- [A24r5]
naṃ ca sarvadharmāś cārūpiṇo ’nidarśanā apratighā ekalakṣaṇā yad utāla-

kṣaṇāḥ. evam iyatām sattvānāṃ mahāyāne avakāśaḥ. iti sattvārthaniryā-
15 ṇam.
3.10.4 Anābhoganiryāṇam
...naivāsyāgamo dṛśyate, naivāsya nirgamo dṛśyate, nāpy asya sthā-
naṃ saṃvidyate...
naivāsyetyādi. āgamaḥ āgamanam. nirgamo nirgamanam. sthānaṃ ga-

20 tinivṛttiḥ. trayaṃ mahāyānasya nāsti, acalā hi sarvadharmāḥ, yatas teṣāṃ
prakṛtir na kvaci*d gacchati na kutaścid āgacchati na kvacit tiṣṭhati. parispan- [A24r6]
daś cābhogaḥ. iti anābhoganiryāṇam.

133
RĀŚ’s comments support aparimāṇānām.
1 ākāśa° ] A; yathākāśa Ed.J ; nam mkha’ Tib 4 aparimāṇānāṃ ] em.; om.

MV W
AṣṭaA , Ed. 107; tshad ma mchis pa Tib 5 tasmin ] AṣṭaA ; asmin Ed.V
5–6 asaṃkhyeyānām aparimāṇānāṃ ] em.; asaṃkhyeyānāṃ AṣṭaA , Ed.M V W 107 tshad
ma mchis pa Tib 8 yathākāśa ] A; yathākāśe Ed.J ; nam mkha’ ltar Tib 8 ākāśe*
’vakāśo ] em.; ākāśe avakāśo A; ākāśa avakāśo Ed.J ; nam mkha’ Tib 11 avakāśaḥ,
yataḥ ] corr.; avakāśa yataḥ A; avakāśaḥ yataḥ Ed.J ; go skabs ’byed pa yin zhe
na | gang gi phyir Tib 11–12 mahāyānāsattā ] em., Ed.J ; mahānāsattā A; theg
pa chen po med do Tib 14 iyatām ] em.; iyatā A, Ed.J ; de snyed kyi Tib
14 avakāśaḥ. iti ] disambiguated, Ed.J ; avakāśa iti A; go ’byed pas na Tib
17 naivāsya nirgamo dṛśyate ] Aṣṭapc A , Ed.
MV W
107; om. AṣṭaacA ; ’di la ’gro ba yang
ma mthong Tib 20 mahāyānasya ] A , Ed. ; mahānasya Aac ; theg pa chen po Tib
pc J
21–22 parispandaś ] A; pariṣyandaś Ed.J ; ’gul ba des (v.l.) Tib

3.10.5 Atyantaniryāṇam
...evam asya bhagavan mahāyānasya naiva pūrvānta upalabhyate, nāpy
aparānta upalabhyate, nāpi madhya upala*bhyate. tryadhvasamaṃ
bhagavaṃs134 . tad yānam, tasmān mahāyānaṃ mahāyānam ity ucy- [AṣṭaA 10r6]
5 ate.
evam asyetyādi. evam ity ākāśasyeva. asyeti mahāyānasya. pūrvānta

ity atīto ’dhvā 135 aparānta ity anāgato ’dhvā madhyaḥ pratyutpannaḥ.
trayam apy etan mahāyānasya nopalabhyate|* tryadhvasamaṃ tad yā- [D45v]
naṃ tasmān mahāyānam. kathaṃ tryadhvasamam? ya*to ’tīto ’dhvā [A24v1]
10 ’tītādhvanā anāgato ’dhvā ’nāgatādhvanā śūnyaḥ. pratyutpannaḥ pratyutpan-

nena, tryadhvasamatā tryadhvasamatayā, mahāyānaṃ mahāyānena, bodhi-
sattvo bodhisattvena śūnyaḥ. na ca śūnyatātītā vānāgatā vā pratyutpannā
vā. na tasyāṃ saṃkleśa upalabhyate, na vyavadānam, na saṃsāro, na nirvā-
ṇam. tasmāt tryadhvasamaṃ tad yānam ity antābhāvād atyantani*ryā- [A24v2]
15 ṇam.
3.10.6 Prāptilakṣananiryāṇam
I. Prāptiniryāṇaprastāvaḥ
atha khalu bhagavān āyuṣmate subhūtaye sādhukāram adāt– sādhu
sādhu subhūte. evam etat subhūte, evam etat. evaṃ mahāyānam
20 idaṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānām. atra śikṣitvā bodhisattvai*r
mahāsattvaiḥ sarvajñatānuprāptā, anuprāpsyate, anuprāpyate ca. [AṣṭaA 10v1]
atha khalv āyuṣmān pūrṇo maitrāyaṇīputro bhagavantam etad avocat–

ayaṃ bhagavan subhūtiḥ sthaviraḥ prajñāpāramitāyāḥ kṛtaśo ’dhīṣṭo
mahāyānam upadeṣṭavyaṃ manyate?
134
Haribhadra seems to be refering to this lemma also with the gloss tryadhvaśūnyaṃ
135
As recorded below, the scribe repeatedly uses the same conjunct, which appears to
be a thā, in place of ’dhvā. Hence, it may, in fact, be an idiosyncratic ’dhvā that needs
no emendation. Nonetheless, I have marked it as an emendation, because the same scribe
uses a different conjunct for dhva in tryadhvasamaṃ. See, for instance, A(24v1r end). In
any event, my emendation to ’dhvā follows the meaning of the passage and is supported
by Tib. dus; whereas Jaini’s ’rtha, though possible, is unsupported and seems less likely,
given the context.
3–4 tryadhvasamaṃ bhagavaṃs ] AṣṭaA ; atha samaṃ bhagavaṃs Ed.M V W 107; bcom
ldan ’das...dus gsum du mnyam pa’o Tib 6 ākāśasyeva ] A; ākāśasyaiva Ed.J ; nam
mkha’ nyid Tib 7 ’dhvā ] em.; ’thā A ’rtha Ed.J ; dus Tib 7 ’dhvā ] em.; ’thā A;
’rtha Ed.J ; dus Tib 8 tryadhvasamaṃ ] A; trayadhvasamaṃ Ed.J ; dus gsum Tib
9–10 ’dhvā ’tītādhvanā ] em.; ’thā ’tītāthanā A ’rtho’tītārthena Ed.J ; dus kyang da ltar
byung ba’i dus kyis Tib 10 ’dhvā ’nāgatādhvanā ] em.; ’thā ’nāgatāthanā A; ’thā ’nā-
gatāthanā Ed.J ; dus kyang da ltar byung ba’i dus kyis Tib
atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat– nāhaṃ bha-

gava*n prajñāpāramitāṃ vyatikramya mahāyānam avocam?
[AṣṭaA 10v2]
bhagavān āha– no hīdaṃ subhūte. anulomaṃ subhūte prajñāpāramitā-
yā mahāyānam nirdiśasi.136
5 evam ukte, āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat - buddhānu-
bhāvād bhagavan...
atha khalu bhagavān ityādi. atra bhagavān mahāyānaśabdārthanirdeśe
subhūteḥ sādhukāraṃ dattvā atra śikṣitvetyādinā prāptiniryāṇaṃ pras-
tauti. atra sarvajñateti sarvākārajñatā. atha khalv ityādinā pūrṇasya
10 praśnaḥ prajñāpāramitādhikāre mahāyānasya pareṣām aprastutatvāśaṅkāni-
vṛttyarthaḥ. buddhānubhāvād bhagavann ity etatparyantena parihāraḥ.
anu*lomaṃ nirdiśasīti, tvaṃ hi sarvadharmān mahāyāne niḥsvabhāvān [A24v3]
nirdiśasi, niḥsvabhāvatājñānaṃ ca teṣāṃ prajñāpāramitaiva, tasmād anulo-

maṃ nirdiśasīti bhāvaḥ.
15
II. Prāptau Dvādaśa Viśeṣāḥ
api tu khalu punar bhagavan...137

api tu khalu punar ityādinā prakṛtam eva prāptiniryāṇam adhikṛtya tas-
20 yāṃ prāptau dvādaśa viśeṣān dvādaśabhir vākyair āha. ata eva viśeṣad-
yotanārtho ’pituśabdaḥ. tatrāpi tu khalv ityādi prathamam. * tat kas- [A24v4]
yetyādi dvitīyam. rūpaṃ* bodhisattva ityādi tṛtīyam. evaṃ bha- [D46r]
gavann ityādi caturtham. buddha ityādi pañcamam. yathātmetyādi

ṣaṣṭham. evam abhāvasvabhāvāḥ sarvadharmā iti saptamam.138 kata-
25 mat tad ityādy aṣṭamam. evam eteṣām ityādi navamam. tat kim ityādi
daśamam. na cetyādy ekādaśam. saced ityādi dvādaśam.
136
I have emended this sentence to match the lemma in RĀŚ’s gloss
137
I have not inserted here the whole paragraph cited from the root text as a block, since
each of its twelve statements will be cited in the following pages and commented upon one
by one below and since it is there that they will actually be needed as reference in order
to understand RĀŚ’s commentary.
138
I have not edited this pratīka to match the corresponding evam asvabhāvānāṃ sar-
vadharmāṇām reported in Mitra’s and Vaidya’s editions of the Aṣṭa, since (as the reader
will soon see) RĀŚ argues (below) that this reading is incorrect.
3 anulomaṃ ] em.; anulomatvam AṣṭaA , Ed.M V W 109 rjes su mthun par Tib
4 nirdiśasi ] em.; upadiśasi AṣṭaA , Ed.M V W ston Tib 10–11 mahāyānasya pareṣām
aprastutatvāśaṅkānivṛttyarthaḥ ] A, Ed.J ; theg pa chen po’i ston pa ni skabs ma yin pa
nyid kyis gzhan dag gis dogs pa spang ba’i phyir (v.l.) Tib 12 mahāyāne ] A; mahāyāna
Ed.J ; theg pa chen po’i Tib 13 niḥsvabhāvatājñānaṃ ] A; (v.l) dngos po med pa’i ngo
bo nyid TibD dngos po med pa’i nyidTibP N 20 dvādaśabhir ] em., Ed.J ; dvādaśabhi
A; bcu gnyis Tib 26 saced ity ] em.; saceti A, Ed.J ; gal te de ltar Tib
A. Samudāyārthaḥ
(1)
kalpiteṣv anabhiniveśābhyāsaniṣṭhāyām, (2) tadabhini*veśajanmanaḥ para- [A24v5]
tantrasya sarvathā nivṛttau, (3) sarvākārajñatā bodhisattvena prāpyata iti

5 samudāyārthaḥ.
B. Avayavārthaḥ
avayavārthas tūcyate.
10 B1a. Kalpitasvabhāvaḥ–Dharmanairātmyam
...(1) pūrvāntato bodhisattvo nopaiti, aparā*ntato bodhisattvo nopaiti,
madhyato bodhisattvo nopaiti. ...139 [AṣṭaA 10v3]
uktaṃ bhagavatātra mahāyāne śikṣitvā, atītānāgatapratyutpannā bodhisatt-

vā mahāsattvāḥ sarvākārajñatām anuprāptāḥ, anuprāpsyanti, anuprāpnu-
15 vanti ceti.140 tatra na pūrvānta upalabhyate nāparānto na madhyaḥ. tato
na sattvā na sarvadharmā na bodhisattva iti* sattvāsattā ca bodhisattvaś ca [A24v6]
pūrvāntāparāntamadhyāni ca sarvam etad advaidhīkāram. tasmāt pūrvā-

ntādiṣu bodhisattvo nopaitīti prathamasyārthaḥ.
...(2) tat kasya hetor nopaiti? rūpāparyantatayā hi bodhisattvāparyan-
20 tatā veditavyā, evaṃ vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskārāḥ, vijñānāparyantatayā
hi bodhisattvāparyantatā veditavyā. ...
tat kasya hetor? iti tat pūrvāntādīnām asattvaṃ kutaḥ? hetum āha,
rūpāparyantatayetyādi. rūpādaya ākāśasamāḥ* rūpādiśūnyatām upādāya. [D46v]
ata ete ’paryantāḥ, pūrvāntāparāntamadhyarahitāḥ. evaṃ bodhisattva iti

25 dvitīyasyārthaḥ.* [A24v7]
139
The words api tu khalu punar bhagavan were given as the lemma for the first of the
twelve statements, but were commented upon above and thus are not re-inserted here.
140
Although it is possible that this iti phrase is a direct quote from RĀŚ’s MS, I have
not bolded it because it seems more likely a paraphrase of the root text, whose pas-
sive construction is attested in all MSS AS atra śikṣitvā bodhisattvair mahāsattvaiḥ sarva-
jñatānuprāptā, anuprāpsyate, anuprāpyate ca.
16 Cf. (Pañca Dutt 246:02-16/Kimura 139:10-18): yā ca sattvāsattā yāvad yac ca madh-

yaṃ sarvam etad advaidhīkāram...cāsattā yāvad abhāvasvabhāvatā yāś ca ṣaṭ pāramitā yaś
ca bodhisattvo yāni ca pūrvāntāparāntamadhyāni sarvam etad advaidhīkāram.
3 kalpiteṣv ] corr., Ed.J ; kalpiteṣu A 14 mahāsattvāḥ ] em., Ed.J ; mahāsattvā A;

byang chub sems dpa’ sems dpa’ chen po rnams Tib 15 madhyaḥ ] em.; madhyam A;
dbus Tib 16 sattvāsattā ca bodhisattvaś ca ] A; ; sattvāś ca sarvadharmāś ca bod-
hisattvaś ca Ed.J ; sems can med pa chos thams cad med pa dang byang chub sems dpa’
med pa (v.l. or dittography) Tib 18 nopaitīti ] em., Ed.J ; nopetīti Apc ; petītiAac ; nye
bar ma mchis Tib 23 ākāśasamāḥ ] em., Ed.J ; ākāsasamāḥ A; mkha’ dang mnyam pa
Tib
...(3) rūpaṃ bodhisattva iti nopaiti. idam api na vidyate nopalabh-

yate.* evaṃ vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskārāḥ, vijñānaṃ bodhisattva iti nopaiti.
idam api na vidyate nopalabhyate... [AṣṭaA 10v4]
rūpādikaṃ bodhisattva iti nopaiti nāvagacchati. yasmād idam api na

5 vidyate nopalabhyate rūpādiśūnyatām upādāya. na hi śūnyatāyāṃ rūpā-
dikam asti nāpi bodhisattva iti tṛtīyasyārthaḥ.
...(4) evaṃ bhagavan sarveṇa sarvaṃ sarvathā sarvaṃ bodhisattvadhar-
mam anupalabhamāno nāhaṃ bhagavaṃs taṃ dharmaṃ samanupaśyā-
mi yasyaitan nāmadheyaṃ yaduta bodhisattva iti. prajñāpāramitām
10 api na samanupaśyā*mi nopalabhe. sarvajñatām api na samanupaśyāmi
nopalabhe. so ’haṃ bhagavan sarveṇa sarvaṃ sarvathā sarvaṃ taṃ [AṣṭaA 10v5]
dharmam anupalabhamāno ’samanupaśyan katamaṃ dharmaṃ kata-

mena dharmeṇa katamasmin dharme ’vavadiṣyāmy anuśāsiṣyāmi?...
evam iti pratibhāsamānena rūpeṇa. bodhisattvadharmam iti bodhisatt-

15 vākhyarūpādi. sarveṇeti skandhadhātvādivargabhedena sarveṇa. sarvam
iti sarvaṃ* yathā bhavati, pūrṇāvayavatvād vargāṇām. punaḥ sarvam iti [A25r1]
teṣu vargeṣv ekaikam sarvam. sarvatheti svena svena itaretaraiś ca sarvair

anupalabhamānaḥ, taiḥ śūnyatvāt. sarvajñatām apīti sarvākārajñatām
api. so ’ham ityādi. taṃ dharmam iti bodhisattvākhyam, prakaraṇād
20 gamyate prajñāpāramitām api sarvākārajñatām apīti. dharmam iti
bodhisattvākhyam. dharmeṇeti prajñāpā*ramitākhyena. dharma iti sarvā- [A25r2]
kārajñatākhye prāptavye. avavadiṣyāmi prāptaye. naiva kañcit kenacit

kvacid ity arthaḥ. evam avavādābhāvenānuṣṭhānābhāvān na kaścin na ke-
nacin na kvacit prāpnotīti caturthasyārthaḥ.
25 ...(5) buddha iti bhagavan nāmadheyamātram etat. bodhisattva iti
bhagavan nā*madheyamātram etat. prajñāpāramiteti bhagavan nāma-
dheyamātram etat. tac ca nāmadheyam anabhinirvṛttam. ... [AṣṭaA 10v6]
buddha iti buddhatvam, sarvākārajñatety arthaḥ. nāmadheyamātram

iti arthaśūnyaṃ nāma. tathā hi nārthasya svabhāvo nāma, prāk saṅketād
30 arthamātra*darśanāt. nāpi nāmnaḥ svabhāvo ’rthaḥ, aviditārthasya nāmnaḥ [A25r3]
28 Cf. (Pañca (and Vimukti’s Vṛtti)): buddha eva sarvākārajñatā sarvākārajñataiva

buddhaḥ.
4 nopaiti ] em., Ed.J ; nopeti A; nye bar ma mchis Tib 4 yasmād ] corr., Ed.J ; yasmāt
; A; gang gi phyir Tib 5 śūnyatāyāṃ ] A; śūnyatāyā Ed.J ; stong pa nyid dang (v.l.)
Tib 18 sarvākārajñatām ] A; sarvākārabhūtām Ed.J ; rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa
nyid Tib 22 prāptavye ] A; prāptasya Ed.J ; thob par bya ba (v.l.) Tib 22 kañcit ] A;
kaścit Ed.J ; gang zhig Tib 23 avavādābhāvenānuṣṭhānābhāvān ] em.; avavādābhāve
anuṣṭhānābhāvān A; eva vādābhāva anuṣṭhānābhāvān Ed.J ; gdams pa med pas rjes su
sgrub pa med pa’i phyir Tib
kevalasyaiva pratīteḥ. asaty api cārthe śabdaprayogāt, nirarthakaṃ nāma.

ata eva tac ca nāmadheyam anabhinirvṛttaṃ,* nāmadheyatvenāsid- [D47r]
dham. ato ’nabhinirvṛttena bodhisattvanāmnā anabhinirvṛttaṃ sarvākāra-

jñatānāma na prāpyata iti pañcamasyārthaḥ.
5 evaṃ tāvat pañcabhir vākyair dharmanairātmyamukhena * nāmadheya- [A25r4]
mukhena ca kalpitasya prāptiḥ pratiṣiddhā.
B1b. Kalpitaḥ svabhāvaḥ–Pudgalanairātmyam

(6) yathātmātmetica bhagavann ucyate, atyantatayā ca bhagavann an-
10 abhinirvṛtta ātmā. ...
pudgalanairātmyamukhenāpi tatpratiṣedhāya ṣaṣṭhaṃ vākyam. yathātmāt-

meti ca bhagavann ucyate atyantatayā ca bhagavann anabhinirvṛtta
ātmeti. atyantatayety ekāntena. anabhinirvṛtta ity asadbhūtam, yathāla-
kṣaṇam asattvāt.141 yathāśabdāt prakaraṇāc ca gamyate tathā sarvadharmā
15 bodhisattvaś ceti.
B2a Paratantraḥ svabhāvaḥ
para*tantrasvabhāvam adhikṛtya saptamaṃ vākyam. [A25r5]
20 ...(7) evam abhāvasvabhāvāḥ sarvadharmāḥ.142

141
(v.l.) yang dag par yod pa ma yin=*asaṃbhūtaḥ
142
This 7th vākya is reported here as evam abhāvasvabhāvāḥ sarvadharmāḥ, because
it represents RĀŚ’s emendation of the ’incorrect’ reading evam asvabhāvānāṃ sarvad-
harmāṇām that is found both in the Aṣṭa and in the uddeśa section of the Pañca. Al-
though the Sāratamā itself is a commentary on the Aṣṭa, RĀŚ shifts the focus of his com-
ments here to the large PP sūtras (mahatyor bhagavatyor) so that he can argue that the
reading found both in the Pañca’s uddeśa section and in the Aṣṭa should be emended
because they are not consistent with the readings in the Pañca’s praśnānuvāda, akhyāna,
and upasaṃhāra, where the reading evam abhāvasvabhāvāḥ sarvadharmāḥ is found.
1 asaty api ] em.; asatyepi A, Ed.J ; med kyang Tib 2 tac ca ] em., Ed.J ; taś
ca A; de yang Tib 2 anabhinirvṛttaṃ ] A; anabhinivṛttaṃ Ed.J ; mngon par ma
grub ste Tib 3 ’nabhinirvṛttena ] A; ’nabhinivṛttena Ed.J ; mngon par ma grub pas
Tib 5 pañcabhir ] em.,Ed.J ; pañcabhi A; lngas Tib 9 yathātmātmeti ] AṣṭapcA,
Ed.M V W 111; yathā atmeti Aṣṭaac A ; ji ltar bdag Tib 11 vākyam ] A; coktam Ed. J
;
J
tshig Tib 12 bhagavann ] em.,Ed. ; bhavann A; bcom ldan ’das Tib 14 prakaraṇāc
ca ] em.,Ed.J ; prakaraṇā ca A; dang skabs kyis Tib 19 vākyam ] A; coktam Ed.J ; tshig
Tib 20 evam abhāvasvabhāvāḥ sarvadharmāḥ ] em.; evam abhāvasvabhāvānāṃ sar-
vadharmāṇām AṣṭaAB ; evam asvabhāvānāṃ sarvadharmāṇāṃ AṣṭaCDEF G , Ed.M V W ,
Ed.M V W 112; de bzhin du chos rnams thams cad kyi ngo bo nyid ma mchis pa Tib
evam abhāvasvabhāvāḥ sarvadharmā iti. kuta etat? yato mahatyor

bhagavatyor dvādaśabhir ebhir vākyair uddeśe subhūtinā kṛte, tata eṣāṃ
dvādaśānām abhidhānakāraṇapraśneṣu śāriputreṇa kṛteṣu sthavirasubhūtiḥ
kāraṇāni krameṇa bruvāṇaḥ,* saptame sthāne kena kāraṇenābhāvasv- [D47v]
5 abhāvāḥ sarvadharmā iti praśnam anūdya, abhāva*svabhāvatāyām ity [A25r5]
upasaṃhāraṃ kṛtavān.143 tata eṣa pāṭhaḥ pratīyate. subhūteḥ praśnā-

nuvādakāraṇākhyānatadupasaṃhārā iha jñāpakāḥ, na tūddeśaḥ.144 uddeśe
’pi saptamavākyasya prāyeṇa pāṭhabhraṃśāt, yataḥ saptame vākye trayo
viplavāḥ kālena jātāḥ– (c) uttareṇa granthena sahaikavākyatā prathamo vi-
143
RĀŚ is referring to the readings found in the response to the Pañca’s 7th question
kena kāraṇena and in the two upasaṃhāra-s that follow within the passage. In order to
fully understand RĀŚ’s argument, one needs to read the whole Pañca passage from Dutt
(244:18)/Kim.I-2 (137:30) up to Dutt (253:04)/Kim.I-2 (151:8) and compare it with his
explanation below as well.
144
Although the 1st and 2nd upasaṃhāra readings in Dutt/Kim.’s editions of the Pañca
do not match each other exactly as RĀŚ seems to suggest here, this discrepancy, which
is marked (sic!!!) in the parallels section of my apparatus, does not undermine RĀŚ’s
contention about scribal errors or his argument about abhāvasvabhāva as jñāpaka for the
’revised’ Pañca. Cf. also Śatasāhasrikā (fasc.1-7:664:19)– subhūtir āha– abhāva āyuṣmañ
chāradvatīputra rūpasya svabhāvaḥ.
5 Cf. (Pañca praśna section beg. Dutt 245:10/Kim.I-2:138:17): śāriputra āha-

kena kāraṇenāyuṣman subhūta evaṃ vadasi pūrvāntato bodhisattvo nopaiti...(7th
praśna-Dutt 245:13/Kim.I-2:138:29) kena kāraṇenāyuṣman subhūta evaṃ vadasi... (Dutt
245:14/Kim.I-2:138:31) evam abhāvasvabhāvānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ katamad rūpaṃ yad
anabhinivṛttam? 5 Cf. (Pañca (Dutt 252:06-13 / Kim.I-2:149:28) for the restate-
ment of the question (praśnaḥ) in the 7th reply (anuvādaḥ) up to...the summary (up-
asaṃhāraḥ)): punar aparaṃ yad āyuṣmān śāriputra evam āha– abhāvasvabhāvāḥ sar-
vadharmā ity evam etat. tat kasya hetoḥ? tathā hy... (Dutt 252:13/Kim.I-2:150:19)
anenāyuṣman śāriputra paryāyeṇāsvabhāvāḥ (sic!!!) sarvadharmāḥ. 7 Cf. (Pañca ud-
deśaḥ beg. (Dutt 244:18/Kim.I-2:137:30)...7th vākyam (Dutt 245:02/Kim.I-2:138:6)): sub-
hūtir āha - api tu khalu punar bhagavan pūrvāntato bodhisattvo nopaiti... evam abhāvasv-
abhāvānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ katamad rūpaṃ yad anabhinivṛttam. 7 Cf. (Pañca ākhyāna,
beg. Dutt 252:06/Kim.I-2:149:28): punar aparaṃ yad āyuṣmān śāriputra evam āha
- abhāvasvabhāvāḥ sarvadharmā iti evam etat. tat kasya hetoḥ? tathā hy āyuṣman
śāriputra nāsti sāṃyogikaḥ svabhāvaḥ...(1rst upasaṃhāraḥ of question and answer beg.
Dutt 252:12/Kim.I-2:150:19) anenāyuṣman śāriputra paryāyeṇāsvabhāvāḥ (sic!!!) sar-
vadharmāḥ...(2nd upasaṃhāraḥ of question and answer beg. Dutt 253:04/Kim.I-2:151:8)
anenāyuṣman śāriputra paryāyeṇābhāvasvabhāvāḥ sarvadharmāḥ.
1 sarvadharmā ] em.; sarvadharma A; sarvadharmāḥ Ed.J ; chos rnams Tib 1 kuta ] A;

kutaḥ Ed.J ; gang las Tib 2 uddeśe ] A; uddeśaḥ Ed.J ; bstan te Tib 4 saptame
sthāne kena ] A; saptamasthānakena Ed.J ; tshig bdun pa la Tib 5 anūdya° ] A; anudya°
Ed.J ; bstan te Tib 6 upasaṃhāraṃ ] em., Ed.J ; upasaṃhāra A; mjug bsdu bar byas
Tib 6 pāṭhaḥ ] em., Ed.J ; pāṭha A; don gyis? Tib 8 pāṭhabhraṃśāt ] em., Ed.J ;
pāṭhabhraṃsāt A; nyams par ’gyur Tib 8 saptame vākye ] A; saptamavākye Ed.J tshig
bdun pa Tib 9 sahaikavākyatā ] em., Ed.J ; sahaivavākyatā A dang tshig gcig tu ’gyur
ba Tib
pla*vaḥ. (b) ekavākyatārthaṃ prathamāṃ vibhaktim apanīya, ṣaṣṭhī vi- [A25r6]
bhaktiḥ kṛteti dvitīyo viplavaḥ. (c) abhāvasvabhāvatāṃ cāpanīyāsvabhā-

vatā paṭhiteti tṛtīyo viplavaḥ.
5 arthaṃ brūmaḥ–
evam iti paratantreṇa svabhāvena. abhāvaḥ svabhāva eṣām iti abhāvasva-

bhāvāḥ sarvadharmāḥ. yad āha, nāsti sāṃyogikaḥ svabhāvaḥ pratītya-
samutpannatvād iti–145
10 «subhūtir āha»146 ...yad āyuṣmān śāriputra evam āha– abhāvasva-
bhāvāḥ sarvadharmā iti evam etat. tat kasya hetoḥ? tathā hy āyuṣ-
man śāriputra nāsti sāṃyogikaḥ svabhāvaḥ.
śāriputra āha– kasyāyuṣman subhūte nāsti sāṃyogikaḥ svabhāvaḥ?
subhūtir āha – rūpasyāyuṣman śāriputra nāsti sāṃyogikaḥ svabhāvaḥ

15 vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ vijñānasyāyuṣman śāriputra nāsti
sāṃyogikaḥ svabhāvaḥ, cakṣusa āyuṣman śāriputra nāsti sāṃyogikaḥ
svabhāvaḥ, śrotrasya ghrāṇasya jihvāyāḥ kāyasya manasa āyuṣman
śāriputra nāsti sāṃyogikaḥ svabhāvaḥ, rūpasyāyuṣman śāriputra nāsti
sāṃyogikaḥ svabhāvaḥ, śabdasya gandhasya rasasya spraṣṭavyasya
20 dharmasyāyuṣman śāriputra nāsti sāṃyogikaḥ svabhāvaḥ, cakṣurvijñā-
nasyāyuṣman śāriputra nāsti sāṃyogikaḥ svabhāvaḥ, śrotravijñānasya
ghrāṇavijñānasya jihvāvijñānasya kāyavijñānasya manovijñānasyāyuṣ-
man śāriputra nāsti sāṃyogikaḥ svabhāvaḥ, cakṣuḥsaṃsparśasyāyuṣ-
man śāriputra nāsti sāṃyogikaḥ svabhāvaḥ, śrotrasaṃsparśasya ghrā-
25 ṇasaṃsparśasya jihvāsaṃsparśasya kāyasaṃsparśasya manaḥsaṃspar-
śasyāyuṣman śāriputra nāsti sāṃyogikaḥ svabhāvaḥ, cakṣuḥsaṃspar-
śapratyayavedanāyā āyuṣman śāriputra nāsti sāṃyogikaḥ svabhāvaḥ,
śrotrasaṃsparśapratyayavedanāyā ghrāṇasaṃsparśapratyayavedanāyā
jihvāsaṃsparśapratyayavedanāyāḥ kāyasaṃsparśapratyayavedanāyā
145
Although the ”iti” appears after the word pratītyasamutpannatvād to be part of the
quote, it is not bolded, because it is not actually part of the precise quote in Dutt.
146
I am inserting the following quote from Dutt’s/Kimura’s edition of Pañca here, be-
cause it is part of the nirdeśa of the statement abhāvasvabhāvāḥ sarvadharmāḥ in the
Pañca and because RĀŚ explains its key term below in relation to the meaning of abhāva.
9 Cf. (Pañca 252:07): tathā hy āyuṣman śāriputra nāsti sāṃyogikaḥ svabhāvaḥ...
1 ekavākyatārthaṃ ] A; ekavākyatārthe Ed.J ; tshig tu byas pa’i don (v.l.) Tib

7 abhāvaḥ ] em.; abhāva A, Ed.J ; dngos po med pa’i Tib 8 sāṃyogikaḥ ] A; saṃyogikaḥ
Ed.J ; ’dus pa las byung ba’i Tib
manaḥsaṃsparśapratyayavedanāyā āyuṣman śāriputra nāsti sāṃyo-

gikaḥ svabhāvaḥ, dānapāramitāyā āyuṣman śāriputra nāsti sāṃyo-
gikaḥ svabhāvaḥ, śīlapāramitāyāḥ kṣāntipāramitāyā vīryapāramitāyā
dhyānapāramitāyā nāsti prajñāpāramitāyāḥ sāṃyogikaḥ svabhāvaḥ,
5 anenāyuṣman śāriputra paryāyeṇābhavasvabhāvāḥ sarvadharmāḥ.147
*kāraṇasaṃnidhiḥ saṃyogas, tasmin saty eva bhavatīti sāṃyogikaḥ. sāṃ- [A25v1]
yogiko yaḥ svabhāvaḥ so ’bhāvaḥ, kāraṇaviyoge saty abhāvāt. api ca yaḥ

pratītyasamutpannaḥ so ’nityatvāt paścādabhāvaḥ, na ca vidyamānasya paś-
cādabhāvo ghaṭate, virodhāt. tasmād ekakṣaṇa eva yo bhāvaḥ sa ekakṣaṇānta-
10 reṣv abhāvaḥ. tasmād abhāva eṣāṃ svabhāvaḥ–
...punar aparam āyuṣman śāriputrānityāḥ sarvadharmā na kasyacid
vigamena.148
śāriputra āha - katame ta āyuṣman subhūte ’nityāḥ sarvadharmā na
kasyacid vigamena?
15 subhūtir āha - rūpam āyuṣman śāriputrānityaṃ na kasyacid viga-
mena vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā vijñānam āyuṣman śāriputrānityaṃ
na kasyacid vigamena. tat kasya hetoḥ? tathā hy āyuṣman śāripu-
tra yad anityaṃ so ’bhāvaḥ kṣayaś ca evaṃ duḥkhāḥ anātmānaḥ śān-
tāḥ śūnyā animittā apraṇihitā na kasyacid vigamena sarvadharmāḥ
20 kuśalā anavadyā anāsravā niḥkleśā lokottarā avyavadānā asaṃskṛtāḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ? tathā hy āyuṣman śāriputra yo ’saṃskṛtaḥ, so ’bhā-
vaḥ kṣayaś ca. anenāyuṣman śāriputra paryāyeṇa niḥsvabhāvāḥ sar-
vadharmā na kasyacid vigamena. punar aparaṃ śāriputrākūṭasthā
avināśinaḥ sarvadharmāḥ.
147
The 2nd upasaṃhāra in Dutt’s/Kimura’s edition matches the reading reported by
RĀŚ but the 1st upasaṃhāra does not. I have not been able to verify whether the 1st
upasaṃhāra in Dutt’s/Kimura’s editions actually derives from the MSS themselves or
is just a typo introduced by Dutt that was copied by Kimura. Whatever the case, I
have emended the 1st upasaṃhāra in Dutt’s/Kimura’s edition, which reads anenāyuṣ-
man śāriputra paryāyeṇāsvabhāvāḥ to follow the reading suggested by RĀŚ: anenāyuṣ-
man śāriputra paryāyeṇābhavasvabhāvāḥ in this citation, so that it matches the comments
by RĀŚ.
148
I have inserted here another quote from Dutt’s edition of the Pañca, because it follows
the one above and because RĀŚ obliquely refers to it below as well.
7 Cf. (Pañca 252:14...252:21): punar aparam āyuṣman śāriputrānityāḥ sarvadharmā na

kasyacid vigamena...hy āyuṣman śāriputra yo ’saṃskṛtaḥ so ’bhāvaḥ kṣayaś cānenāyuṣman
śāriputra paryāyeṇa niḥsvabhāvāḥ.
5 ābhavasvabhāvāḥ ] tent. em., see loc. cit in Sāratamā; Dutt 253:05; āsvabhāvāḥ Dutt
252:13/Kimura I-2:150:20 6–7 sāṃyogikaḥ. sāṃyogiko ] A; saṃyogikaḥ. saṃyogiko
Ed.J ; ’dus pa las byung ba’o | |’dus pa las byung ba Tib 9–10 sa ekakṣaṇāntareṣv
abhāvaḥ ] A; de ni skad cig las gzhan du rang gi ngo bo med=suggests *sa ekakṣaṇāntare
’svabhāvaḥ v.l. TibDP N
śāriputra āha - kena kāraṇenāyuṣman subhūte ’kūṭasthā avināśinaḥ

sarvadharmāḥ?
subhūtir āha - rūpam āyuṣman śāriputrākūṭastham avināśi. tat
kasya hetoḥ? prakṛtir asyaiṣā. vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā vijñānam,
5 āyuṣman śāriputrākūṭastham avināśi. tat kasya hetoḥ? prakṛtir asyai-
ṣāivaṃ kuśalam akuśalaṃ sāvadyam anavadyaṃ sāsravam anāsravaṃ
saṃkleśaṃ niḥkleśaṃ laukikaṃ lokottaraṃ saṃskṛtam asaṃskṛtaṃ
saṃkleśo vyavadānaṃ saṃsāro nirvāṇaṃ akūṭastham avināśi. tat
kasya hetoḥ? prakṛtir asyaiṣānenāyuṣman śāriputra paryāyeṇābhā-
10 vasvabhāvāḥ sarvadharmāḥ.149
kiṃ ca yad anityaṃ tat*duḥkhaṃ duḥkhaṃ ca prahātavyam. abhāvaḥ [A25v2]
svabhāva eṣām. tasmāt paratantreṇāpi svabhāvena bodhisattvo na prāp-

notīti saptamasyārthaḥ.
...(8) katamat tad rūpaṃ yad agrāhyam anabhinirvṛttam? katame
15 te vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃ*skārāḥ? katamat tad vijñānaṃ yad agrāhyam
anabhinirvṛttam?... [AṣṭaA 11r1]
nanv iyam abhāvasvabhāvatā kalpitasyāpi rūpādeḥ prāpnoti, yataḥ kulālād

ghaṭaḥ kuvindāt paṭa utpadyamāno dṛśyate.
20 ata āha katamat tad ityādi katamat tat kalpitam rūpādi yad ana-
bhinirvṛttam? naiva kiñcit, sarvaṃ kalpitam asaṃskṛtam ity arthaḥ.** [D48r]
ata eva nirdeśavākye subhūtinā yuktir uktā, asaṃskṛtāḥ sarvadharmāḥ [A25v3]
saṃskartur abhāvād iti, kulālakuvindāder api kalpitasyāsattvād ity arthaḥ.150

tasmāt kalpitasyotpādanirodhādipratiṣedho ’ṣṭamasyārthaḥ.
25
B3a Pariniṣpannasvabhāva
asyāṃ tu bhagavatyāṃ grāhyatāpi kalpitasya pratiṣiddhā, bālagrāhyatvāt

tasya. aṣṭamād ūrdhvaṃ trīṇī vākyāni pariniṣpannaṃ svabhāvam adhikṛtya
30 evam ityādi.
149
This ends my insertion of the passages from the Pañca that match RĀŚ’s explanation.
150
I have not made this entire quote boldface, because it appears to be a paraphrase
according to the available editions.
11 Cf. (Pañca 252:18): yad anityaṃ so ’bhāvaḥ kṣayaś ca evaṃ duḥkhāḥ anātmānaḥ
śāntāḥ śūnyā animittā apraṇihitā na kasyacid vigamena ... 23 Cf. (Kimura PsP I,
151:15): ...anabhinivṛttam (sic!)...anabhisaṃskṛtam. tat kasya hetoḥ? tathā hy āyuṣman
śāriputrābhisaṃskrttā nāsti.
11–12 abhāvaḥ svabhāva ] A; abhāvasvabhāva Ed.J ; rang gi ngo bo med Tib

20–21 anabhinirvṛttam ] (loc. cit)em.; abhinirvṛttam A; anabhinirdhūttam Ed.J ; mn-
gon par grub pa Tib
...(9) evam eteṣāṃ sarvadharmāṇāṃ yāsvabhāvatā sānabhinirvṛttiḥ.

yā ca sarvadharmāṇām anabhinirvṛttir na te dharmāḥ. ...
evam i*ti kalpitena svabhāvena, eteṣām iti paratantrarūpāṇāṃ, yā asva- [A25v4]
5 bhāvatā śūnyatā sā ’nabhinirvṛttir iti, sa pariniṣpannaḥ svabhāvaḥ151 ity

arthaḥ.
yady evaṃ tadā dharmatāyā dharmād avyatirekād bhrāntikṣaye śūnya-
tāpi kṣīyeta. atha śūnyatā śāśvatī tadā tadavyatirekād bhrāntir api śāśvatī
bhaved iti.
10 ata āha yā cetyādi. yat pariniṣpannaṃ rūpaṃ na te bhrāntisvabhāvāḥ
paratantrā *dharmā ity arthaḥ. tad evaṃ śūnyatāyāḥ paratantrād avyatireka- [A25v5]
pratiṣedho navamasyārthaḥ.
...(10) tat kim anabhinirvṛttim anabhinirvṛttyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām
avavadiṣyāmy anuśāsiṣyāmi?
15 tat kim ityādi. avyatireke niṣiddhe vyatirekaḥ syāt, tat kim iti tadā
katham, anabhinirvṛttim iti śūnyatāmātraṃ bodhisattvam, anabhinir-
vṛttyām iti śūnyatāmātre prajñāpāramitāyām avavadiṣyāmi. na kathaṃ-
cit, na hi jaḍaḥ śakyo ’vavaditum, nāpi jaḍo ’rthaḥ prajñāpārami*teti vyatire- [A25v6]
kapratiṣedho daśamasyārthaḥ.152
20 ...(11) na cānyatra bhagavan anabhi*nirvṛttitaḥ sarvadharmā vā bud-
dhadharmā vā bodhisattvadharmā vopalabhyante, yo vā bodhāya caret... [AṣṭaA 11r2]
nanu paratantrarūpaṃ bhrāntir eva, nivṛttāyāṃ ca bhrāntau tadā ka āśrayaḥ

śūnyatāyāḥ? atha nirāśrayā na tarhi kasyacit dharmatā. ko vā tasyāḥ śaśa-
viṣāṇād* viśeṣaḥ? śaśaviṣāṇakalpasya ca bodhisattvasya kutaḥ prāptir ity [D48v]
25 āha na cetyādi. sarvadharmā iti jñeyāḥ skandhādayaḥ. buddhadharmā

iti prā*ptavyā daśabalavaiśāradyādayaḥ. bodhisattvadharmā iti pūrva- [A25v7]
151
In the Tib. translation, the whole paragraph reads differently.
152
I have followed the Skt. MS here for jaḍaḥ because, although Tib. skye ba med pa
suggests a plausible v.l. ajāta that would gloss anabhinirvṛttiḥ, the corresponding sentences
in Snying mchog give a much less sensible reading as a whole and demonstrate a substantial
interpretive effort on the part of the Tib translator. Cf. Tib: mngon par ma grub pa la
zhes bya ba ni stong pa nyid tsam gyi shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa la gdams par bgyi
zhing gang gis kyang ma yin pa’o| |gang gi phyir skye ba med pa la gdams par mi nus so
zhes bya ba’i don to |
5 pariniṣpannaḥ svabhāvaḥ ] A; pariniṣpannasvabhāvaḥ Ed.J ; yongs su ma grub pa’i

rang gi ngo bo nyid (v.l.) Tib 8 śāśvatī ] em., Ed.J ; śāsvatī A; brtag pa Tib
13 anabhinirvṛttyāṃ ] Ed.M V W 112; anabhinirvṛttyā AṣṭaA ; mngon par ma grub pa la
Tib 17 śūnyatāmātre ] A; śūnyatāmātraṃ Ed.J ; stong pa nyid tsam gyi Tib 18 hi
jaḍaḥ ] A; hi jātaḥ Ed.J ; om.Tib 18 jaḍo ] A; jāto Ed.J ; gang gi phyir skye ba med
pa la (v.l?) Tib. 22 bhrāntau ] em.; bhrāntau prāptis A, Ed.J ; ’khrul pa TibP
22 tadā ] em., Ed.J ; tada A; de’i tshe Tib
labdhā guṇāḥ. yo vā bodhāya cared iti bodhisattvaḥ. sarva ete prāp-

tikāle ’nabhinirvṛttito ’nyatreti śūnyatāvyatirekeṇa nopalabhyante, su-
viśuddhajñānāvyatirekiṇī sarvaśūnyataiva tadānīṃ khyātīty arthaḥ. idam
apy anena sūcitam. *ya eṣa buddhabodhisattvapṛthagjanāvasthānugāmitvād [A26r1]
5 dharmadhātuvad eva śāśvataḥ prakāśas tasyāsau dharmatā. yāvat para-

tantras tāvat paratantradharmatā ucyate. parato buddhadharmatā svā-
bhāvikaś ca kāyo buddhānām ucyata ity ayam ekādaśasyārthaḥ.
...(12) saced bhagavan evaṃ bhāṣyamāṇa evaṃ deśyamāna evam upadiś-

yamāne bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya cittaṃ (12.1) nāvalīyate,(12.2) na
10 saṃlīyate, (12.3) na viṣīdati, (12.4) na viṣādam āpadyate, (12.5) nāsya vipṛṣ-
ṭhībha*vati mānasaṃ, (12.6) na bhagnapṛṣṭhībhavati, (12.7) nottrasyati,
(12.8) na saṃtrasyati, (12.9) na saṃtrāsam āpadyate, evaṃ veditavyam
[AṣṭaA 11r3]
– caraty ayaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāyām. bhāva-

yaty ayaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitām. upaparīkṣate
15 ’yaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitām. upani*dhyāyaty
ayaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitām. ... [AṣṭaA 11r4]
iti dvādaśaṃ vākyam, saced ity ata ārabhya tat kasya hetor ity ataḥ prāk.
atra (12.1−5) cittaṃ nāvalīyata ityādi*bhiḥ pañcabhiḥ padaiḥ śamathasya [A26r2]
pañcākārā ucyante. (12.6) na bhagnapṛṣṭhībhavatīti ekapadena catvāra

20 ākārāḥ– śamayati vyupaśamayati ekotīkaroti cittaṃ samādadhātīti– eṣām
abhāve samādhaye cittasya paścādbhaṅgaprasaṅgāt. atas tair eva catur-
bhiḥ pṛṣṭhabhaṅgapratiṣedhāt na bhagnapṛṣṭhībhavati mānasam. evaṃ
ṣaḍbhiḥ padair navākāraḥ śamatha uktaḥ. (12.7) bhūtapratya*vekṣaṇālokaḥ [A26r3]
uddyotaḥ, uddyotāt trāsas, tadakaraṇam anuttrāsaḥ, pratiṣedhakaraṇāt.

25 tato nottrasyatīty ekena padena* vipaśyanā (12.8) na saṃtrasyati (12.9) na [D49r]
saṃtrāsam āpadyata iti padadvayena yuganaddho mārgaḥ. tathā hi na

7 Cf. (MAVibh vv. 2.14-16, p.34-35): sarvatragārthe agrārthe niṣyandāgrārtha eva ca|
niṣparigrahatārthe ca santānābheda eva ca ||2.14|| niḥsaṃkleśaviśuddhyarthe ’nānātvārtha
eva ca| ahīnānadhikārthe ca caturdhāvaśitāśraye ||2.15| | dharmadhātāv avidyeyam akliṣṭā
daśadhāvṛtiḥ| daśabhūmivipakṣeṇa pratipakṣāḥ tu bhūmayaḥ ||2.16| | «bhāsye–» dharmad-
hātau daśavidhe sarvatragādyarthe yad akliṣṭam ajñānaṃ tad daśasu bodhisattvabhūmiṣv
āvaraṇaṃ yathākramaṃ tadvipakṣatvāt.
2 śūnyatāvyatirekeṇa ] Apc , Ed.J ; śūnyatāvyarekeṇa Aac ; tha dad par Tib

2–3 suviśuddha° ] em., Ed.J ; śuviśuddha° A; shin tu rnam par dag pa Tib 5 śāśvataḥ
prakāśas ] em.; śāsvataprakāśas A; śāśvataprakāśas Ed.J ; rtag par snang ba Tib 7 ity
ayam ] corr.; iti ayam A; ityam Ed.J ; de ni ’dir Tib 8 bhāṣyamāṇa evaṃ ] Ed.M V W 113;
bhāṣyamāṇaivam AṣṭaA ; de ltar bshad Tib 17 vākyam ] em.; vyakyam A; vyaktam
Ed.J ; bcu gnyis pa’i tshig Tib 24 anuttrāsaḥ, pratiṣedhakaraṇāt ] em.; akaraṇapratiṣe-
dhakaraṇāt A; akaraṇenapratiṣedhakaraṇāt Ed.J ; mi skrag pa ste de ’gog par byed pa
(v.l. supports em.) Tib
saṃtrasyatīti na samādhes trasyati tadatyāgād iti śamathāṃśaḥ. saṃpra-

jñānāt trāsaḥ saṃtrāsaḥ, taṃ nāpadyata iti vipaśyanāṃśaḥ. cara*ti [A26r4]
prajñāpāramitāyām ity uddeśaḥ. śeṣeṇa nirdeśaḥ. bhāvayatīti śama-

thena. upaparīkṣata iti vipaśyanayā. upanidhyāyatīty upaparīkṣamāṇo
5 nipuṇaṃ dhyāyati yuganaddhena mārgeṇeti dvādaśasyārthaḥ.
Upapattiḥ
asyopapattaye trayodaśaṃ vākyam, tat kasya hetor ity ata ārabhya prāk
10 sarvākārajñatāniryāṇāt. 153
...tat kasya hetoḥ? yasmin hi samaye bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsatt-
vaḥ imān dharmān prajñāpāramitāyāṃ vyupaparīkṣate, tasmin samaye
na rūpam upaiti, na rūpam upagacchati, na rūpasyotpādaṃ samanu-
paśyati, na rūpasya nirodhaṃ* samanupaśyati. evaṃ na vedanāṃ
15 na saṃjñāṃ na saṃskārān, na vijñānam upaiti, na vijñānam upagac- [AṣṭaA 11r5]
chati, na vijñānasyotpādaṃ samanupaśyati, na vijñānasya nirodhaṃ

samanupaśyati....
tat kasya hetor? iti praśnaḥ, utta*raṃ yasmin hītyādi. imān dhar- [A26r5]
mān iti sarvadharmān. prajñāpāramitāyāṃ saṃmukhībhūtāyām. rū-

20 paṃ kalpitaṃ yāvad vijñānaṃ, yāvad buddhadharmān nopaitīti nopa-
labhate, tadapratibhāsāt. nopagacchati na vikalpayati nirvikalpatvāt pra-
jñāpāramitāyāḥ, iti svabhāvavikalpau pratiṣiddhau. viśeṣavikalpau pratiṣed-
dhum āha na rūpāder utpādanirodhau.154 pūrvam utpa*nno rūpādir idānīṃ [A26r6]
niruddha iti na paśyati, kalpitasya hi yathālakṣaṇam asattvād utpādaniro-

153
The next chunk of text does not actually end with the word sarvākārajñatāniryāṇam
(which does not appear in the Aṣṭa at all), but with the lemma sarvākaram, which roughly
marks the start of the sarvākārajñatāniryāṇam section. Hence, I have made boldface only
that part of the word here.
154
This statement and the two that follow are just paraphrases, not direct quotations.
1 śamathāṃśaḥ ] A; śamathāṅgaḥ Ed.J ; zhi gnas kyi yan lag Tib 2 vipaśyanāṃśaḥ ] A;
vipaśyanāṅgaḥ Ed.J ; lhag mthong gi yan lag Tib 4 upaparīkṣamāṇo ] A; upa-
nirīkṣamāṇo Ed.J ; nye bar rtog pa Tib 9 vākyam ] A; coktam Ed.J ; tshig bcu gsum
pas Tib 10 °niryāṇāt ] corr., Ed.J ; niryānāt A; bcom ldan ’das gang gi tshe Tib
15 upaiti ] Aṣṭapc
A , Ed.
MV W
113; upai Aṣṭaac
A ; nye bar mi ’dzin Tib 20 nopaitīti ] em.,
Ed. ; nopetīti A; nye bar mi ’gro Tib 22–23 pratiṣeddhum ] em., Ed.J ; pratiṣeddham
J
A; dgag pa’i phyir Tib

dhau na staḥ. tasmād ubhau na paśyati.

nanu paratantrasyānivṛttau duṣpariharaḥ kalpitasya pratibhāsaḥ. tat ku-
tas tan nopaiti? atha ṣaḍbhir vākyaiḥ kalpiteṣv anabhiniveśābhyāsāt tadab-
hiniveśajanmanaḥ paratantrasya tadānīṃ nivṛttir iṣyate, apūrvasyānutpā-
5 dā*t pūrvasya ca svarasena vyayāt, tau tarhy anutpādavyayau tasya svabhā- [A26v1]
vau, abhāvasvabhāvāḥ sarvadharmā iti paratantraṃ svabhāvam adhi-

kṛtya vacanāt.155
155
Based on the preceding words svarasena vyayāt alone, one might read the dvandva
compound anutpādavyayau to mean anutpādaḥ and vyayaḥ. However, RAŚ clearly reads
it to mean anutpādaḥ and avyayaḥ instead, because, at the end of his comments be-
low, he explains this Aṣṭa passage as referring to the pariniṣpannaḥ and gives the rea-
son utpādavyayavirahāt. Based on his later explanation, I considered whether the multi-
ple MS readings were a scribal error for anutpādāvyayau (found in the Aṣṭa itself), but
chose not to emend them, because the privative ”a/an” prefix (nañ) affixed to the head
of the vipratiṣiddha dvandva compound utpādavyayau in the MS reading anutpādavyayau
can be understood as a negation of both members. Whether anutpādavyayau is emended
1 Cf. (PPu D138b4): |gzhan gyi dbang gi ngo bo nyid de ni yang dag pa’i kun tu rtog par
brjod de ’di la yang dag pa ma yin par kun brtags pa’am| ’dis yang dag pa ma yin par kun
rtog par byed pa ste | bcom ldan ’das byams pas| kun brtags gzhan gyi dbang dang ni| yongs su
grub pa nyid dag ste| | don phyir yang dag mi rtog phyir || gnyis po med pa’i phyir bshad do ||
zhes gang gsungs pa lta bu’o|| de gnyis yang khams gsum pa’i sems dang sems las byung ba
yin te | de la don gyi ngo bo la dmigs pa’i sems so| | khyad par la dmigs pa ni sems las byung
ba ste | yang dag ma yin kun rtog ni || sems dang sems byung khams gsum pa| | 1 Cf. (PPu
D138b4): |gzhan gyi dbang gi ngo bo nyid la yang yongs su grub pa’i rang bzhin gyis dmigs
nas || don dam par yod par ’gyur la kun brtags pa’i rang bzhin gyis dmigs na ni kun rdzob tu
yod par ’gyur te | kun nas nyon mongs pa’i don du dmigs pa’i phyir ro| | kun nas nyon mongs
pa’i phyir dmigs pa ni rnam par byang ba’i phyir ma yin no|| 1 Cf. (BBh 35): tatra
svabhāvavikalpaḥ katamaḥ? rūpādisaṃjñake vastuni rūpamityevamādir yo vikalpaḥ,
ayam ucyate svabhāvavikalpaḥ. viśeṣavikalpaḥ katamaḥ? tasminn eva rūpādisaṃjñake
vastuni ayaṃ rūpī ayam arūpī ayaṃ sanidarśano ’yam anidarśana evaṃ sapratigho
’pratighaḥ sāsravo ’nāsravaḥ saṃskṛto ’saṃskṛtaḥ kuśalo ’kuśalo vyākṛto ’vyākṛtaḥ atīto
’nāgataḥ pratyutpanna ity evaṃbhāgīyenāpramāṇena prabhedanayena yā svabhāvavikalpā-
dhiṣṭhānā tadviśiṣṭārthavikalpanā. ayam ucyate viśeṣavikalpaḥ. 1 Cf. (AS 138ff): rūpā-
dayo hi parikalpitaḥ svabhāvaḥ śūnyatā pariniṣpanna iti. pṛthaktvavikalpapratipakṣeṇāha–
nāpyanyatra rūpācchūnyatāyā rūpam, yāvac chūnyataiva vijñānam iti, parikalpitasvabhā-
vasyā lakṣaṇatvāt tadvyatirekeṇa tadbhāvāsaṃbhavataḥ. svabhāvavikalpapratipakṣeṇāha–
nāmamātram idaṃ yaduta rūpam iti yāvadvijñānam iti, abhilāpavyatirekeṇābhilāpyasva-
bhāvābhāvāt. viśeṣavikalpapratipakṣeṇāha– svabhāvasya notpādo yāvad vyavadānam api na
samanupaśyatīti, utpādādiviśeṣalakṣaṇapratiṣedhāt. yathānāmārthavikalpapratipakṣeṇāha–
kṛtrimaṃ nāma prati prati te dharmāḥ kalpitā āgantukena nāmnā vyavahriyante ity
evamādi. yathārthanāmavikalpapratipakṣeṇāha... 1 Cf. (MAViṭ 100): yathoktanimit-
tasva bhāvaviśeṣavikalpakās traidhātukapratisaṃyuktāś cittacaittā vikalpaḥ.
3 nopaiti ] A; nopeti Ed.J ; nye bar mi ’gro ba Tib 4 nivṛttir ] em., Ed.J ; nirvṛttir A;
ldog par Tib 5 anutpādavyayau ] A, Ed.J ; skye ba med pa dang ’jig pa med pa Tib
sarvam etac cetasi nidhāya pṛcchati tat kasya hetor iti. uttaraṃ tathā
hītyādi.
...tat kasya hetoḥ? tathā hi yo rūpasyānutpādo na tad rūpam. yo
rūpasyāvyayo na tad rūpam. ...
5 yau hi rūpāder anutpādavyayau tau tasyābhāvau, abhāvau ca na bhāvau, vi-

rodhāt.156 yat punar uktam abhāvasvabhāvāḥ paratantrā ity abhāvadvayāvya-
bhicāras tatra svabhā*vārtho na punas tādātmyam, virodhāt.* evam abhedaṃ [A26v2]
pratiṣidhya bhedapratiṣedhāyāha, ity anutpādavyayau ca rūpādiś cā- [D49v3]
dvayam etad advaidhīkāram iti.

10 ...ity anutpādaś ca rūpaṃ cādvayam e*tad advaidhīkāram. ity avyayaś
ca rūpaṃ cādvayam etad advaidhīkāram. ... [AṣṭaA 11r6]
or not, given RĀŚ’s later explanation, the phrase ending with svarasena vyayāt must be
understood as part of the objector’s consideration of the passage on the paratantra that
must be answered by the next passage’s explanation of the pariniṣpannaḥ as anutpādaḥ
and avyayaḥ. This understanding is supported by the fact that (a) the Sāratamā is pur-
porting here to explain the Aṣṭa passage (below) referring to anutpādaḥ and avyayaḥ found
in AṣṭaA , Ed.M , and Ed.W , and that (b) Tib has also understood the compound as a
negation of both members, i.e. skye ba med pa dang ’jig pa med pa (see, eg., D49v, G135:3,
P54v5), except for the last Tib. occurrence, which appears to be a simple typo. Notwith-
standing those reasons, it should be kept in mind that the corresponding Pañca pas-
sage reads vyaya instead of avyaya throughout, i.e. (Dutt 255:21...256:03): yo bhaga-
van rūpasya vyayo na tad rūpam.... But this Pañca reading, whether due to transmis-
sion errors or not, cannot be reconciled with the concluding RĀŚ’s understanding ex-
pressed utpādavyayavirahāt.
156
The corresponding Tib. diverges greatly from A in this passage and produces a less
coherent explanation.
2 Cf. (AAĀ 114): tathā hītyādi. yasmād yāv anutpādāvyayau na tau rūpaṃ saṃvṛt- yā
rūpasyaiva pratibhāsanāt. tatra bhāva eva kṣaṇasthitidharmā. nāśo vyayaḥ. tatpratiṣedhād
avyayaḥ. yataḥ saṃvṛtyā nānātvam iti tasmād anutpādāvyayau rūpaṃ ca paramārthato
’nutpādāvyayasyaiva sthiter advayam anutpādādyekarūpam etat. yato ’dvai- dhīkāram
apagatadvidhābhāvakārakapramāṇam. 7 Cf. (My Tib. ed.’s v.l..): |gang yang dngos po
med pa’i rang gi ngo bo gzhan dbang yin no zhes gsungs pa ni dngos po med pa gnyis med
na ni ’byung ba’i don gyis te| de las gcig tu ’gal ba’i phyir ro|...
5 yau ] em., Ed.J ; yo A; gang Tib 5 anutpādavyayau ] em., Ed.J ; anutpādevyayau A;

skye ba med pa dang ’jig pa med pa Tib 5 bhāvau ] A, Ed.J ; skye ba dang ’jig pa’i
dngos po’i ngo bo (v.l.) Tib 8 anutpādavyayau ] A, Ed.J ; skye ba dang ’jig pa Tib
nanu tadānīṃ rūpāder abhāvād advayībhāvo na yukta ity ata āha.yat punar
ityādi.
... yat punar etad ucyate rūpam iti, advayasyaiṣā gaṇanā kṛtā. evaṃ
tathā hi yo vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇām. tathā hi yo vijñā-
5 nasyānutpādo na tad vijñānam, yo vijñānasyāvyayo na tad vijñā-
nam. ity anutpādaś ca vijñānaṃ cādva*yam etad advaidhīkāram. ity
avyayaś ca vijñānaṃ cādvayam etad advaidhīkāram. yat punar etad [AṣṭaA 11v1]
ucyate vijñānam iti, advayasyaiṣā gaṇanā kṛtā.
nātra paratantraṃ rūpādi gṛhyate, kiṃ tarhi yad advayam utpādavyayavi-

10 rahāt, pariniṣpannam ity arthaḥ. pariniṣpanno hi svabhāvo dharmāṇāṃ
kalpitābhāvalakṣaṇaḥ, anu*tpādavyayāv api dharmāṇām abhāvalakṣaṇau. ta- [A26v3]
ta ekarasatvād eṣāṃ trayāṇām advayībhāva iti bhāvaḥ. iti prāptiniryāṇam.
3.10.7 Sarvākārajñatāniryāṇam
sarvākārajñatāniryāṇam idānīṃ vaktavyam.
15
Upaparīkṣaṇīyā Dharmāḥ
tatrādau catvāro dharmā upaparīkṣaṇīyāḥ–
(1) (2) (3)

20 katamo bodhisattvaḥ? katamā sarvākārajñatā? katamā prajñāpāramitā?
(4)
katamopaparīkṣaṇeti?
1 Cf. (PPu D139b1): |yang dag pa ma yin pa’i kun tu rtog pa de dag ni| zag pa dang bcas
pa’i ’du byed thams cad dang | kun nas nyon mongs pa thams cad dang | ’khor ba thams
cad kyang yin no | |yongs su grub pa’i ngo bo nyid gang yin pa de ni| yang dag pa ma yin
pa’i kun tu rtog pa’i stong pa nyid kyi ngo bo yin no| |gang gis stong zhe na | gnyis kyis te |
gzung ba dang ’dzin par kun tu rtog pas so | |stong pa de’i mtshan nyid ni yang dag pa ma
yin pa’i kun tu rtog pa gang yin pa la gnyis su med pa dang| gnyis su byar med pa’i ngo bo
yin par dgongs so| |gang gi phyir stong pa nyid ’di ni| |gnyis kyi dngos po med pas dngos
po ma yin la | |gnyis po med pa’i ngo bo yin pa de’i phyir med pa yang ma yin no| |’phags
pa dgongs pa nges par ’grel pa la sogs pa las—de ni ’du byed rnams las gzhan nam| gzhan
ma yin pa ma yin par gsungs te | ...(paragraph 2- beg. D139b8) de’i phyir de ni de rnams
las gzhan ma yin pa ma yin no| |gzhan pa yang ma yin te gang las she na | gang gi phyir
de ni de rnams kyi bdag med pa tsam ste | dung gi dkar ba bzhin du | rang bzhin med pa
tsam yin pa’i phyir ro| |gzhan yang de rnams las gzhan par ’gyur na | bden pa mthong ba
rnams kyis kyang ’du byed rnams kyi mtshan ma zil gyis gnon par mi ’gyur la| 21 Cf.
(Pañca 256:09): katama āyuṣman subhūte bodhisattvaḥ? katamā prajñāpāramitā? katamā
upaparīkṣamāṇā?
11 anutpādavyayāv ] A, Ed.J ; skye ba med pa dang ’jig pa Tib

21 katamopaparīkṣaṇeti ] sandhi; katamā upaparīkṣaṇeti A, Ed.J ; nye bar yongs
su rtog pa gang yin zhe na Tib
tatra–
(1)
bodhir eva sattvas tenocyate bodhisattvaḥ.* [D50r]
(2)
5 tayā bodhyā yat sarvadharmāṇāṃ sarvākārajñā*naṃ nirabhiniveśaṃ [A26v4]
sā tatra sarvākārajñatā.
āratā āramitā,157 grasitaskabhitādivac chāndasa iḍāgamaḥ158 vikalpe-

(3)
bhyaḥ pāntīti pāḥ vikalpapratipakṣā dharmāḥ. tebhyo ’py āratā viratā yā

10 prajñā seha prajñāpāramitā.159
(4)
yat sarvadharmān nityasukhātmaśāntaśūnyanimittapraṇihitaviviktā-
nāṃ pratyekaṃ tadviparītānāṃ ca ṣoḍaśānām ākārāṇāṃ pratiṣedhena vyupa-
parīkṣate tad atropaparīkṣaṇaṃ ma*hatyor bhagavatyor uktam.160 [A26v5]
15
tata ūrdhvam aparam upaparīkṣaṇaṃ tayor uktam. tad evāsyāṃ darśayi-

tum āha, evaṃ bhagavann ity ataḥ prabhṛti atha khalv āyuṣmān ity
ataḥ prāk.
...evaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitāyāṃ sarvākāraṃ sarvadharmān vyu-
20 paparīkṣamāṇas tasmin samaye na rūpam upaiti, na rūpam upagac-
chati, na rūpasyotpādaṃ samanupa*śyati, na rūpasya nirodhaṃ sama-
[AṣṭaA 11v2]
157
I have followed the MS in not applying sandhi between āratā and āramitā here to
avoid obscuring the gloss.
158
The idea here is that, although certain words are expected to have no it-infix (i.e.udit),
some fixed forms (nipāta) occasionally have an it-infix.
159
Tib. varies greatly here.
160
One might expect aśūnya and avivikta, but RĀŚ is listing the first eight as listed in
Pañca, rather than in logical order.
3 Cf. (Pañca 256:12): katamo bodhisattva iti? bodhir eva sattvas tenocyate bodhisattva iti.
6 Cf. (Pañca 256:12): katamo bodhisattva iti? bodhir eva sattvas tenocyate bodhisattva
iti, tayā ca bodhyā sarvadharmāṇām ākāraṃ jānāti, na cātrābhiniviśate. katameṣāṃ
dharmāṇām ākārān jānāti... 8 Cf. (Pañca 257:1): katamā prajñāpāramiteti? āratā
āramitaiṣāyuṣman śāriputra tenocyate prajñāpāramiteti. 8 Cf. (Aṣṭādhyāyī 7.2.31-4):
grasitaskabhitādivad 14 Cf. (Pañca 1:140 Dutt): na rūpaṃ nityam iti nānityam iti
carati...na rūpaṃ sukham iti na duḥkham iti nātmeti nānātmeti na śāntam iti nāśāntam
iti carati...na rūpaṃ śūnyam iti nāśūnyam iti carati na nimittam iti nānimittam iti carati
na praṇihitam iti nāpraṇihitam iti carati na viviktam iti nāviviktam iti carati.
5 jñānaṃ ] corr., Ed.J ; jñāna A; ye shes Tib 8 iḍāgamaḥ ] em.; ihāgamaḥ A, Ed.J ;
om. Tib 8–9 vikalpebhyaḥ ] A; vikalpādyaḥ (conj.vikalpādye) Ed.J ; rnam par rtog pa’i
Tib 13 ākārāṇāṃ ] em.; ārāṇāṃ A, Ed.J ; rnam pa Tib 16 tata ūrdhvam aparam ] A;
tatrordhvam adharam Ed.J ; de’i ’og tu...gzhan yang Tib
nupaśyati. evaṃ na vedanāṃ na saṃjñāṃ na saṃskārān, na vijñā-

nam upaiti, na vijñānam upagacchati, na vijñānasyotpādaṃ samanu-
paśyati, na vijñānasya nirodhaṃ samanupaśyati. tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi yo rūpasyānutpādo na tad rūpam. yo rūpasyāvyayo na tad
5 rū*pam, ity anutpādaś ca rūpaṃ cādvayam etad advaidhīkāram, ity
avyayaś ca rūpaṃ cādvayam etad advaidhīkāram. yat punar etad uc- [AṣṭaA 11v3]
yate rūpam iti, advayasyaiṣā gaṇanā kṛtā. evaṃ tathā hi yo vedanāyāḥ

saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇām, tathā hi yo vijñānasyānutpādo na tad vi-
jñānam, yo vijñānasyāvyayo na* tad vijñānam, ity anutpādaś ca vi-
10 jñānaṃ cādvayam etad advaidhīkāram, ity avyayaś ca vijñānaṃ cād- [AṣṭaA 11v4]
vayam etad advaidhīkāram. yat punar etad ucyate vijñānam iti, ad-
vayasyaiṣā gaṇanā kṛtā.
arthaḥ pūrvavat. atha khalv āyuṣmān ityādi.
atha khalv āyuṣmāñ śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat–
15 tena hi yathāham āyuṣmataḥ subhūter bhāṣitasyā*rtham ājānāmi,
tathā bodhisattvo ’py anutpādaḥ. ... [AṣṭaA 11v5]
tena hīti yenādvayasyaiṣā gaṇanā kṛtā. advayaś ca dharmadhātuḥ. tena

kāraṇena bodhisattvo ’py anutpādaḥ. utpādavirahād dharmadhātur ity
arthaḥ. paratantras tu svabhāvo neha gaṇyate. *tasyāparamārthatvāt para- [A26v6]
20 mārthasya cehādhikārāt.
Codyam
ko ’tra doṣa iti ced āha yadi cetyādi.
...yadi cāyuṣman subhūte bodhisattvo ’py anutpādaḥ kiṃ bodhisattvo
25 duṣkaracārikāṃ carati? yāni vā tāni sattvānāṃ kṛtaśo duḥkhāny ut-
sahate pratyanubhavitum?
duṣkarasya karmaṇaś cārikā caraṇam. tāṃ kiṃ kasmāc carati prayoga-
vīryeṇa? āstāṃ prayogavīryam, yāni duḥkhāni karacaraṇaśiraḥśarīrādidā-
nāni sattvānāṃ kṛtaśaḥ* sattvānām arthāya tāni vā pratyanubhavituṃ [D50v]
30 kasmād utsahate. saṃnāhavīryeṇāpi tadā duṣkaracārikāṃ na caren na cā-

dhyavaset, tasyāḥ kāraṇaparatantratvenāparamārthatvāt. aparamārthasya
6 cādvayam ] Aṣṭapc A , Ed.
MV W
115; cadvayaṃ Aṣṭaac
A 13 arthaḥ ] corr., Ed.J ; artha
A; donTib 13 atha ] A ,Ed. ; ātha A ; de nas Tib 18 utpādavirahād ] corr., Ed.J ;
pc J ac
utpādavirahāt A; skye ba dang bral ba’i phyir Tib 19 °āparamārthatvāt ] (eras.)Apc ;

°āparamārārthatvāt Aac ; paramārthatvāt Ed.J ; don dam pa ma yin pa’i phyir
Tib 20 cehādhikārāt ] A; nehādhikārāt Ed.J ; dbang du byas pa’i phyir Tib
28–29 śarīrādidānāni ]
emphem.; °śarīrādidānāni A, Ed.J ; lus sbyin pa la sogs pa’i Tib 30 utsahate ] (loc.
cit.)em.; utsahete A; utsaheta Ed.J ;spro bar byed Tib 30–31 cādhyavaset ] A;
vādyavaset Ed.J ; ste | de la brtson pa ma yin no Tib 31 tasyāḥ ] (marg.)Apc ; °tasyā
Aac ; tathā hi Ed.J ;de’i Tib 31 °āparamārthatvāt ] Aac , Ed.J ; °āparamāramārthatvāt
Apc ; don dam pa ma yin pa’i phyir Tib
cānabhyasanīyatvāt, viśeṣato duṣkarasyeti codyam.
Subhūteḥ Parihārāḥ
5 evam ukta ityādinā subhūteḥ parihārāḥ.

evam ukte, āyuṣmān subhūtir āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat–
(1) nāham āyuṣman śā*riputra icchāmi bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvaṃ duṣ-
karacārikāṃ carantam. (2) nāpi sa bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhavati yo [AṣṭaA 11v6]
duṣkarasaṃjñayā carati. tat kasya hetoḥ? na hy āyuṣman śāripu-

10 tra duṣkarasaṃjñāṃ janayitvā śakyo ’prameyāṇām asaṃkhyeyānāṃ
sattvānām arthaḥ kartum.161 *(3) api tu sukhasaṃjñām eva kṛtvā, sar-
vasattvānām antike mātṛsaṃjñāṃ pitṛsaṃjñāṃ putrasaṃjñāṃ duhitṛ- [AṣṭaA 12r1]
saṃjñāṃ kṛtvā, strīpuruṣeṣv evam etāḥ saṃjñāḥ kṛtvā, bodhisattvo

mahāsattvo bodhisattvacārikāṃ carati. tasmān mātṛsaṃjñā pitṛsaṃ-
15 jñā putrasaṃjñā duhitṛsaṃjñā bodhisattvena mahāsattvena sarvasatt-
vānām antike yāva*d ātmasaṃjñotpādayitavyā. yathātmā sarveṇa
sarvaṃ sarvathā sarvaṃ sarvaduḥkhebhyo mocayitavyaḥ, evaṃ sar- [AṣṭaA 12r2]
vasattvāḥ sarveṇa sarvaṃ sarvathā sarvaṃ sarvaduḥkhebhyo mocay-

itavyā iti. evaṃ ca sarvasattveṣu saṃjñotpādayitavyā mayaite sar-
20 vasattvā na parityaktavyāḥ. mayaite sarvasattvāḥ parimocayitavyā*
aparimāṇato duḥkhaskandhāt. na ca mayaiteṣu cittapradoṣa utpā- [AṣṭaA 12r3]
dayitavyo ’ntaśaḥ śataśo ’pi cchidyamāneneti. evaṃ hi bodhisattvena

mahāsattvena cittam utpādayitavyam. saced evaṃcitto vihariṣyati,
na duṣkarasaṃjñī vihariṣyati162 (4) punar aparam āyuṣman śāriputra
25 bodhisattvena mahāsattvenai*vaṃ cittam utpādayitavyam yathā sar-
veṇa sarvaṃ sarvathā sarvam ātmā na vidyate nopalabhyate, evaṃ [AṣṭaA 12r4]
sarveṇa sarvaṃ sarvathā sarvaṃ sarvadharmā na vidyante nopalab-

hyante. evam ādhyātmikabāhyeṣu sarvadharmeṣu saṃjñotpādayitavyā.
saced evaṃcittaś cariṣyati, na duṣkarasaṃjñī cariṣyati, na duṣkarasaṃ-
30 jñī *vihariṣyati. ...
[AṣṭaA 12r5]
161
There is a centipede drawing at the end of the line in AṣṭaA .
162
RĀŚ’s commentary on this passage suggests vihariṣyati.
5 parihārāḥ ] (eras.)Apc ; pariṣkārāḥ Ed.J ;lan Tib 9 duṣkarasaṃjñayā ] Ed.M V W 116;

duṣkarasaṃjñāyā AṣṭaA 10 śakyo ’prameyāṇām ] Ed.M V W 116; ; śakyam aprameyāṇām
AṣṭaA ; gzhal du med grangs med pa’i...mi nus Tib 22 śataśo ] Ed.M V W 117; sa-
taso AṣṭaA 24 na duṣkarasaṃjñī vihariṣyati ] AṣṭaA ; na duṣkarasaṃjñī cariṣyati, na
duṣkarasaṃjñī vihariṣyati Ed.M V W 118; |dka’ ba byed pa’i ’du shes su spyod pa ma yin
no | |dka’ ba byed pa’i ’du shes su gnas pa ma yin no Tib 27 na vidyante ] AṣṭaA ; na
saṃvidyante Ed.V ; med Tib 28 ādhyātmikabāhyeṣu ] Aṣṭapc A , Ed.
MV W
118; adhyāt-
ac
mikabāhyeṣu AṣṭaA ; nang dang phyi’i Tib
tatra–
(1)
anabhyupagamena prathamo nāham ityādinā, yo hi duṣkaracārikām
icchati, tasya sā na syād ity aniṣṭāpādanadoṣaḥ syāt. * na tv aham ic- [A27r1]
5 chamīti|163 kuto necchasīti cet, duṣkarasaṃjñayā duṣkaraṃ carato vi-

pratisāriṇaḥ samyaksambodher vyāvṛttiprasaṅgāt. (2) nāpītyādinā dvitīyaḥ
parihāraḥ, na bhavatīti na niṣpadyata ity arthaḥ. (3) api tu ityādinā tṛtīyaḥ.
(4)
punar aparam ityādinā caturthaḥ. yathā ātmetyādi. sarvaduḥkhāni
sarve sāśravāḥ pañca skandhāḥ. tebhyaḥ sarvebhyaḥ parimocayitavyāḥ.* [A27r2]
10 sarveṇeti dhātugatiyonyādibhedena sarveṇa, sarvam iti sarvaṃ yathā bha-

vati tisṛbhir duḥkhatābhiḥ, sarvatheti sarvavyavasāyaiḥ, sarvam iti ni-
ravaśeṣaṃ mocayitavyāḥ. duḥkhaskandhād iti duḥkharāśeḥ. cittaprado-
ṣaḥ pratighaḥ. yathā ātmā na vidyate sarveṇeti ātmasattvajīvapoṣapuru-
ṣādibhedena* sarveṇa. sarvaṃ iti sarvaṃ yathā bhavati dṛśyādṛśyabhedāt. [D51r]
15 sarvatheti skandhadhātvādibhyo bhede*na abhedena ca. katham abhedena [A27r3]
sarvaṃ yathā bhavati? prativargaṃ samastebhyo vyastebhyaś ca yathātmā

tathā sarvadharmā na vidyante. sarveṇeti skandhadhātvādivargabhedena
sarveṇa sarvaṃ yathā bhavati. vargāṇāṃ paripūrṇāvayavatvāt. punaḥ sar-
vaṃ yathā bhavati, prativargaṃ te sarva ity arthaḥ. sarvatheti sarveṣu
20 prabhedeṣu ātmani pareṣu ca samastavyasteṣv ity arthaḥ. tad evaṃ duṣkara-
cārikācaraṇā*bhāvaprasaṅgāś catvāra uktāḥ. caturthena parihāreṇaitad api [A27r4]
sūcitam. duṣkaracārikāyā apy anutpāda eva tattvam. tad eva tattvaṃ paś-
yatā sā caritavyā, yato ’sau śakyā ca bhaven mahāphalā ca. anutpāde sarva-
duḥkhānām apratibhāsanāt tattvadarśanāc ca.
25 3.10.7.1 Sarvadharmavikalpapratiṣedhaḥ
sarvākārasarvadharmavikalpapratiṣedhāyāhatuḥ sthavirau yad apy āyuṣmān

163
An erasure and a faint ”x” appear to mark an editorial correction, but no correction
is found in the photograph. Hence, I have emended to what was probably recorded in the
missing Apc .
4 aniṣṭāpādanadoṣaḥ ] em.; aniṣṭāpādanaṃ doṣaḥ A, Ed.J ; mi ’dod pa sgrub pa zhes

bya ba’i skyon du ’gyur Tib 4–5 na tv aham icchamīti ] em.; na nv ahamīti Aac ; na
tv aham iti Ed.J ; bdag mi ’dod (v.l.)Tib 9 sarve sāśravāḥ ] A; sarvasāśravāḥ Ed.J ;
zag pa dang bcas pa... thams cad Tib 14 sarvaṃ iti ] em.; om A, Ed.J ; thams cad
nas zhes bya ba ni Tib 18 sarveṇa ] (eras.)Apc , Ed.J ; sarveṇa sarveṇa Aac ; thams
cad nas Tib 19 prativargaṃ te ] A; prativargate Ed.J ; sde tshan so so de dag Tib
21 °ābhāvaprasaṅgāś catvāra uktāḥ ] em.; °ābhāvaprasaṅgacatvāraḥ uktāḥ Apc ; ābhā-
vaprasaṅgacatvārā uktāḥ Aac ; ābhāvaprasaṅgāḥ catvāra uktāḥ Ed.J ; med par thal bar
’gyur la lan bzhi smras pa yin no Tib 23 yato ’sau śakyā ] A; yatāsau śaktā Ed.J ; gang
gi phyir de nus pa Tib 27 pratiṣedhāyāhatuḥ° ] A; pratiṣedhāya hetuḥ° Ed.J ; bkag
pas...bstan Tib 27 sthavirau ] A; sthaviro Ed.J ; tshe dang ldan pa gnas brtan sh’a ri’i
bus (v.l.) Tib
ity ata ārabhya saṃnihitād evamuktaḥśabdāt prāk.

...yad apy āyuṣmān śāriputra evam āha– anutpādo bodhisattvo iti
evam etad, āyuṣman śāriputra, evam etat. anutpādo bodhisattvaḥ.
śāriputra āha– kiṃ punar āyuṣman subhūte bodhisattva evānutpādaḥ,
5 utāho bodhisattvadharmā apy anutpādaḥ?
subhūtir āha– bodhisattvadharmā apy āyuṣman śāriputrānutpādaḥ.
śāriputra āha– kiṃ punar āyuṣman subhūte bodhisattvadharmā evānut-
pādaḥ, utāho sarvajñatāpy anutpādaḥ?
subhūtir āha– sarvajñatāpy āyuṣman śāriputrānutpādaḥ.
10 āha– kiṃ punar āyuṣman subhūte sarvajñataivānutpādaḥ, utāho sar-
vajñatādharmā apy anutpādaḥ?
āha– sarvajñatādharmā apy āyuṣman śāriputrānutpādaḥ.
āha– kiṃ punar āyuṣman subhūte sarvajñatādharmā evānutpādaḥ,
utāho pṛthagjano* ’py anutpādaḥ?
[AṣṭaA 12v1]
15 āha– pṛthagjano ’py āyuṣman śāriputrānutpādaḥ.
āha– kiṃ punar āyuṣman subhūte pṛthagjana evānutpādaḥ, utāho
pṛthagjanadharmā apy anutpādaḥ?
āha- pṛthagjanadharmā apy āyuṣman śāriputrānutpādaḥ.
atra sa*rvajñatāpīti sarvākārajñatāpi, buddho ’pīty arthaḥ. [A27r5]
20
Prāptivikalpapratiṣedha
tataḥ prāptivikalpapratiṣedhārtham āhatuḥ evam ukta ity ata ārabhyāt-

yantaṃ164 pratibhātīti yāvat.
25 evam ukte, āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat–
yady āyuṣman subhū*te bodhisattvo ’py anutpādaḥ, bodhisattvadharmā
164 [AṣṭaA 12v2]
sNying mchog uses a passage marker from the Tibetan brgyad stong instead of the
direct translation of the Aṣṭa. It amounts to the same.
1 ata ] A; etad Ed.J ; nas Tib 3 bodhisattvaḥ ] A; bodhisattva iti Ed.V ; byang
chub sems dpa’ Tib 5 bodhisattvadharmā apy ] Ed.M V W 119; bodhisattvadhar-
māpy AṣṭaA ; byang chub sems dpa’i chos rnams kyang Tib 6 bodhisattvadharmā
apy ] Ed.M V W 119; bodhisattvadharmāpy AṣṭaA ; byang chub sems dpa’i chos rnams
kyang Tib 8 sarvajñatāpy ] Aṣṭapc A , Ed.
MV W
119; sarvajñatādharmā apy AṣṭaacA ; thams
cad mkhyen pa nyid Tib 9 sarvajñatāpy ] Aṣṭapc A , Ed. MV W
119; sarvajñatādharmā
apy AṣṭaacA ; thams cad mkhyen pa nyid Tib 10 sarvajñataivānutpādaḥ ] AṣṭapcA,
MV W ac
Ed. 119; sarvajñatādharmā evānutpādaḥ AṣṭaA ; thams cad mkhyen pa nyid Tib
10–11 utāho sarvajñatādharmā apy anutpādaḥ ] Aṣṭapc A , Ed.
MV W
119; om. AṣṭaacA
23 āhatuḥ ] A; āha° Ed.J ; mras Tib 23–24 ārabhyātyantaṃ ] A; ārabhyā atyantaṃ
Ed.J ; nas tshe dang ldan pa sh’a ri’i bu de bzhin du Tib
apy anutpādaḥ, sarvajñatāpy anutpādaḥ, sarvajñatādharmā apy anut-

pādaḥ, pṛthagjano ’py anutpādaḥ, pṛthagjanadharmā apy anutpādaḥ,
nanv āyuṣman subhūte ’nuprāptaiva bodhisattvena mahāsattvena sar-
vajñatā bhavati.
5 evam ukte, āyuṣmān subhūtir āyuṣmantaṃ śāripu*tram etad avocat–

nāham āyuṣman śāriputrānutpannasya dharmasya prāptim icchāmi, [AṣṭaA 12v3]
nāpy abhisamayam. nāpy anutpannena dharmeṇānutpannā prāptiḥ

prāpyate.
āha– kiṃ punar āyuṣman subhūte ’nutpannena dharmeṇānutpannā

10 prāptiḥ prāpyate, utāho utpannena dharmeṇānutpannā prāptiḥ prāpy-
ate?*
[AṣṭaA 12v4]
āha– kiṃ punar āyuṣman śāriputrānutpanno dharma utpannaḥ, utāho
anutpanna eva165 dharmo ’nutpannaḥ?
āha– kiṃ punar āyuṣman subhūta utpāda eva dharmo ’nutpādaḥ,

15 utāho anutpādo dharma utpādaḥ?
āha–utpādo dharmo ’nutpādo dharma ity āyuṣman śāriputra na pra-

tibhāti jalpitum.
āha*– anutpādo ’pi ta āyuṣman subhūte pratibhāty eva jalpitum.166

[AṣṭaA 12v5]
āha– anutpāda evāyuṣman śāriputra jalpaḥ. anutpāda evāyuṣman
20 śāriputra pratibhāti. anutpāda evāyuṣman śāriputra pratibhānam.
evam evāyuṣman śāriputrātyantaṃ pratibhāti.
sarvajñateti sarvākārajñatā anuprāptaiva bhavatīty ādita eva sarveṣāṃ

dharmadhātumātratvāt dharmadhātoś ca prakṛtyaiva sarvathā viśuddhatvād* [D51v]
iti bhāvaḥ. evam ukta ityādinā subhūter uttaram. anutpannasya dhar-

25 masyeti * bodhisattvākhyasya dharmadhātoḥ. prāptim iti prāptṛtvaṃ nā- [A27r6]
ham icchāmi, nāpy abhisamayam iti nāpi prāptyabhisamayam.167 yadi

165
In his comments below, RĀŚ says this eva is out of place and should follow either
utpannaḥ or anutpannaḥ.
166
I have inserted eva here , because RĀŚ’s gloss (below) after pratibhāti eva rocata
eva assumes an eva here.
167
RĀŚ uses the term prāptyabhisamayaḥ again in the last line of this paragraph below.
There Tib. takes it as a tatpuruṣa. Cf. Tib. below thob pa’i mngon par rtogs pa grub pa
3 ’nuprāptaiva ] AṣṭaA ; anuprāptaiva ayatnena Ed.M V W 120; rjes su thob pa

Tib 16 utpādo ] Ed.M V W 122; utāho utpādo Aṣṭapc ac
A ; utāho AṣṭaA ; skye pa
MV W
Tib 18 eva ] em.; om. AṣṭaA , Ed. 122, Tib 21 evam evāyuṣman ] AṣṭaA ,
Ed.M V W 122, Tib; evam evam āyuṣman AṣṭaA ; de kho na bzhin du Tib
21 ātyantaṃ ] Aṣṭapc
A , Ed.
MV W
122; om. Aṣṭaac J
A 25 prāptṛtvaṃ ] A; prāptatvaṃ Ed. ;
J
thob par byed Tib 26 prāptyabhisamayam ] A; prāptābhisamayam Ed. ; om. Tib
hīccheyaṃ tadānutpādam icchato me prāptiḥ prasajyeta. naiva tv icchāmī-

ti na yuktaḥ prāptiprasaṅgaḥ. yuktim apy āha nāpītyādinā. sarva eva dhar-
mo ’nutpāda ity asmin pakṣe hy eṣa prasaṅgaḥ. tatrānutpannena bodhi-
sattvenānutpannā sarvākāra*jñatā nāpi prāpyate, ayuktatvād iti bhāvaḥ. [A27r7]
5 ubhayor anādimattvena prāptyayogāt. āheti śāriputra āha. kiṃ punar ityā-

di. yady ubhayor anutpannatve prāptir ayuktā tat kim anyatarotpattau yuk-
tety arthaḥ. āheti subhūtir anyatarotpattipakṣaṃ vighaṭayitum āha* kiṃ [A27v1]
punar ity ādi. evakāro bhinnakramatvād antaṃ netavyaḥ, anutpanno

dharmaḥ paścād utpanno vā syāt paścād anutpanna eva vā. tatra dvitīye
10 vikalpe katham anyatarotpattiḥ? ādye tu vikalpe dharmadhātor utpattivi-
rodha iti bhāvaḥ. tasmād ubhayor anutpādāt sādhūktam, nāpy anutpan-
nena dharmeṇā*nutpannā prāptiḥ prāpyata iti yuktaḥ prāptivikalpa- [A27v2]
pratiṣedhaḥ.
15 tasmāt sarvadharmāṇāṃ paramārtho dharmadhātuḥ. sa ca prakṛtipra-

bhāsvaratvād anādinidhanatvāc ca na prāpyate nāpi prāpnoti, kevalaṃ draṣṭa-
vyaḥ. yat tasya darśanaṃ saiva kalpitānāṃ sarvadharmāṇām anupalabdhiḥ,
* saiva niratiśayā prajñāpāramitā. tayā parikalpitadharmābhiniveśakṣayāt [D52r]
tadabhiniveśahetukāḥ sarvā*varaṇasaṃgrāhiṇaḥ sarve abhūtaparikalpāḥ pa- [A27v3]
20 ratantrākhyāḥ kṣīyante pūrveṣāṃ svarasanirodhāt kāraṇābhāvena pareṣām

anutpādāt. 168 tataḥ prakṛtiprabhāsvaro ’pi bodhisattvākhyo dharmadhā-
tur āgantukair āvaraṇamalair malinīkṛtaḥ. tena teṣāṃ kṣaye169 sati tatkṣay-
alakṣaṇā viśuddhir apūrvatvāt prāpyate, tadyathā prakṛtyā viśuddham ākā-
śam āgantukais tuhinarajastamo’bhradhūmā*dibhir āvaraṇair malinīkriyate. [A27v4]
25 paścāt tadapāyalakṣaṇā170 viśuddhis tena prāpyate. sarvavibhramanivṛttau

ca suviśuddhasarvadharmadharmatājñānalakṣaṇā sarvākārajñatāpy apūrva-
168
Tib (v.l.): snga ma dag rang gis ’gag la rgyu med pas gzhan skye ba med pa’i phyir
ro.
169
This is an example where Jaini neglects to note that he has emended, but happens
to emend correctly.
170
The reading thob kyi suggests that Tib. read either *prāpta or *prāpya for apāya.
3 eṣa ] corr.; eṣaḥ A, Ed.J ; ’di Tib 5 anādimattvena ] em., Ed.J ; aṇādimattvena A;
thog ma med pa nas Tib 6 yady ubhayor ] A; yas tūbhayor Ed.J ; gang gnyis ka yang Tib
7 vighaṭayitum ] A; vimocayitum Ed.J ; bsal ba’i phyir Tib 9–10 dvitīye vikalpe ] A;
dvitīyavikalpe Ed.J ; rnam par rtog pa gnyis pa la Tib 10 anyatarotpattiḥ ] A; any-
atarotpatiḥ Ed.J ; skye ba ’gal ba Tib 19 sarve abhūtaparikalpāḥ ] A; sarvābhūta-
parikalpāḥ Ed.J ; kun tu rtog pa thams cad Tib 20 kṣīyante ] A; kriyante Ed.J ; zad
Tib 22 kṣaye ] em., Ed.J ; kṣapaye A; zad pa Tib 22–23 tatkṣayalakṣaṇā ] A; tatra
kṣayalakṣaṇā Ed.J ; de zad pa’i mtshan nyid Tib 23 apūrvatvāt ] Apc , Ed.J ; apūrvā
Aac ; snga na med pa Tib 25 tadapāyalakṣaṇā ] A; tadapāye<kṣaya>lakṣaṇā Ed.J ;
de’i thob kyi mtshan nyid kyis (v.l.) Tib 26–166.1 sarvākārajñatāpy apūrvatvād ] A;
sarvākārajñatā yāpūrvatvād Ed.J ; thams cad mkhyen pa nyid kyang snga na med pa Tib
tvād bodhisattvena labhyate. saiva tasyā viśuddher ātmabhūtāyāḥ saṃvedanā

prāptyabhisamayaḥ saṃpadyata iti siddhāntaḥ.
tatredānīm āgantukāvaraṇaviśuddhiḥ sthavirābhyāṃ vaktavyā. tāṃ śāri-
putra ārabhate. ā*heti śāriputra āha kiṃ punar ityādi. utpadyata ity171 [A27v5]
5 utpādaḥ paratantraḥ svabhāvaḥ. kiṃ punaḥ sa paścād anutpādaḥ? kāraṇā-

bhāvād anutpatter ity ekaḥ pakṣaḥ.172 utāho ’nutpādaḥ? sarvākārajñatākh-
yo dharmaḥ pūrvam anutpannatvād sa paścād utpadyata iti dvitīyaḥ pakṣaḥ.173
tatrādye pakṣe ’nutpannāyāḥ sarvākārajñatāyāḥ kutaḥ prāptiḥ? dvitīye pakṣe
sarvākārajñatā*yāḥ kāraṇaṃ vaktavyam. abhūtaparikalpaś ca śāśvato bhavet [A27v6]
10 kṣayābhāvād iti bhāvaḥ. subhūtir āheti parihāram āha. utpāda utpat-

tir dharmaḥ sarvākārajñatāyā anutpādo ’nutpattir dharmo* ’bhūtaparikal- [D52v]
pasyeti ya eṣa bhedaḥ nāsau pratibhāti jalpituṃ na rocate vaktum. sar-

vadharmaśūnyatālambane cittasantāne yaiva sarvabhrāntīnāṃ nivṛttiḥ saiva
sarvākārajñatāyā u*tpattiḥ. ato ’syā na kāraṇaṃ vaktavyam, nāpy abhūtapa- [A27v7]
15 rikalpaḥ śāśvato bhavatīti bhāvaḥ. śāriputra āheti jalpavikalpapratiṣed-

hāyāha, anutpādo ’pītyādi. anutpādaḥ pramāṇasiddhatvāt pratibhāty
eva rocata eva vaktum. so ’pi te vaktuṃ kuto na pratibhātīti kākvā praś-
naḥ. āheti subhūtir uttaram āha, anutpāda evetyādi. jalpa iti mā*nasaḥ [A28r1]
śabdaḥ. pratibhātīti jalpābhidheyaṃ vastu. pratibhānam iti sajalpā bud-

20 dhiḥ. trayam etad anutpāda eva sarvākārajñatāyāṃ dharmatāśarīreṇaiva
sarvadharmāṇāṃ tasyāṃ pratibhāsād iti bhāvaḥ. evam evātyantaṃ pra-
tibhātīty upasaṃhāraḥ. iti sarvākārajñatāniryāṇam.
171
Here, utpadyate is not the lemma. RĀŚ is giving the etymology of utpādaḥ
172
Tib(v.l.) reads: yang de ci phyi nas ma skyes par ’gyur ba’i rgyu med pa’i phyir skye
ba med pa’i phyogs gcig go.
173
Tib(v.l.) reads: ...ram zhes bya ba ni gnyis pa’i phyir ro, thus a question omitting
the word pakṣaḥ.
5 paratantraḥ ] em., Ed.J ; parantraḥ A; gzhan dbang Tib 5 punaḥ sa paścād ] em.;
puna sa paścād A; punaḥ paścād Ed.J ; yang de ci phyi nas Tib 6 ekaḥ
pakṣaḥ ] A; eka pakṣaḥ Ed.J ; phyogs gcig Tib 6–7 sarvākārajñatākhyo dhar-
maḥ ] A; sarvākārajñatā teṣāṃ dharmaḥ Ed.J ; thams cad mkhyen pa nyid ces bya
ba’i chos Tib 7 anutpannatvād sa ] em.; anupannatvād sa A; anutpannatvādyaḥ
Ed.J ; ma skyes pa yin pa Tib 7 dvitīyaḥ ] corr.; dvitīya A, Ed.J ; gnyis pa’i Tib
8 ’nutpannāyāḥ ] corr.; anutpannāyāḥ A, Ed.J ; skye ba med pa’i Tib 8 dvitīye
pakṣe ] A; dvitīyapakṣe Ed.J ; gnyis pa’i phyogs la Tib 10–11 utpattir dharmaḥ ] em.;
utpattiddharmaḥ A; utpattiḥ dharmaḥ Ed.J ; skyes pa’i chos Tib 11 ’nutpattir
dharmo ] em.; ’nutpattiddharmo A; ’nutpattiḥ dharmaḥ Ed.J ; skyes ba’i chos (sic !) Tib
12–13 sarvadharmaśūnyatā ] Apc , Ed.J ; sarvadharmmāśranyatā Aac ; chos thams cad
kyi stong ba nyid Tib 16 pramāṇasiddhatvāt ] em.; pramānasiddhatvāt A; pramāṇāsid-
dhatvāt Ed.J ; tshad mas grub pa yin pa’i phyir Tib 17 eva rocata ] em., Ed.J ; avaro-
cata A; spobs par ’dod pa Tib 17 so ’pi te vaktuṃ ] A; om. Ed.J ; de yang smra nus
so Tib 17 kākvā ] A; kāṅkṣā Ed.J ; de yang smra nus so Tib 19 pratibhātīti ] Apc ,
Ed.J ; pratibhātiti Apc ; spobs pa zhes bya Tib
3.10.8 Mārganiryāṇam
Prastāvaḥ
evam ukte, āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ* subhūtim etad avocat–

dhārmakathikānām āyuṣmān subhūtir agratāyāṃ sthāpayitavyaḥ. tat [AṣṭaA 12v6]
5 kasya hetoḥ? tathā hy āyuṣmān subhūtiḥ sthaviro yato yata eva

paripraśnīkriyate, tatas tata eva niḥsarati, dharmatāyāś ca na calati,
tāṃ ca dharmatāṃ na virodhayati.
evam ukta ityādinā śāriputraḥ prakṛtam eva subhūter vacanaṃ vacanaṃ

praśaṃsan mārganiryāṇaprastāvanāṃ karoti.* sthāpayitavyo niḥsaṃśayaṃ [A28r2]
10 gaṇayitavyaḥ. yato yata eveti yatra yatraiva sthāne. niḥsarati uttarati.

na calati na bhraśyati. na virodhayati* na vyākulayati. [D53r]
evam ukte, āyuṣmān subhūtir * āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat–

dharmataiṣāyuṣman śāriputra bhagavataḥ śrāvakāṇām aniśritadharmā- [AṣṭaA 13r1]
ṇām. te yato yata eva paripraśnīkriyante, tatas tata eva niḥsaranti,

15 dharmatāṃ ca na virodhayanti, dharmatāyāś ca na vyativartante. tat
kasya hetoḥ? yathāpi nāma aniśritatvāt sarvadharmāṇām. *
[AṣṭaA 13r2]
evam ukta iti evaṃ prastāvanāyāṃ kṛtāyām. etad iti mārganiryāṇaṃ.
aniśritā anabhiniviṣṭā dharmā yais te tathoktāḥ. na vyativartanta iti na
bhraśyanti.
20 evam ukte, āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat–
sādhu sādhv āyuṣman subhūte. katamaiṣā sarvadharmāniśritapāramitā
bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānām?
evam ukta iti sarvadharmāniśritatāyām uktāyām.174 eṣeti ana*ntaroktā [A28r3]
sarvadharmāniśritā cāsau paramatvāt pāramitā ca. katameti ṣaṇṇāṃ

25 pāramitānāṃ madhye katamā.
subhūtir āha– prajñāpāramitaivāyuṣman śāriputra sārvayānikī, sar-
vadharmāniśritatayā sarvadharmāniśritapāra*mitā ca. iti hi yasya
174 [AṣṭaA 13r3]
Tib.’s chos thams cad la mi dmigs pa ni grol ba’o suggests *sarvadharmāniśritatā
muktā, possibly based on a misreading or corruption of Skt. sarvadharmāniśritatāyām
uktāyām, and makes little sense here.
8–9 vacanaṃ praśaṃsan ] em., Ed.J ; vacanaprasaṃsan A; tshig la bstod nas Tib
11 virodhayati ] em., Ed.J ; vidhayati A; ’gal bar mi byed Tib 17 mārganiryāṇaṃ ] em.;
mārganiryāṇa A; mārganiryāṇe Ed.J ; ’gal bar mi byed Tib 18 te ] A; om. Ed.J ; de
Tib 19 bhraśyanti ] em., Ed.J ; bhrasyanti A; nyams pa Tib 21 āyuṣman ] Aṣṭaac A,
Ed.M V W 124; āyuṣmān Aṣṭaac A 23 uktāyām ] A; uktatāyām Ed.J
; ’grol ba Tib
23 eṣeti ] A; atreti Ed.J ; ’di zhes bya ba Tib 26 prajñāpāramitai ] Aṣṭaac
A,
MV W ac
Ed. 124; prajñāpāramitā AṣṭaA
bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasyāsyām gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ

evaṃ bhāṣyamāṇāyām evaṃ deśyamānāyām evaṃ upadiśyamānāyām,
na bhavati cittasyāvalīnatvam, na bhavati kāṅkṣāyitatvam, na bhavati
dhandhāyitatvam, na bhavati cittasyānyathātvam, veditavyam ayaṃ
5 bodhisattvo mahāsattvo *viharaty anena prajñāpāramitāvihāreṇa avi-
rahitaś cānena manasikāreṇeti. [AṣṭaA 13r4]
sārvayānikīti yānatrayasādhāraṇī. yady eṣā prajñāpāramitaiva na tarhy

anyety ata āha, sarvadharmetyādi sugamam. iti hīti yata evaṃ tasmāt.
avalīnatvaṃ viṣādaḥ| kāṃkṣāyitatvaṃ saṃśayālutā. dandhāyitatvam
10 apratipattiḥ. anyathātvaṃ parāṅmukhībhāvaḥ. manasikāreṇeti nirvi-
ka*lpena manasā. [A28r4]
Subhūtinā Vikalpatvena Manasikārasya Parihāraḥ
15 atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat–

katham āyuṣman subhūte ’virahito bodhisattvo mahāsattvo manasikā-
reṇa bhavati, yaḥ prajñāpāramitāvihāreṇa viharati? yadi hy āyuṣ-
man subhū*te bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ’virahito manasikāreṇa bha-
vati, evaṃ sa virahitaḥ prajñāpāramitāvihāreṇa bhavati. yadi cāyuṣ- [AṣṭaA 13r5]
20 man subhūte ’virahito bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāvihā-

reṇa bhavati, evaṃ sa virahito manasikāreṇa bhavati. yadi cāyuṣman
subhūte manasikāre*ṇāvirahito ’pi bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ, avirahi-
ta eva prajñāpāramitāvihāreṇa bhavati, evaṃ sati sarvasattvā apy avi- [AṣṭaA 13r6]
rahitā bhaviṣyanti prajñāpāramitāvihāreṇa. tat kasya hetoḥ? sar-

25 vasattvā api hy avirahitā manasikāreṇa viharanti.
evam ukte, āyuṣmān subhūtir āyu*ṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat–
sādhu sādhv āyuṣman śāriputra. api tūpālapsye tvām. artha eva tv [AṣṭaA 13v1]
āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa bhūtapadābhidhānena parigṛhītaḥ| tat kasya

hetoḥ? sattvāsvabhāvatayāyuṣman śāriputra manasikārāsvabhāvatā
30 veditavyā. sattvāsadbhāvatayā āyuṣman śāriputra manasikārāsadbhā-
vatā* veditavyā. sattvaviviktatayāyuṣman śāriputra manasikāravivik-
tatā veditavyā. sattvācintyatayāyuṣman śāriputra manasikārācintyatā [AṣṭaA 13v2]
MV W
1 mahāsattvasyāsyām ] em.; mahāsattvasyaivam AṣṭaA , Ed. 124; de ltar Tib
2 evaṃ ] Ed. MV W
124; om. AṣṭaA ; ’di ltar Tib 2 evaṃ ] Aṣṭapc
A , Ed.
MV W
124;
ac pc MV W ac
om. AṣṭaA ; ’di ltar Tib 2 evaṃ ] AṣṭaA , Ed. 124; om. AṣṭaA ; ’di ltar
Tib 5–6 avirahitaś ] Ed.M V W 125; avirahitāś AṣṭaA 7 sārvayānikīti ] A; sārvayānikī
Ed.J ; theg pa thams cad la zhes bya ba Tib 7 yady eṣā ] A; yaś caiṣā Ed.J ;
gal te ’di Tib 7–8 tarhy anyety ] A; taharyasyety (sic !) Ed.J ; de lta na gzhan
ni Tib 9 saṃśayālutā ] em., Ed.J ; saṃśayānatā A; the tshom du ’gyur ba Tib
16 mahāsattvo ] AṣṭaA ; mahāsattvo ’virahito Ed.M V W 125; sems dpa’ chen po Tib
22 ’pi ] AṣṭaA ; om. Ed.M V W 126; yang Tib 27 api tūpālapsye tvām ] AṣṭapcA ; apālaps-
ac MV W
ye tvāṃ AṣṭaA ; api tu upālapsye tvā Ed. 126; ’on kyang khyod la yang klan kar
’gyur te Tib 30 veditavyā ] Ed.M V W 127; om. AṣṭaA ; rig par bya’o Tib
veditavyā. sattvānabhisaṃbodhanatayāyuṣman śāriputra manasikā-

rānabhisaṃbodhanatā veditavyā.sattvāyathābhūtārthābhisaṃbodha-
natayā ā*yuṣman śāriputra manasikārāyathābhūtārthābhisaṃbodha-
natā veditavyā. anenāyuṣman śāriputraivaṃrūpeṇa manasikāreṇecchā- [AṣṭaA 13v3]
5 mi bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvaṃ viharantam anena ca vihāreṇeti.
katham āyuṣmann ityādi vikalpakaṃ manasikāraṃ matvā śāriputrasyāyaṃ

praśno manasikāreṇa viharantīti yāvat. tata ūrdhvaṃ evam ukta ityā-
dinā subhūteḥ sādhukārapūrvakaṃ vacanam. tatra vistareṇa codyakaraṇāt
sādhukāraḥ. api tv ityādinā parihāraḥ. artha eveti. asmadiṣṭam eva. ic-
10 chālakṣaṇatvād arthasya. bhūtapadābhidhāneneti vikalpamanasikārasya
viparyayo bhūtapa*daṃ bhūtaṃ vastu. tasyābhidhānena savistareṇa. [A28r5]
aniṣṭāpādanaṃ hi*175 codyam, neṣṭābhidhānam176 ity upālambhaḥ. yukti- [D53v]
taś cāyam iccheti darśayituṃ svayam eva pṛcchati, tatkasyety ādi. tad bhū-
tapadaṃ kutaḥ? sattva ātmā. sa iha dṛṣṭāntaḥ. manasikāro vikalpaḥ. sa
15 dārṣṭāntikaḥ. asvabhāvatā dir veditavyeti sādhyam. hetur unnetavyaḥ.
tatrāsvabhāvatā svalakṣaṇaśūnyatā. lakṣaṇam anayor grāhakatvam.* ataś [A28r6]
ca yathātmano ’svabhāvatā, tathā manasikārasyāpi, grāhakatvāyogād iti he-

tuḥ. śeṣeṣu asvabhāvatvād iti hetuḥ. sadbhāvo bhāvatvaṃ tadviraho ’sadb-
hāvatā. viviktatābhāvatā. acintyatā tadīyacintāyāṃ 177 nirviṣayatvāt.
20 anabhisaṃbodhanatā samyagjñānāviṣayatā. ayathābhūtārthatvena mi-
thyāvastutvenābhisaṃbodhanaṃ saṃyagjñānam asyeti ayathābhutār-
thābhisaṃ*bodhanatā. aneneti yathoktena. evaṃrūpeṇeti bhūtārtha- [A28r7]
pratyavekṣakeṇa. vihāreṇeti śamatharūpeṇa. itiśabdaḥ parivartaparisamāpt-

yarthaḥ.
25
175
TibP ’s nges par gyur pa yang ma yin pa la might suggest a corruption *anirnayā-
pannam.
176
Tib’s nges par rjod pa might suggest *nirvacanam, or perhaps *nirṇayābhidhānam
177
I have not emended this to tadīyacintāyāḥ, since it seems comprehensible as is.
1 veditavyā ] Ed.M V W 127; draṣṭavyā AṣṭaA ; rig par bya’o Tib 2 sattvāyathā° ] Aṣṭapc
A,
Ed.M V W 127; yathā° AṣṭaacA ; sems can yang dag pa ji lta ba ma yin pa’i Tib
5 ca ] AṣṭaA ; om. Ed.V ; dang Tib 8 subhūteḥ ] em., Ed.J ; subhūte A; rab ’byor
gyisTib 12 aniṣṭāpādanaṃ hi ] em., Ed.J ; aniṣṭāpādana hi A; nges par gyur pa
yang ma yin pa la Tib 12 upālambhaḥ ] Apc , Ed.J ; āpālambhaḥ Aac ; dris pa’o Tib
13 cāyam ] em.; ceyam A, Ed.J ; de ni Tib 13 iccheti ] em.; micchati A; icchati Ed.J ;
’dod pa yin te Tib 15 dārṣṭāntikaḥ ] em., Ed.J ; dārṣṭātikaḥ A, Ed.V ; dpe can Tib
15 sādhyam. hetur unnetavyaḥ ] A; sādhāraṇaṃ hetukam netavyaḥ Ed.J ; bsgrub par
bya ba’i gtan tshigs brtag par bya’o Tib 17 yathātmano ] Apc , Ed.J ; yathātmā Aac ;
ji ltar bdag Tib 18–19 ’sadbhāvatā ] Apc , Ed.J ; ’sadbhāvātā Aac ; med pa nyid Tib
19 viviktatābhāvatā ] em.; viviktatā abhāvatā A, Ed.J ; dben pa ni dngos po nyid do
(v.l.) Tib 21–22 °ārthā°� ] Apc ; ārthe Aac ; don Tib
āryāṣṭasāhasrikāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ sarvākārajñatācaryāparivarto

nāma prathamaḥ.178 *
[AṣṭaA 13v4]
sarvākārajñatāyāṃ caryā caraṇam, cittotpādādayo daśārthāḥ, taddyotakaḥ

parivartas tatparivartaḥ.
5
āryāṣṭasāhasrikāyāḥ prajñāpāramitāyāḥ179 sāratamānāmni pañjikāyāṃ ratnāka-

raśāntiviracitāyāṃ prathamaḥ parivartaḥ.
178
The end is punctuated by what appear to be two siddham symbols and a cakra.
179
The phrase āryāṣṭasāhasrikāyāḥ prajñāpāramitāyāḥ does appear in this MS at the
end of the other chapters, so it seems appropriate to add it here too.
4 parivartaḥ ] em.; paririrtaḥ A; le’u’o Tib 6 āryāṣṭasāhasrikāyāḥ pra-

jñāpāramitāyāḥ ] em., Ed.J ; om. A; brgyad stong pa’i Tib
171
4 Appendix A
4.0.1 Adhikāra
(1) (2) (3) (4)
cittotpādaḥ āśayaḥ prayogaḥ adhyāśayaḥ
4.0.2 Svaparārthakriyā
(5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
5 dānam śīlam kṣāntiḥ vīryam dhyānam prajñā
4.0.3 Kṛpā
(11) (12) (13) (14)
maitrī karuṇā muditā upekṣā
4.0.4 Pariṣkāraḥ
(15)
divyacakṣuḥ (16) divyaśrotram (17) paracittajñānam (18)
pūrvanivāsānus-
10 mṛtiḥ (19) ṛddhividhijñānam abhijñā
4.0.5 Paripākabalaḥ
(20−23)
saṃgrahavastūni
4.0.6 Nirdeśabalaprāptiḥ
(24)
arthapratisaṃvit (25) dharmapratisaṃvit (26) niruktipratisaṃvit (27) prat-
15 ibhānapratisaṃvit
4.0.7 Tadupāyajñānam
(28)
arthapratisaraṇam (29) jñānapratisaraṇam (30) nītārthasūtrapratisaraṇam
(31)
dharmatāpratisaraṇam
4.0.8 Saṃbhāramārgaḥ
(32) (33)
20 puṇyasaṃbhāram jñānasaṃbhāram
4.0.9 Prayogamārgaḥ
(34)
kāyasmṛtyupasthānam (35) vedanāsmṛtyupasthānam (36) cittasmṛtyupasthā-
nam (37) dharmasmṛtyupasthānam (38−41) catuḥsamyakprahāṇāni (42−45) caturṛd-
dhipādāḥ (45−50) pañcendriyāni (51−55) pañcabalāḥ
172
4.0.10 Darśanamārgaḥ
(56−62)
saptabodhyaṅgāni
4.0.11 Bhāvanāmārgaḥ
(63−70)
āryāṣṭāṅgamārgaḥ
5 4.0.12 Tatprayogaḥ
(71) (72)
śamathaḥ vipaśyanā
4.0.13 Vyākaraṇaprāptiḥ
(73) (74)
dhāraṇī pratibhānam
4.0.14 Tatprāptivyavasthāpanā
(75–78)
10 dharmoddānāni
4.0.15 Pratyekabodhiḥ
(79)
ekāyanamārgaḥ
4.0.16 Dharmacakrapravartanam
(80)
upāya
173
5 MS Reproductions

Appendix I-Sa Äratama Ä-Hybrid Sanskrit-Tibetan Edition PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Appendix I-Sa Äratama Ä-Hybrid Sanskrit-Tibetan Edition PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Appendix I-Sa Äratama Ä-Hybrid Sanskrit-Tibetan Edition PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Defining Wisdom:

Hybrid Sanskrit-Tibetan Critical Edition

Gregory Max Seton

3.8 Prasthānapratipattiḥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

3.10 Niryāṇam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

1 Conventions, Abbreviations, and Sigla

1.2 Conventions in the Apparatus

1.3.1 Sanskrit Manuscripts and Editions

AṣṭaA MS Add. 866, Bendall collection, Cambridge Univ. Library

AṣṭaB MS Add.1464, Bendall collection, Cambridge Univ. Library

AṣṭaC MS Add. 1163, Bendall collection, Cambridge Univ. Library

AṣṭaD MS Add. 1428, Bendall collection, Cambridge Univ. Library

AṣṭaE MS Add. 1544, Bendall collection, Cambridge Univ. Library

AṣṭaF MS Add. 1643, Bendall collection, Cambridge Univ. Library

AṣṭaG MS Add. 1693, Bendall collection, Cambridge Univ. Library

Ed.D Dutt’s edition of the Pañca

Ed.J Jaini’s editio princeps of the Sāratamā

Ed.K Kimura’s edition of the Pañca

Ed.M Mitra’s edition of the Aṣṭa

Ed.V Vaidya’s edition of the Aṣṭa

Ed.W Wogihara’s edition of AAĀ with Aṣṭa

1.3.2 Tibetan Block Prints and Editions

Ed.C Cheng du edition (dPe sdur ma)

Ed.Cd The Ed.C reading of TibD

Ed.Cp The Ed.C reading of TibP

Ed.Cn The Ed.C reading of TibN

Ed.Cco The Ed.C reading of Cone block print

Tib My Tibetan edition’s accepted reading.

TibD Derge block print of Snying po mchog

TibN Narthang block print of Snying po mchog

TibP Peking block print of Snying po mchog

1.3.3 Other Abbreviations

cf. confer, compare to another source

corr. correction of minor errors

[D ] folio number of TibD in margin.

em. my emendation of the Tib. text

lac. ... aks. lacuna of a specified number of akṣara-s

loc. cit. ’loco citato’, i.e. in the corresponding passage cited

[N ] folio number of TibN in margin.

[P ] folio number of TibP in margin.

part. leg. partially legible.

recon. ’reconstruction’, a backtranslation based on strong evidence of Sanskrit.

Skt. The Sanskrit text in any given context

tent. tentative, based on less certain evidence

v.l. ’vario lectio’, i.e. variant reading

; separates distinct readings or conjectures

˚ stands for the unaffected part before or after a partial word

+ one blotted, damaged, illegible or partially legible akṣara

(?) conjecture in Ed.J

... continuation in prior or subsequent quote or verse block

< |> editorial daṇḍa insertion

« text » my insertions of missing text

[« text »] my insertions of text for reference purposes

text italicized text is backtranslated from Tibetan into Sanskrit

[S2] yā dhanyā yais tanayair ye ca jananyā yayā vikatthante|

[S3] yasyāḥ katipaye varṇā dhṛtāḥ karṇapuṭair api|

15 prajñāpāramitāṃ matena mahatā tām aṣṭasāhasrikām|| 4|| [B1v3]

13 Cf. (AA 1.27 ākṛtiḥ=ākāraḥ): ālambanam anityādi satyādhāraṃ tadākṛtiḥ.

3 bahutarārke ] Bpc , Ed.J ; bahutarkaḥ Bac 3 keva ] recon., Ed.J ; ++ (blocked in